he ANT See, TUG ieee neater weavers cate key’ UL RES Fe hi ade wey PUY ES Sere Ate nl PR nn oe PP eligiiatte nad rere SRDS DIAM Dale Tern Rtn teint & At ee nn he Res ad Le OPO te bint tt 5 eG eb Ao aad Y OP DGG] OE DAMGN nO De naa ne ar wenn Te er 2 BLO me Same AP RN eh hh toe St OP LORE DELUDDNS Bitty dnd tna ee a-“e he CFL A ODDO OOM EM, AGAR A ae FP - Soct i toh LAB Alta wh Pot eter oe ge % > tai te Te “ te etn. ae Oe tn GO oy Ar tae o-oo ae Roane betes “> - _— — > eet eee ie ne St PPE SEAM ne ae Apap tralnnn bt Ee arta * ea ee A Nat a tm me Tar OS ee | awe ~erteh aaa winner ne Pye eae e OD Ore Oe Site apa ary’ Sn ASA eaten ae Dado e nabs mee OP ie Sth Aree: Metin mye ee 8 Aafia na. ome aterm omer at ttatiatee Saoem Ot ersteoeemn oe - ee ere eres ean 2 er a -_ wong er awe - . . . ~ A te hm - - _- ete S A eons ~ ee Re OE a ae 2 “ 2A AER tenn patige ye ee on 2-8 ORO eee eee ~ ao A ; : = Nehari pm tne SD tA Pte Boo ln te dt Cat tnd Ohad Ge Ot fire aa.g ph “+ 4 ~~ a one - a . ea i eee) Stele een ae mm tedwtertreanae et ee eee = WRF --1 a Ptrawoaatenenmun p rem dereradideaibe ne Tea - we : es < ee estab hn narblpabtainak ne ew eras _——_-. ~~ "Pty OT ®-RD Atta ann Ow nee hark ee Maite oo paepeeatrnricletan te a Sakae ans oth adn - ae + ee Ce mtn ae horn ne z he rant ttt ote natin $0 tans ne atm anda hb tedatea AP eT Sn eens . : Saenehes “ PR Pag err eA YT re ietertenciee tot -tatfintn Orisa imimeinns to Rem a a Sb PAO Reh P Bs et ey tte ll om Oe eta PAN nenh Be Se Swe Oe hae tall te ee in Ges eit Atel tenn m at Selatan heme area aoe ne ealie de a. — ent mine en ot eee . pond areptntl-mimwed ene eT Tae PPE AE Me Pet POO oe oul alate daa licen ch “ ¢ . - Ober nS * Seca tt tnte etre eee get ie ae eae AAwe oe ne 40 663.2 oun - . St hh, ort Abt mge e on Sa odes Ata hin omen ecm mean Se ers ae wr — ne I at nr naeronlato re Ldepeeeene ee eer h Pe mt 8 oe - ’ tee 2 7 - PP palpate den ee LO eer a. -*. a eel Se Nate! PE RSin Butintnterdingnm dem oe to. ane nn mo Nam on ee ein OA A lh agin tee Boat pan ame AP age Cured ORD ny +2, ee. ew OPN hat mnt ate ale alin Sten te toe re ~s . it te Pweg hg batee-etar oe pa ne fo ae) Ooh >a a tcl SO eras : 22 90 statment ie Lidhy tient A Pe Beden ab pressacmide enigeiieetetelt 2 ee a ary tm td ~ Pao Pitas asta “ eee — ORO He aha gehen ee — a —_ * Pm DS. tn Se eee ene ma re tg A gata ata h teen Ocha enti nos hae oak ~~ bo abeoe mite Gr eerie me ineniinnden OE ete eee rw Re 6 Neen ee Beh beet an * - . aos K _ ee ins deen inane . — We top teehee nanan ae - ere o« : io ome inden - Pinmduaaiean an “ . wenry —as ow een — - is £ - - 5 af ~*- ~ - a. “ eer a “ aa ag Pe Ms 7 sas re arr — ew a * ——e eth ee awa ear, eieatarircran eee oe ee 4 0 — > ao oe a Be inh coe me Oe Py ooee - reer Se rere ~~ . aie - ; Pt 6B een ee eee re aie . oe wes . wen inteinietiinn et ~ ee a SS Re F - . an - . ~ - ~- swine al eet re 6 a ~- _ ind Sk POO 08 ee Be! oe © » e $ AD a, = ~w ~~ I lint Rah Fw rae 4 — re 22 — Ps emer pono ~ er rat e — Pa > ae ae es<. 7% >a a~* * * ” - *, -_ ~ _ ~ “ “7 : ~ " rN sos “ iene ~ ~~ ~ = 72 an SA Ase ine — ~— Pets ~~ ~~ - . ws sins - os r - al . OP OTE Pre z ora io - ~< . ~ +eee San . ~ - ~ as at ae o3*a ye o ——- rs > ao — - > - ye rs ae : oe if Ams ae oo wee = > : - -—* pa ae “ > 2 _ ~ ~ ~ an - * a ~ as ~ = = . ae a r hen “as ~— oe Ob el, — es » ~ x A » - — Smee - > “ ~ - ae . a 2 . 22 as * a an - i. - *®aee ™ ” _- ae »- td nm «i - ~ — ~- ae mA ra ~ . po ~ a a . 7 ~~ -~ . - - - ; > ass - ” - a _ > - . - 7 anata ; . . ana ~ “yee ~ - - *#. » ~ - be: - * > - a - > i ~ - Mae * . ’ . a : om. ow ~ - ss - - - - ee ee e a wr an = ~ - = r . = ia 4 : ~ r4 - ~ : = ~ an ~ into r re oe * - p- - . 4 : . . ~ = tow ‘ wr ‘ < a - - . a . a, + » - - ~ - ~ - *- - 7 = P- “. was ~ patna — m > r ’ . ad “ P - - “ ; Pars . . aan ~ a - — zx - ane -- zi . w= Pi oie - 2 ; é 7 7 ‘ * -— * ; ~ : - - . - - ~ ~ m " - > as “! Ci Me et ht ‘ < “ Hoag : a = = - ete * ‘ ~ - f “ . * as ~ - : ‘ ? tomes 2 . ~ . . PReetbweeewee eves sys cn et Pet RO iat OOOCG6 Gat 4 64% © ee ee. pepe ae ee ns Bas sw os os iors Ses aes ewe yy were § ot+sai4....,"”~"*' oF emg ne 66.04 eee Oe ee ao: slid \* hate epegue tho A aetna Vy wal? ¢ ) : 9 eee 9 f 2 : b ar 4 a PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1900. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE. LONDON: MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO, PATERNOSTER ROW. Lis T OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1900. . COUNCIL. (Elected April 30th, 1900.) Tur Dux or BepForD, President. Tur Rr. Hon. Lorp AVEBURY, P.C., F.BS. Wuiuiam Bareson, Esq., F.R.S. Wittram T. Branrorp, Ksq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. Wittam E. pe Winton, Esq. Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea- surer. Sie Josern Farrer, Bt., F.R.S. Gen. THE Hon. Sir Percy Frrrprine, K.C.B. Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D. F. DuCanx Gopmay, Esq., D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President. Dr. AtBert GinrHeER, F.R.S., Vice-President. Prosector. antendent. PRINCIPAL P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Frank E. Brpparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prorsssor Grorce B. Howes, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. Lr.-Cot, Lronarp H. Irsy. Str Huen Low, G.C.M.G. P. Caatmers Mircuett, Esq. Sir Tuomas Parner. Tue Hon. Lionen Roruscuitp, M.P. Howarp Sacnprrs, Esq., F.L.S., Vice-President. Pune Lurrey Scrarer, Esq., M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. OxprrecD THomas, Esq. Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President. WALTER OFFICERS. Mr. Crarencr Bartierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. Arruur Tomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super- Mr. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. H. Corn, Chief Clerk. Mr. Grorczr Artuur Dovsrepay, Clerk of Publications, S70.6¥R LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page ANpDREWS, Coartes Wrii11aM, D.Sc., B.A., F.Z.S.; Sarvs, Enear A.; Bernarp, H. M.; Krrxparrick, R.; and Cuapman, F.C. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Occan io \Culates ing ATT :) i eve teatol. yaw eas 115 ANNANDALE, Newson, B.A. Observations on the Habits and Natural Surroundings of Insects made during the “ Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900 ............sceeeeeees 837 Annow, Gitpert, J.; Peer, C. V. A.; Avusren, BE. E.; Drixny, F. A.; Druce, Herpert; Ganan, OC. J.; McLacuian, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, KR. 1. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates 1-LY.) .... 4 \b9572. a2 iv Austin, E.E.; Peer,C.V.A.; Dixzy, F. A.; Drocse, HEeR- BERT; GAHAN, C.J.; Arrow, G.J.; McLacutay, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I.-IV.)...... Barrett-Hamitton, G. E. H., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Dormice of the Genus Musrardinus. ..%.. 53 vcosessesscesdusre Exhibition of skins of the Variable Hare (Lepus timidus Linn.) showing colour-variations, and descriptions of sub- species and varieties of this species ...........-eesee- On a small Collection of Mammals obtained by Captain Deasy in South Chinese Turkestan and Western Tibet .. On Geographical and Individual Variation in Mus syl- vaticus and its Allies. (Plate XXV.) ..............-.. Bateson, Wittiam, M.A., F.RS., F.ZS. On a Case of Homeosis in a Crustacean of the Genus Asellus—Antennule replaced by a Mandible .......... BepparD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prosector to the Society. On a Species of Earthworm from Western Tropical Africa, belonging to the Genus Benhamia ............ On the Brain of a Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus) .. A Revision of the Earthworms of the Genus Amyntas SR COMER) 3 le 5tss ols 's)0'xers fs herent by eed aloe 3 On the Structure of a new Species of Earthworm of the Genus Benhamia Page 85 268 167 187 Vv Bepparb, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S. (Continued.) On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni........0000 05 Notice of a Memoir on the Osteology of the Pigmy Right-Whale (Neobalena marginata) .........0 eee On the Earthworms collected during the ‘‘Skeat Expedi- tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900 ............ On a new Species of Earthworm from India, belonging to the Genus: Amygntas, «43/3 iss) onigw nied oman W's os Beprorp, F, P., F.Z.S. On Echinoderms from Singapore and Malacca. (Plates eRe We Baie bist sed OTe «eh cat ee a pases as Bett, Prof. F. Jerrrny, F.Z.S. Remarks on a Collection of Land-Planarians made by mie Goold |O.M.ZS., in Biagio) o)cins oxenee dab bck Benuam, Prof. W. Braxuanp, D.S8c., M.A., F.Z.8., Otago University, and Tuomson, W. Matcoum, B.A. (N.Z.). An Account of a Large Branchiate Polynoid from New Zealand, Lepidonotus giganteus Kirk. By W. Matcoum Tuomson, With an Introduction by Professor W. Biax- LAND BENHAM, (Plates LX.-LXII.) ...............- Bernarp, H. M.; Anprews, C. W.; Smrrn, Epaar A. ; Kirkpatrick, R.; and Cuarmay, F. C. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). “(Plates AIT. @ XLIL.). cece cee cwecccne Braavw, F. E., C.M.Z.8. Notes on the Zoological Garden of Berlin .......+.. Page 775 89] 998 271 266 v74 115 vi Page BuayrorD, W. T., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. Exhibition of a skull and horns of the Central Asiatie CE Cal Soe gia ee nn oink SARE kee a care Eat he Bonuore, J. Lewis, F.Z.S. On a Collection of Mammals from Siam made by Mr. T. H. Lyle. (Plate XVIII.) .......... Pipes to sober TOS 191 On the Mammals collected during the “Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. (Plate LVI.) .... 869 Borrapaits, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge. On a small Collection of Decapod Crustaceans from Freshwaters in North Borneo ...........+-+-++es0e-- 93 On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part IV. The Grabs. (Plates XL—XUIT.) .. 02.2 eae bs cee 568 On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part V. Arthrostracans and Barnacles. (Plate LI.) ............ 795 BouLENGER, GEORGE ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Note on an Error in the Description of the new Genus Xenotilapia published in the ‘ Transactions ’ (vol. xv. p. 92). 3 Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batfachians from Bornes, (Plates XTVs_X VIL): A As sence eee 182 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Polypterus lapradw with large external gills .......... 267 A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon (French Congo), with Descriptions of new Genera and Species... (Plates XX VIl—~X RRA). supehi unt eens 433 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a large Boren Tortoise... ........ seme eee tees ee deter 661 Exhibition of one of the type specimens of Protopterus mollor from: the ‘Congo... 2. aahpoue ere eee eee 775 Vii Bovutencer, Georcp Apert, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Bupgert, dom, MAL RAS: List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J. S. Budgett in the River Gambia. By G. A. BouLunenr, F.R.S., F.Z.8. With Notes by J.S. Bopaurr, F.Z.8. 2... 0. e0ce serene Buoeert, J.8., M.A., F.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir entitled “On some Points in the Anatomy of Paliyptoraa 29s oP PIP ood: Notice of a Memoir on the breeding-habits of some West-African Fishes, with an Account of the External Features in the Development of Protopterus annectens, and a Description of the Larva of Polypterus lapradit ........ Bunpeerr, J. 8., M.A., F.Z.S., and Bovunenepr, GEorGE ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S. List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J. 8. Budgett in the River Gambia. By G. A. Boutunenr, F.R.S., F.Z.S. With Notes by J. S. Bupeurt, F.Z.8. 2... ....... 000 Burr, Marco, F.Z.S8.; Pest, C. V. A.; Austen, E. E.; Dixey, F. A.; Druce, Herzert; Gann, C.J.; Arrow, G. J.; McLacutan, R.; and Pocock, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... Burier, Arraur Garver, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, Natural History Museum. A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Zizera represented in the Collection of the British Museum. Ay! Dp a) So re eas Pere Pec ee Oe ee On two Consignments of Butterflies collected by Mr. Richard Crawshay in the Kikuyu Country of British East Africa in 1899 and 1900. (Plate LVIII.)........ Page 511 430 835 511 104 911 Vill Borter, A.L., F.Z.S., Curator, Selangor State Museum. On a new Serow from the Malay Peninsula.......... 675 CamsBurny, C.; SHarpse, R. Bowptpr; Macxinper, H. J.; and SAUNDERS, ERNEST. On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpter Suarrz. With Notes by H. J. Macxinper, Ernust Saunpers, and C. CaMBURN. bs roe SATE) Pee eM glee crore ah eee pee 596 Cuapman, F. C.; Anprews, C. W.; Smriru, Epaar A.; Bernarv, H. M.; and Kirxparricr, R. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Weran). Plates UL IOUT)’ oo ccm ucck pains Saeeeioe 115 Cocks, A. H., F.Z.S. Note on the Gestation of the Pine-Marten .......... 836 Crow zy, Purp, F.L.S., F.Z.S. On the Butterflies collected by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of the Island of Hainan. (EIeB ROR Vi ee, PAE e Oe, le Ona 505 DE Winton, WILLIAM E., F.Z.S. On the Mammals obtained in Southern Abyssinia by Lord Lovat during an Expedition from Berbera to the Pine Wile, | (Plate X.) o's.) eeaece Cee ee 79 Distant, W. L., F.E.S. Revision of the Rhynchota belonging to the Family Pentatomide in the Hope Collection at Oxford. (Plates EOS FEED, VRE RAMI «oleh il ey Wer 807 ix Page Dixy, F. A., M.A., M.D.; Pext, C.V.A.; Austen, E. E. ; Drucre, Herpert; Ganan, C. J.; Arrow, G. J.; McLacutan, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocoox, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... 4 Drucs, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S.; Pant, C. V. A.; Austen, E. E.; Drxzy, F. A.; Ganan, C.J.; Arrow, G. J.; McLacuian, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocoox, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 aud 1897, by Mr. OC. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... + Fawcert, Lt.-Col. J. Matcoum, 5th Lancers. Notice of a Memoir on the Transformations of some Nouth Arrican Lepidopter® << owas «sx cugelc cis cos eae 92 Frower, Capt. Srantey Smyra (5th Fusiliers), F.Z.S., Director of the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens, Cairo, Egypt. On the Mammalia of Siam and the Malay Peninsula .. 306 Notes on the Fauna of the White Nile and its Tribu- SEIN Lt Sak otk Ware oN POPE TAY 4% ahs ds oeige CE Mima ee 950 Gauayn, C. J.. M.A., F.E.S.; Pret, C. V. A.; Avusrmn, E. E.; Drxny, F. A.; Drocz, Hersert; Arrow, G.J.; McLacutan, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C, V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... 4 Grant, W. R. Oativie, of the British Museum (Natural History). On the Birds of Hainan. (Plates XXXIII. & PERRET LS wees oA Ge kbs TORR STE DSS uEe Se oe ke oe 457 Page Hinpe, Sypyey L. Remarks on the Mammals observed during five years’ residence in British Hast Aiwica (2.0. 00. 6002. . o3) ole 267 Howes, Prof. Grorce B., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., and Swinnerton, H. H., B.Se. Notice of a Memoir on the Developmeut of the Skeleton of the Tuatera (Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus) ........ 516 Jacoby, Martin, F.E.S. On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleo- ptera from South and Central Africa. (Plate XX.) .... 203 Jounston, Sir Harry H., K.C.B., F.Z.S. Letter from, containing an account of a supposed new species of Zebra inhabiting the Congo Forest .......... 774 Kipp, Water, M.D., F.Z.S. The Significance of the Hair-Slope in certain Mammals. 676 Kirkpatrick, R.; Anprews, C. W.; Smiry, Epear A.; Bernarp, H. M.; and Cuapmay, F. C. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Ci Peo ae Gael hes” pe Uy i>. GL] 0 A ey 115 Kye, H. M., M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews. On a new Genus of Flat-fishes from New Zealand.... 986 Laripiaw, F. F., B.A. On the Frogs collected during the “‘ Skeat Expedition ” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. (Plate LVIL.).... 883 Lancuester, W. F., M.A., King’s College, Cambridge. On a Collection of Crustaceans made at Singapore and Malacca.—Part I. Crustacea Brachyura. (Plates XLIV.- UA a es er ee sey ory eee 719 xi Léynperc, Dr. Ervan, of Upsala University. On the Soft Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Quthos CUMS on aye ee oh von cae ee ce ees was ne aes = On aremarkable Piece of Skin from Cueva Eberhardt, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia 0... eee eens see cnes On the Structure and Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Ovibos RUDI 5 dish bn aid A> Saas kn tee aa aah A Se. AP LybDEKKER, RicHarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, and remarks upon, the skin and horns of Ovis satrensis Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skulls, horns, and skins of an Ibex, thought to be referable to Capra sibirica dauvergnet Remarks on some errors in his papers published in the ‘ Proceedings’ in 1899 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen of the Musk-Ox from East Greenland Mackinprer, H. J.; Suarpn, R. BowpiLer; Saunpers, Ernest; and Campury, C. On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier Suarpg. With Notes by H. J. Mackinpmr, Ernest Saunpers, and C. CamBurn, (Plate XLIIT.) Sb Pale 0.46 28.6 8s 2.68 SC 2 ee Se 8 6 eee 6S McLacuiay, Rosert, F.RS., F.Z.8.; Peep, C. V. A.; Austen, E. E.; Drxry, F. A.; Droce, Herperr; Ganan, C. J.; Arrow, G. J.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates 1.-LV.) Page 142 379 686 1138 114 430 832 596 xii Masor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some bones of a species of Macacus from the Mauritius................ Remarks on remains of Cyon sardous from a cave in STE LTVT Gap Rie eat Lg MR Re 4S Ie. bet Sn demersal a NewsreaD, R., F.E.S. On a new Scale-Insect from Zomba, British Central iri. CE abe FX) ign 's's om bis inte om kip Melee minteiee Pes., C. V. A., F.Z.8.; Ausrun, E. E.; Drxny, F. A.; Drvucr, Herpert; Gauwan, C. J.; ARrow, G.J.; McLacuuan, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, R. I. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) Pocock, R. I., of the British Museum (Natural History) ; Prat, C. V. A.; Austen, E. E.; Drxny, F. A.; Drucre, Herpert; Gauan, C. J.; Arrow, G.J.; McLacuian, R.; and Burr, M. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) Punnett, R. C., B.A. On some Nemerteans from Torres Straits. (Plates LIV. MALY 2) s'p.5 wits niplw nae showed we eta ate uh eeeWwie re Lee SaunpErs, Ernest; SHanpp, R. Bowpier; MAckrnpeEr, H. J.; and Campvry, C. On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier SHarpre. With Notes by H.J, MackinpEr, Ernest SaunpDErs, and C. CaMBURN. (Pinte A LAIE)b viii). aber do mma e wm be Page 947 825 xill Page Sonater, Parire Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in PICITAROR BEI ioe ds a at vida d pd atu didids tin sipipin we wai oh 1 Exhibition of a photograph of, and remarks upon, a young specimen of the Rocky-Mountain Goat (Haploceros SOONG raha dia am dep Cee ood a Ow GH Fad Sie RAG als te 1 Exhibition and List of a Collection of Birds from Fort Jameson, British South Africa .........ccccccsencces 1 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Bg LUC Seer. Pee ie re SR nent ere 84 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie Ti POC Oary SWE ccs SOME ecialn te wiv sg Sala Slate Oe a 181 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Miaarolt: LGUs 5'taatat.28 tr SU Ree Mente Gall ahle 306 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in BR AMOGE Ts aig ds said tse Rate aibnninns Peter aaticee te 429 Exhibition of a specimen and description of a new species of Reedbuck proposed to be called Cervicapra ME (ETE OVAL) a cw nee ncales > cas u soa e's time 429 Announcement of Mr. J. S. Budgett’s departure on his second expedition to the Gambia ................ 516 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in (ONE REE OPE SRR a Beate 659 Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. J. Lane Huxley, of a cast of a portion of the jaw of an Ichthyosaurus from Queens- Oe Dever sere reser sravee esse sees evvssess 660 Notice of an article in ‘ The Asian,’ by Mr. E. C. Stuart Baker, concerning the Gaur and Gayal ...........++. 661 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during June, July, August, September, and October, “~~ pA ya 088 | ERR 2 eS a 771 xiv Sciater, Parie Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Continued.) Remarks on some of the objects noticed during a recent visit to the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg, Berlin, and Robberdam «6. 2.0. cecesase de tcdie dd ote aie 8) 5'Wtie Aes Remarks on the herd of Barbary Apes on the Rock of RAEDIMMOEES Atete tae eke be few os oie ee ae Letter from the Colonial Secretary on the proposed introduction of Starlings into St. Kitts, West Indies.... Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November: 1900) 4, os:iieh sit. 94 80.90) Se, on Bee Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull and horns of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros and mounted heads of two Antelopes obtained by Major A. St. H. Gibbons on Rie Sper te Art ice oh ooh on eet acae Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two bandoliers made from the skin of a supposed new species of Zebra ...... SHARPE, Emity Mary. On a Collection of Butterflies from the Bahamas. (Plate ER) ois th Pete eck pote ee ee ree os eas Suarpr, R. Bowpier, LL.D., F.LS., F.Z.S.; Macxkinper, H. J.; Saunpers, Ernest; and CamBurn, C. On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier Suarpe. With Notes by H. J. Macxryper, Ernest Saunpers, and C. CAMBURN. (Plate XUTIL) tin. oc alels Edn Vo sili Mapes bidldids SHERBORN, C. Davies, F.Z.S. ° Remarks on the progress of the ‘ Index Animalium’ .. SmirH, Enear A., F.Z.8.; Anprews, C. W.; Bernarp, H. M.; Kirxparrick, R.; and Cuapmay, F. C. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), (Plates Kil. & Raga yee tise eee oa ee Page 949 950 596 xV Spencer, Batpwiy, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Biology in the University of Melbourne, Director of the National Museum, Melbourne. A Description of Wynyardia bassiana, a Fosssil Mar- supial from the Tertiary Beds of Table Cape, Tasmania. Pinas MPA: & UG.) 2B eb AP RP AE Srepsine, Rev. Tuomas R. R., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin. (Plates XXXVI.- EAS TS Si aid Soe, ST URk Si IY Pe A Swryverton, H. H., B.Sc., and Howzs, Prof. Grorex B., LL.D., F.B.S., V.P.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir on the Development of the Skeleton of the Tuatera (Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus) ........ THomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some mounted heads of Antelopes from Fashoda and the Sobat River........ On the Mammals obtained in South-western Arabia by Messrs. Percivaland Dodson ..<.......608ce2sscess Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a new Species of Kangaroo, proposed to be called Macropus INNES FORE hia ois. oi aA ies np mh ne «2 cite < wivieasiot hn dia Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a new Sub- species of Kangaroo from Western Australia, proposed to be named Macropus robustus cervinus 1... 06.0 eens List of Mammals obtained by Mr. H. J. Mackinder during his recent Expedition to Mount Kenya, British DD Ea do dieinis cneee davcdens CUNMLee de Co ienads List of Mammals obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith during his recent Journey from Lake Rudolf to the ONGE TED Pa fa ts fa chine «foe celen etumteaweeWe eas Ws Page 517 516 113 xvi Tuomeson, Prof. D’Arcy W., C.B., F.R.S. On a rare Cuttlefish, Ancistroteuthis robusta (Dall), SESCUBIEED ico Seine hs eect ewe eo oie ee are alee oan are THomson, ArtuuR, Assistant-Superintendent and Head- Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie. Report on the Insect-house for 1899 .............. THomson, W. Matcorm, B.A. (N.Z.), and Bennam, Prof. W. Briaxtanpd, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S., Otago University. An Account of a Large Branchiate Polynoid from New Zealand, Lepidonotus giganteus Kirk. By W. Matcoum THomson. With an Introduction by Professor W. Buax- LAND BenHAM. (Plates LX.-LXIL.) ...........000 00 Warzorton, Cuor, M.A., Christ’s College, Cambridge. On a remarkable Attid Spider from Borneo, Mantis- alia trucvians, N. 2. Cb Bp. 4 s.s sade woh bok eae ee + Woopwarp, Artaur Smiru, LL.D., F.Z.S. On some Remains of Grypotherium (Neomylodon) listat and associated Mammals from a Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. (Plates V.-IX.).... Page 992 181 974 384 64 LIST OF PLATES, 1900. Plate Page I. Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c. from Somaliland II. Orthoptera from Somaliland ............0000.00 t 4 TET Ticks Troms Omer oes cutee asae nc whan ckres IY. Scorpions from Somaliland ....... Sit avec wees ; Vv. \ ue - Grypotherium listai | VT, ( Gtypotherium listat 1. +e eee tht re AL fy get VIU. ane IX. 1.G@ ypotherium listat. 2. Felis onga. 3. Arctotheri. cum SNE wants aia cern anhe ges oe Uns eee ah SAUOOMIR TOUCUN ok ac aig ic ine en decadence ehins} ‘ XI. Species of Zizera ......... wa ae Kee caseuee wh wo. Se tcc Sponges from Christmas Island............+-.64. 115 XIV. 1. Lygosoma shelfordi, 2. Distira saravacensis..., } DV: LOGOUT DOTMOONNS oie Fed elk vane tavearele’ AVL AON APRS oc icicidnwccnecccendunieeds + 182 XVII. 1. Améblycephalus nuchalis. 2, Rhacophorus shelfordi. | 3. Ivalus petersit. 4. Calophryne heterochirus ., XVIII. Petaurista lylei.......... aus babi Wea Hides gieians 191 Lc LOPE ROMROCNE oi ccc ie ec eiaebes cddenne ve denies 197 XX. African Phytophagous Coleoptera .............. 203 XXI. sre » Echinoderms from Singapore and Malacca ........ 271 XXIV. XXV._ 1. Mus sylvaticus princeps. 2. Mus sylvaticus celticus, — 387 ER VE. « Corvdeaer a ROMAINE. cdi cnasisdeecavicesancy 429 Proc, Zoo, Soc, —1900. b XVill Plate Page XXVIII 1. Bufo latifrons. 2. Arthroleptis inguinalis, ) 3. Dilobates platycephalus. 4. Rappia platyceps. . | XXVIII. 1. Scotodleps gabonicus. 2. Phrynobatrachus auritus. 3. Phrynobatrachus latirostrip. v.46... 0 se aces - 433 XXIX. Gampsosteonyx batesit .......00 cee eee ee oS Mave a XXX. Trichobatrachus robustus.......0... ce ceees Sia es XXXI. 1. Poromera fordii. 2. Mabuia batesii .......... | KXXIT. Boulengerina annulata...ccceccccsesvocscebancs ,) RORITE.. Nycticorar magnifies. 46 os $e obo ae hee 457 XXXIV. Genneus whiteheadi, 6 & Q .ceceveerees 3 5 Sc XXXV. Butterflies from Hainan ..... eae elem ei gesatenar eats 505 XXXVI. Halicarcinus ovatus. Halicarcinus planatus ...... NVA Pepe VANERTANE AD, 5 sos i cre a's 34's wlomlns Cue RG } ete RGN WLS tS LDERAENS Coie yine a nies vgs ales cv ok Paha eee ou NIN, RUCORUMET DING GUE clas we se s's = a's cate ob aee Vela sim XL. | MUL + iGrabs trou the South Pacific 2: ocicss ake. 52% 568 XLII. PTY WUD O MARCUM, sas soe Niele sha oe ase 596 XLIV. ey | Crustaceans from Singapore and Malacca ..,..... 719 XLVI. XLVIII. Connochetes taurina, S jr ....... ete ee 771 ager Wynyardia bassiana ,..... Spat hak eey tivanee turin ent. (76 LI. Crustaceans from the South Pacific .............. 795 ia Rhynchota of the Family Pentatomide .......... 807 ae Nemerteans from Torres Straits .............00 825 AWG: hi bes OGLE 6g ewe a antoolera Wate hoca mags haere 869 LVII. Frogs from the Malay Peninsula ......... a eke 885 LVIII. New Butterflies from East Africa................ 911 LIX. Walkeriand porunars . tapas ile Ghwaes epee 947 LX. LXI.} Lepidonotus geganteus ......c0cccesseneeseeees eye O72 LXII. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT. 1900. Pago Arvicanthus abyssinicus, Right upper molar series of ,......-..+- 8] Arvicanthus dembeensis, Right upper molar series of ........... + POE Littledale’s Sheep (Ovis satrensis), Male of, in winter coat ........ 114 Musk-ox, Papille of the paunch of the ........... ES hiss vanity ae Musk-ox, Cells of the reticulum ofthe ..... Riot ecren ie tee asta 149 Musk-ox, Irregular folds in ceecum of the .......... Nevis arate eae seg! 3 Musk-ox, Great and small intestines of the ............ ehcet pene 152 Musk-ox, Liver, gall-bladder, and part of the duodenum of the ..., 155 Musk-ox, Spleen of the ................ SL oat ORME oft eke tepid. PR SRG OF TNE os ew nae'e vs 5 eed na ware ere oe urate « dice tun Musk-ox, Tracheal ring of the ............ aus nor a aNd. Le RMN REAM ON Se casas o sics Ga vo ys an Gh ele Sia Rive alanis 159 Musk-ox, Penis of the....... Dae dias Ma aly estas dss Sign mntnareceie’ ccets 16] Musk-ox, Udder of the female .................- A Oa ena . 164 Benhamia cecifera, Ventral surface of anterior segments Bon 16 ...t6 2022 +a: | 838 | Mkakula and Kotakota. 16. | Ploceipasser pectoralis ............ 470 | Liwonde. | 17. | Hyphantornis shelleyi ............ 543 | Katunga. 18.0) (Oriolus larvatus, 4.2. -.v+-0ssecnee- 572 | Buwa. 19. | Lamprocolius sycobius............ 600 | Liwonde. 20. | Prionops talacoma ............... 666 | Buwa. 21. | Campophaga nigra ............... 675 | Buwa. 22,. | Hisouscollarie:3.-2<5...2c-seeue x | 693 | Mkukula and Buwa. 23. BOUSEY Wiel se asus s onariene mented 701 | Buwa. | 24. | Enneoctonus collurio ............ 709 | Kotakota, Mkukula, and Buwa. 25. | Laniarius mosambicus ............ 723 | Kasungu. 26. | Dryoscopus cubla................-- 742 | Kasungu. 27. | Telephonus senegalus ............ 751 | Buwa. | 28. | Malaconotus blanchoti............ 778 | Buwa. 29. | Andropadus vleaginus ............ 844 | Liwonde. 30. | Erythropygia barbata ............ 1143 | Buwa. 31. | Turdus libonianus ............... 1234 | Buwa. 32. | Bradyornis murinus............... 1502 | Katunga and Kotakota. 33. | Eurystomus glaucurus............! 1509 | Kotakota. 34. | Coracias caudatus..............0++- 1515 | Liwonde. 35. | Rhinopomastes cyanomelas...... 1559 =| Liwonde. Bow Cerys rudis, 2s. s-a:-ceseaseesare 1599 | Liwonde. 37. | Corythornis cyanostigma......... 1606 | Kotakota. 38. | Halcyon chelicutensis ............ | 1619 | Kotakota. 39. | Colius erythromelon............... 1638 | Liwonde. 40. | Schizorhis concolor ............... 1664 | Kotakota and Liwonde. 41. | Centropus burchelli............... 1690 | Kotakota. A254 Coceystes Cater ..°...s+sseurenente 1696 | Liwonde. 43. | Chrysococeyx cupreus ............ 1712, | Mkukula. 44. | Melanobucco torquatus ......... 1739 | Katunga and Buwa. 45. | Smilorhis sowerbyi ............... 1759 =| Katunga and Buwa. 1900.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE GENUS XBNOTILAPIA. 5 | No. in | Locality | | ee | (where stated). | 46. Campothera abingdoni............ | 1812 | Buwa. | 47. | Chaleopelia afra ...........c000+- 1895 | Kotakota. | 48. | Nisaétus pennatus.................. 2025 | Liwonde. 49. | Lophoaétus occipitalis ............ 2030 | Liwonde. | 50, | Asturinula monogrammica ...... | 2046 | Liwonde. | 51. | Astur polyzonoides ............... | 2060 | Liwonde. | 52. | Cireus ranivorus ................-. 2082 | Liwonde. | Sd. | Ardea purpurea ..........0.....0 2123 | Kotakota. 54. | Phalacrocorax lucidus ............ 2149 | Kotakota. |, 55. PLDICATIDB | 0 Py Seceneatas ede oct 2153 | Kotakota. 56. | Plotus levaillanti .................- 2154 | Kotakota. | 57. | Larus cirrhocephalus ............) 2205 58. | Sarcidiornis melanonota ......... 2255 | Liwonde. 59. | Porphyrio alleni .................. 2297 | Kotakota. f~GO, | Turnix lopurand. ....-<.2..-..-...- 2324 | Katunga. | 61. | Francolinus coqui.................. 2346 | Buwa and Katunga. | 62. | Phyllopezus africanus ............ 2441 | Liwonde and Katunga. } 63. / Lobivanellus lateralis ............ 2445 | Buwa and Katunga. | 64. | Pavoncella pugnax ............... 2484 | Mkukula. 65. | Rhynchea capensis ............... 2501 66. | Cursorius temimincki ............| 2517 | Buwa. Mr. Sclater remarked that the route from Lake Nyasa to Mpeseni’s country and Fort Jameson would be found described in an article by Mr. R. I. Money and Dr. Kellett Smith in the ‘Geographical Journal’ for 1897 (vol. x. p. 146). Capt. Shelley had informed Mr. Sclater that examples of the following 3 species had not previously been obtained in Nyasaland, but it should be remarked that Fort Jameson itself, being over the water-parting, was just outside the border of the B.C. A. Protectorate :— 1. Parus afer Gm.: Gadow, Cat. B. viii. p. 39. Not previously recorded from the north of the Zambesi. 2. Smilorhis sowerbyi Sharpe, Lbis, 1898, p. 572, pl. xii. fig. 1. Originally described from Mashunaland. 3. Phalacrocorax lucidus (Licht.): Grant, Cat. B. xxvi. p. 351. A communication was read from Mr. G. A. Boulenger pointing out that an unfortunate mistake, for which he was in no way responsible, had been made in printing the characters of the genus Xenotilapia in part 4 of vol. xv. of the Society’s Transactions, lately issued. The characters of the genus Xenotilapia (page 92) should stand as follows :— XENOTILAPIA, g. 1. Body moderately elongate ; scales ctenoid; three lateral lines. Mouth small, very protractile; upper jaw with two series of minute 1" + MR. C. V. A. PEBL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23, conical teeth ; mandibular teeth turned outwards, ina single series; maxillary concealed under the preorbital when the mouth is closed. A large papillose pad on each side of the pharynx, between the gills. Dorsal with 14 or 15 spines, anal with 3. The following papers were read :— 1. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. By C. V. A. Pest, E.Z:8S., E. E. Austen, F. A. Drxey, M.A., MB, Hersert Druce, F.LS., F.Z.8., C. J. Ganan, M.A., Gitsert J. Arrow, R. McLacuian, F.R.S., Matcoum Burr, F.Z.S., and R. I. Pocock. [Received November 9, 1899.] (Plates L-IV.) CoNTENTS. Page 1. Narrative of the Expeditions. By C. V. A. Pern, F.ZS....... 4 2. Diptera.. By HiiiwA peewee .;.ccatapec ts) - --.2-cstunanBxemiagton 7 3. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. By F. A. Dixry, M.A., M.D....... 10 4. Lepidoptera Heterocera. By Hersert Druce, F.Z.S., F.LS8. 17 5. Coleoptera. By C. J. Ganan, M.A., and Giupert J. Arrow... 21 G.Neuroptera. By BR. Mcliiguman, FURS. ......2.2s002.00--ensscsece 34 7. Orthoptera. By Matcoim Burr, F.Z.S., and Dr. C. Brunner Y.W ADUEN WY os cc 00sesapacoeaven cae tones spp Veen eas a he 8. Insects of other Orders. By various Contributors............... 46 9. Chilopoda and Arachnida. By R. I. Pocock ..........ccc2+e0008 48 10. General List of the Scorpions of Somaliland and the Boran Oountry.. By e302. ae-c acre sees 2 caess aponcaee BH) 11. ‘Hixplanation of the Blates@ee.w...-ssesesc-+2--0-c0-0oun Bice. ails 5, temorum antacorum’. cee. -s.e 2 lO - a mtermed: ~ 2525 tee aes 14°5 +: op PoshicoruMic.,. sgt iat t03 OO 5 operchl.,.c2 eee ae ease . 26 Patria. West Somaliland, Bun Jijjiga (July 15, 1895). One female. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford. LEPryNta sp. West Somaliland, Bun Jijjiga (July 15,1895). Five mutilated specimens, ACRIDIODEA. TRUXALIDA. TRUXALIS Nasuta (L.). North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. Tlirce females. 1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 39 TRUXALIS UNGUICULATA Ramb. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. Seve females, one male. MAcH#RIDIA BILINEATA Stal. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26,1895. I refer a mutilated larva to this species. EPacroMIa THALASSINA (Fabr.). West Somaliland (1895). One example. CEDIPODID &. HUMBERTIELLA TENUICORNIS (Schaum). West Somaliland: Boholo Deno, near R. Shebeyli, June 24,1895; three male specimens, one female. Somaliland (1895 or 1897); one nale and one female. This species is purely a native of tropical Africa. GASTRIMARGUS VERTICALIS Sauss. West Somaliland (1895). One male and one female specimen. Var., fusca, fascia fusca alarum via perspicua. North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. One female specimen. CEDALEUS INSTILLATUS, sp. n. Pronotum haud valde elongatum, fusco-testaceum, indistincte fusco- notatum, Tempora acuta, trigonalia, Statura minore. Gracilior. Frons subreclinata ; costa frontalis latior, margin- ibus a vertice subdivergentibus ; vertex ad frontem haud rotun- datus. Pronoti crista humilis, acuta, sinuata, margine postico acutangulo. Elytra venis spuriis completis, area ulnari ir- regulariter reticulata, fusco-testacea, dimidia basali fasctis 3 latis fuscis, 2 latis pallidis, opacis, dimidia apicali plus minus hyalina, maculis nebulosis infuscatis ornata, Ale basi flavicantes, fascia fusca lata semilunari, marginem posticum attingenti ornate, ultra hane hyaline, apice macula fusca, 2 lohos includenti ornata, Pronotum metazona quam prozona haud brevior. Femora postica testacea, extus punctulata, vel irregu- lariter fasciata. Tibi postice rusescentes. SQ. 3. "8 Long. corporis ............ 20 mm. 29 inm. i I ao ekas ox» AD 6 CVUOLUD ose tess 22 26°5 » femorum posticorum.. .. 15 Patria, West Somaliland (1895). Twospecimens. ‘Types, male and female, in Hope Collection, Oxford. This new species falls into the second division of de Saussure’s subgenus (daleus sensu stricto. It is a great deal smaller than 40 MR. C, V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23, . nigrofasciatus de G., and @. infernalis Sauss., and falls between . senegalensis Kr. and . abruptus Sauss. From both of these it differs in the acute angle of the posterior border of the pronotum, at least in the male (this angle is more obtuse in the female). I have drawn up the description on the model of de Saussure’s synoptical table, in which he distinguishes these two species. ACROTYLUS LONGIPES (Charp.). Somaliland (1895 or 1897), one female. West Somaliland (1895), one male and two females. These specimens are the red variety, the same as recorded by me from Sokotra (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 384). PYRGOMORPHID &. CuROTOGONUS LUGUBRIS Blanch. Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One male, two larve. PHYMAYEUS STOLLII Sauss. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. Two males and two females. PH. MORBILLOSUS Serv. ? North Central Somaliland: Haud, Odewein, June 23,1897. Two larvee. (‘ Dry river, thickly wooded banks.”—C, V. A. P.) 1 refer these larvee with some hesitation to P. morbillosus. PYRGOMORPHA GRYLLOIDEs (Latr.). North-west Somaliland: Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. One female. ACRIDIID#. SCHISTOCERCA PEREGRINA (Oliy.). North-west Somaliland: Gooban District, between Hargaisa and Berbera, August 6, 1895. Six males, one female. North Central Somaliland : Haud, Odewein, July 23, 1897. Four nymphs. (‘ Dry river, thickly wooded banks.”—C, V. A. P.) Also five very young larvee. ACRIDIUM SUCCINCTUM Serv. (nec Linn. = ruficorne, Serv. et Stal). West Somaliland (1895). One male and one female. SAURACRIS, gen. nov. Corpus apterum, depressum, granulatum, nitidum. Oculi pro- minuli, a supero visi, subcontigut. Frons reclinata ; antenne Jiliformes. Pronotumn deplanatum, carinis nullis, suleis 3 instructum, margine postico subsinuato, lobis defleais marginibus antico et postico obliquis, inferiore subrecto. Elytra minima, ee 1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 41 rudimentaria vel nulla, Ale nulle, Abdomen seginentis 1° et 2° deplanatis, ceteris compressis, carinulatis. Pedes crassiusculi, Femora postica valde incrassata, haud serrulata ; tibice postice margine exvterno 6-8, interno 8-9 spinis armate ; tarsi postict segmentis 1° et 3° elongatis, 2° parvo. Cerci 3 breves, compressi, conict, apice obtusi. Lamina supraanalis obtusa, apice paullo bi-emarginaia, medio plus minus sulcata. Lamina subgenitalis $ magna, fornicata; lumina subgenitalis & simplex. Valvule ovipositoris breves, granulate. Corpus glabrum, partibus genitalibus 3 Q tibiis posticis hirsutis, This new genus falls into the group Coptacre. The absence of elytra, wings, and of the carine of the pronotum separate it from Cyphocerastes Karsch, Epistaurus Bol., Avridoderes Bol. SAURACRIS LACERTA, sp.n. (Plate II. fig. 3, ¢.) Statura mediocri, testacea, nigro varia. Caput pallide testaceum ; oculi globosi, badii. Pronotum pallide testaceum, fasciis 3 Ffusctoribus longitudinalibus ornatum. Elytra minutissima, granulati, lobiformia, seqmenti abdominalis primi dimidium viv attingentia, vel nulla, Abdomen testaceum, vittis et maculis nigris ornatum. Pedes testacei ; femora postica extus fusco vil atro ornata ; tibie postice spinis extus 6-8, intus 9 armate, Abdomen subtus nigro variegatum. Femina mare major, fuscior. S$ Q. fe or Long. corporis aes poe . 255mm. 39 mm. Si ADOMINAL: . chelond saad x's 6 ae » élytrorum (si adsunt). ‘ 1:75 1-75 ,, femorum posticorum ,. 18-13°5 17 Patria. North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895; 1 male, 1 female and 1 nymph. Central or East Somaliland (1897) ; 2males. Female, type trom Hargaisa, in Hope Collection, Oxford. Male type from Central or East Somaliland, in Hope Collection. Co-types at Oxford and in the collection of Malcolm Burr, LOCUSTODBA, PHANEROPTERID®, PERONURA sp. inc. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. One female nymph. It is impossible accurately to determine this immature specimen. PHANEROPTERA PUNCLULATA, sp. 1. Parva, late viridis ; pronoto, cruribus, abdomine nigro-punctulatis. Pronotum lobis deflewis wque altis ae longis; carine haul valde expresse, flavide. Klytra brevi word, venulis transversis haud prominulis, parte anali usque ad apicem nigr o-punctulata, Al elytris longiores, Femora postica gracilia, apicem elytrorum 42 MR. C. V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23, superantes, basi incrassata. Lamina supraanalis 3g oblonga. Cerci 3g longi, teretes, acuminati, apice mucronati. Lamina subgenitalis 3 elongata, triangulariter emarginata, cercos haud superans. oC. 3. Long. pronoti ......e+s+sss-s. 125mm. COTPOTIS 's a vie's\s 2s ale ee alacnm, Fos hs eevee eee | -elytroram).) 2:54 a Te ak nt Lat. elytrorum medio .......... 2°75 Long. femorum posticarum...... 16 Patria. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. One male. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford. This species comes nearest to Ph. nana Charp., but may be distinguished by the absence of the basal spots of the elytra, which also separates it from Ph. quadripunctata Br. The minute black dots all over the body resemble those of Leptophyes punctatissima, Bosc. ”? ” MILITITSA, gen. nov. In tribum Verpnistriarum locandum. ¢ ignotus. Fastigium verticis sulcatum et compressum. Frons brevis, per- pentcularis. Oculi valde globosi. Pronotum selleeforme, disco antice elevatum, obtusum, postice deplanato, margine ipso sub- elevato, rotundato, carinis lateralibus nullis; lobis deflewis altiortbus quam longioribus, marginthus rotundatis. LElytra angusta, paullo ante medium latiora, dehine attenuata, margine postico sinuato, apice oblique truncata ; venw 2 radiales sub- contique, apicem versus diver gentes, ramis 1-3 vene ulnaris conjunctis, ramo ultimo in marginem aprcalem elytri ecurrente ; vena ulnaris a vena radiali valde remota, in marginem posticum elytri defleca, ramos nonnullos furcatos albo-cireumdatos venam radialem versus emittens, quorum spostremi ramis vene radialis conjuncti ; campus analis busi latus, dchine angustis- simus, venulis rectis transversis plurimis instructis, in tertia parte apical elytri evanescens; campus marginalis latus, ad conjunctionem venwe radialis anterioris cum margine antico productus ; intra marginem per totam longitudinem elytra anguste decolor, hyalinus, Ale elytris longiores. Coww antice spina nulla instructe. Femora omnia teretes, postica subtus spmulis 3 armata, lobis genicularibus acuminatis ; tibie antice et intermedie compresse, margine jpostico spinulis minimis armate. Tibwe antice utrinqgue foramine aperto, oblongo, instruct ; tibie postice per totam longitudinem utrinque supra spinis allidis, apice rufescentibus, armate. Meso- et meta- sternum lobis obtusis instructa. Ovipositor satis magnus, sensim incurvis, apice obtusus, valvula superiore minime crenulato, valvulam inferiorem muticam superans. @. This genus may be at once separated from Terpnistria Stil by the unspined pronotum and unlobed legs. The unarmed coxe 1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 43 and open tympana of the anterior tibie distinguish it from Diogena Br. MIZITITSA SOMALIENSIS, sp. n. (Plate II. figs. 5 & 7.) Corpus ferrugineum. Caput et pronotum viridia. Elytra viridia, venulis transversis hyalino-circumdatis, margine antico hyalino, margine postico sordide ferrugineo. Ovipostor nitidus, viridis, apice infuscatus. Cerct recti, conic. Lumina subgenitalis 2 parva, apice angusta, truncata. &. O', Poon sorpors ai pees eer eas ak eases Dae meee pea ECL cirhiwiclt git ara dy Wiie dare eater be be oe ff PREDEAML Ss ak) fee pak wpe cota ee = Femoram posiiearam: V's 2.3055-0 °F Poi dAEPU TMM 3s oo baile alate w, sin Oe waar eel Patria. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. One female specimen. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford. TYLOPSIS PERPULCHRA, sp. 0. Viridis, elongata, Pronotum dorso deplanatum, viride, minutis- sime fusco-punctulatum, marginibus antico et postico subsinuatis, carinis lateralibus rectis, parallelis, albis, antice subtus atro- marginatis ; lobi deflext angulato inserti, margine inferiore recto, angulo postico retroproducto, margine postico valde sinuato, antico perpendicularit. Elytra elongata, angusta, lanceolata, ramo primo vene radialis apice furcato, viridia, antice late albo- marginata, vitta pallide purpurea intra, apicem versus attenuata ornata, Ale elytris valde longiores, venis radialibus mediis valde infuscatis, (DPedes antici et intermedi desunt.) Pedes postici gracillimi, longissimi, fusco-teslacei. Cerci longi, validi, apice valde undulato-incurvi, apice decussati et infuscati. Lamina subgenitalis 3 elongata, apice triangulariter excisa. ¢. dS LODE. COFPOPIA sours os 2 acne aes 20 BOM " pronom ee bls id wiaoeskinie oo i NY Lace taene awk St a femorum posticorum....... 28 Patria. North-west Somaliland, W hardi Datal, July 26, 1895, One male specimen. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford. This species agrees with 7’. bilineolata Serv. in the straight inferior borders of the side flaps of the pronotum, but may be distinguished by the variegated elytra. OTIAPHYSA ANGUSTIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 2. Flavo-ferruginea ; elytra, alarum apices, virides ; elytra venulis transversis albido-circumdatis, maryine antico valde sinuato, margine postico recto, paullo ante medium latiora, pone medium valde angustata, apice oblique truncata, &. 44 MR, C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23, oan Tiong, CORPOTIS: Geos". < sae ete eis oesssneopennecnheabanna subsp. cey/ensis, b*. Chelw and body with black-lined keels, femora of legs distally infuscate ; patellwe also infuscate basally and along keels; frontal area of carapace sparsely granular in the middle .........ecc0cceecees subsp. Lerberensis, 58 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23, b. Inferior lateral keels of 5th caudal segment and inferior median of segments 2 and 3 uniformly granular throughout. a*, Hand carinate and densely granular; dorsal ab- dominal keels posteriorly strongly spiniform......... acutecarinatus. b°, Hand smooth, not carinate ; dorsal abdominal keels not strongly spiniform posteriorly. a‘, Less coarsely granular; tail thinner and lower, height of 4th segment barely half its own length and distinctly less than length of lst; upper surface of caudal segments much less strongly excavated, &6: c.xccsccskateescesaseeccesemeupeemennnees polystictus. b4, More coarsely granular ; tail thicker, its superior keels more strongly elevated; height of 4th segment more than half its length and equal to len pth’ of. Letysca:.cqdnessoersete ce qcede tyes. detaenncs emini. Family ScorPIonipaz, Genus Panpinus Thorell. PANDINUS MEIDENSIS Karsch. Pandinus meidensis, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. iii. p. 127 (1879); Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones, &c. p. 119 (1899). Loc. Meid in Somaliland. In Berlin Museum. PANDINUS sMITHI (Pocock). Scorpio smithii, Pocock in Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through Unknown African Countries,’ p. 198 (1897). Lee. Hargaisa, Silul, Abdeh, and Turfa in Somaliland (A. Donaldson Smith). In British Museum. PANDINUS PALLIDUS (Kraepelin). Scorpio pallidus, Kraepelin, Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, xi. p. 60 (1894). Pandinus pallidus, id. Das Tierr., Seorpiones, &c. p. 120 (1899), Loc. Barawa in Somaliland. In Hamburg Museum and British Museum. The typical form of this species was based upon immature individuals measuring only up to 75 mm. long. Until the adult is known it seems to me impossible to classify the species with certainty. It is undoubtedly nearly allied both to the following species, P. phillipsi from North-west Somaliland, and to the more southern Masailand form P. gregort, but it will probably prove to be at all events subspecifically different from both. PANDINUS PHILLIPSI (Pocock). Scorpio phillipsii, Pocock, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 101 (1896). Sir phillipsii, Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones, &e. p. 120 (1899). Loc. Dooloob and the Goolis Mountains, inland of Berbera (Z. Lort Phillips). In British Museum. a A AC } B A 7 1900 INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND 59 This form is evidently allied to the typical P. pallidus ; but until adults of the latter come to hand for comparison, it is im- possible to say what the exact relationship between the two may be. The original examples of P. phillipsi are a pair of females obtained at Dooloob. Mr. Lort Phillips subsequently procured an adult male and a young female on the Goolis Range of mountains. The former has 17-18 pectinal teeth, a longer tail and larger vesicle than the female, and lobate movable finger on the chela. The young one is as large as a co-type of P. pallidus, the carapace in the two measuring 11 mm. Moreover the posterior tarsal lobe is tipped above with bristles as in P. pallidus, not with a spine as in the adult P. phillipst. But the shape of the hand in the young P. phillipsi is different, this organ being very noticeably narrower, and the tubercles on its upperside are much sharper and more strongly detined. The following actual measurements (in millim.) of the two examples may be advantageously compared :— Total length Length of Length of Tenetlt of Width of pions Carapace. brachium. underhand. nag hand. P. vali im } 71 W 1-5 7 7 10 P onibioa } 68 1 75 7 7 85 As will be seen, there is practical identity of measurements * except where the width of the hand is concerned. Panpinvs couet (Pocock). Scorpio colei, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 180, pl. xi. figs. 2, 2. a (1896). Pandinus colei, Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones, &c. p. 120 (1899). Loc. Berbera and Goolis Mountains (#. Lort Phillips). In British Museum. This species was based upon a subadult specimen from Berbera. Mr. Lort Phillips subsequently procured in the Goolis Mountains and kindly sent to the British Museum three additional examples, an adult male and female and a young specimen considerably smaller than the type. The characters upon which the species was based prove perfectly constant. The adult male and female are much alike ; the former, however, has the terga of the abdomen finely and closely granular posteriorly, whereas in the female they are nearly ' The difference in total length in this and in many other cases is due to the degree of distension of the abdominal region. The length of this region is so very liable to alteration in accordance with the mode of preservation of the specimen after death, and oe so largely upon the fasting or full-fed, pregnant or not pregnant condition of the Scorpion, that the relative lengths of the tail as compared with the trunk, which Kraepelin, Karsch, and others so frequently quote, have but little importance. The length of the carapace, which does not vary, should be taken as standard for comparison, 60 MR. C. V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23, smooth. Again, the 2nd and 4th abdominal sterna are finely granular in the middle; and, lastly, the vesicle is more strongly inflated, its width considerably exceeding its height and being equal to that of the 4th caudal segment. In the female the width of the vesicle is scarcely greater than its height and less than the width of the 5th segment. Pectinal teeth 11-13(¢ 2). Total length ( g ) 82 mm., carapace 13°5, tail 38, underhand 8°5, width of haud 12. PANDINUS PEELI Pocock. Cf. supra, p. 53. PANDINUS HAWKERI, sp. 0. Colour of carapace and palpi yellowish brown; tergal plates and tail reddish brown ; vesicle brown with yellow lines ; legs entirely pale yellow, abdominal sterna testaceous. Carapace smooth, polished; terga also smooth, punctured along the posterior margin, the last very weakly gr anular laterally, the crests obsolete. Sterna, with exception of the last, smooth ; the last obsoletely crested, but mesially closely granular. Tail short, only alittle more than two and a half times the length of the carapace, which is almost as long as its first three segments; the inferior median keels absent on segments 1-5, the inferior laterals present, smooth on segments 1 and 2, granular on 3 to 5, the area of the Jower surface of the tail between them granular as in P. colei; superior and superior-lateral keels of tail weak, punctured, but not granular; sides of tail smooth ; upper surface at most very sparsely granular, except along the posterior edge of segments 1-4, where there is a series of denticuliform granules ; vesicle strongly punctured and setose beneath, but scarcely granular, its width exceeding its height. Chele: humerus smooth below and behind, the crests on its upper and anterior surfaces coarsely granular, its upperside sparsely granular in the basal half ; brachium smooth, except for some minute granules in front and some coarser ones along the anterior inferior crest: hand moderately wide, its width equal to three-fourths the length of the carapace ; upper surface granular on the external slope above the strong keel of the underhand§ the rest of the upper surface nearly smooth and polished, beset with a fine reticulation of ridges which are almost obsolete in adult, coarser in young; inner edge almost smooth, punctured, lower surface sparsely and weakly granular towards the base of immovable digit; immovable digit with its basal width less than half the length of its biting-edge ; movable digit shorter than carapace, exceeding width of hand, equal to length of 3rd and 4th caudal segments. Legs smooth ; protarsi of 1st and 2nd with one posterior apical spine; tarsal lobes with two spines; lower surface of tarsi with one anterior and three posterior spines; anterior claw much 1900.] INSECIS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 61 weaker than posterior. Sternum long, about one-third longer than wide. Pectinal teeth 12-15 in 9°. Measurements in millimetres. Total length 81, carapace 15, tail 50; width of hand 12; length of movable digit 13, of hand- back 8. Loc. Jifa Uri inland from Zeyla (2. M, Hawker). In British Museum. Differing from P. colei and P. peeli in the characters pointed out below (p. 62). PANDINUS PUGILATOR Poc. Cf. supra, p. 52. PANDINUS MILITARIS, sp. 0. Scorpio bellicosus, L. Koch; Pocock, in Donaldson Smith’s ‘ Through Unknown African Countries,’ p. 397 (1897) (nec P. belli- cosus L. Koch). 2. Colour yellowish brown; legs paler yellow, hand reddish brown with black fingers. Carapace granular laterally, entirely smooth above except for a few granules in the anteocular groove. Terga finely granular laterally. Tail a little more than two and a half times as long as the carapace, the inferior keels on segments 1-3 quite smooth, those on 4th at most slightly rugose ; superior and superior-lateral keels of all the segments granular or weakly denticulated ; superior surface of Ist granular, of 2nd less so; width of 1st exceeding length of 3rd, almost equal to that of 4th ; 5th about twice as long as wide. Chele: humerus granular above at least on its basal half, smooth below ; brachtum almost entirely smooth, its anterior side weakly granular above, more coarsely below ; hand wide, its width in adult exceeding length of 3rd and 4th caudal segments, inner edge smooth, upper surface smooth, finely reticulated, a few low tubercles just above the keel of the underhand aud at the base of the immovable digit; external portion of upper surface rising vertically above keel of underhand ; thickness ot hand at the front equal to length of 4th caudal segment. Lower side of hand granular distally, scarcely crested. Pectinal teeth 12-15. Measurements in millimetres (of type). Total length 112, carapace 19, tail 51 ; width of hand 16°8, underhand 10:5, Loc. Aimola in the Boran Country (Donaldson Smith); also Ndi, on the Weiss Road inland from Mombasa (C. Steuart Betton). In British Museum, Nearly allied to the East-African species P. cavimanus, but differing in the following characters :—the carapace in the female is longer than the 4th and 5th caudal segments, and the basal width of the immovable finger is only about half the length of its free margin ; whereas in J. cavimanus ( 2 ) the carapace is shorter than 4th and Sth caudal segments, and the basal width of the immoyable digit is about two-thirds the length of its free margin. 62 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 25, I at one time supposed this species to be the female of the Abyssinian P. bellicosus L. Koch, but judging by Kraepelin’s recent diagnosis of the latter species (Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 121, 1899), P. militaris certainly differs in having the superior caudal keels denticulated, the hand finely punctulate above and below, and the last abdominal sternite scarcely visibly crested. Synopsis of the Somali Species of Pandinus. a. Median eyes always some distance behind middle of cara- pace; tarsi more numerously spined, the lobes with 3-4 spines, total number on lower side of tarsi 9 behind, 6 in front. a‘, Tarsal lobes with 4 spines, a strong spine being on the tip of the lobe; humerus of chela furnished below with two short rows of denticles...........-..:seeeeeteeeee meidensis. b'. Tarsal lobe with 5 strong spines, the spine on the tip smaller and usually filiform distally; humerus of chela smooth below. a*, Ornamentation of hand consisting of conical tubercles ; inner margin of hand distinctly tuber- cular and denticulate from base of finger to carpal articulation, width of hand greater than length of carapace ; pectinal teeth 18-21 ............cseceeeeeeee smithi. b?, Ornamentation of hand consisting of low rounded or irregular shaped, often anastomosing tubercles ; lobe of hand with smooth posterior edge ; length of carapace exceeding width of hand; pectinal teeth Raa he ee oe PPC ee ceria eaters etre Re eLee. phiilipsi. b. Median eyes in middle of carapace, rarely a little behind the middle; total number of spines on tarsi 5 behind, 3 in front, 2 only being situated on each lobe, the tip of which is furnished with bristles. a’. Lower surface of all the caudal segments and the middle of at least the last abdominal sternite closely granular and not keeled. a‘, Upper surface of hand from inner edge to crest of underhand uniformly covered with coarse granules which do not anastomose; upper crest of brachium distinetly granular ..,........sseeeeeeeeeee colei. b*, Upperside of hand coarsely granular only above crest of underhand, the rest of its upperside either almost smooth or ornamented with low rounded tubercles which run into ridges; upper crest of brachium quite smooth. a°. Upperside of hand covered with ornamentation of low, more or less anastomosing tubercles ; its lower surface distinctly granular; hand larger, carapace equal to length of underhand + one-third of movable digit, and only as long as the hand from the posterior edge of the lobe to the base of the immovable finger ; immovable finger not twice as long as its basal WIG cr cans ot eseuap cok ted onupnense a eee gta: ees aaa peeli. +’. Upperside of hand smooth, at most ornamented with a network of low ridges, lower side very sparsely granular; hand smaller, carapace as long as underhand + half the movable finger, and as the hand measured from the posterior edge of the lobe + half the immovable finger ; immovable finger twice as lung as its basal width. hawkeri, 1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 63 43, Last abdominal sternite and lower side of Ist and Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 2nd caudal segments, and usually also of 3rd, smooth ; caudal segments 1-3 keeled below. a°®. Lower surface of 4th caudal segment coarsely but sparsely granular, the median keels obsolete, the lateral keels strongly denticulate; superior and superior-lateral crests of tail smooth; protarsal segment of 1st and 2nd legs with a single external apical spine» <...bseheses ayes aes ecenida an ome eaaeedae wens pugilator. b°. Lower surface of 4th caudal segment not uniformly and coarsely granular, furnished with four normal, subequally strong keels; superior and superior- lateral crests of tail denticulated ; protarsi of 1st and 2nd legs with at least two external spines...... mélitaris. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate I. Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c., from Somaliland. . Pseudophia oppia, p. 18. Fig. 9. Genecerus nebulosus, p. 26. . Chilena sabrina, p. 20. 10. Psiloptera somalica, p. 25. Cerocala munda, p. 19. ll. Agrypnus longicornis, p . 265 Acrea mirabilis, p. 11. 12. Sepidium magnum, p. 29, . Belenois peeli, 3, p. 15. 13. Rhytidonota robusta, p. 28. a Be Se cpalllay 14. Sepidium bilobatum, p. 30. . Pseudophia lineata, p. 19. 15. Julodis laticollis, p. 25. . Pangonia tricolor, p. 7. 16. Trou expansus, p. 22. Prats II, Orthoptera from Somaliland. . Rhegmatopoda peeli, p.44. Left elytron. Oe. Be | PNT Ue r Hi ae ded)? MAAN i a ti ey oe a ae ki ; Hi vabys te ¥ he Far purdt bake! mir 0 She a q inane — Se" TI ra a J.Green del.et. hth. GRY POTHE: POO MEE: PZ lo |S la. Mintern Bros. imp a - TY 7G, SV, Ma\O\0), d= J.Green del.et hth. Mintern Bros. imp. ’ * 7 + ' ¢ ‘ i **@ ; fe : - * a) on 4 A , » La ~—— b be | ‘ 4 a s af \ i ‘7 a . ba « ' de | * * * o ’ ww ! ' —* * * au.% on” 4 ?# s ba ‘ os H = a. ¥) s | «7 * va d at A o * or a , % 4 | oh ° * al - af * ’ « + j et A a 2 a « bs shane ’ Ser e+ & & we a ‘ “) i P + +. A i - ’ i . { i 7 * ‘ . * « * oe fe i i 7 ® * a AK . P ~ > . ’ ol * 7 * « wl \ s “ ‘ e of é . 1 MJ . ‘ + )! Pie » \ ’ ‘: * - > ! . + p ‘ i) , * ou Vue A ‘ a F pe L* A ‘ ae 1r¢ alt SR ; > ? Pa weal bakios ia t , wi wal hoy oF ; a ) ayY pe art | A" os i ++ ‘ PZ Ja00 Pi J.Green de]. et lith., Mantern Bros imp CRY POTHE RIUM LISTA!. ea Se Seles) O10) = AVA / ' y 7 VI. vam. y¥. I. J.Green del. etlith. MinternBros imp, GRYPOTHERIUM LIS TAI, J.Green del.et lith Mintern Bros imp. GRYPOTHERIUM LISTAI. PAS laoG. Pi. J.Green del. et hth Mintern Bros am) GRY Er OTHE RIUM Wilts AL 2) TSA LS JOM Gye 8 ARCTOTHERIUM sp. inc tee are a . f ; i a ¥ ; a, ] iv " Mintern Bros.imp. LOVATI. DENDROMYS ~ 1900.] ON MAMMALS FROM SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 79 Puats VII. Fig. 1. Grypotherium listai ; plaster cast of brain-cavity, right lateral, upper (1 a), and lower (14) aspects, one-half nat. size. c¢., cerebrum; cd, cerebellum ; f., infilling of foramen lacerum posterius; o/., olfactory lobes; II.. IV., V., VIL, VILL, XII, exits of nerves as numbered. Prats VIII. Fig. 1. Grypotherium listai; inner aspect of part of skin of flank, somewhat abraded, showing ossicles, one-half nat. size. 2. Ditto; group of dermal ossicles exposed from outer face, one-half nat. size. Puate IX. Fig. 1. Grypotherium listai!; epidermal sheath of claw of fourth digit of manus, inferior and lateral (1 a) aspects, two-thirds nat. size. . Felis onga, var.; portion of right humerus, anterior aspect and lower part of posterior aspect (1 a), two-thirds nat. size. . Arctotherium sp.; portion of distal end of right femur, anterior and outer (3a) aspects, two-thirds nat. size. ist) 3. On the Mammals obtained in Southern Abyssinia by Lord Lovat during an Expedition from Berbera to the Blue Nile. By W. E. pz Winton, F.Z.S. [Received December 13, 1899.] (Plate X.) Lord Lovat’s party consisted of five Huropeans, including Mr. H. Weld Blundell, and Mr. Harwood as Naturalist. Starting from Berbera about the middle of December 1898, and travelling via Machanis Hill and Fijambiro, they reached Harrar towards the end of the month, and continuing almost west via Shola, Laga Hardim, and Jiffa Densa, they arrived at Addis Abeba towards the end of January 1899. During February an expedition was made to the northward via Wogodi and Koosa to Borameda, only some 20 miles south of Magdala; then turning a little to the eastward, they returned by way of the Djimma Valley via Kombolsha, Ticka Chika, and Angolala. Finally leaving Addis Abeba at the end of February, the expedition travelled due west via Managasha, Sellen, Goodur, Chellika, Bilo, and Lekemti to about 35° E.; then turning to the north via Mendi, they crossed the Dabus River at about 10° N., and so on through the Beni Schongul, crossing the Blue Nile at Famaka, and following the eastern or right bank of the river past Roseires, they reached Karkjof towards the end of May 1899, whence a passage was obtained in a boat to Khartoum. The valuable collection of Birds brought home by the expedition will be found fully described by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant in the ‘Ibis’ for January 1900, where a map of the route is also given, The collection of Birds has been presented tothe British Museum, 80 MR. W. BE. DE WINTON ON (Jan. 23, together with all the small mammals and some of the most interesting of the Antelopes. 1. M&GADERMA FRONS. 3,2. Roseires, Blue Nile, 1600 ft. ‘“* Hanging on thick dead bushes ; readily fly in daylight.” 2. ScoTOPHILUS NIGRITA. 2. Bilo, 5500 ft., 10th March, 1899. “Shghtly wooded country.” 3. HELOGALE ATKINSONI. 2. Fijambiro, 5500 ft., 25th Dec., 1898. ‘Shot on rocky hill among others.” 4, FUNISCIURUS MULTICOLOR. 3. Mendi, 1st April, 1899. **Shot on tree in very marshy ground; native name ‘ Shaila’.” The resemblance in colour of this Squirrel to the last species (Helogale atkinsoni) is very striking. In laying the two side by side, the only difference observable is the form of the tail; for while that of the Squirrel is uniformly bushy throughout its length, that of the Mongoose is tapered towards the tip. The general colour of the body in both animals is very much the same, but the annulations on the fur of the Squirrel are slightly broader. Knowing so little of the habits of these two animals, it is im- possible to draw any conclusions as to the object of the likeness in two species of such different families, but the striking resem- blance at once calls to mind the parallel instance of the Tree- Shrew (TVupaia) and the Squirrel in the Oriental Region. 5. GERBILLUS MURINUS. Roseires, Blue Nile, 1400 ft., 15th May, 1899. 6. Mus ALBIPES, 3,¢. Borumeda, 8000 ft., 13th February, 1899. “ Caught in camp on grassy plain; native name ‘ Tet’.” g. Lekemti, 6885 ft., 18th March, 1899. 3. Mendi, 6th April, 1899. 3. Beni Schongul, 2nd May, 1899. - 7. Mus MAHOMET. 3. Chellika, 8000 ft., 8th March, 1899. “Caught on old corn-field; native name ‘ Ait ’.” Measurements taken in the flesh—head and body, 60 millim., tail 48, hind foot 14, ear 12. This is the first example received in the British Museum of this species, which was described by Mr. S. N. Rhoads, of Philadelphia, from specimens obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith at Sheikh Mahomet in Western Somaliland, 1900.] MAMMALS FROM SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 81 8. ARVICANTHIS DEMBEENSIS. @. Kombolsha, 16th February, 1899. “Shot close to water-side among reeds. Small colony ; native name ‘ Ait’.” Measurements taken in the flesh—head and body 113 millim., tail 105, hind foot 26, ear 17. This species, described by Riippell in 1842, is represented in the British Museum by only a single specimen obtained by Dr. W. T. Blanford while accompanying Lord Napier’s expedition to Magdala. The fur of this species is much softer and the annu- lations finer that in A. abyssinicus, and the belly is almost entirely white. The skull is rather less angular, and the palatal foramina are shorter, not reaching so far back as the first molar. The molars of the two species (see figs. A & B) are strikingly different; the first upper molar of A. dembeensis is oval in shape, having only 7 cusps (the 8th being vestigial), three in the middle line with two inner and two outer of almost equal size placed in the intermediate spaces, so that the tooth is almost rose-shaped, six of the cusps surrounding the central one. It will be seen that the usual third outer cusp is almost entirely wanting. A A. Right upper molar series of Arvicanthis abyssinicus. B, Right upper molar series of 4. dembeensis. The second upper molar is formed of six cusps, two larger in the middle iine and four smaller—two outer and two inner—set in advance of the larger pair, so that the front of the tooth is concave, and the hind part convex, being formed of the middle cusp only. The pattern formed by the cusps of these two molars is very sym- metrical, with the row of five large cusps of equal size in the middle line, and four smaller cusps on either side placed in the intermediate spaces. The last molar is quite one-sided, being formed of one large cusp, in a straight line with the large middle line of cusps in the other teeth, and three smaller ones, all on the inner side, the hinder- most forming the posterior border of the tooth. The drawings (A & B) will more readily explain the formation of the teeth of these two species. 9. ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS, 9. Laga Hardim, 15th January, 1899. 2. Jiffa Densa, 7800 ft., 23rd January, 1899. Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1900, No. VI. 6 bo MR. W. E. DE WINLON ON (Jan. 23, 3g. Addis Abeba, 7800 ft., 25th January, 1899. 3,¢. Koosa, 11,000 ft., 8th February, 1899. 3. Ticka Chika, 4200 ft., 22nd February, 1899. 3. Sellen, 6800 ft., 5th March, 1899. ¢. Goodur, 6th March, 1899. ‘“‘ Large colony ” is written on every label. No doubt this is the common field-rat of the country, and is found on all soils and at any altitude. Some specimens are labelled native name ‘“ Ait,” some “ Tet,” so it is therefore probable that these names are simply the rendering of our * Rat” and ‘* Mouse.” 10. DeENDROMYS LOVATI, sp.n. (Plate X.) The fur in its general appearance and texture resembles that of Malacothrix typicus, but the ears are much shorter and the tail is longer ; the whole upper surface longitudinally striped with black and fawn. ‘The tail is not so long as in any known species of Dendromys, and is besides thickly covered with short adpressed hair ; the fore and hind feet resemble those of Dendromys excepting that the long fifth toes in the hind feet have no nails. The pattern of the markings are strikingly Z’mias-like—a broad black dorsal stripe, having a grizzled central line in its middle portion, is flanked by two pale buff stripes, these again bordered with black stripes. A dark stripe runs up the centre of the face from the nose to the crown; darkish stripes also pass through the eyes to the ears, leaving the sides of the forehead and cheeks buff. The part of the ear which naturally folds over in front has a black spot as in Malacothriv ; the edges of the ears are rusty, and the fur round them is also rusty buff. The whole of the underparts are dirty white; the bases of the fur in all parts of the body are dark slate-grey. The tail is two-coloured, rusty above and silvery whitish beneath; the fore and hind feet are thinly covered with very short pale buff hairs. The fore feet have three long toes with claws, the first and fifth toes being quite vestigial. The hind feet have three long toes with claws; the outer or fifth toe is long, thumb-like, and partly opposable, but, so far as the single example shows, differs from that of the known forms of Dendromys in being quite destitute of a claw. Type. ¢. Managasha, 7000 ft., 2nd March, 1899. ‘“ Picked up on grass plateau.” Measurements taken in the flesh—head and body 73 millim., tail 69, hind foot 19, ear 14. Of another specimen—head and body 76, tail 76, hind foot 17, ear 16. Skull: greatest length 22°5, length of nasals 8-9, interorbital constriction of frontals 3-1, breadth of brain-case 9:5, length of upper molar series (¢.) 3°9, length of first molar only 2. Mandible; greatest length, tip of incisors to condyle 14, bone only 1900. ] MAMMALS FROM SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 83 12, tip of incisors to coronoid 111, tip of incisors to angle 13:5, height (angle to coronoid) 6°6, length of lower molar series 3:1. The skull of the type is unfortunately crushed, so that full de- scription or measurements are impossible; another skull is likewise much damaged, and being broken in two across the frontals dividing the molar series, the measurement of the tooth-row cannot be taken with absolute accuracy, and other measurements which it would be desirable to record arenot possible. The skull resembles other species of Dendromys in general form. The molars resemble those of Dendromys typicus in the strongly cuspidate form of the first tooth with numerous small supplemen- tary cusps, while the second and third are flat on the surface and laminate, with one more fold than in the teeth of Wus. 11. TACHYORYCTES SPLENDENS. 2. Shola, 7000 ft., 9th January, 1899. “ Caught on black soil, working near the surface; native name 999 ‘Farr’. 12. Procavia SHOANA. ¢. Wogodi, 9000 ft., 6th February, 1899. ‘Shot among rocks, out of a colony. Half size; observed one yellow. Burrs in fur of all. Native name ‘ Sessa ’.” Examples of the following larger mammals were obtained during the trip. At Machanis Hill on the border of the Haud—Bubalis swaynei, Gazella soemmerringi, Lnthocranius wallert, Madoqua phillips ; in the Djimma valley—Strepsiceros imberbis; to the north of Addis Abeba—Cervicapra bohor, as well as Lions and Servals ; in the Beni Schongul country, between the Dabus and Blue Nile— Bubalissp.inc., Trayelaphus decula, Cephalophus abyssinicus, Ourebia montana, Dorcotragus megalotis, as well as numerous Elephants and Wart-Hogs ; in the Blue Nile valley—Cobus defassa, Hippotrayus equinus, Oryx beisa, aud Strepsiceros kudu. I leave the specific identitication of the Hartebeeste from the Blue Nile undetermined for the present, for there appears to be much uncertainty as to the range of the different species. Herr Oscar Neumann has lately stated (SB. Gesellsch. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1899, p. 76) that Bubalis jacksont from near Lake Naivasha and Heuglin’s species B. lelwel from the White Nile are identical. [ consider this statement should be received with reserve, for, on comparing typical specimens of the two forms as represented in the British Museum, I find them very widely distinct. Again, on com- paring a large number of skulls, from the White and Blue Niles, Lake Rudolf (5. newmanni, named after Mr. Arthur Neumann), und a fine series obtained by Mr. F. J. Jackson from between Lakes Baringo and Naivasha, there will be seen a complete bridging over of all the differences, and it may be found that a/l these forms are but local raves of the same species. By far the most important point with regard to the larger *6* 84 ON ANTELOPES FROM FASHODA AND THE SOBAT RIVER. [Feb. 6, mammals is the discovery of Dorcotragus in the Blue Nile Valley. Up to now, the only known habitat of this Antelope was a few flat-topped hills scattered about Somaliland, where it has been met with in very small numbers. Lord Lovat gives me the following note respecting it :— “The Beira Antelope is common all down the Blue Nile to Roseires ; it inhabits the slopes leading down to the river-bed, and is also seen on the barer hill-tops. Some specimens were seen with considerably better heads than the ones [ shot. The natives call the animal ‘ El] Mor ’.” EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Dendromys lovati, p. 82. February 6, 1900. Howarp Saunpers, Esq., F.L.S., V.P., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1900. The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of January was 105, of which 29 were by presentation, 12 by purchase, 62 were received on deposit, and 2 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 140, The middle of winter seems to be an unusual time for a South European Passerine Bird to breed; yet a young Black-headed Bunting (Hmberiza melanocephala) is entered in our register as having been hatched on Jan. 21st. The Head-keeper sends me the following report on this occurrence :— About the middle of January last, a young Black-headed Bunting was observed in the Western Aviary by the keeper. A pair of this species of Bunting was purchased from a dealer in Dover in April 1899. No nest was built, and the egg or eggs were laid in an old thrush’s nest in the ivy growing in the Aviary. The keeper had no idea that the birds were breeding, until he missed the female. On shaking the ivy the bird flew out, and a few days afterwards the young bird appeared. No traces of eggs were found in the nest. Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the heads of some rare Antelopes from Fashoda and the Sobat River which had been submitted to him by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. They had been obtained by the late Capt. H. G. Majendie, of the Rifle Brigade. The most interesting was a fine head of Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck (Cobus marie Gray), of which no perfect examples had come to 1900.] ON THE GENUS MUSCARDINUS. 85 this country since the original heads were obtained by Consul Petherick in 1855. The specimen had been shot on the Upper Sobat River, 220 miles above its junction with the Nile, and just above the junction of the Adura and Peebon affluents. Capt. Majendie had never seen examples of it below the junction of these two affluents, but the natives told him there were lots of them up the Baro, as they called the Adura. The White-eared Kob (Cobus leucotis Licht. & Peters) was obtained on the Sobat River, and the Red-fronted Gazelle (Gazella rufifrons Gray) near Fashoda. The occurrence of the latter W. African species in the Soudan was a most noteworthy fact, and had been first brought to our knowledge last year by Mr. F. Burgess, who had been good enough to present to the British Museum a skin and two skulls of it obtained by him during the recent Soudan campaign at Faki-Kowi, on the White Nile, 200 miles south of Khartoum. Mr. Thomas had been quite unable to find any difference between these specimens and the types from West Africa, and it seemed probable that the species ranged all round the southern and western borders of the Great Saharan Desert, being represented on the north by the closely allied G. rufina Thos. The Tiang (Damaliscus tiang Heugl.) was obtained on the Sobat River. Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of Dormice (Muscardimus), and made the following remarks :— Recent accessions of Dormice to the British Museum Collection demonstrate the occurrence of at least two clearly marked local races or subspecies, in addition to that which I recently described under the name of pulcher’. Thus the British Dormouse may be at once distinguished by the greater intensity of its coloration, and in other respects, from its representative in neighbouring Continental areas, such as Calais, Manonville, and Haute-Savoie (France), and Saxony. There are also two specimens, Nos. 94.3,1.42 and 241, the latter from my own collection (without dimensions), from Zuberec, North Hungary, taken at an altitude of 2500 metres, which are slightly darker in colour than M. avellunarius typicus. Two others (Nos. 94.3.1.48 & 45), from Csalokéz Somorja, in the plains (1000 metres) of Western Hungary, are intermediate between the subspecies typicus and speciosus. Their relationship cannot well be made out until we receive further specimens, nor have we, in the absence of specimens from Scandinavia, an exact idea of the appearance of the form with which Linnzus was acquainted. It is remarkable that in the British Dormouse we have what, at first sight, may seem to be an exception to the general rule that the representatives of a species inhabiting the British Isles * are duller than those of the neighbouring Continent. But if British 1 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ii. Nov. 1898, p. 423. ? British Harvest Mice are brighter than those of Western Hungary (see Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii, April 1899, pp. 342 & 343), 86 ON THE GENUS MUSCARDINTS. [Feb. 6, animals are dulier they are also usually more deeply coloured, and in this respect the Dormouse is melanochroic, and may, I think, be regarded as no exception to the general rule. I suspect that, when our knowledge of the distribution of colour amongst animals is greater, we shall find that this subspecies is only another instance of the influence of climate upon mammals, or, if it is preferred to regard the matter from a different standpoint, of the adaptation of animal coloration to suit prevailing climatic conditions. The following forms are recognizable ; best regarded as subspecies :— they may, I think, be (1) MuscarDINUS AVELLANARIUS TyPicus (Linneus), Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 62 (1758). Myoxus muscardinus, Schreber, Typical locality. Upsala, Sweden. Distinguishing characteristics. Upperside tawny yellow, not rufous or orange; the underside light buff, no distinct line of demarcation between colours of upper and under surface: a moderately distinct white breast. Tail long and slender. Saiigthiere, iv. p. 835 (1792). Dimensions of specimens (in millim.). Skull. —_- =." Head Hind Greatest Greatest. and = ‘Tail. a Ear. length. breadth body. ‘ at base of zygoma, 94.6.6.12. ¢. Forest of Guines, Pas de Calais, alt. 80 met. (Oldfield 72 71 16:2 22°5 13 Thomas), 26th May, 1894 ...... 94.6.6.13. © (suckling). Do. do 20th May, 1894; taken from nest THE 74 164 23°5 13 with 5 blind and naked young... Three, Manonville, France (Mons. Lamont), taken from the nest, ra ; z 18th Oct. 1895, of which they 29 68 15 10 dimensions of one are ...........- co. Montauban, Haute-Savoie, 900 met. (A. Robert), 22nd Nov. 1899. aD 67 11 23°5 12°5 dG. Lueinges, Haute-Savoie, 1100 met. (A. Robert), 7th Dec., 1899. 78 6] 15 11 24 12°5 99.1.9.16. g. ‘ Oherwald bei Gros Hennersdorf,’ Stats Oberlausitz, m4 65 2 Fi 5 15 i i} Saxony, 400 metres (W. Baer), DAt ADIL SO Giese cone-eeeseeen The dimensions of the Hungarian skulls range from 22-5 to 23125 mm. The largest skull I have seen, next to that of the type of MW. a, anglicus, is that of the type of M. a. pulcher, which reaches 24 x 12°5 mm. (2) M. AVELLANARIUS ANGLICUS, subsp. nov. Type. No. 99.11.27.6 of Brit. Mus. Coll. (for particulars see below). 1900. ] ON THE VARIABLE HARE. 87 Distinguishing characteristics. Upper and under sides far more richly coloured with orange tints than in M. avellanarius typicus ; line of demarcation indistinct, but white breast conspicuous ; tail short and thick. Dimensions of specimens (in millim.). Skull. Head Gredesty Greater ea . reates reatest and = Tail. ae Har. length. breadth body. ¥ at base of zygoma. No, 242, coll. Barrett-Hamilton, 9, Wendon Lofts, Saffron Walden, 85 61 15 an 23'5 135 Essex (A. Wright), May 31, 1894. oe Bedford Purlieus,Thorn- naugh, N.E. Northants (Rev. H. - / He Sirens Jena tesa pee he Gay ein Bab i up.) Type of subspecies ......... 3, purchased in London, 15th Dec., ISO8\(WieeDodson)) is sese-seee ee al 214, AG 13 23 URRY P do. (dos )no eioccacertes 73 62 16 12 bs oe 8 do. (GOIN denececuategune 70 55 17 12 22:7 115 } Damaged. (3) M. avuttanartus sprciosus, A. Dehne, Allgem. deut. Naturh. Zeitung, 1855, p. 180. Type locality: Tursi in Basilicata, South Italy. ? M. pulcher, Barrett-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ii. Nov. 1898, p. 423. Type from Siena, Italy. Distinguishing characteristics. Upperside brilliantly coloured ; underside with the orange colour (except the breast) almost absent and reduced to rich cream-colour; breast white, but the combination of colours makes this inconspicuous, and the line of demarcation on the contrary sharp and well-defined ; tail long and well-haired: the type has a cream-coloured spot just in front of each ear. Further particulars and dimensions of this subspecies may be found under the original description. I fear that my name pulcher must, at least provisionally, stand as a synonym of VW. speciosus. Mr. Barrett-Hamilton also exhibited some skins of the Variable Hare (Lepus timidus Linn.) and made the following remarks :— Yhe receipt of two Scandinavian Variable Hares kindly sent over at my request by Professor Robert Collett, of Christiania, has caused me to look through the Variable Hares in the collection of the British Museum, with the result that I find that there are two very distinctly coloured groups in the Old World. One of these is reddish brown and includes the Irish Hares ; the other dark brown, and includes the Scotch and such Scandinavian Hares as I have seen. The Scotch and Irish Hares are thus very clearly separated, at least in their extreme forms, and, in addition to the colour- differences, I find that the dimensions show a slight superiority of 88 MR. G. B, H BARRETT-HAMILION ON [ Feb. 6, size mm favour of the latter, which is confirmed by observations on the weight of the animal. There is possibly a certain amount of intergradation between North Irish and South Scottish specimens, but I have as yet no evidence of it. 1 suspect that Scandinavian Hares are larger than those of Scotland, but the number of specimens at present at my disposal is too scanty to establish this fact with certainty. The single specimen of the Altai Variable Hare which I have examined is very remarkable in that it belongs to the red-brown type, and closely resembles the Irish Hare: in fact, the only dis- tinguishing characteristic which I can find in it is the fact that the back of each earis black. Itis aremarkable example of the manner in which a particular type of coloration may be independently assumed in quite separate localities. There is a very peculiar local form of the Irish Hare, which is found in the County Dublin, Ireland, and in which the upperside is of a uniform buff or cinnamon colour. It seems to me to be of extreme interest to students of colour-variation, as tending to throw light on the possible evolution of species from “ sports” or from discon- tinuous variations. ‘That the Irish Hare may have a tendency to vary in that particular direction, even when transported to another country, is shown by the occurrence of a similar sport amongst the introduced Irish Hares of the Island of Mull, Scotland. These sports must, I suppose, be regarded in the light of partially albinistic or leucochroic variations; but, even if their origin be due in the first instance to disease, they seem to be highly hereditary, and even capable of holding their own against the ordinary form. In the particular district of the County Dublin to which I have referred they are said to occur to the total exclusion of the true Lepus t. hibernicus. In addition to the above, I take the opportunity of describing from a skull in the British Museum a remarkable Variable Hare from the Island of Yezo, Japan. The following are the various forms :— (1) Lepus TIMIDUS TYPICUS. Lepus timidus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 57 (1758). Lepus variabilis, Pallas, Glires, i. p. 1 (1778). Lepus albus, W. BE. Leach, ‘ Syst. Cat. of the Specimens of the Indigenous Mammalia and Birds that are preserved in the British Museum,’ p. 7 (1816). “ Lepus borealis Pall.,’ 8. Nilsson, Skandinavisk Fauna, p. 211 (1820). Lepus borealis sylvaticus, 8, Nilsson, Uluminerade Figurer till Skandinaviens Fauna, letterpress to pl. 22 (1829-1832): nee Bachman (1837). Lepus canescens, Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Foérhandlingar, p. 133 (1844). Synonymy. All the above names, except LZ. albus which has 1900.] THE VARIABLE HARE. 89 reference to the Variable Hare of Scotland, seem to be synonyms of the Southern Scandinavian Variable Hare. Type locality. Upsala, Sweden. As regards colourand size, I cannot distinguish Professor Collett’s specimens from those of Scotland: all have progressed a long way towards melanism. On the other hand, not one of my Scotch series reaches the size of two skulls, supposed to be from Scandi- navia, in the British Museum. It is probable, therefore, that Nilsson was right in describing two forms of Variable Hare from Scandinavia. Distribution (provisional). South Scandinavia, Scotland, and mountains of Europe. (2) LEPUS TIMIDUS COLLINUS. Lepus borealis collinus, 8. Nilsson, Illuminerade Figurer till Skandinaviens Fauna, pl. 19 (1829-1832), I have seen no specimens of the second Scandinavian form, which probably inbabits the mountains and the north of the country *. (3) LEPUS TIMIDUS HIBERNICUS. Trish Hare, Yarrell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 88. Lepus timidus var. 3, Jenyns, Man. Brit. Vert. Animals, 1835, . 35. ae hibernicus, Bell, Hist. of British Quadrupeds, 1837, p. 341. Typical locality. Ireland. Colour in summer reddish brown, often of conspicuous fox- like shade: in winter similar, but in severe weather or on exposed situations a white coat, more or less complete in proportion to the need, is assumed. Size larger than that of Scotch Hares. Weight up to about 10 Ibs., whereas that of Scotch Hares, according to Mr. J. E. Harting, ‘ averages probably between 5 lbs. and 6 lbs.; the heaviest I have noticed weighed 7j lbs.” * It is a pity that the original describer of this Hare should have compared it with the totally distinct Common Hare of England. Hence we have had, so far as I am aware, no careful comparison of it with the Scotch Hare, and its very conspicuous coloration has consequently been overlooked. The introduced Irish Hares of the Island of Mull retain their red coloration. Distribution. Ireland. (4) LEPUS TIMIDUS LUTESCENS, subsp. nov. Type. No. 82.2.4.1 of British Museum Collection, from Dona- bate, Co. Dublin (Chas. Cobbe). Distinguishing characteristics. General colour “ rich buff-shading 1 Since the above was written I have been able (through the kindness of Mr. W. E. de Winton) to examine three skulls from Russia, which probably belong to this form, and of which the basilar length is 80, 79, and 745 mm. (the latter immature), 2 ‘Field,’ Sept. 5, 1891. 90 MR. G, E. H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 6, into pure white on the lower parts; the eyes are a pale straw- colour, witha greenish tint ” (E. Williams, Zvologist, 1890, p. 71). The ears are without black tips. This form is probably not sufficiently “ fixed” to warrant its full admission to subspecific rank. It may perhaps be best regarded as a very conspicuous aberration on the verge of becoming subspecific, and it is certainly of such interest that I wish to draw attention to its existence in the most conspicuous manner available, 7. ¢. by bestowing upon it a third name. Distribution. Coast from Malahide to Balbriggan, Co. Dublin, Treland. (5) LEPUS TIMIDUS ALTAICUS.. “ Lepus altaicus. Lepus variabilis altaica Everm.” J. E. Gray, List of Mammals, 1843, p. 126. Typical locality. Altai Mountains (?). I cannot find the original description of this form as alluded to by Gray. A single skin in the British Museum (No. 96.10.14.3) can only be distinguished from Irish specimens by the black colour of the back of the ears, being apparently the downward extension of this colour from the tips. The dimensions of a skull (basilar length 66°5 mm.) show an animal of rather small size. The first specimen is labelled as having been procured by Major C. 8. Cumberland in the Forest Region near Chiaja Steppe, Altai. Distribution. Altai Mountains, Central Asia: exact limits un- known. Should it be found that Eversmann’s description was (as I suspect) never published, this subspecies will stand as Lepus timidus altaicus Barrett-Hamilton, Gray’s name is a nomen nudum. (6) Lepus TIMIDUS AINU, subsp. nov. Type. No. 84.4.15.2 of the British Museum Collection, a male from the Island of Yezo, purchased from Mr. A. Owston of Yokohama, Japan. Description. The great size of this skull and the peculiar constricted brain-case mark it out as very distinct from any other known form. The basilar length of 80 mm. reminds one of the great Polar Hares of the North. Distribution. The Island of Yezo, Japan. (7) Lepus TIMIDUS TSCHUKTSCHORUM. Lepus tschuktschorum, Nordquist, Vega Exped. ii. pp. 84-90, figs. 8-10 (1883). Type locality. Pitlekaj, lat. 67° N., long. 173° W., N.E. Siberia. To complete the list of described Palearctic Variable Hares, [ add this form, which belongs to the group of large polar forms. The skull of the single specimen in the collection has a basilar length of 87°5 mm., a size not attained by any other subspecies : it even exceeds that of Lepus grenlandicusRhoads, from Greenland. Although inhabiting the country just north of Kamchatka, the 1900. | THE VARIABLE HARE. : 91 Chuckchee Hare would appear to be different from the Hare of that country, for Mr. 8. N. Rhoads states* that ‘“ four skulls from Kamchatka, in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, show beyond question that the small timidus type of Polar Hare inhabiting that region is very different from the Hare which frequents the Plover Bay Territory.” Distribution. North-eastern Siberia, and North-western Alaska, from the mouth of the Kuskoquim River northward (Jthoads). The following table will give some idea of the relative size and proportions of the various forms :—— Lepus timidus ee iad Tail a Far. ( an Scandinavian. body. AO: length). Noy Sia slOlOANOnwayeee cee eeteten Gc Merten. Seacean | | seuclar 75°5 No, 44.8.3.41. “ mie GOMMESCENS) meaner Relay eee it inan he tee 775 INO FAAS O05: | We as Ane re aR eeasaccy Mecever’ © Mesorss sacec 73 3, 19 Sept., 1899, ’ Hidwold, Norway (Rie Collleth) treet cee Ee SSeS tee, PRR PSE ,.. about 73 * COU Oct: 1899) widow (do: )ieeatasccaces., wat ores mL a ossb =a ek cAace ade iaeioes 67 * Dainaged. Scotch. Dimensions of 14 examples, from ) Croilix, Dunblane, Perthsh. (Captain A. Hay Drummond) ; Cawdor, Nairn (Harl of Caw- | 510 67 146 77-5 735% dor); Drynachan Lodge, Clonas ‘ (W.R. Ogilvie Grant); Altyr, f ™&” Morayshire (Sir W. Gordon Cumming); and Cairn Edward, New Galloway (Colonel Gor- 495 59°5 136 725 70 min. 470 50 126 67 67 don!Martland)iZ00 vo e.-sa-seecce: ) é. Mull, Scotland (introduced) (C. H. Lepus timidus hibernicus. Barrett-Hamilton collection no. 257, Akroyd), 23rd Noy. 1895; weight BAS sesees 136 EB ayy) Peeves Gilbsh Qua. cites cal caaes sexe soaps tte ees ©, ditto no. 258; weight 5 lbs. 8 oz. ...... OP Biascces 132 6) Es er ©, ditto no. 256, Vaynol Park, N. Wales : ; 2 : (introduced) (G. W. Assheton Smith), 501 58 142 od odes received 5th March, 1896; weight Bullies WS O75 ee ik a. vv ade tab oametsn echo: ©, Kilmanock, Co. Wexford, Treland, 7th Dec., 1899 (G. E. H. Barrett- 517 40 139 76 filets: Hamilton) oc DRE ACC On SO DOO rE SCR EET Average of 7 Irish, Scotch, and Welsh individuals (in the two latter cases} ...... 0 seveee 136 TOUS Miteces AnitrOCUCEC) ip o.8-t ce cnepatessscorsseeecs AV GVAP COLL WELVECItlOy Mee eens tacks, wu Gntacacuuh (omoeeel eal setes' pa ectees 73 Masui BEI MeARIKeMeNl,..ctestesises | /ssdeaz.- \vedSees Wtoseacck bm suerte 78:5 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1896, p. 372. * (The skull of No. 78.12.21.20, ¢, Samarowa, on the River Irtysch, Siberia, received from the Geogr. Soc. Bremen, and collected by Dr. O. Finsch in 1876, is damaged, but appears to be of the same size as those of Scotch specimens. | * The dimensions of the skulls are taken from 19 specimens. 92 4L.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON §.-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Feb. 6, Lepus timidus altaicus. Skull (b. 1.). ING oN Na iod Ube doco ac coe avtcanccdwecdivalvcaul? “Weeden eEbectac™ we ceee ae teevene 66°5 Lepus timidus ainu. No, 84.4.15.2, ¢. Yezo, Japan, February \ 80 HAART WELOL) ~ coossn deve sansetnenssisesascs dg) Een en Oe abe oes | ea Lepus timidus tschuktschorum. No. 50.1.26.25. Kotzebue (Lieut. Wood Pra Waninin Jceleth) .. sccience.cecceda eee meme Tt ceatiog < o See is Lepus timidus grenlandicus. Nowdao lo. Greenland a(uiyai).cc8 = esse, eucessset Gecees) 1 oeeres 70 No. 43.6.15.13 > see Waterhouse: Nat: bush, Mamm=, lb 15.05.. ecccoe | weeees Sel eee 78 TD ont hepa at teeepsonenen Car temcsarde. No. 78.1.23.1. Lincoln Bay, Grant Land, a5 BZN labs (@olonelele Wee Herlden)i.j) (22°C cosh cesses asec lees : No. 5849. Discovery Bay, Grant Land 865 GAR SEE CUR eM, en Mi ae ie ane nee iy Ty ag . Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., communicated a paper by Lieut.-Col. J. Malcolm Faweett, entitled “ Notes on the Transformations of some South-African Lepidoptera.” This memoir was accompanied by aseries of careful and characteristic coloured drawings from life of larve and pup collected by the author during a residence in Natal, chiefly at Ladysmith and Maritzburg. The early stages of seventeen Rhopalocera and thirty-one Heterocera were described and figured. Nearly all of these appeared to have been previously unpublished, and in the few instances where previous publication had occurred, the illustrations had been inexact or insufficient. In several species, not only the variations of the full-grown larve, but the changes exhibited at successive moults were well shown, especially in the Natalian species of Papilio. Among the Heterocera was specially noticeable the striking series of Saturniid larve, and still more the huge and extraordinary caterpillar of Lophostethus dumolinii, one of the largest of the Smerinthine hawk- moths, which, in addition to the usual] caudal horn, bears many strong branched spines distributed over nearly the whole of the body. Colonel Fawcett’s descriptions and drawings were accompanied by notes of value on the distribution, food-plauts, &e. of the species concerned. Mr. Trimen expressed his deep regret (which he felt the Fellows of the Society would share) that the talented writer of this memior, who had rejoined his regiment in Natal, was among those officers who were known to have been severely wounded during the siege of Ladysmith. The paper will be printed in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans- actions.’ The following papers were read :— 1900.] ON FRESHWATER CRUSTACEANS FROM NORTH BORNEO. 93 1. On a small Collection of Decapod Crustaceans from Freshwaters in North Borneo. By L. A. Borrapatte, M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge. [Received January 12, 1900.] By the courtesy of Dr. R. Hanitsch, of the Raffles Museum at Singapore, I am given the opportunity of reporting on some fresh- water Crustaceans obtained by him in North Borneo during the month of March 1899. The collection contains specimens of the following species :— 1. Palemon pilimanus de Man. 2. Potamon convecum (de Man). 3. Potamon consobrinum de Man. 4, Potamon kadamaianum, n. sp. All the three known species have been already recorded from Borneo; and the new one is allied to a form found in that island by the Dutch Central Borneo expedition. Suborder MACRURA. Tribe CARIDEA. Family PALAMONID#. Genus PaALZMon. 1. Pan#mon (MacroBRACHIUM) PILIMANUS de Man. Palemon pilimanus, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p. 181 (1879) ; Veth’s ‘ Midden-Sumatra,’ Crust. p. 4, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1887). Paleemon (Macrobrachium) pilimanus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 735, pl. xlvii. fig. 9 (1891); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. xx. p. 158 (1898). The single specimen, which is from the Inuman River, between Kalawal and Bungol, British North Borneo, differs from Ortmann’s figure in having the submedian spines of the telson considerably shorter; it is very possible, however, that the ends of these have been worn or broken off. Suborder BRACHYURA. Tribe CYCLOMETOPA, Family PoraMonipa, Genus Poramon, 2. PoraMon (PARATHELPHUSA) CONVEXUM (de Man), Puratelphusa convewa de Haan, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p- 63 (1879); Max Weber’s ‘ Reise Ned. O.-Ind’’ ii. p, 302 (1892), 94 ON FRESHWATER CRUSTACEANS FROM NORTH BORNEO. [T'eb. 6, Potamon (Parathelphusa) convewa, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. xxi. p. 142 (1899). The single specimen seems, by the following characters, to belong to this species :— i. There are two epibranchial teeth on each side. il. There is a spine near the end of the merus in the walking- legs. lil. The distance between the tip of the postorbital tooth and that of the first epibranchial tooth does not exceed the distance between the first and second epibranchial teeth. iv. The outer edge of the first epibranchial tooth is strongly convex. v. There are no spots on the carapace or limbs. The dactyles of the walking-legs are rather shorter and stouter than is indicated in de Man’s figure of the allied P. maculata. The fingers of the chele are dark in colour. P. conveva is already recorded from Java, Timor, and New Guinea, and, doubtfully, from Borneo’. P. maculata (de Man) 1879, is a closely allied form from Sumatra. 1°; British North Borneo. 3. Potamon (THELPHUSA)* CONSOBRINUM de Man. Potamon (Potamon) consobrinum, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. xxi. p- 99, pls. vi., ix., x. fig. 10 (1899). This species is already reported from Borneo (Mt. Damoes and Upper Sibau River) by de Man. Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 301) gives a list of allied forms and their distribution. 2¢,19; Kadamaian River, Kina Balu, 2100 feet. 4, Poramon (GEOTHELPHUSA) KADAMAIANUM, 0. Sp. A single female specimen of a form allied to P. obtusipes (Stimps.) 1858, and P. dehaani (Gray) 1847, seems to deserve a name of its own. Whether it were not better treated as a local race of one of the above species, or all three as local forms of P. dehaani, is a question to be settled when the subject of the interrelationship of the various forms in the genus comes up for discussion. In the meantime its distinctness seems quite as great as that of several of the generally accepted species. It differs from P. obtusipes in the greater slenderness of its legs, especially of the dactyles, which are long and narrow and end in a sharp claw. The branchial regions are tuberculate, and their hinder portions rugose. The front is more finely tuberculate. The wrist and palm are rugose-tuberculate. Behind each orbit is a shallow, triangular depression of the carapace reaching backwards through rather less than half the length of the cephalothorax, and separating the branchial from the gastric region, ' Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 306 (1880). 2 According to Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 800) 7he/phusa is the correct name for the subgenus in which this species should be placed. 1900. ] ON MAMMALS FROM §8.W. ARABIA. 95 The length of the cephalothorax is 15 mm. The colour in spirit is dark brown. P. dehaani has been found in Japan and the Loo Choo Islands ; P. obtusipes in the Loo Choo Islands and the Philippines. P. bicristatum de Man, 1899, is an allied species from Borneo (Mount Liang Koeboeng). In view, of the peculiarities of the distribution of the genus, it seems best to choose a territorial name for the new species. That of kadamaianum is therefore proposed, derived from the name of the river in which the present specimen was found. 192; Kadamaian River, Kina Balu, 2100 feet. 2. On the Mammals obtained in South-western Arabia by Messrs. Percival and Dodson. By OxprreLp THOMAS, F.Z.S. [Received December 19, 1899.] On the initiative of Mr. Ogilvie Grant, and by the active assistance of General Creagh, Governor of Aden, an expedition was arranged during the past autumn to South-western Arabia for the purpose of obtaining zoological specimens for the British Museum. ‘The expedition consisted of Mr. A. B. Percival and Mr. W. Dodson, the latter having especial charge of the mammal-collecting. Mr. Dodson had already had some experience as a collector of small mammals during a trip to Roumania in the spring, and he had shown such keenness and aptitude for the work that he would evidently have become an exceptionally able collector, but most unfortunately he contracted fever at El Khaur, and having been brought back to Aden by Mr. Percival, died there on the 20th of October. The present collection, in the formation of which Mr. Dodson took, to the last, the most vivid interest, is naturally very similar in character to that obtained by Col. Yerbury in the same reyion in the spring of 1895, of which an account was given by its collector and myself in the NSociety’s ‘ Proceedings’ for that year’. Further examples of the interesting Gerbilles dis- covered by Col. Yerbury were obtained and valuable series of various other forms. ' The following species are additional to those recorded in the previous list:—Papio arabicus, Canis pallipes, Vulpes leucopus, Mellivora ratel, Gerbillus gerbillus, Procavia syriaca jayakari. The animal that proves to be of greatest interest is the Baboon, of which one specimen, unfortunately a female, but fully adult and in good condition, was obtained. This specimen is so different from the African Papo hamadryas as to require specific distinction, The collection was made mainly in two districts—the one at and around Lahej, Col. Yerbury’s chief collecting-ground, and the 1 P, Z.8. 1895, p. 542. 96 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 6, other in the neighbourhood of El Khaur, a place about forty miles north-east of Aden, and some twenty-five miles west of Shukra. But, as might be expected, no definable difference is to be found in the animals of the two localities. The notes on habits &c. placed in inverted commas have been contributed by Mr. Percival. 1, PAPIO ARABICUS, sp. n.! a. 2. Subaihi Country, about 60 miles north-west of Aden. Alt. 1000 metres, 16th October, 1899. «The mountains run up to nearly 2000 metres, but the Baboons keep to the lower slopes.” Allied, so far as can be determined from the female, to Papio hamadryas, and therefore probably the form from Aden which has been commonly referred—though without the examination of specimens—to that species”. But this is byno means certain, and it may be that either the true P. hamadryas occurs naturally in the Aden district, or that examples of it have been brought across from Somaliland to Aden during the long-continued native inter- course between the two places, and that the Aden herd is the offspring of escaped specimens. But whatever may be the case with the herd occurring close to the town of Aden, certain it is that the present specimen, which was obtained by a native about sixty miles to the north-west, cannot be referred to the true P. hamadryas. The main difference appears to be in size, but it unfortunately happens that while the present example is a female, all the available specimens of P. hamadryas are males, so that sexual difference has to be allowed for in distinguishing the two forms. But greatly as the sexes of Baboons may differ in general size and length of skull, the dimensions of the teeth, at least of the cheek-teeth, seem almost or quite unaffected by sex. Thus of a pair, male and female, of the East-African Baboon (Papio thoth) of about the same age (the male slightly older, but both rather immature), the following are the respective measurements (in millim.) of the skull and teeth :— Combined lengths of Mee ees eee ae Total length Supper cheek- 4 posterior lower Length of last of skull. teeth. cheek-teeth °. lower molar. Sine «ei Or 50 46 15 B» Sei BD 50 46-4 15°6 The teeth are therefore of about the same dimensions in the two sexes, in spite of the difference in the size of the animals themselves. A similar result has been found in Man, and is, indeed, 1 Preliminary notice, P. Z. 8. 1899,"p. 929. 2 See Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1893, p. 25. 3 The anterior lower premolar in Baboons partakes of the sexual speciali- zation of the canine, and has therefore to be eliminated in a comparison of this sort. 1900. ] MAMMALS FROM 8.W, ARABIA. 97 common throughout the Mammalia. Naturally every craniologist is more or less familiar with this fact, but in describing a new species on such material as the present it is necessary to emphasize the value of the size of the teeth as a criterion of species, irre- spective of sex. Taking for comparison a good adult skull of a male Hamadryad from Abyssinia we find, in marked contrast to those given above, the following dimensions (in millim.) :— Combined lengths of ee a Total length 5 upper cheek- 4 posterior Length of of skull. teeth. lower cheek- last lower teeth. molar. $. Abyssinia .. 174 50°4 48 17-4 O. Arabia aa. 140 41°5 39°5 13°1 Such a difference in the size of the teeth evidently indicates specific distinction. In its general physiognomy the skull is, as might be expected, much less prognathous than that of the male of P. hamadryas, the orbits are similarly high and rounded, the facial ridges are less marked, the chin is much developed, and the shape of the coronoid is different, being more vertical and less slanted backwards. The complete measurements of the skull are as follows (in millim.) :— Greatest length (gnathion to occiput) 140, basal length (gnathion to basion) 98; zygomatic breadth 90; gnathion to lower edge of orbit 61; tip of nasals to orbit 32 ; eee width 24, height 92: ae brain-case, length from occiput to nasion 91, breadth on squamosals 67; interorbital breadth 46; palate length 57, breadth outside tooth-row 44; lower jaw, length from condyle 101, height at coronoid 50. In its external characters the skin may be described as follows: — Fur thin and scanty, rather wavy in texture across the back, the hairs across the shoulders but little lengthened beyond the rest. General colour dull greyish; the hairs on the crown and those of the middle line of the loins annulated, blackish with a buffy subterminal ring, those on the temples, sides of neck, shoulders, and flanks unannulated, dull grey. Hairs on the rump above the callosities with a strong rufous suffusion. Under surface and inner side of limbs practically naked. Hairs of arms and legs scanty, dull greyish, gradually passing into annulated black and whitish hairs on the hands and feet. Tail-hairs annulated above, pale greyish below, those at the tip forming a small dull whitish tuft. Measurements of a remade skin, approximate :— Head and body 590 mm., tail 410, hind foot 135. Considering the former extension of the genus into India, it was quite to be expected that the Arabian Baboon should prove different to that found on the African side of the Red Sea. But it may be noted that the two Siwalik species, Papio subhimalayanus and P. falconeri, both have teeth as large as (or larger than) any of the African Baboons. Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1900, No. VII. ri 98 MR. OLDEIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 6, 2. Rouserrus strimiNevs Geoffr. a-d, Lahej, 19th August. “ Large Fruit-Bats.— hese fine Bats were seen fora few days in considerable numbers among the palms near Lahej, but only for a very short time, less than a week. They are very noisy in their roosting-places, squeaking and swearing, making a great fuss early in the mornings. They were feeding, so far as I could make out, on dates, which were just ripe. They and the crows are so trouble- some when the dates are ripening that every bunch is put into a bag made of palm-leaves for protection. We had some difficulty in getting these Bats down; if killed they remained hung up, it was only the wounded ones who tried to move about that came down. They hung in bunches of 10 to 50 on the highest palms in the plantation, and were not at all easy to move when once they had hung up for the day.” 3. RousErrus AMPLEXICAUDATUS Geoffr. a-d, Lahe}j, 22nd August. eé, f (2 in alc.). Lahej, 22nd August. In the previous paper on Aden mammals this Bat was referred to R. egyptiacus, but in Dr. Matschie’s recent work ' it is assigned to R. amplexicaudatus, and pending further enquiry I use that name. I am, however, sure that Rh. egyptiacus and R. ample«i- caudatus cannot always be distinguished by the palate-ridge character used in Dr. Matschie’s synopsis of species. “ Small Fruit-Bats——In working up Wadi Bilih we found a cave or rather passage in the bank, which had been cut out by water and is about 15 yards through, from 15 to 20 feet high and about 6 to 12 feet across. About the mouth of the cave there were always a few Rock-Doves, but inside the roof was covered by Bats. The Bats were very easily driven out into sunlight, where they flew all round, settling on sides of the wadi in clusters of 10 to 20. On the first occasion I was at the cave after driving out the Bats I was making my way down the gully into the wadi, when I heard a thud in the air: 1 looked up just in time to see a Falcon passing over and a Bat falling to the ground. I waited a few minutes and as the Falcon came down on to the Bats again I got a shot and killed him neatly. On several occasions when at the cave and Bats were driven out, Falcons came down on to them. I bagged one more.” 4, Trr=Nops persicus Dobs. a, 6 (in alc.). No exact locality. 5. HipposrpEervs (ASELLIA) TRIDENS Geoffr. Yerb. & Thos. P. Z.S. 1895, p. 546. a-d. Skins, and a number of specimens in spirit. Lahej, Sept. 1899. ? Flederm. Berl. Mus. i. p. 65 (1899). - re. a 1900. ] MAMMALS FROM S.W, ARABIA. 99 These specimens are larger than Egyptian examples, agreeing in size with Anderson’s “ var. murraiane” from Karachi’; the latter form is also recorded by its describer from Bushire. 6. NYCTERIS THEBAICA Geoffr. a-h (in ale.). Myba, 1760 feet, 17th August. 7. SCOTOPHILUS SCHLIBFFENI Pet. a. Jimel, 16th August. 6-f. Sheikh Othman, 18th-27th September. g, h (in all.). Lahej. 8. TAPHOZOUS PERFORATUS Geoftre a—d. Lahej, 22nd August. e, f (in spirit). Lahej, 22nd August. 9. RHINOPOMA MICROPHYLLUM Geoftr. a-y. Myba, 17th August. * Small Bats (various).—Most of the villages in the interior of S. Arabia have one or more towers, into which they drive the pick of their stock, and into which they retreat for a last stand in case of war. They are built of mud or stone (Nub, Dar, or Hassan’), In times of peace they are, as a rule, only used as store-houses for grain, &e. In these towers Bats live in hundreds, one or two species in each tower. ‘In the Sultan’s palace at Lahej the passages leading to his private apartments are haunted by hundreds of Bats, and the strong pungent smell is almost unbearable. They were difficult to get at, as the roof is formed of sticks put across from wall to wall, and it is in between the sticks that the Bats hang. There were more Bats in Dar Mansur* than any other place I have seen. Their droppings were fully 6 in. deep in many parts of the tower. The smell was terrible, but not quite so bad as at the palace, the reason being that Dar Mansur is a ruin, more open and drier than the palace. In this tower there only seemed to be two species—the Long-eared, Nycteris thebaica, and the Long-tail, Rhinopoma microphyllum: these two were the commonest species we met with ; as a rule they were to be found in every tower, and perhaps we would get one other species in small numbers as well. The long-tails were the worst Bat to skin I have seen ; they were so very fat—a regular store of fat being at the base of the tail. One or two Bats were shot round the Lahej} bungalow and a few at Sheikh Othman, but most were caught in towers or in cayes in banks of wadis. It is quite a sight to see the hundreds of Bats streaming out of these towers in the dusk and scattering all over the place. Some of them are very high fliers, and at once shot up, while others never seemed to go far and would hang round the villages.” 1 Cat. Mamm, Ind. Mus. i. p. 115 (1881). 2 Nub or Dar =a tower of mud or unburnt bricks. Hassan = a stone tower. 3 = Mansur’s Tower. rh 100 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 6, 10. Fevis MANICULATA Cretzschm. a. 2. Lahej, 27th August. ‘Shot on desert in bush.” Native name “ Hrri.” It is impossible to say with any certainty what specific name should be used for this little Wild Cat until the whole group has been properly revised. Additional material from all localities is much needed. “ Wild Cat.—Only this one specimen was obtained, though I tried hard to get another with the traps. We were riding out towards Shaka, a village above Lahej, when the shikari pointed out this cat slinking off towards Wadi Bilih: away we went as hard as the camels could go and managed to cut the beast off from the wadi— a bit of a run over the desert, and she took refuge in a bush. I jumped down, took off my coat, went in and managed to pull her down as she bolted. On examination we found it was a female, and had, I think, young ones still sucking. When in the open desert the colour was most perfect, blending w ‘ith the sand. I afterwards saw spoor in the wadi which I put down to this animal or one very near it. It was just after dawn when we killed this cat, so I suppose she was just returning from a night’s hunting.” 11. Feis caracat Giild. a. Habil, W. of Lahej, 26th September. “ Lynx.—The Lynx was caught in a trap set for Hyena on night of September 26th at Wadi El Kabir. He was a pleasant looking creature in the morning when we visited the trap ; as I wished to get down into Sheikh Othman quickly, I thought I would take him down alive. We made a couple of nooses and threw over the beast’s head, drew them tight, and an Arab shoved a sack over him, loosed off the traps and then tied up the legs of our prisoner ; we all Jost skin and blood in the process. Into my Horig! he went, and off I set for the bungalow. On arrival I found the poor beast dead, one of the nooses not having come off—so I had to turn to there and then, and make a skin of him. ia | Heak the beast is not uncommon, for I saw spoor on many occasions near villages, and twice I was sent for to come and shoot an animal that was doing great damage among the sheep—always tearing the throat out. Now a wolf almost invariably attacks the flank and kills that way, so it was no wolf, and the only other animal I could put it down to was this cat. Native information is more unreliable in Arabia than anywhere I have been ; they know nothing of habits of animals, nor do they know tracks of different beast when they see them.” 12. Hyazna Hrmya L. Habil, 25th September. “Hyce na.—We were very unfortunate with Hyznas, for they were not rare, their spoor to be seen almost any morning, but they kept 1 Large saddle-bag on Camel. 1900.] MAMMALS FROM 8.W. ARABIA. 101 out of sight and out of our traps, only the one specimen being caught, and the man who went round to visit the trap unfortunately put a bullet into the lower jaw, breaking it. They keep to the hills and only come into the desert at night, although, if a meal is to be found, they often lie up in the nearest wadi that offers shelter for several nights or till the feed is finished. I never found any dead beasts that were being visited, or would have poisoned the carcass and spoored up any beast that had fed. Putting down poisoned meat was a failure (except so far as pariah dogs were concerned, and 1 got a good bag of them), no Hyzua ever coming vear my baits ; foxes came, looked at them and passed on; in fact, poison was an utter failure.” 13. Canis Patties Sykes. a. Lahej.—Presented by the Sultan of Lahej. This specimen, like those from Muscat obtained by Surg.-Gen. Jayakar, no doubt represents Noack’s Canis hadramauticus’, described from puppies so young as to be useless for purposes of comparison. But, as before, I can see no valid reason for distin- guishing the Arabian Wolf from that found in Iinia®. Its nearest African ally is C. lupaster, Hempr. & Ehr. “© Wolf.—Not uncommon in the hills, where it does much harm to ae of sheep and goats, even attacking donkeys and tearing the ank,. “‘ My only specimen was presented by the Sultan of Lahej.” 14, VULPES LEUCOPUS Bly. a. g. Sheikh Othman, 15th September. 6b. 9. Wadi Bilik, near Shaka, N.W. of Lahej. The latter specimen was shot while it was lying in wait for Meriones rex. “ Fox (native name ‘ Derain’ or ‘ Ali ben Thile,’ meaning son of a lawyer).—Not uncommon but difficult to obtain ; feed chiefly on rats and mice. I twice saw them watching the burrows of Meriones rex (tuft-tail rats) and on one occasion bagged a female. My other specimen was shot just outside Sheikh Othman.” 15. MELLIVORA RATEL Sparrm. a-c. Habil, September. The specimens differ among themselves in coloration. One has a white-tipped tail, as occurs occasionally in Abyssinian examples ; in the others the tails are black throughout. 16, GERBILLUS PacrLors Yerb. & Thos. a-e. Lahej, 22nd to 24th August. f-g. Wani Bana, 29th to 30th September. h. El Khaur, 3rd October. ? Zool, Anzeiger, 1896, p. 356. * In Mr. de Winton’s able paper on Canide (P.Z. 8. 1899, p. 586), I find that he has “no hesitation in referring to C. paddipes” a skull from Aden in the British Museum, 102 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON {Feb. 6, Further examples of this interesting species are very welcome. The adults of this series are quite similar to the type, although taken in the autumn, while that was captured in spring. 17. GERBILLUS FAMULUS Yerb. & Thos. a-i (skins). El Khaur, 29th Sept. to 10th Oct. 1899. j, & (in al.). Ditto, ditto. This species, described from a specimen with an imperfect tail, proves to have one of the longest and handsomest tails found among the Gerbilles. The following are the measurements of a pair of the El Khaur specimens measured in the flesh :— 3. Head and body 105 mm. ; ee 150; hind foot 27; ear 19. Q. i LOO mai, = .45 145; is rts Be! US) For its terminal three inches the tail is prominently crested with black, the sides and under surface being short-haired and white ; the crest-hairs forming the terminal pencil attain a length of 15 or 16 mm. The type-specimen had only 4 plantar pads, but one of the two spirit-specimens from El Khaur has 5 and the other 6, thus giving further evidence of the unreliability of this character in the present group. At the same time the difference between the specimens in this respect is not really so great as it appears, for the pads are surrounded by granulations, and it is only a slight increase in size over its fellows which makes a “ granule ” worthy of the name of a “ pad.” 18. GERBILLUS sp. a, 6. Sheikh Othman, 23rd—24th September. e (in al.). Abyan Hill country, E. of Aden. ‘Taken from the stomach of Cerastes cornutus. Allied to G. nanus Blanf. and G. dasyurus Wagn. Not certainly determinable with the materials at present available. 19. GERBILLUS GERBILLUS Oliv. a (in spirit). El Khaur. This is the first recorded occurrence of one of the hairy-footed sroup of Gerbilles (subgenus Gerbillus) in Arabia, but their presence was quite to be expected, Gerbil/us gerbillus occurring in Egypt, and G. gleadow: in Sind. ‘Picked up dead in the Desert.” 20. Merriongs REx Yerb. & Thos. a-d, Shaka, about 15 miles N.W. of Lehej, 30th—31st August. Quite similar to the original series collected by Col. Yerbury at Lahej. “Large Tuft-tail Rat.—These Rats were common in the wadis near Shaka, but I never saw them elsewhere. They live in large colonies of ‘40 or 50 holes, are arboreal feeders, all we got being shot in the bushes feeding on shoots; they come out in evening 1500. } _ MAMMALS FROM 8.W. ARABIA, 103 and early morning, and are very playful. They would not look at the traps, as I suppose the bait was not correct, and yet we tried all sorts of bait we could get. Their holes are a home for many lizards, including a monitor or ‘ Waral.’ I saw one, but was not able to get a shot, he went down the hole too quickly for me. It appeared to be about 2 ft long.” 21, ARVICANTHIS VARIEGATUS Licht. a-d. Lahej, 21st Aug. to 15th September. e (in al.). Lahej. 22, MUS RATYUS ALEXANDRINUS Geoftr. a,b. Lahej, 21st August. 23. Mus (musculus-bactrianus group). a, b. Lahej. August and September. c,d. Sheikh Othman. 26th & 27th September. For want of material it is not at present possible to determine satisfactorily the Mice of this difficult group. 24, AcoMYs DIMrpIATUS Riipp. Many specimens. El Khaur, September and October, 1899. The variation in colour in this series is very considerable, some being almost entirely sandy rufous, and others slaty with merely a slight wash of sandy on their flanks. ““ Spiny-back Mice.—These interesting little mice gave us a lot of bother, for they appear to be a great dainty to the ants, and the first six or more were all spoilt—ears and noses were always eaten off. At Al Khaur in the Abyan Country we began to get specimens, and by going round the traps with a light late at night we got our specimens quite fresh. Any that were in the traps in the morning were, as usual, eaten by ants. They seem to like to be near water, for we caught nearly all close to the stream or cuttings. “J am not at all sure about the food of these mice; I don’t think they climb trees, as do most of the mice we caught. I shot several mice and rats in the trees in the dusk, but the spiny- backs seem to keep to the ground. Our traps were of awkward sizes, the small traps were inclined to hit mice on the skull and break it, while the big ones almost cut them in two. “The spiny-backs are the most tender-skinned mammal I have met ; the skin is more like wet blotting-paper than auything else, and the least thing damages them. They are early movers, in fact are often out during the day. I was very anxious to get some alive, but never was able to capture any.” 25. Hysvrix Leucura Sykes. a. Sheikh Othman, 20th September. This specimen confirms my previous reference of the Aden Porcupine to H. leucura, the Indian species, and shows no approxi- mation to the African forms. 104 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON THE [Feb. 6, 26. Lupus arapicus Hempr. & Ehr. a. d. Shaka, 29th August. 6. Hiswa, 20th September. c. Young. La Mileh, 16th August. “ Fairly common in the more fertile wadis, but extremely difficult to shoot—unless you have a good camel that will stand when you tell it to: then, by following as quickly as possible among the bushes, one can get them. I only shot 4 all the time I was out. Breeding-time must be about October, as the female got at Sheikh Othman late n September was in kindle, 6 young ones.” 27. PROCAVIA SYRIACA JAYAKARI Thos. a. Abyan Mountains, 70 miles N.E. of Aden. This is the first Dassy obtained in the Aden region, the previous examples of the subspecies having come from Dofar, halfway towards Muscat (Jayakar), and from Nejd in Central Arabia (Schweinfurth). “ Hyrax.—N ot rare in the hills behind Shukra, but very difficult to get within shot, as the Bedouins are always hunting them for food ; I saw 20 or more in one place, but they all cleared before I got within 100 yards. I saw a lot of snares set for them, but while I was in the district none were captured: the snares were set in the mouth of a hole. The hyrax is not much of a wanderer and feeds close to his hole. There are two species of Eagle about the hills which subsist almost entirely on them, so they have plenty of foes, According to a Bedouin from Dethina’, the Leopards live to a large extent on Dassies, which seem to be very common in Dethina, and Leopards are fairly numerous.” 28. Capra sinaitica Hempr. & Ehr. a. Skull and horns. Abyan Mountains. 3. A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Zizera repre- sented in the Collection of the British Museum. By Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8. &c. [Received January 18, 1900.] (Plate XI.) Whilst rearranging the Museum series of “ Blues” referable to the genus Zzera, I have discovered so much of interest, that, although at present I am not prepared to assert that the genus isa good one (when examined structurally), I feel that a revision of it is greatly needed. : In De Nicéville’s ‘ Butterflies of India,’ a work of great merit and therefore deserving of all respect, I find certain species regarded as synonyms which to me appear to be as distinct as 1 Dethina lies some 200 miles N.E, of Aden, 14. F.W.Frohawk del. et lith. SPECIES ‘d i (6p) co O Hy fa 4 x} = alts) West, Newman chromo 1900.] BUTTERFLIES OF TIE GENUS ZIZERA. 105 Butterflies inhabiting different geographical areas can well be; yet I find the decisions arrived at by De Nicéville echoed by Leech in his ‘ Butterflies of China and Japan.’ The question which naturally occurs to me is: Did these gentlemen ever separate the whole of the specimens before them into geographical forms before deciding that they represented one widespread and variable species? If they had done so, I cannot avoid the conclusion that they would either have kept them sepa- rate, or have included the whole genus under one widely distributed and still more variable species. The genus Zzera consists of small Butterflies with naked eyes ; the hind wings rounded, without tail, never ocellated above or below ; the costal and subcostal veins perfectly free (on which account I cannot accept the Lycena lulu of Mathew as a Zizera, since the costal and first subcostals touch one another in that species and the hind wings usually show a black spot below to represent an ocellus). I am not at all sure that 7. labradus, in which the costal vein and first subcostal branch of the fore wings are closely approximated (though they do not touch or unite), is very nearly related to any of the other species of the genus, the position of the discal series of spots on the fore wings being unique; still there seems no sufficient reason for rejecting it from the genus or group known as Zizera. Before proceeding toa key to the species of Zizera, I wish to express my conviction that any errors which may have crept into important faunistic works with regard to the clear definition of the species have been largely due to errors of identification published previously, and almost inevitable at a time when the seasonal phases of species were not even guessed at: thus a wet phase from Cal- cutta might somewhat resemble a wet phase from Japan, whilst the dry phase was wholly dissimilar. Key to Species of Zizera. A. Hind wings with first three spots of discal series below forming a tolerably regular oblique line a. Species with well-defined and very dissimilar seasonal forms. a, a. Wet phase of male silvery violet above with very broad outer border, of female brown; both sexes brownish grey below: dry phase, bluish white above, the feinale With very, broad! outersborder ’...1.0.20.000.-n0cedesstorere Z. maha. a. b. Wet phase of male lavender above with much narrower outer border, of female brown; both sexes greyish stone-colour below: dry phase pale lavender shading into silvery blue above, the female with moderately broad border (as in male of wet phase)...............++. Z, diluta. a.c. Wet phase of male pearly lilae above, with border as in a.6, but more sharply defined, of female brown; both sexes greyish stone-colour below: dry phase silvery blue, becoming pale lilac and then cream-white, with veins of the latter colour, the female blue with broad border to primaries extending along costa; a broad costal border to secondaries ........sseseseeaseeenes Z, opalina, 106 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE a.d, Wet phase of male rich lavender, with moderately broad sharply defined blackish border; of female brown; both sexes greyish white below, with the markings very dark: dry phase rich lilacine blue, with blackish margin and fringe. the female black-brown sprinkled with blue scales ; both sexes below brownish re Oe e eC eEeE ECC Cee CeCe Cee Cee eee eee eee eee eee eee eres Pete ewneee b, Species with ill-defined seasonal forms, b,a. A spot within discoidal cell of front wings below, b.b. No spot within discoidal cell of front wings b. discal spots sinuous. a. a. Upper surface of male rich violet, with very broad dark brown outer border eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee ee b.a.b. Brown outer border on upper surface one third narrower, fringes of all the wings frequently whitish externally PO emer e meee teeta ete eee n eee eees eee eeeeeaaereeeeee b.a.c. Generally smaller, with ill-defined browner outer border. Males above lilac with coppery reflections, outer border reduced to a dark marginal line: under- side ashy, all the markings dark and well-defined; a white streak along discoidal vein of hind wings ... b,a.d. Ul-defined but very dark brown outer border above ; the discoidal and discal black spots below all very large and white-edged, the Jast two or three discal spots of front wings wanting b.c. Discal spots on underside of front wings forming a nearly straight line, inner row of spots wanting from hind wings’ eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee B. Hind wings with first three spots of discal series below forming a triangle, the first and second being almost in a transverse line. a. Discal series of markings crossing the under surface near to submarginal series. a.a. Male above dull lavender, border brown, rather narrow and ill-defined, markings below usually pale... a,b, Male above lilaciue, border apparently broad and diffused on apical-costal area ; markings below broader and well-defined, but brown a.¢, Male above bluish green, with broad outer border ; all the markings on the underside well-defined tee ee ene a.d. Male above often bluish green, sometimes brown; - & the spots below small, the discal series of front wings nearly straight, the inner series of hind wings very AM PerleCer rs. eee ateeesescesciusestovessccsneteeseeten peemee Male above violet, with distinct rather narrow eer widening on costa of front wings; spots below small eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee a.f. Male above similar, but the border often narrower ; discal spots below large [Feb. 6, Z. argia. Z. lysimon. Z. knysna. Z. karsandra. Z. atrigemmata, Z. gaika, Z. lorquini. Z. labradus. Z. caduca. Z. antanossa. Z. minima. Z. otis, Z. indica. The following is a list of the species represented in the Museum :— 1. ZizERA MAHA. (Plate XI. figs. 1, 2.) Lycena maha, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422 (1848). Polyonmatus chandala, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 504, pl. xxxi. fig, 5. Aizera ossa, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 132, pl. ix. figs. 11, 12. This species appears to be strictly confined to Western India, 1900.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ZIZERA. 107 occurring from the Lower Himalayas to Madras. In my opinion, Z. maha is the wet phase, Z. chandala intermediate, Z. ossa dry. Although Mr. Moore describes 4. chandala as having a purplish- brown border and the figure represents an insect with a very dark and defined border, the dull silvery-blue colouring mentioned in the description can only apply to the intermediate phase ; in the wet phase the border is much broader and there is a distinctly violet subtint. The intermediate phase somewhat nearly resembles the wet phase of Z. diluta, to which fact I beheve the confusion between these geographically constant forms is attributable; the males, however, are somewhat paler and more pearly in tint, with the dark cuter border to the primaries browner and consequently less sharply defined. It is possible that this species may range through Beluchistan to the Persian Gulf, as we have a female from Fao which looks suspiciously like that sex of Z. maha. 2, ZizERa pinuva. (Plate XI. figs. 3, 4.) 3. Lycena diluta, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. 11. p. 280, pl. xxxv. figs. 12, 13 (1865). Q. Lycena squalida, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p- 41. The range of this species seems to extend from the Eastern Himalayas southwards to Ganjam; and the differences which separate this geographical race from the Western Z. mahw appear to me to be quite constant, such as the narrower and better defined outer border to the wings and the greater resemblance of tiut between the seasonal phases. At the same time, to those who prefer to treat it as a form of Z. maha, I have nothing to object ; only I hope that they will not, as we have all done hitherto, con- found the Eastern and Western types. 3. ZIZERA OPALINA. (Plate XI. figs. 5, 6.) Lycena opalina, Poujade, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1885, p. exliii. Lycena marginata, Poujade, tom. cit. p. cli. Plebeius alboceruleus, Rober, Iris, ii. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 7 (1886). This pretty little species probably occurs throughout Burma’, Tibet, and China. The wet phase of the male is distinctly more pearly and apparently more lilacine than in either of the Indian forms: this may, however, be partly due to the darker and slightly narrower outer border of the primaries ; that of the secondaries is represented along outer margin by a row of well-defined black spots, sometimes bounded internally by alunulated line: the under surface has a yellower (more stone-coloured) tint than in Z. maha or Z, diluta. The dry phase is very distinctive, the colouring of the ' We have a male of the dry phase collected by the late Capt. Watson in the Southern Shan States. 108 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON THE [Feb. 6, males being silvery sky-blue, fading on the borders into creamy white and with similarly coloured veins. 4. ZizpRa arGla. (Plate XI. figs. 7, 8.) Lyccna argia, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop. ii. p. 125, pl. x. fig. 7 (1857) Lycenu japonica, Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. x1. p. 167 (1874); Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. pl. iv. fig. 24¢ (1886). Lycena alope, Fenton, P. Zz. 8. 1881, p. 351. Occurs in Mantchuria, Corea, and throughout Japan. The male of the wet phase somewhat nearly resembles the same phase of Z. diluta, but the much whiter under surface with sharply defined black spotting would separate the two insects at a glance: the dry form (Z. japonica) first induced me to conclude that the association of the four preceding geographical forms together under one specific name must be an error; it, in fact, resembies none of the other dry forms, the upper surface of the male being of a rich lavender-blue, with the extremities of the veins and a very narrow marginal line dark brown, the under surface, unlike its wet phase, being brownish grey. When the wet phases only of these four species are compared, one is tempted to think that they may be varietal forms of the same species ; but all the dry phases are perfectly distinct. No lepido- pterist who possessed only Z. ossa and Z. japonica would for a single moment hesitate to regard them as evidently distinct species. As I hold that a species is represented by all its forms, and not by one alone, I should still consider the preceding species distinct if they showed no difference whatever at the wet season, so long as their dry phases exhibited such well-defined characteristics. 5. ZIZERA LYSIMON, (Plate XI. fig. 9.) Papilio lysimon, Hiibuer, Eur. Schmett. i. pl. ev. figs. 534, 535 (1791-1803). Southern Europe. Staudinger notes Mauritania and Asia Minor as localities, but I should hesitate to accept these without first examining specimens and comparing them with those of the south of France or Spain. De Nicéyille quotes Lycena galba as a synonym, but Staudinger widely separates the two in his catalogue. From Z. knysna, to which it is allied, Z. lysimon differs in its duller less clear violet colouring and considerably broader brown borders. What species Mr. De Nicéville identified as 7. lysimon in India I cannot guess: Z. karsandra is the nearest ; but, although the illustration which he gives of a female seems to me to represent some females of the latter species, the fact that he comments upon my quoting it as 4. karsandra from the Malay Peninsula seems to hint at its being something different. One thing, however, is certain—Z. karsandra is much more nearly allied to Z. knysna than the latter is to Z. lysimon. 1900.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ZIZERA. 109 6. ZizuRA KNYSNA. (Plate XI. fig. 10.) Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 282 (1862); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 255 (1866). Sierra Leone southwards to the Cape, thence all along the eastern side to Abyssinia; also at Aden. 7. AizeERA KARSANDRA. Polyommatus karsundra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 505, pl. xxxi. Oe Te ” Zizera mora, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 506, pl. xlvil. fig. 7. Western and Southern India, Ceylon, Burma, Penang, the Philippines, and New Guinea. I have no doubt that the specimens recorded from Aden are referable to Z. knysna, from which Z. karsandra certainly differs less than the species of the Z. maha group. Z. mora is au aber- ration. 8. ZIZERA ATRIGEMMATA. (Plate XI. fig. 11.) Lycena atrigemmata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 290 (1878). Madagascar. The enormous size of the black spots on the under surface at once defines this species: we possess only two examples, therefore it may prove to be an aberrant form, but it is hardly likely that two aberrations and none of the normal form would be obtained. 9. ZIZERA GAIKA, Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc. 3rd ser. i. p. 403 (1862); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 256, pl. 4. fig. 7 (1866). Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. p. 153, pl. 7. fig. 3 (1876). From Damara-land and the Cape, north-eastwards probably to Cape Guadafui, Aden, Muscat, and probably through Persia and Afghanistan to India, the Western Himalayas, continental and peninsular India, Ceylon, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Andaman Islands, Sumatra, and Java. 10. ZizBRA LORQUINI, Lycena lorqumni, Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett. Eur. i. figs. 442-4 (1850). South of France and Andalusia. How this species ever came to be regarded as the same as Z. minima is a puzzle to me; the lilac colouring of the upper surface is so utterly dissimilar from the greenish-scaled brown upper surface of Z. minima that one would never expect to see them put together ; even the pattern of the under surface, though somewhat similar, differs considerably. 110 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON THE [Feb. 6, 11. Zizera LaBRAvus. (Plate XI. fig. 13.) Polyommatus labradus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p, 680 (1819). Lycena nove-hollandie, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p: 490 (1862). Lycena communis, Herrich-Schiffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 72 (undescribed). Lycena alsulus, Herrich-Schiiffer, t.c. p. 75. Zizera phabe, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 107 (1873). Lycena mangoensis Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xui. p. 347 (1884). The South Pacific Islands, Tasmania, Australia, Damma Island, and perhaps Amboina. I do not think there is at present sufficient evidence of the identity of Z. caduca with Z. labradus: the type differs considerably from any specimens of Z. labradus which we possess. A single example obtained by Mr. J. J. Walker in Amboina must, I think, be referable to Z. labradus; it differs chiefly in the sharply defined markings on the under surface, those crossing the disk of the wings being almost black. 12. ZizpRa capuca, (Plate XI. fig. 12.) Lucena caduca, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 616. Erromanga, New Hebrides. This is decidedly smaller than any Z. labradus that I have seen, and the dark external border (of the female at any rate) is extremely broad on the costal half of the wing, where it extends to the end of the discoidal cell: in the secondaries the submarginal pale lunules are sharply defined, and on the under surface all the inner markings are considerably broader than in 4, labradus, being equal in width to those of the submarginal series. I cannot, therefore, at present follow my friend Mr. H. H. Druce in regarding Z. caduca as a variety. 13. ZizEra anvanossa. (Plate XI. figs. 14, 15.) Lycena antanossa, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 5, vol. vil. p- lxxii (1877). Madagascar, Eastern, Southern, and Western Africa. The male of this species more nearly resembles the most highly coloured forms of Z. minima on the upper surface than it does any other species; on the under surface, however, it is very different, the discal series of spots on the primaries being sinuous and all the spots larger; a well-defined double submarginal series. 14. ZizERA MINIMA. Papilio minimus, Fuessly, Verz. p. 31 (1775). Papilio alsus, Schiffermiiller, Wien. Verz. p. 184 (1776). Papilio minutus, Esper, Schmett. i. pl. 108. fig. 8 (1800 ?), Lycena alsoides, Gerhardt, Mon. Lye. pl. 15. fig. 3 (1853). Europe. “ Asia Minor, Armenia, S. Siberia, Amur ” (Staudinger). TP eee 19C0.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ZIZBRA. cap) 15. ZIZERA OTIS. Papilio otis, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 73 (1787). Polyommatus sangra, Moore, P. Z. 8.1865, p. 772, pl. xli. fig. 8. Lycena lysizone, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xix. p. 24, pl. vii. fig. 2 (1876). Zizera oriens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p- 417 (1883). N.E. India, Burma, Tenasserim, Pegu, Malacca, Penang, China, Formosa, Philippines, Ternate, Amboina. i have only given the range of this species as represented by our specimens, as I consider Z. indica to be an easily recognizable and probably distinct species. 16. ZizBRA INDICA. Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 525, pl. x. figs. 2, 3. Auzera indica, var. decreta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 150. Mhow, Poona, Ganjam, S. India, Ceylon. (B. M.) In this insect, which runs somewhat smaller than Z. otis, the discal series of spots on the under surface of the primaries is more sigmoidal and the spots are much larger; in the secondaries the first three spots of the discal series form an obtuse instead of an acute angle. The Lycena lulu of Mathew is certainly not a typical Zizera and should not, I think, be included in the genus: it has naked eyes, but the costal and subcostal veins touch at one point and then separate again; on the under surface of the secondaries, moreover, there is a conspicuous black subanal spot, answering to the metal- sprinkled spot common to Nacaduba, Catochrysops, and various other genera. My so-called Zizera unigemmata proves to be a Chilades allied to C. messapus = sebagadis = acca: the brown upper surface of the male would alone distinguish it, at a glance, from C. messapus apart from other differences. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Fig. 1. Zizera maha, 3, wet form, p. 106. Cen ee » Var. ossa, ¢, dry form, p. 106. 3 » diluta, 3, wet form, p. 107. ee sf 3, dry form, p. 107. 5. 4, opalina, 3, var. marginata, wet form, p. 107. O83 » 6, typical, dry form, p. 107. 7. 4, argia, 3, wet form, p. 108. Ba i; » var. japonica, dry form, p. 108. 9. 4, lysimon, 3, p. 108. 10. ,, knysna, 3, p. 109. ll. ,, atrigemmata, 3, p. 109. 12. , caduca, 9, p. 110. heey ih labradus, 2, p. 110. 14,15. ,, antanossa, 5 2, p. 110. 112 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW KANGAROO, [ Feb. 20, February 20, 1900. Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skin of a small Kangaroo which had been presented to the British Museum by the Society’s President, the Duke of Bedford. It had lived some little time at Woburn, and was said to have been brought from Queensland or North Australia. It was most nearly allied to the West Australian Macropus eugenit Desm., with which it agreed in size and skull-characters, but differed in its uniform pale colour and remarkably soft thick fur. Mr. Thomas proposed to call it Mucropus bedfordi, and described it as follows :— Size asin MW, eugenit. Fur long, thick, soft, and woolly, the hairs of the back 33-35 mm. in length. General colour uniform pale isabelline fawn, quite different from the dark colour of MW. eugenii. The hairs are slaty grey at their bases, then brown, with a whitish subterminal band and a pale brown tip. Centre of face like back, slightly darkening in middle line between ears and down the neck to form a faintly darker nuchal line. Face-markings almost obsolete, the usual light cheek-line but little lighter, and the dark orbital and ramal streaks scarcely darker than the general colour. ars short, their backs terminally sandy fawn, basally and a patch below their bases externally dull white. Chin and throat dull white ; chest and belly whitish fawn, but little lighter than the sides. Inguinal region, front of hips, and a line down the front of the lower leg white. Shoulders and outer sides of fore linbs lke body, with scarcely a trace of rufous; an indistinct darker elbow-mark present: hands whitish brown above. Legs sandy brown behind and laterally, white in front; upper surface of feet sandy white, not darkening terminally, the long hairs at the base of the claws clear yellowish white. Tail short, thick, sandy fawn above and on the sides, whitish below, not darkening terminally. Skull much as in IM. eugenii. Disproportion rather greater than usual between the small permanent premolar (p* of modern nomenclature)! and the large square mp* (m' of the Catalogue of Marsupials). Dimensions of the type, measured in skin:—Head and body 550 mm.; tail 360; hind foot 115; ear, from notch, 52. Skull: basal length 83; greatest breadth 49 ; nasals 34 x 15:5 ; interorbital breadth 16; diastema 20-5; length of p* 4:5; com- bined length of three anterior grinding-teeth (mp*-m’*) 17. Type. Female. B.M. No. 0,2.19.1. Presented by the Duke of Bedford. This little Wallaby differs from its only near ally, JZ. ewyenit, ‘ See Lydekker, P. Z.8. 1899, p. 922. 1900.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON OVIS SAIRENSIS. 113 by its long fur and peculiar pale body-colour, which latter indeed seemed to be quite unique within the genus. Mr. Thomas also exhibited a Kangaroo which had been sent to him from Western Australia by Mr. Bernard H. Woodward, Curator of the Museum at Perth. Judging by its skull and more essential characters, it seemed to be assignable to Macropus robustus, the Wallaroo, of which Mr. Sclater’s MW. erubescens was the South and Central Australian representative. Its colour, however, was so different from either the Eastern or Central forms of the species that Mr. Thomas thought it necessary to distinguish it as a local subspecies, for which he suggested the name Macropus robustus cervinus. With the exception of the head (which was greyish brown, much as in WM. r. typicus), the whole of the upper surface was of a deep rufous fawn, the hairs being of this colour to their bases. In both M. vr, typicusand M, erubescens the general colour was grey, the latter being rufous across the shoulders. Tips of dorsal hairs black. The chin, throat, and centre of the belly were whitish, not sharply defined. The limbs also more whitish than the body, but darkening to black on the tips of the fingers and toes. The tail was pale sandy rufous, its extreme tip above black. The skull and dentition were apparently quite similar to those of the true MW. robustus, except that, in common with JM. erubescens, the third upper incisor was less elongated. Hind-foot of type, without claw, 241 mm. Skull—basal length 128 mm.; greatest breadth 76:5; nasals 58 x 22; diastema (to p*) 36; combined length of three anterior grinding-teeth 32 ; horizontal length of 2° 8°6, of p’ 8. Hab. Pinda Station, Yalgoo, Murchison District, Western Australia. Type. Female (immature). B.M. No. 0.2.6.6.; original number 1213. Killed 15th August 1899, by the Perth Museum collector. Two specimens examined. Native name “ Picquarda.” With the specimens of Macropus r. cervinus, Mr. Woodward had also sent several examples of the Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), a species which, when the Catalogue of Marsupials was published, was not certainly known to inhabit Western Australia’. These examples were also from the Murchison District, and seemed to agree with the ordinary M. rufus of Eastern Australia, showing no approximation to either M. isabellinus or M. magnus. Mr. Lydekker, on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, F’.Z.S., exhibited the horns and skin of a male specimen in the winter coat of the Sheep which, on the evidence of specimens in the summer dress, he had named Ovis sairensis (‘ Wild Oxen, Sheep and Goats,’ 1 Cat. Mars, B. M. p. 27, 1888. Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. VIII. 8 114 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON AN ASIATIC IBEX. [ Feb. 20, p- 185, 1898). The skin of this ram was of a greyish-brown colour above, with a light saddle-shaped patch on the back, a white caudal disk, which did not include the tail, and the legs below the knees and hocks pure white, as were the under-parts. Above the caudal disk was a dark brown band; the shoulders and thighs were as dark as the back ; and on the nape of the neck was a tuft of very long slate-coloured hair, which was dark brown at the roots. This tuft was also present in a female skin; a much ok — fe nt Be! eta gee Regt Male of Littledale’s Sheep (Ovis sazrensis), in winter coat. shorter one occurred in a female head of O. ammon, but it was absent in O. poli. From the latter in winter dress the present specimens also differed by the dark shoulders and thighs. The development of a white caudal disk in the winter coat alone was another peculiarity of O. sairensis. The specimens were said to have been obtained in the Irtish valley, which drains the Semi- palatinsk Altai. In this connection Mr. Lydekker desired to call attention to an error in his work entitled ‘Wild Oxen, Sheep and Goats of All Lands,’ where it was stated that the face and lower part of the legs of O. ammon were always white, whereas they were so only in the typical race during summer, and then might be better described as dirty white. Mr. Lydekker likewise exhibited the skulls, horns, and skins of a male and female Ibex obtained with the preceding specimens which he thought might possibly belong to Capra sibirica dauvergnei. In the ram the general colour of the fur was light brown, with a P.Z.5.1900.P1.XIL.. » fame et f P.Highley del.et lith Hanhart imp. SPONGES FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. P25. S00, PRA P. Highiey del.et lith . Hanhart imp. SPONGES FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 1900. ] ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF OHBISTMAS ISLAND. 115 large white patch on the back of the lower part of the neck, and a still larger white saddle on the loins, through which ran a dark dorsal streak to the tail. The under-parts were scarcely lighter than the back; and the legs had no white, being cigar-brown in front and golden brown behind. ‘The horns were of great size, and remarkable for their extreme depth. In the absence of white on the legs and the dark under-parts, the skin was like that of C. sibivica sacin, but the latter had no white nuchal patch and a very indistinct lumbar saddle. The associated female skin, in which the hair on the back was just changing, so that the grey pashm, or under-fur, was exposed, was remarkable for the circumstance that the whole of the under-parts were pure white, quite unlike what the describer had seen in any other Ibex. Mr. Lydekker believed that Mr. Walter Rothschild had an Ibex skin similar to the male exhibited which would be shortly described as a new form. The following papers were read :— 1. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.S., Epear A. Smiro, H. M. Bernarp, R. Kirkpatrick, and F. C, CHAPMAN. [Received January 16, 1900.] (Plates XII. & XIILL) ConrTENTS. Page [. Introductory Note. By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.8. oo... 115 II. A List of the Marine Mollusca collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews at Christmas Island. By Epa@ar A. SMITH ...........ccecececeeeeceee 117 III. On the Madreporaria collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews at Christmas iskinde ey Ee Mi HERES ARDY 1,5, .chctcnceteseactwastesncecepstantoveds 119 IV. On the Sponges of Christmas Island. By R. Kirxparrice ......... 127 V. List of the Foraminifera from the Boat-channel, Flying Fish Cove, Christmas Island, 11 fathoms. By F.C. Cuapman, A.L.S., a RAVE Stamens rien tccne se aeeatcaccicrcs crack ant racten cuwoser ate tae 141 Wie irmaplanaponn CHOVERBDES *sasacnetc-cssc:.>2stcasras ats eganscleanclnanetaesiy 141 1. Introductory Note. The chief objects of my recent visit to Christmas Island (indian Ocean) were to collect the land fauna and flora and work out the structure of the island itself, and nearly the whole of my time was devoted to these ends. At the same time some small collections of the marine fauna were made, and these have been determined by various specialists, some of whose reports are printed below. The Gephyrean worms (six species, none of which are new) haye already been noticed by Mr. A. HE. Shipley in the Proceedings of this Society (P. ZS. 1899, p. 54). 3% 7 116 MR, C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [ Feb. 20, The shores of Christmas Island are singularly unfavourable for the collection of marine animals ; except in a very few localities, the coast-line is formed by vertical or overhanging cliffs, the base of which is washed by the heavy ocean swell, so that the narrow shelf of fringing reef, which is submerged toa depth varying from a few feet to several fathoms, is unapproachable from the land side, and, except along the north coast in very calm weather, is very difficult of access from a boat. Nevertheless, the examination of this reef and of the submarine slopes of the island between N.E. and N.W. Points, and the collection of their fauna, where possible, would no doubt yield very interesting results, and it might be worth the while of a marine zoologist to spend some time on the island for this purpose. In a few localities on the east coast and at Fiying Fish Cove, a narrow reef-flat, like that of an atoll, is exposed at low water, and it is from this in the latter locality that nearly all the specimens mentioned below were obtained. In this place an area about a quarter of a mile Jong and from fifty to a hundred yards wide is exposed at low tide. Its outer edge forms a slightly raised rim of rocks thickly coated with pink and red calcareous algw, and is cleft here and there by deep narrow channels. Within this raised rim the reef-flat forms a hard concrete-like floor composed of cemented fragments of corals, larger blocks of which lie loose upon its surface. Here and there are shallow pools of water, some of which are choked with thick clumps of small branching Madrepores (e. g., M. clathrata, M. valida, M., aspera), the tops of which are exposed to the air for a con- siderable time between the tides. In some of these pools also there are extensive patches of a pinkish-grey, leathery Aleyonarian (Sarco- phyton). Most of the Corals obtained were from these pools or from the sides of the deeper channels near the edge of the reef. The reef is interrupted near the middle of the bay by a boat-channel with a sandy bottom running up to the beach, and it was from sand taken from about 11 fathoms in this channel that the Foraminifera described by Mr. F. C. Chapman were obtained. The reef-flat seems on the whole rather barren of life. The swiftly running shore-crabs (Grapsus maculatus), which skim over the rocks like leaves driven by the wind, and two Holothurians, the smaller quite black, the larger olive-brown, are the most conspicuous objects. In the pools are numerous small fish, including a little Periophthalmus which jumps from stone to stone with great activity. The Crustaceans and Echinoderms determined by Mr. R. I. Pocock and Prof. Jeffrey Bell are :— Crustaceans :—Actewa nodulosa, Eriphia levimanus, Actewodes tomentosus, Lophozozymus sp., Daira perlata, Chlorodius sp., Calcinus elegans, C. tibicen, Aniculus typicus, Stenopus hispidus, Pencus sp. ; there is also a large cray-fish which is used for food, but of which unfortunately no specimen was brought back. Echinoderms :—Linekia miliaris, L. diplax, Nardoa tuberculata, 1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. Ay Ophidiaster sp., Ophiocoma ethiops, O. scolopendrina, Actinopyya miliaris, Diadema sa«atile, Echinometra lucunter, Colobocentropus atratus. Of the Echinoids, Echinometra is the commonest and lives in holes in the rock, which it appears to excavate. Towards the extreme edge of the reef many small specimens of Tridacna gigas nearly embedded in the rock may be seen, but they never attain very great size here. Squids and a species of Octopus are fairly common, but very difficult to discern ; the Octopus is often used for food by the people, while the Squids are devoured in large numbers by the Gannets and Frigate-birds. The reef-fish were not collected; they, however, are much the same as those found at Cocos-Keeling Islands, and probably are all common Indo-Pacific forms. They form an important part of the food of the people, and are usually obtained with the spear, in the use of which the Cocos-Islanders are extraordinarily skilful. Below will be found lists and descriptions of the Molluscs, Corals, Sponges, and Foraminifera ; and J must express my sincere thanks to the Authors of these communications for the trouble Ds have taken over the small collections I was able to bring ack. LL. A List of the Marine Mollusca collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews at Christmas Island. By Epear A. SMIvH. No pretence of systematically collecting marine objects was made by Mr. Andrews, his direct object having been the investiga- tion of the geology and the terrestrial fauna and flora. A certain number of specimens, however, observed during rambles upon the coast, were captured and preserved. Those mentioned in the following list were found in Flying Fish Cove on the north coast of the island. They are mostly very common forms, having a wide range in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. 1. OcTOPUS sp. 2, OMMATOSTREPHES sp. 3. CONUS HEBRAUS Linn. 4. Conus coronatus Dillwyn. 5. LwUCOZONIA SMARAGDULA (Lamk.). 6, TRITONIDEA UNDOSA (Linn.). 7. ENGINA MENDICARIA (Lamk.). 8. lopas sertuM (Bruguicre). 9. SisrrumM Morus (Lamk.). 10. Sistrum riorvs (Linn.) 118 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE _——[ Feb. 20, 11. Mirra (STRIGATELLA) LITERATA Lamk. 12, Mirra (STRIGATELLA) PAUPERCULA, var. A short form like I/. virgata Reeve (Conch. Icon. fig. 197 6), with the spire transversely grooved and the white stripes upon the body-whorl somewhat raised, forming feeble costulations. 13. CYPRHA ARABICA Linn. Both typical specimens and the variety reticulata. 14, Cypr#a viTe.uus Jinn. 15. Cyprma Lynx Linn. 16. Cypra#s MONETA Linn. 17. Cyprma ANNULUS Linn. 18, Nerita costata Chemnitz. 19, TURBO LAJONKAIRII Deshayes. Hitherto known only from Cocos-Keeling Islands, the original locality “New Zealand” not having been confirmed. Two very brightly coloured specimens, copiously blotched and spotted with purple-brown. The operculum has the central portion olive- green, instead of ‘“‘dark brown” as described and figured by Pilsbry (Man. Conch. vol. x. p. 199, pl. lix. fig. 10). 20, SMARAGDINELLA VirRIDIS Rang. 21. Puyniimpi1a vartcosa Lamk. 22. Doris cornraceA Abraham. 23, PERONIA PERONII Cuvier. 24. Tripacna cieas Linn. Only a single very young specimen. 25, SEPTIFER BILOCULARIS (Linn.). 26. ARcA IMBRICATA Bruguiere. 27. Menina PERNA (Linn.). Very variable in form, but always showing the characteristic colour-markings. Specimens in the Museum are from Cocos- Keeling Islands, Andaman and Samoa Islands. Perna samoensis, Baird (Brenchley’s Cruise H.M.S. ‘ Curacoa,’ p.°454, pl. xlii. fig. 8), is a synonym of this species (vide Hanley’s Ipsa Linnzi Conch. p, 117, pl. ii. fig. 7). 1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 119 Ill. On the Madreporaria collected by Mr. OC. W. Andrews at Christmas Island. By H. M. Bernanrp. There are in all 42 specimens including fragments, representative of the following groups or genera :— Caryophylline. Caulastrea. Dendrophyltha. Galaxea, Madrepora. Mussa. Montipora. Leptoria. Porites. Celoria. Goniopora. Prionastrea., Pocillopora. Agaricia. Goniastreea. Of these, one Madrepore, two Montipores, and one Gontastrea are described as new species, while it is suggested that the specimen provisionally named Caulasirea may belong to a new genus. The specimens are often very fragmentary, and those in spirit are obscured by soft parts, making their determination difficult. In most cases, however, the genera have been easily recognized, but the specific identifications are entirely provisional. It is practically impossible to work out small collections of Corals in the present unsatisfactory state of Madreporarian systematics. The approxi- mate determinations of the fragments will, however, be sufficient guide as to the general characters of the representatives of the- several genera. The biological notes were added by Mr. Andrews. CARYOPHYLLINE M.-E. & H. There are three small solitary corals growing side by side, the largest of which is 5°5 mm. high, evenly cylindrical, and 3-5 mm. in diameter; the smallest, also cylindrical, is 2°25 mm. in diameter but with the base embedded so that the height is not ascertainable. The specimens are in spirit, with the soft parts completely obscuring the columella and pali, on which the generic and specific characters of this family are founded. There are three cycles of septa in both small and large specimens, of which the primaries are slightly exsert, and apparently laterally granulate or echinulate. The living flesh extends to a variable distance down the outer walls. Genus DenpropHy.wia de Blainville. DENDROPHYLLIA HHRENBERGIANA. Cenopsammia chrenbergiana Klunzinger, Cor. iii. p. 56, pl. viii. 9. There are two specimens, which come nearer to this type in the method of growth than to any other recorded species. The difference between Dendrophyllia and Canopsammia is merely the meeting of the septa in the former, which appears to me very unimportant. Hence I have not hesitated to place these two 120 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, specimens, in which the septa appear to run distinct to the columella, under the older generic name. The specimens are both low groups of calicles rapidly budding, and in one case dying away beneath the living cluster, but in the other rising on a pedestal 2-3 em. high, and on one side bare of polyps. Occurs in rock-pools under the cliff on the south side of Flying Fish Cove. Genus MADREPORA. Maprepora (Isopora) BROOKI, sp. n. Corallum with typical growth, viz., a thick common base from which 3 or 4 stout flattened branches radiate outwards, with an upward curve. The tip of each branch expanding and branching again. [The branches are 3-4 cm. thick and 4-6 wide, but as the coral is continually thickening these measurements are of no classificatory importance. | Certain of the calicles on the tops of the branches or of knobs are thin and cylindrical, and may be as much as 4-5 mm. long by 2°5 in diameter, and among these are others of all lengths but with one side cut down; the larger are nearly complete, the shorter are purely scoop-shaped. Here and there these incomplete calicles appear grouped irregularly round a complete calicle. The whole of the rest of the stock, except on the undersides of the branches (which are warty and nearly bare of calicles), is thickly covered ’ with scoop-shaped calicles of all sizes and turned all ways, the majority looking upward; many are mere punctures on the surface with a slightly raised margin, others have one edge protuberant like a lip; from this all stages are found up to the long scoop- shaped calicle. The calicles show no special feature, their costal ridges are regular, smooth, and not prominent ; the whole wall in the larger calicles rapidly solidifies. The interstitial coenenchyma fills up as. systems of floors supported on long spines like that typical of Astrwopora. The smaller calicles are lighter and more openly reticular. There is one large complete specimen, two fragments from other stocks, and a branch worn smooth, yet recognizable by the section which shows the peculiar interstitial coenenchyma. ‘The species differs not only in growth-form, but in size and characters of the larger tubular calicles, from all the members of the subgenus described by Mr. G. Brook in the British Museum Catalogue of Madreporaria, vol. i. The large specimen was brought up from 11 fathoms by the sounding-lead in Flying Fish Cove. Much of the shore cement seems to be made up of rolled fragments of this madrepore. Maprepora (?) cLaTHRATA Brook. Madrepora clathrata Brook, Brit. Mus. Madr. i. p. 49, pls. v. & vi. There are several fragments, one a long branching stalk (13 em. 1900.} MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 121 long), from what I take to have been a prostrate, or other one-sided growth-form. The branchlets are all turned up one side and grow out at right angles, and the scoop-shaped radial calicles project on the same side also at right angles and are chiefly obsolete on the opposite side. The branches show no trace of fusing together. In other respects, however, it comes nearest to Madrepora clathrata, The calicles, both radial and axial, seem to agree in shape and size, and the characters of the ccenenchyma seem to be the same as those described for this species. The specimens of this and the next species were broken from dense clumps growing on the reef-flat in water about one foot deep at low tide, when the tops of the clumps are exposed for some time. MADREPORA VALIDA. Madrepora valida Dana, Zoophytes, p. 461, pl. 35. fig. 1. There is a complete specimen consisting of a crowd of processes all reaching to about the same height (4 em.), and rising from a common incrusting base, which seems to come near Dana’s type. The tips of most of the processes in the single specimen had been injured, and the coral had attempted to heal the injuries. The axial calicles and a few of the nearer radial calicles are swollen into ccenenchymal knobs, without or with greatly reduced or distorted calicle apertures. Where not injured, the calicles have much the aspect described and figured by Dana, and the section of the processes shows the density of the coral, also mentioned by Dana. MADREPORA (?) ASPERA Dana. Madrepora aspera Dana, Zoophytes, p. 468, pl. 38. fig. 1. A specimen 8 em. high, in which the tapering branches more or less suddenly proliferate into a number of stunted outgrowths. The septa in the radial calicles show it to belong to the subgenus Eumadrepora Brook. The size of its axial corallite, the variously prominent and labellate radial calicles interspersed with minute obsolete calicles, seem to ally it with WM. aspera. It differs chiefly in the greater crowding of the radial calicles, which were com- paratively sparse in the type specimen. This species forms dense clumps growing on the reef-flat, and partly exposed at low-water. MADREPORA DELICATULA Brook. Madrepora delicatula Brook, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 1891, p. 461. There are two small detached clusters of twigs which agree with the branchlets of Brook’s type of M. delicatula. The measure- ments and shapes of the calicles both axial and radial agree, as also do the markings on the surface as described. There is no evidence that the growth-form resembled that of 122 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, Brook’s type. Hence the identification is provisional. Some variation in this respect exists between the specimens which Brook classed under this heading (see Brit. Mus. Madr. vol. i. pl. xxvii. figs. D & E). Found in pools and channels near the edge of the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus Montipora Quoy & Gaimard. MoNTIPORA SPONGILLA, sp. nl. Description. The corallum forms an erect spike about 5 em. long and from 1-1°5 thick, which flattens near the top and divides into 2 to 3 or more similar spikes running up, side by side, or diverging at very small angles. The calicles are minute, 0°5 mm., but deep and conspicuous, about 1 10m. apart. The margin, usually formed by a single skeletal thread, is round or slightly petaloid. The septa not very well developed, except the directives, one of which is usually specially conspicuous as a broad plate which may or may not be slightly exsert. The smooth surface-coenenchyma 1s a light friable reticulum, very rough to the touch; the tips of the branches are open flake- reticulum and friable; the coral is very light. This Montipore is peculiar, not only in its method of growth, but also in its lightness and friability. There is one complete stock. Occurs in pools on the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. MonTIpoRA PARASITICA, sp. 1. Description. Corallum as a closely incrusting plate on other corals, 5 min. thick, no free edges, but with a narrow smooth zone running round the margin of the stock, 2-3 mm. broad ; within this zone the whole surface is covered by tubercles. These are strikingly variable and are in all sizes, from minute branching or frosted granules to rounded or cylindrical tubercles, coarsely woolly, nearly 1 mm. high, here and there fusing into short ridges, and scattered about in small patches. The calicles are very irr egularly distributed, and vary in size from ‘5-75 mm.; often obscured by the rough uneven tubercular surface. The section is dense, built up of stout trabecule, and wherever the surface tubercles are rubbed off, the solid stony texture beneath is seen. The single specimen is nearly complete and incrusts the base of the type specimen of Madrepora brooki. Among known Tuberculate Montipores this seems to stand alone in manner of growth, and in the very variable distribution and development of the tubercles. J believe many more small incrusting tuberculate forms of Montipora will be discovered (cf. M. inconspicua). They can be easily overlooked, and only attract attention when studied under a pocket-lens. 11 fathoms. Flying Fish Cove. 1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 123 Genus Porrres Lamarck. There is one small, thin, triangular chip from a stock of Porvtes. The method of growth is unknown. The lower sectional surface shows a regular, rather dense reticulum in which the radiate skeletons of the calicles can still be faintly traced. The calicles are small (1 mm.), polygonal, shallow, but sharply sunk. The walls are either thin, straight, or zig-zag threads, septa appearing irregularly along the margin, or else below it as distinct plates. The pali are stout frosted rods. This fragment is too small to classify. It comes nearest in the character of its calicles to a group of Porites in the National Collection from Ramesvaram, Gulf of Manaar, which I have already described in the MS. of vol. iv. of the ‘ Catalogue of Madreporaria’ as Porites indica. Until more is known of its growth and variations it may therefore be provisionally placed with that group. On the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus (?) Gon1IoporA Quoy & Gaimard. In the same bottle with the spirit-specimen, provisionally identified with Goniastrca retiformis (see below), is a small crumpled incrusting coral with edges slightly free, which has all the appearance of a Goniopore. The specimen is complete and almost too small to allow (without spoiling) of the detachment of portions for close examination of the skeleton, which is now hidden under the retracted soft parts. The budding round the edge is quite different from that of Gonastrea, and the top edges of the walls which show in rough outline through the skin are not at all like those of that genus, whereas in both these respects the specimen shows more resemblance to Gonopora than to any other stony coral with which I am acquainted. Explanate Goniopores are by no means common, so that even without closer identification the specimen is of interest. In pools and channels on the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus Pocinttopora Lamarck. There are three specimens which seem to belong to two species ; both form low tufts—in one case of crisp irregular branches, and in the other of thick flattened lobes. The species in this genus are mainly founded on differences of growth-form, and longer series would probably unite many of them. In the present case there appears also to be some difference in the calicles which justify their separation. PociLLoPora (?) BREVICORNIS Dana. Pocillopora (?) brevicornis Dana, Zoophytes, p. 526, pl. 49. fig. 8. A small tuft, the branchlets below are rounded off, above are ngular; the round calicles have a distinct ring of septal striz. 124 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, POCILLOPORA (?) FAVOSA. Pocillopora (?) favosa Ehrenberg, Oorallenthiere, p. 127. Two small tufts of short, stout, compressed lobes, thickly covered with small conical, or rather pointed processes; no septa visible except as striz in the very young calicles. These two specimens are placed under this specific heading with some hesitation. Im M.-Edwards’s description of P. favosa a distinct columella is mentioned, but no septa. Mr. Stanley Gardiner ' describes septa—‘‘the primaries being specially thick and bluntly spined;” and Dr. Klunzinger ’, who photographed the original type, says that there is little columella, and the septa are hardly at all developed. In these last points the two specimens from Christmas Island agree with Ehrenberg’s type, but hardly with its more freely branching growth. Occurs in pools and channels on the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus GoNIASTR#A M.-E. & H. GoNIASTR.EA RETIFORMIS. Goniastrwa retiformis (Lamarck) M.-E. & H. Les Coralliaires, li. p. 446. Two fragments of a convex small-calicled species of Goniastrwa which may be provisionally placed with this species. The size of the calicles (3 mm.) agrees, but their depth is greater, at least on the summit of the stock, where it may reach 5 mm.; elsewhere it is 3 mm., as given by Milne-Edwards & Haime. No locality is given for Lamarck’s type. There is further a spirit-specimen in a good state of preservation, which shows the living colony to have been of a bright green colour. The dried skeletons with attached organic matter are reddish brown. Found in pools and channels on the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. (FONIASTREA AURICULARIS, sp. 1. Description. Colony forms ear-shaped, semicircular plates which project horizontally from the sides of rocks. Its upper surface is slightly concave, the edge thin and sharp, supported by continuous epitheca which covers the whole under surface. The thicker parts are about 1°5 cm. The calicles, owing to the method of multiplication, vary greatly in size, the maximum being about 3-5 mm. The top of the thin wall is a fine zigzag ; some 16-18 visible septa rise to the top of the wall and may even make the edge slightly denticulate; between these, faint traces of another cycle can be seen with a pocket-lens. The swollen inner edges of the primaries (at times of a few secondaries also) rise as thick, flattened, round-topped pali to within about 1 mm. of the top of the wall. ' Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 941. > Corallenthiere, iii. 1879, p. 68, pl. vii. fig, 2. 1900. | MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 125 In its explanate growth this is not unlike G. planulata of Milne-Edwards & Haime, from some unknown locality, but the calicles in that species are 7-8 mm. across, sometimes lengthening to 15 mm. before dividing, This is the second explanate species of Goniastrea which has been recorded, although it may be remarked by the way that the diagnosis of the genus is not so clear as might be, and it is not always easy to distinguish between Goniastrea and Prionastrea (cf. Klunzinger, op. cit. vol. 111. 1879). In pools and channels in reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus (?) CAULASTREA, A few very varying fragments in spirit which appear to come between Mussa and Caulastrea. There is a single flabellate corallite (455 cm. long by 3°5 broad) which has died down, and from its fossa 3 new ones of different lengths and sizes have budded out. In addition there are two long (6 em.) tapering corallites, with points free but fused near their rims, below which a bunch of (9) small buds project, curving upwards; below the bunch there are places where single buds have been broken off. There are two of these detached young corallites, which are very ike single corallites of Galawea, smooth below, ribbed above, and slightly curved. The variations among these small fragments are thus so great, that more material is necessary before any accurate account of the coral can be given, or its position in the system determined. Genus GAaLAxEA Oken. GALAXEA ASPERA Quelch. Galaxea aspera Quelch, Chall. Rep, xvi. (1886) p. 72, pl. 4. figs. 5-5 d. There is a dried specimen with a single loose corallite and a much finer specimen in good preservation in spirit. The latter shows the budding of the corallites above the level of the perithecal tissue. The specimens seem to agree in all ascertainable particulars with Mr. Quelch’s species, viz., in their long projecting corallites, the septal formula, the pronounced coste, and the dense perithecal tissue. As far as I have been able to ascertain, the’ locality nearest to the Keeling-Cocos group from which Galawea has been recorded is the Straits of Sunda; but the specimen from that locality was referred by Milne-Edwards and Haime (see Galaxea ellisi, Les Cor. ii. p. 228) to the coral figured by Ellis (Phil. Trans. liii. 1764, pl. 20), which is quite different to this. Pools in reef-flat, Flying-Fish Cove. Genus Mussa Oken. Mussa (?) REGALIS Dana. Mussa (?) regalis Dana, Zoophytes, 1848, p. 182, pl. 8. fig. 5. Two fragments of a meandrine Mussa. The fragments are chips from the ridges between adjoining calicles. In the smaller 126 MR. ©, W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, dry specimen the adjoining calicles, or rather troughs, are closely adherent ; the exsert septa almost overlap in the larger spirit- specimen (6 cm. long), in which the skeleton is obscured by the soft parts; the ridge between the calicles appears to widen here and there into an ambulacrum from 1-2 mm. wide. The calicular trough must have been 3 cm. deep and as much across, while the primary septa are very stout and exsert, and with their inner edges rather more vertical than in Mussa regalis, at least near the top of the ridge. The soft parts are bright green. Small cup- shaped galls are found on the septa here and there, somewhat like those occurring on the specimen of Caloria (see beiow). Occurs on the sides of the deep channels at the rim of the reef. Genus Leprorta M.-H. & H. Leproria PuRyYGIA Ellis. Leptoria phrygia Ellis, Zooph. p. 162, 1786, pl. 48. One fragment from a massive growth. It shows both straight - and gyrating calicular troughs. A good section shows the thick plate-like columella with its lobed and also finely serrated edge. The species is said to extend over the Indo-Pacific area. Dana records it from Ceylon. Pools on reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus Catorta M.-H. & H. Ca@noria stnensis M.-H, & H. Celoria sinensis M.-E & H. Les Cor. ii. 1857, p. 416. One large specimen which agrees in all important points with this species. The Chinese type had calicular troughs not exceeding 2 cm. The specimen from Christmas Island has the same tendency to short troughs, some being round and only a few mm. in diameter, but a few reach to 3 and 4 cm.in length. What appear to be galls occur on the septa here and there. Pools on reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus Prionastr#a M.-E. & H. PRIONASTREHA AUSTRALENSIS M.-F. & H. Prionastrea australensis M.-E. & H. Les Cor. ii. 1857, p. 520. There is a narrow convex strip with the angular surface charac- teristic of this genus. It may provisionally be placed near P. australensis, with which it agrees in size of calicle, thin walls, and rudimentary columella; while round the columella a ring, often incomplete, of larger septal teeth rises up, either 2-3 on each septum, or else one large palitorm tooth. There is further a very similar specimen in spirit of the same bright green which seems common to these Christmas Island Madreporaria. It appears to have much thicker walls than the dried specimen, but the presence of the soft parts would at least partly account for this. Shghtly thicker skeletal walls it may 1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 127 easily have, as some variation in their thickness is observable in the dried specimens. Pools on reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove. Genus Acaricta Lamarck. There is a fragment of what appears to be a flat incrusting disc with sharp free edges, the epitheca following about 1 cm. behind. The very young calicles are confluent in concentric rows but soon separate oft, the smooth lowrounded walls, finely striated by the septa, rapidly forming an irregular network over the surface; the calicles all look upwards, and are not tilted to look towards the growing edge. There are 4 cycles of septa—and if any columella, only in the deep calicles in the thicker parts of the stock. The section is very dense, the septa being thick and closely packed with traces of synapticular junctions. Rock-pools under cliffs 8. of Flying Fish Cove. IV. On the Sponges of Christmas Island. By R. Kirkpatrick. ‘he Sponges collected by Mr. Andrews were obtained from an area limited to the reefs of Flying Fish Cove. The majority of the specimens were found growing on the under surface of large coral blocks lying in pools lett by the tide. The use of the dredge was impossible owing to the irregular rocky nature of the bottom. Hitherto only one species (Pachychalina spinosissima Dendy, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 524) has been obtained from this locality. ‘The present collection of 53 specimens, referable to 24 genera and 32 species, contains examples of 7 new species and 2 new varieties. The Calcarea and Monoceratina are each only represented by two small specimens. The Carnosa are represented by three species, the occurrence of Chondrosia plebeja Schmidt, recorded for the first time from the Indo-Pacific, being specially interesting. The sponge-fauna of Christmas Island, so far as known at present, is very similar to that of Java. A list of species, arranged according to the classification of Topsent, is given below. Sub-Class CALCAREA. . Clathrina primordialis (Haeckel). . Leucandra sp. hoe Sub-Class DESMOSPONGIDA. Order CARNOSA. . Chondrosia reniformis Nardo. . Chondrosia plebeja O. Schmidt. . Chondrilla nuda Lendenfeld. Oi = Oo 128 1. 12. 13. 14, 15. 16, MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE Order TETRACTINELLIDA., . Sidonops picteti Topsent. . Ecionema bacilliferwm (Carter). . Stelletta simplicifurca (Sollas). . Tetilla bacca (Selenka). . Tetilla ternatensis Kieschnick. Order MONAXONIDA. Suborder HADROMERINA. Section Clavulida. Spirastrella carnosa Topsent. [Feb. 20, Spirastrella decumbens Ridley, var. robusta, var. nov. Pseudosuberites andrewst, sp. n. Section Aciculida. Lethya ingalli Bowerbank. Tethya seychellensis (K. P. Wright). Tethya affinis, sp. n. Suborder HanicHonprina. Family AXINELLID#. . Hymeniacidon conulosum (Topsent). Family PactLoscLeRID®. Microciona dubia, sp. n. Family HapnLoscLerip&. 24. Rhizochalina pellucida Ridley. Rhizochalina sessilis, sp. n. . Gellius varius (Bowerbank). . Reniera innominata, sp. n. . Petrosia exiqua, sp. 1. . Halichondria solida Ridley & Dendy. . Halichondria solida, var. rugosa Ridley & Dendy. Order MONOCERATINA, . Spongia (EHuspongia auct.) sp. . Spongelia sp. . Lotrochota baculifera Ridley, var. twmescens, var. noy. . Esperella pellucida Ridley. . Desmacella sp. . Stylotella irregularis, sp. n. . Stylotella, sp. 1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 129 JLATHRINA PRIMORDIALIS (Haeckel), 1872. Ascetta primordialis var. protogenes Haeckel (6. ii. p. 16, Atlas, pl. ii. fig. 13). 1892. Clathrina primordiahs Lendenfeld (8. p. 195). The specimen consists of a small mass about 10 mm. in area by 5 mm. in height. No oscules are visible, but this is probably due to the contracted state of the sponge. The spicules, which are equiangular and equiradiate, are very small and slender, being smaller than in the typical Mediterranean form, and much smaller than in the Australian form named Clathrina primordialis var. protogenes by Carter (3. p. 510) and C. protogenes by Dendy (5. p. 58). The rays, which are 70» by 6u, taper gradually to a rather sharp point. LEUCANDRA sp. The specimen forms a small oval mass 3 x 2 mm. plugging up an oscule ot Tetilla ternatensis. The outer surface bristles with the projecting ends of stout oxeotes which pass through the dense mass of tri-radiates; gastral quadri-radiates can here and there be made out in spaces in the interior. Spicules. Oxeotes 1500 x 70u; tri-radiates, rays sharp-pointed, often wavy, 245x8; quadri-radiates, tangential rays curved inwards towards the apical ray ; tangential ray 105 x 18 yp, apical ray 35 p in length. Canal-system: pores lead into incurrent spaces surrounding groups of large oval ciliated chambers 85 » in diameter, and groups of the latter open into excurrent spaces. The species is probably new; but since the specimen is very small and has been damaged in extraction, owing to its being partly involved in the tissues of the Yetilla, no specific name has been given. CHONDROSIA RENIFORMIS Nardo. One typical specimen occurs; it is bluish black on the upper surface; pale brown below, where it is attached by a narrow ridge to the rock. The one rather large oscule has a membranous slightly serrated margin. The colour on section is dirty white. I have examined some fragments of the type specimen of Chon- drosia ramsayt Lendenfeld, and agree with Topsent in regarding this species as a synonym of C, reniformis. A noticeable feature in the Australian specimen is the abundance of pigment in the interior, giving the sponge a slaty colour on section. Distribution. Mediterranean; Kattegat; Tadjurra, Gulf of Aden; Port Jackson; Amboina; Christmas Island; Galapagos Islands. CHONDROSIA PLEBEJA O. Schmidt. 1868. Chondrosia plebeja O. Schmidt (14. p. 1). There are eight specimens, seven in alcohol and one in formol ; Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. IX. 9 130 MR, C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, their shape is subspherical, elongated or pyriform, and they vary in size trom 1 to 5c.c. in length or diameter, and in colour from yellow to dark brown. The alcohol specimens are much skrunken and corrugated, the surface being marked with polygonal or elon- gated depressions (“wabige vertiefungen,” O. Schmidt) with pig- mented stellate markings. The specimen in formol, which was unfortunately transferred to alcohol, was bluish-black and quite smooth. On drying, the surface has a distinctly gritty appearance, caused by the shrinking of the dermal membrane on the foreign particles beneath. The foreign bodies (fine sand-grains, sponge-spicules) form a fairly-well defined layer in the cortex and just beneath the dermal membrane ; in one specimen spicules projected beyond the surface at right angles. There are no foreign bodies scattered in the interior of the body, differing in this respect from the speci- mens from Algiers described by O. Schmidt. Distribution. Mediterranean; Atlantic; Christmas Island. CHONDRILLA NUDA Lendenfeld. 1867. Chondrilla nuda Lendenfeld (9. p. 105, pl. x. figs. 69-71). One small specimen of this species occurs in the form of a rounded bilobed mass 8x 9X 4mm. in size, growing on Chondrosia plebeja. The surface is bluish-black and smooth, and shows under a lens a faint whitish reticulate pattern. The larger lobe has two minute raised oscules ‘3 mm. in diameter. The cortical layer includes columns of large granular pigmented cells, as in the specimen from Zanzibar. The spicules are slightly larger than in Lendenfeld’s specimens. The oxyasters, 30 « in diameter, possess 8 sharp spines usually slightly curved. ‘The spherasters, 25 » in diameter, possess 25— 30 sharp-pointed pyramidal prickles. In the Zanzibar specimens the oxyasters are 22-30 », and the spherasters only 10-12, in diameter. Distribution. Zanzibar ; Christmas Island. Srponops Picteti Topsent. 1897. Sydonops picteti Topsent (18. p. 431, pl. xviii. fig. 2). 1898. Stdonops picteti Lindgren (10. p. 349, pl. xviii. fig. 17, pl. xx. fig. 6). There are four small specimens, the largest of which is 5e.c. by 2 ¢.c.in area and 1-5 c.c. in thickness. Several small spherical buds about 2 mm. in diameter are lightly but closely attached by bundles ot oxeote spicules. When a bud is detached, a shallow circular depression remains, the sterrastral crust here being thin and biconcave in section. The slender cortical oxeas and the oscular palisade of spicules described by Lindgren are present. Distribution. Amboina; Java; Christmas Island. 1900.] EcIoNEMA BACILLIFERUM (Carter). 1887. Stelletta bacillifera Carter (4. p. 78, pl. vi. figs. 9-14). 1897. Ancorina simplex Lendenfeld (9. p. 96, pl. ix. figs. 12-34). 1898. Ecionema bacilliferum Lindgren (10. p. 335, pl. xvii. fig. 17 ; pl. xix. fig. 27). MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 1899. Ecionema bacilliferum? Lindgren (10. p. 88). The largest of the four specimens in this collection is 4x5 c.c. in area and 1 ¢.c. in thickness, and forms a thick crust ; in colour pale brown mottled with dark brown. The type specimen from Mergui, being in the Calcutta Museum, The protriznes are very rare in The microstrongyles, which are is not available for comparison. the Christmas Island specimens. 18x 2 in size, are occasionally centrotylote. oxeas measure 180 x4 yp. 131 The fine cortical The asters are tylote, and with roughened actines, the same characteristics being found in the asters of Ancorina simplew, of which species the Museum possesses a few slides prepared from the type specimens from Zanzibar. Distribution. robustum : Port Philip, Ports Elliot and Adelaide. STELLETTA SIMPLICIFURCA (NSollas). 1886. Myriastra simplicifurca Sollas (16. p. 189). 1888. Myriastra simpliciyurca Sollas (17. p. 114,” pl. xii. figs. 29-33). Mergui, Java, Christmas Island, Zanzibar; var. 1898. Stelletta simplicifurca Lindgren (10. p. 332, pl. xviii. fig. 8). Of the three specimens of this species, one is small (8x6x6 mm.) and oval; the other two are in the form of thick nodular lamelle, the larger being 5x3 c.c. in area and from 1 to 2 ¢.c. in thickness. Small spec. Christmas I. Orthotriznes. Rhabdus...| 1387550 Orthotrienes, Cladi ...... 280 Anatrisznes. Rhabdus ...| 182022 Anatriznes. Cladi......... 105 Anatriznes. Chordi ...... 122 Anatriwnes. Sagitta ...... 88 TAT RO; OKGR srcascveese: socebs 1925 x 49 STILE OKCH es oaacnedecea scores 1026 Pivacsseatvaasvecan 12 Chiasters Largest spec. Christmas I. 48 1330 x 24 2103 12 Torres Straits. ‘ Challenger.’ 2525 x 55 366 1860 x 29 120 127 90 2000 x 31 252 x3 12 Cochin China. Lindgren. 2700 x 84 (54), ? 540 3240 x 30 108 168 84 2900 x 60 252 x 4 12 The surface of the lamelle pyesents a tessellated pattern, the o* 132 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, pores being in the grooves between the lamelle; the pattern is not present on the thick rounded edges nor on the nodular excrescetices. Several small oscules 1 x ‘5 mm. are present. The specimens described by Sollas and Lindgren are probably in an early stage of growth. There are considerable variations in the dimensions of the spicules, as will be seen from the table (p. 131) giving the sizes in microns. Distribution. China Sea ; Torres Straits; Christmas Island. Teri~ta Bacca (Selenka). 1867. Stelletta bacca Selenka (15. p. 569, pl. xxxv. figs. 14-15). 1883. Tethya merguiensis, Carter (2. p. 366, pl. xv. figs. 6-8). 1898. Tetilla bacca Lindgren (10. p. 328). There are two specimens, the larger being 2°5 c.c. x 3°5 c.c. They are subspherical, but with a concave area below apparently resulting from radial fission. The larger specimen has 20 oval depressed pore-areas and 2 oscules, all being about 4x5 mm. in area and 2°5 mm. in depth. ‘he oscules are cloacas, in the floor of which several openings of excurrent canals are seen; the floor of the pore-areas is covered with membrane perforated by groups of pores. A section of the sponge, which is soft and cuts easily, shows bundles of spicules radiating from a central nucleus. The spiculation is almost identical with that of a specimen from Java described by Lindgren. The length of the oxea is 3°5 mm., of the anatrienes 5°5 mm. and of the protriznes 5:2 mm. Distribution. Samoa; Torres Straits; Amboina; Java; Mergui; Christmas Island, TETILLA LERNATENSIS Kieschnick. 1896, Tetilla ternatensis Kieschnick (7. p. 527). 1898. Tetiila ternatensis Lindgren (10. p. 329, pl. xvii. fig. 14, pl. xix. fig. 25). The one specimen is subspherical, 2x2x3c.c. in size; the sponge is deeply fissured in several places. There are several oscules, the largest being 3mm. in diameter and possessing a raised rim. As in Lindgren’s specimen, the suriace of the sponge is crowded with Diatoms. The very rare protriznes are irregular, one of the arms being much longer than the other two, which may be reduced to mere knobs. This species resembles 7. dactyloidea Carter in certain respects, the radiating bundles of the latter being formed of oxea (1360 x 6) midway in size between the large oxea and microxea of 7’. terna- tensis. TETHYA INGALLI Bowerbank. 1872. Tethya ingalli Bowerbank (1. p. 119, pl. v. figs. 11-17). The single specimen is free, oval, 22mm. in length, and 16 mm 1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 133 in breadth and height. The surface is level, but shows a faintly marked tessellated pattern. The cortex is 2mm. thick, and is uniformly and densely crowded with spherasters. The spicule-measurements are given along with those of the type specimen from Fremantle for comparison. Choanosomal Strongyloxea. Spherasters. oxyasiers. Chiasters. Christmas Island. .1360 x 24 u 70 p 18-24 pu 12" Fremantle ...... 1470 x 35 p 70 ps 36 ps 124 Tethya ingalli shows a considerable range of variation, but, I think, would include the Christmas Island specimen in spite of its oval form and the smaller size of its spicules. Distribution. Seychelles; Australia; Christmas Island; Java; Amboina. TETHYA SEYCHELLENSIS (E. P. Wright). 1881. Alemo seychellensis E. P. Wright (19. p. 13, pl. 1.) 1888. Tethya seychellensis Sollas (17. p. 427, pl. xliv. figs. 1-6). There are five small, free, nearly spherical specimens, all of which are gemmiferous. The outer two-thirds of the cortex is occupied by a zone of subcortical cavities. Spicules. Megascleres—strongyloxea, 1200 x 18 pw. Microscleres—spherasters, 48». Somal chiasters, 12 4. Choano- somal asters, 30 », with well-defined centrum ; actines roughened, bifurcate. The “regular hexaster” type of the oxvastersis a characteristic of this species, distinguishing it from 7. inga/li Bowerbank. A comparative table of spicule-measurements (in microns) of specimens from various localities is given below. Type from Samboangan. Torres Straits. Christmas Seychelles. ‘Challenger.’ ‘ Challenger.’ Island. Strongyloxea ............ 1750 x 30 1916 x 23 1680 x 26 1200 x 18 Spherasters............... 70 95 64 48 Somal chiasters......... 12 12 12 12 Choanosomal asters ... 54 60 60 30 Distribution, Seychelles; Philippine Islands; Torres Straits ; Christmas Island. TETHYA AFFINIS, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig.1; Plate XIII. figs. 3a-d.) Sponge incrusting, and of irregularly conical shape; upper surface rough but level, with an obscure polygonal pattern formed by depressed conules with fimbriated edges, and with two small membranous oscular cones, the apertures being 1x5mm. in area. Cortex 1:22mm. in thickness, with a few narrow intercortical cavities arranged vertically in the outer two-thirds, the cortical spherasters occasionally occupying the whole thickness but usually 134 MR. ©. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON TIE [Feb. 20, only the inner third, where they are divided into two zones by a shallow space. Spicules. Megascleres—strongyloxea, 1330 x 35 p. Microscleres—spherasters, 604. Somal chiasters, 15-18y. Dermal chiasters, 12 p. The unique specimen measures 2°5 x 2 ¢.c. in horizontal and 2°5c.c. in vertical plane. The rough convex under surface appears to have been torn off from a rock. The name given to the species denotes its close affinity to T. japonica Sollas; it differs from the latter (1) in its mode of growth, 7’. japonica being spherical and free, (2) in having the membranous oscular cones, and (3) in the slight difference in size between the dermal and somal chiasters. SPIRASTRELLA CARNOSA Topsent. 1897. Spirastrella carnosa Topsent (18. p. 441). The specimen is cauliflower-shaped, expanding upwards from a narrow base to a height of 2 cc., the area of the upper surface being 25x15 cc. The upper surface is covered with low rounded papille. The tylostyles, 525 x18 p, usually have a trilobate head. The spirasters are extremely rare and very fine, being 18 x1 p, with minute spines, and usually with four curves. The specimen differs from the type from Amboina in having larger megascleres, these being only 330 x 6 to 8 » in the latter. In Topsent’s specimens, too, the surface is ridged (“ froncé ”). Distribution. Amboina; Christmas Island. SPIRASTRELLA DECUMBENS Ridley, var. ROBUSTA, var. nov. 1887. Spirastrella decumbens var., Ridley and Dendy (13. p. 229, pl. xlv. fig. 12). 1898. Spirastrella semilunaris Lindgren (10. p. 323, pl. xix. fig. 23). There are two specimens of this variety—one (1) forming a thin yellow crust on a shell, the other (2) in the form of small fleshy lobes growing on Sidonops picteti. Specimen (1) has a shallow patent oscule 1-5 mm. in diameter; the surface shows a delicate reticulate pattern formed by the pore-areas, the pores being circular and 40 » in diameter ; sieve-like groups of 5 to 10 pores lead into subdermal spaces. A cavernous cortex from *5 to 1 mm. in thickness occurs in the type specimens of the species from Torres Straits, described by Ridley (11. p. 470, pl. xlii. fig. c). The same structure is also present in the specimens from Amboina and Christmas Island. In all these specimens the minute semilunar spirasters (12 in length) form the outermost dermal layer. Hence I have no doubt that Lindgren’s species is a synonym: at the same time it is right to add that that author is in no way to blame, owing to the incomplete description of the type specimens, which are badly preserved. 1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 135 The ditferences between the type specimen from Torres Straits on the one hand, and the specimens from Amboina, Java, and Christmas Island on the other, are constant, and render it necessary to regard the latter specimens as belonging to a well marked variety. In the type the tylostyles are longer and narrower, and the largest spirasters are smaller than in the new variety which I have named “ robusta.” Type. Var. robusta. iBylostyles..\ 92/25 224 224 2% 507 x8 pu A432 x12 p as ea dni aerstheoe 12 12 p 3 Nees Wome 6 pb 10 pe Spirasters, smallest...... 8-12 p 8-12 uv a JATSOESty cs ieyeccte 36 pw 48 Distribution of S. decumbens: Torres Straits; of S. decumbens var. robusta: Philippines, Java, Christmas Island, Red Sea. PSEUDOSUBERITES ANDREWSI, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 2 a-b; Plate XIII. fig. 7.) Sponge loosely incrusting or forming free thick lamelle. Pale yellow in colour; surface smooth, and with canalicular markings beneath the dermis ; soft in consistence and easily torn. Oscules, when present, small, circular (‘75 min. in diameter), guarded by a silvery fringe or conule of tylote spicules with points centripetal. Skeleton composed of primary lines of multispicular fibres radiating to the surface and giving off at various angles a few scattered single spicules. Dermal skeleton very distinct and formed of tangentially arranged bundles of spicules joining to form a reticulum with tri- or quadrangular meshes. Spicules. Tylotes 350 x 6 p, slightly curved in the basal third ; head rounded, 7°5 » in diameter, slightly knobbed at the summit or swollen laterally. Of the three specimens, one is incrusting and with oscules, the others are free and without oscules; the former is 5°5 x3 c.c. in area, and ‘5 c.c. in thickness ; the latter are considerably thicker. The genus at present includes, as stated by Topsent, two other species, P. hyalina (Ridley & Dendy) and P. sulphureus (Bower- bank). One of the small fragments of the type specimen of P. hyalina has an oscule with the palisade of spicules arranged as in the new species, but the tylotes are much larger in the former, measuring 1100 x 25 p. HYMENIACIDON ConuLOsUM (Topsent). 1897. Stylotella conulosa Topsent (18. p. 466). 1898. Hymeniacidon conulosum Lindgren (10. p. 313, pl. xvi. fig. 13; ‘pl. xix. fig. 19). The single specimen is pyramidal, 3 c.c. in height, and with an incrusting base 3 x 1°5 c.e. The surface is partly even, and partly provided with small hispid tufts. 136 MR, C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [ Feb. 20, The skeleton is composed of main lines of multispicular fibre radiating from base to surface, with an irregular reticulum between formed by bundles of one or a few spicules given off from the main lines; the axial columns alone are present in the tufts. The styles, which measure 525 x 12 p, are curved near the basal end. The nearly related species Stylotella polymastia Lendenteld, referred to by Topsent JU. ¢. p. 466, is synonymous with Hymenia- cidon fenestratum (Ridley). The proper position for the ae species appears to be in the Axinellide. The skeleton is composed of axial lines of monactinal spicules, the reticulation being of secondary importance and absent from the tufts; some of the spicules show a double curve, characteristic of certain typical Axinellid sponges. Distribution. Amboina; Java; Christmas Island. Mrcrociona DUBIA, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs.3,3a; Plate XIII. figs. 2 a—f.) Sponge forming an almost free or loosely incrusting lamina with margins curled up, with foreign particles adherent to the under surface where the latter is free. Colour yellow; upper surface smooth. Skeleton formed partly of columns, each composed of one stout subtylote spicule, and partly of plumose columns of more slender tylotes opening out from base to surface, where they almost form a distinct dermal layer ; numerous short spined styli arranged vertically with bases on the basal layer of the sponge. Spongin absent. Spicules. Megascleres—stout, slightly curved subtylotes 324 x 7°5u, head 7°7 p, slightly spined, occasionally facetted. Slender straight tylotes 318-828y x5°5 p, head 7 » with basal end spinous. Short spined styli 48x 7°5 yw, with sharp, often curved, spines on the basal three-fourths of the length of the spicule. Microscleres—palmate isochele from 3 to 12,4. Toxa large, slender, 39 x 1; a shorter but thicker form (numerous), 6 x 1°5 p. The size of the specimen is 2°5 c.c. x5 ¢.c. in area, and 1 mm. in thickness. The unispiculate columns, which occur in parts of the sponge, recall the chief character of Hymerrhaphia. Again, the spiculation closely resembles that of certain species of Rhaphi- dophlus (R. filifer Ridley & Dendy and R. spiculosus Dendy), but the absence of spongin excludes the new species from this genus. The specimen is probably mature, since there are several embryos near the base of the sponge. ToTRocHOTA BACULIFERA Ridley, var. TUMESCENS, var. nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.) Specimen forming an irregular flabellate and branching growth, 6 c.c. x 1 ¢.c. in area and °3 ¢.c. in thickness. Spicules. Pe averaging 21010 p. Strongyles 220-250x1y, with from one to three fusiform 1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 137 swellings along the body, one of the ends attenuated sometimes to a blunt point. Amphidises 18 p. The characteristic feature of the new variety lies in the strongyles with their peculiar swellings ; these may, however, be dependent on some pathological cause such as the presence of a parasite, but I was unable to find any such organism. [In several descriptions of this species the dermal diactines are described as tylotes. In the type specimen from Port Darwin the ends of the strongles are very slightly enlarged, a feature slightly ex- ageerated by the artist in the figures (11. p. 435, pl. xl. fig. f) ; but there is no trace of terminal enlargement in -the spicules of specimens from the Mascarenes, Madras, and Christmas Island. | DESMACELLA sp. A few small broken-up pieces of a very soft dark reddish-brown incrusting sponge, with a few crater-like oscules. The skeleton forms a unispicular network, the meshes of which are triangular and quadrangular and made up of styles, oxea, and strongyles. A few long slender toxa and one or two sigmata, together with some slender raphides, are present. The skeleton is renieroid, and spongin entirely absent. The dimensions of the spicules are :— Styles (not rare) slightly curved, 1509; strongyles (rare) straight, 126x6 py. Oxea (very abundant), curved, 180 x7 p. Microscleres—toxa 48 X°d p (rare); sigmata 24 w (very rare) ; raphides (rare), 108 x 1°35 p. This species, which appears to be new, has not been named owing to the uncertainty as to whether all the above-mentioned microscleres seen in the preparations really belong to the sponge ; several kinds of obviously foreign spicules were included. STYLOTELLA IRREGULARIS, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 4; Plate XIII. figs. 6 a-d.) Sponge incrusting or forming free irregular lamelle; colour pale brown; with several small circular oscules 2 to 3 mm. in diameter on the upper surface. Skeleton forming a rectangular network, the meshes being for the most part unispiculate, but with afew slender primary lines of spiculo-fibre 2—4 spicules thick. Spicules. Styles 186 x9, smooth, straight or slightly curved. Oxea 204 x 9 p, curved. Strongyla 150 x 10 p, straight or slightly curved. Slender oxea 150x4p, occasionally with a central fusiform enlargement, rare and scattered in the tissues. This species is very near Petrosia contignata Thiele, from ebes (Zoologica, Stuttgart, 1899, Heft 24, ii. p. 20), but differs mainly in possessing slender fusiform oxea; unfortunately the central swelling is not shown in Pl. XIII. fig. 6d. STYLOTELLA sp. Specimen incrusting, 2 x 1c.c. in area, and *25 to ‘5 c.c. in thick- ness; pale brown, very soft, with several oscules 1 mm. in diameter. 138 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, Skeleton consisting of slender vertical main lines, loosely joined by single spicules in horizontal plane excepting near the surface, where the main fibres are isolated. Spicules. Styles 132 x4, with a sharp bend at the centre. Oxea 144x4 y, sharply curved at the centre, and gradually diminishing to sharp points. The skeleton is like that of a Petrosia, but very loosely arranged. The specimen is too fragmentary to serve as the type of a new species. RHIZOCHALINA PELLUCIDA Ridley. 1884. Rhizochalina pellucida Ridley (11. p. 608, pl. liv. fig. 7). There are only three small fragments of fistules, the longest being 4 mm. in length and 1°5 mm. in diameter. The spicules are slightly smaller than in the type specimen, being 240 x 9 yw in the former, and 260 x 10 yp in the latter, but the shape is the same. Distribution. Providence Island, Mascarene Group; Christmas Island. RHIZOCHALINA SESSILIS, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 5; Plate XIII. fig. 8.) Sponge pyramidal or digitate, sessile, srising from an in- crusting base; surface smooth; consistence firm but rather brittle ; colour (in formol) white-crystalline ; translucent. Skeleton consisting of an axial or central open spiculo-fibrous network formed of broad loose strands about 10 spicules thick, surrounded by a cortical network of more slender strands at right angles to the central network, and of a dermal isodictyal network with strands 2-3 spicules thick, with unispiculate strands in the interstices. Spicules. Oxea 372 > 14y, curved at the centre and diminishing suddenly near the ends to sharp points. Microscleres 0. There are several specimens and fragments, most of them being of flattened digitate form, the largest being 30 mm. in height, 8 mm. in breadth, and 3 mm. in thickness. The specimens pre- served in alcohol are dark yellow at the surface, and bright yellow in the interior, the formol specimens being white. The new species is very near Pellina eusiphonia Ridley (11. p. 414, pl. xli. fig. v), from Port Darwin, but differs in the shape of the sponge and in the size of the spicules. These two species come within the subfamily Phleeodyctiine rather than within the Renierine. RENIERA INNOMINATA, sp. 0. (Plate XII. figs. 6, 6a; Plate XIII. figs. 5 a-b.) Sponge incrusting ; colour pale brown with a faint reddish tinge ; texture soft and elastic. Skeleton forming a rather regular reticulum of unispiculate ‘fibres with triangular (mostly) and quadrangular meshes with nodes cemented with spongin: 1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 139 Spicules. Strongyles 126 x8 yp, slightly curved in the middle. Oxea 108 x 2'5 yz, curved at the centre; also very slender oxea of the same length and shape, probably young forms of the thicker kind. The specimen encrusts a Melina-shell, and is produced at one point into a short, stout, digitate process. There is in the British Museum Collection an unnamed specimen (registered 82.10,.17.246) of this species from Marie Louise Island, Amirante Group. The species from Providence Island described by Ridiey (11. p- 607, pl. liv. fig. 7) as “* Reniera sp. allied to cratertformis”’ has spicules of the same shape, but much larger (480 x 28 y), and the meshes of the reticulum are multispiculate. Distribution. Amirante Isles ; Christmas Island. PHTROSIA EXIGUA, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 7; Plate XIII. fig. +.) Sponge forming a hard, thick, nodulated crust. Colour pale grey ; surface smooth, and in parts showing an irregular reticulate pattern formed by_pore-areas. Oscules 1 to 1°5 mm. in diameter, numerous, some level with surface, others with slightly raised margin. Skeleton formed of slender main lines of fibres passing verti- cally to the surface and connected at right angles to this plane by closely packed single spicules, so as to form circular or obscurely polygonal tubes about 70 mm. in diameter, the skeletal tubes being much more apparent near the surface and very ill-defined deeper, where the skeleton becomes a dense, confused network. Special dermal skeleton absent. Spicules. Oxea 114% 5:5, curved at the centre, and dimin- ishing to very sharp points. The single specimen is 4 x 4¢.c. in area, and 15 ¢.c. in thickness, The salient character of this species lies in the very small size of the spicules, which are less than half the size of those of Petrosia similis Ridley & Dendy (13. p. 9, pl. i. fig. 10, pl. iii. figs. 3 & 4), a species closely allied to it in other respects ; the spicules are considerably smaller than those of any species with oxeote spicules from this region of the Indo-Pacific. HALICHONDRIA SOLIDA Ridley & Dendy. 1886-7. Halichondiia solida Ridley & Dendy (12. p. 326, and 13. p. 4, pl. il. fig. 5). The specimen, which is white and with an even surface, differs slightly from the type in having the ends of the oxea sharp-pointed ; the spicules (770 x 22 p) are ounved at the centre. Distribution. Amboina; Tahiti; Christmas Island. JIALICHONDRIA SOLIDA var. RUGOSA Ridley & Dendy. The specimen is dark brown and wrinkled in places, as in the type of the variety from Api. There are several oscules, from 1 to 4 mm. across, with conspicuous membranous sphincters. The 140 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20, spicules are curved at the junction of the middle and outer third, the size being 770 x 18. Distribution. Api, New Hebrides ; Christmas Island. 10. 104. 11. 143, 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Ok CO ND oH InpeEx oF LITERATURE. . Bowrrbank, J. 8S. “Contributions to a General History of the Spongiade.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 115. . Carter, H. J. “ Contributions to our Knowledge of the Spongida.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1883, (5) vol. xi. p. 344. . “Description of Sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads.” A.M. N.H. 1886, (5) vol. xvii. p. 40. * Report on the Marine Sponges, chiefly from King Island in the Mergui Archipelago.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 1887, vol. xxi. p. 61. . Denpy, A. “ A Monograph of the Victorian Sponges.” Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1891, vol. iii. part 1. . HatcKxet, E. Die Kalkschwimme. 1872, vols. i., ii., and Atlas. Kiescunics, O. ‘ Silicispongize von Ternate.” Zool. Anzeig. 1896, vol. xix. p. 526. . LENDENFELD, R. ‘ Die Spongien von Adria.” Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. 1892, vol. li. p. 185. . “ Spongien von Sansibar.” Abhandl. Senckenberg. Naturf. Gesellsch. 1897, vol. xxi., Heft i. p. 93. Linperen, N.G. “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spongienfauna des Malayischen Archipels und der chinesischen Meere.” Zool. Jahrb. (Systematik), 1898, vol. xi. p. 283. Einige Bemerkungen zu meinem Autsatz “ Beitrag &c.” (see above No. 10). Zool. Auzeig. 1899, vol. xxii. p. 87. Ripizy, 8. O. Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’ 1884: Spongiida, pp. 366 & 582. Ripizy & Denpy. “ Preliminary Report on the ‘ Challenger ’ Monaxonida collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, (5) vol. xviii. pp. 325, 470. . Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’ 1887. Scumipr, O. Die Spongien der Kiiste von Algier. 1868. SeLvenKA, E. ‘“ Ueber einige neue Schwimme aus der Siid- See.” Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. 1867, vol. xvii. p. 565. Sorttas, W. J. “ Preliminary Account of the Tetractinellid Sponges dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’” Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc., 1886, vol. y. (n. s.) p. 177. —. Report on the Tetractineilida collected by H.M.S, ‘Challenger.’ 1888. Topszent, E. ‘“Spongiaires de la Baie d’Amboine.” Revue Suisse Zool. 1897, vol. iv. p. 421. Waicut, E. P. “Ona new Genus and Species of Sponge.” Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 1881, vol. xxviii. p. 13. 1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 141 V. List of the Foraminifera from the Boat-channel, Flying Fish Cove, Christmas Island, 11 fathoms. By F. ©. Cuapman, A.LS., F.R.M.S. pat pes DFAS 8 00 MT SD Or HR OO BD Fig. Fig. . Biloculina ringens (Lamarck). Very rare. . Spiroloculina fragilissima Brady. Very rare. Miliolina oblonga (Montagu). Very rare. SoER COI ANP oe ee seminulum (L.) Frequent; small. v) whee ae: , pe Benhamia cecifera. Calciferous glands (ca. 1, ca. 2, ca. 3): 0, their orifice in esophageal wall ; S, septa. worm, like the ductus arteriosus in many maramals. The discovery of a single duct into the cesophagus which does duty for all three glands of one side of the body is not, however, my own, not even for this genus Benhamia. Dr. Horst has recently given some account’ of the anatomy of a Liberian species of this genus, B. liberiensis, which is characterized by precisely the same state of affairs ; but it is not by any means universal in the genus Benhamia; for in the same memoir which * “On two new Benhamia Species from Liberia,’ Notes Leyd. Mus. xvii. p- 21. 1900. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. Al has just been referred to, Dr. Horst expressly states of B. stampflir that the three glands of each side open separately into the cesophagus. I have since examined a number of small species of Benhamia coming from various localities—East Indian, West Indian, and African; and in these I find that there is but one cesophageal duct for the three calciferous glands of each side, and that each gland is in communication with its neighbour. I have also to add that in Millsonia rubens the same thing occurs, as far as I could make out by a dissection. This is an additional point supplementary to those enumerated by Dr. Horst in which this worm agrees with Benhamia. I may observe incidentally, while mentioning this latter species, that I am quite in accord with Dr. Michaelsen’* in regarding my Millsonia rubens as congeneric with his Dichogaster mimus*, since he has discovered the numerous intestinal ceca of the latter species. I am not, however, convinced of their specific identity. For in theoriginal description there is mentioned a tract lying round the male pores which remains free of modification into the more glandular epidermis of the clitellum ; I did not find this in my single example of M. rubens. Nor can I see any trace of diverticula to the spermathecm. Still the generic identity being established, I must drop Millsonia for the present species, though I propose to retain it for Millsonia nigra *. Fig. 3. UU: Benhamia cecifera. Septum with intestine &. cut across: d.v., dorsal vessel ; s.7., supra-intestinal ; v.v., ventral blood-vessel; @, esophagus; v, cecum; S, septum. (2) Esophageal Cwcum.—One feature in the anatomy of the cesophagus has not been noted by Dr. Benham. Nearly opposite to the entrance of the ducts of the calciferous glands, the cesophagus gives off a single forwardly running cecum 1 «& Perricolen von verschiedenen Gebieten der Erde,’ Mitth. nat. Mus. Hamburg, xvi. * “Yerricolen der Berliner zoologischen Sammlung,” Arch. Naturg. lwvii. . 212. Pye On two new Genera of Eartliworms from Western Tropical Africa,” P. Z, 8.1894, p. 382. 172 ON AN EARTHWORM OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. [Feb. 20, from its ventral side. The diameter of this cecum is nearly, if not quite, equal to that of the cesophagus itself. The accompanying drawing (fig. 3, p. 171) shows the relations of this cecum during the course of the esophagus. The drawing represents a part of the intersegmental septum dividing segments x11/x11I cut out of the body and viewed from behind. Above are the dorsal (d.v.) and supra-intestinal (s.i.) blood-vessels, the latter of rather greater calibre than the former. The cesophagus (@), and the cecum (¢), as will be seen, look like a single subdivided tube, the former haying a light fold projecting into its interior from below, not to be compared therefore to a typhlosole. Below again to this comes the ventral blood-vessel (v.v.) This cesophageal caecum passes forward as far as to the xith segment, where it appears to end without any diminution of calibre. There are two structures among Earthworms with which this median ventral cesophageal cecum may perhaps be compared. I mention them in order of probability. Dr. Benham described in Pericheta sedgwicki'—-and 1 have been able to confirm * his state- ment—that instead of the usual pair of ceca found in the species of this genus, there was a single median ventral cecum, like the paired ones in general appearance but not visible until the gut was lifted up. More comparable, as I think, are the ventral ‘- Chylustaschen,” as they have been termed by Dr. Michaelsen, of the Eudrilide. They are probably more comparable in that they are esophageal and not intestinal. Moreover, the fact that this species of Benhamia has numerous intestinal ceca, precisely comparable in structure to the paired intestinal ceca of most Perichetw, seems to negative the former comparison. The position of this cecum, on the other hand, fits in very well with the suggestion that it represents, perhaps in an incipient form, the unpaired ventral glands of Eudrilus, Polytoreutus, and other genera of Eudrilide. One difficulty in the way of this comparison is the greater extent ot the cecum in this Benhamia; even where there are three separate ventral calciferous glands in the Eudrilide, they only occupy a segment apiece, extending in their totality through segments 1x-x1. _In the worm which forms the subject of the present remarks the caecum lies in segments xI-xv. On the hypothesis, however, which is suggested, the differentiation of a single cecum might easily result in the shortening of the total area. The intercommunication of two of these glands in Poly- toreutus (as an occasional variation) is an argument in favour of the comparison urged here. In this case the unpaired ventral cecum of Benhamia cecifera will bear the same kind of relation to the ventral umpaired glands of many Eudrilide that the single diverticulum of the enteron of Amphioaus does to the complex liver of higher vertebrates. On the theory that the terrestrial 1 Journ. Linn Soe., Zool. xxvi. p. 201. * “Qn a Collection of Earthworms from New Britain &c.,” Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. ii. p. 184. ee 1900.] ON MAMMALS FROM MOUNY KENYA. 173 Oligochzta are related to the marine Polycheta, and in the position of forms to be derived from them, it may be possible to compare this cecum with the siphon of the Capitcllide. (3) As to the Reproductive Organs, I have but little to add to Benham’s account. As he has observed, the anterior pair of sper- mathece are the smaller; but I also found that corresponding to this the posterior pair of spermiducal glands were smaller than the anterior pair of those glands. I could find no diverticulum to either pa‘r of spermathece, and no penial sete connected with the male pores. 4. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. H. J. Mackinder during his recent Expedition to Mount Kenya, British East Africa. By Oxiprieitp THomas. [Received February 15, 1900. ] The Mammal-fauna of Mount Kenya, the highest mountain in British East Africa, has hitherto been practically unknown, for although Dr. Gregory collected a few specimens during bis ascent in 1893, these have not hitherto been satisfactorily determined. It bas therefore been with great interest that I have worked out the excellent collection obtained on the mountain during Mr. H. J. Mackinder’s recent successful expedition there, an expedition of which he has himself given an account before the Geographical Society '. The actual collecting was done by Mr. Mackinder’s two assistants, Messrs. Ernest Saunders and C. Camburn, and much credit is due to them for the way in which they have succeeded in making so admirable a collection under somewhat difficult circumstances. In addition, some of the larger animals, including the Mountain Dassies, were shot by Mr. Mackinder’s colleague, Mr. C. B. Hausburg, and his Alpine guide, Cesar Ollier. The species of mammals obtained on Mount Kenya itself are fourteen in number; and [I have also added a list of those collected at Nairobi, on the Uganda Railway, where the party remained some little time. The whole series of skins has been acquired by the British Museum. Of the special Mountain-mammals the most interesting is a new Dassy, of a rock- and not forest-inhabiting group, which appears to be isolated above the forest zone at 12,000-15,000 feet. A second new Dassy, of the forest group, comes from 8000 feet. With the help of the fine collection of East African mammals presented to the National Museum by Mr. F. J. Jackson, and worked out by Mr. W. E. de Winton, the determination of the present series has presented few difficulties, and [ must record my 1 See Geogr. Journ. xv. p. 453 (1900). 174 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 20, indebteduess to Mr. de Winton for the assistance his determi- natious of the more obscure forms have been to me in the preparation of the present paper. 1. CoLogus caupatus Thos. a—c. 3 Q. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000-10,000 fr., 8 & 9/99. There appears to be no difference between these specimens and examples from Kilima-njaro. Dr. Matschie has also recorded this Monkey from Mt. Kenya’. 2. CROCIDURA, sp. a-d. 3 2. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000-10,000 ft., 8-9/9. A medium-sized species with a short tail. 3, SciuRUSs RUFOBRACHIATUS Waterh. a. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft., 14/9/99. This specimen differs in various details from ordinary examples of S. rufobrachiatus, but most of its peculiarities occur in one or other of the large series in the Museum. 4, FUNISCIURUS JACKSONI de Wint. a. g. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft., 16/9/99. 5. GRAPHIURUS MURINUS Desm. a. 3. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 11,000 ft., 22/8/99. The determination of this Dormouse is somewhat doubtful, for, as so often happens in this group, the skin has been severely singed, and the colour consequently more or less altered. 6. Mus sacxsoni de Wint. a. &. Forest zone of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft. 7. Mus (Lec@aDA) MINUTOIDES Smith. a. 2. Foot of Mt. Kenya, 7000 ft., 17/8/99. 8. LopHvuROMYS aQguiuus True. a-d. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000-10,000 ft. These specimens closely agree with examples captured by Mr. Jackson at Ravine Station, with the exception that their tails average slightly shorter. The colour of their feet varies a good deal, one having nearly white feet, while in the others they are brown or black. ‘Trapped among bamboo or bushy undergrowth.” “In Forest zone.” 1 SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1899, p. 138. Ee 1900.] MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA, 175 9. OTOMYS IRRORATUS Bts. a. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft., 16 Sept. 1899. Forest zone. b-g. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 10,000 ft. Bamboo zone. These specimens, though as usual differing among themselves in colour, are very uniform in skull-characters and size. Their dimensions, as taken in the flesh, run as follows :—Head and body 176-195 mm. ; tail 75-91 ; hind-foot 28°5-31. Like Mr. Jackson’s and other East African examples of the species, they all have seven laminz to the last upper molar. 10. OTOMYS IRRORATUS ORESTES, subsp. n. a. 3S. Teleki Valley, Mt. Kenya, 13,000 ft., Sept. 3, 1899. Type. [o. 2 in spirit. Hohnel Valley, Upper Alpine zone, Mt. Kenya, 1893 (Dr. J. W. Gregory). c, d. Imperfect skeleton and separate skull. Do. do.] Size rather smaller, feet slightly and tail decidedly shorter than in the plains form. Colour, of the single skin, corresponding to the greyish and least rufous of the ordinary specimens, rather more mottled than they usually are. Skull, as compared with the series from 8000-10,000 feet, smaller throughout, with a shorter muzzle and much shorter, though equally broad brain-case. When viewed laterally, it appears more bowed above and higher mesially. Anterior expansion of nasals not exaggerated. Interparietal smaller, not bowed forwards mesially, its antero-posterior diameter less than the length of the coronal suture instead of greater. Molars rather narrower. Lamine of m.’ only six in number. Dimensions of the type, measured by collector in the flesh :— Head and body 175 mm.; tail 62; hind foot 27; ear 20°5. Skull: greatest length 39; basilar length 31°3 ; greatest breadth 20; nasals 17-4 x 7; interorbital breadth 46; interparietal 4-°7x9:; palate length from hensilion 16-7 ; diastema 8°8 ; palatine foramina 7:4; upper molar series (crowns only) 7:3. This is evidently a mountain race of the common East African Otomys, and it was quite to be expected that in the colder climate of what Dr. Gregory calls the ‘“ Upper Alpine zone” of Kenya the feet and tail should be shortened, in accordance with the usual rule in such cases. It is, however, curious that, as exemplified by four examples, the Alpine form should have a lamina less in the last molar. Otomys jacksoni Thos., the Mount Elgon representative of the genus, agrees with the lowland form in this respect. The spirit-specimen obtained by Dr. Gregory in Hohnel Valley measures :—Head and body 141 mm.; tail 63; hind foot 24 (26:5 cum ungue); ear 21. Its mammew number 0—2=4, Type. B. M. No. 0.2.1.21. Although Dr. Gregory was the first discoverer of this form, his specimens could not be distinguished before owing to the fact that 176 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 20, in all the skull was broken; but they now contribute most valuable confirmatory evidence as to the external proportions and the lamina formule of the molars, agreeing in these respects entirely with the perfect skin and skull brought home by Mr. Mackinder. 11. DENDROMYS MESOMELAS Brants. a. 9. Foot of Mt. Kenya, 7000 ft., 15/8/99. There is in this specimen a very faint trace of the dark frontal band which induced Mr. True to give to the Kilima-njaro Tree- mouse the name of D. nigrifrons. 12. Procavia ‘ MACKINDERI, sp. n. a-g. 45 39. Teleki Valley, 13,000 ft., Sept. 1-3, 1899. Size large. Fur very long and thick, hairs of back over 40 mm. in length; underfur long and abundant. General colour pale grizzled olivaceous grey, the longer hairs dark, with a pale yellowish subterminal band and a black tip; underfur except on the posterior back blackish basally, whitish or bnffy terminally, this colour showing on the surface and lightening the general colour of the animal; on the posterior back the underfur is dark from base to tip. Dorsal patch dull yellowish white throughout, very incon- spicuous, not visible without parting the long hairs of the back. Head darker, the muzzle coarsely grizzled black and white; 1 An allied species, of which we have lately ubtained specimens, may be de- scribed as follows :— PROCAVIA JACKSONI, sp. n. Size medium. Fur short, coarse and harsh, the hairs of the ordinary fur of the back barely attaining 30 mm. in length; underfur comparatively scanty. General colour coarsely grizzled yellowish brown, the long hairs brown with a yellow subterminal band or black tip; underfur on the anterior back brown basally, yellowish terminally, on the posterior blackish brown throughout. Cheeks grizzled yellowish; forehead rufous brown. Back of ears partly yellow, partly brown; sides of neck yellowish, a few of the longer hairs black- tipped. Dorsal spot conspicuous, dull straw-yellow, the hairs yellow to their bases. Under surface buffy yellow, not sharply defined laterally. Inner sides of limbs yellowish, outer sides like body. Upper surface of hands and feet grizzled brown and whitish. Skull with the essential characters of that of the P. abyssinica group, but, at least in the female, unusually long and narrow, the nasal and frontal regions particularly narrow. Temporal fosse ending about 4-5 mm. from the back of the skull. Interparietal sutures open. Diastema about 11 mm. in length. Teeth large and hypsodont. Dimensions of the type, a female, measured in skin:—Head and body 490 mm. ; hind foot 67. Skull (stage vii.) : basal length 83; greatest breadth 49:5; nasals 26 x 19; intertemporal breadth 25; length of upper tooth-series (p.! to m.*) 38; greatest breadth of m.' 69; height of crown of m.* 7°2; length of anterior lower pre- molar 2:9. Hab. Ravine Station, British East Africa. Type. Female. B.M. No. 99.8.4.100. Collected and presented by F. J. Jackson, Esq. This species differs, in its harsher fur, different general colour, and more prominent dorsal spot and narrow skull, from the only previously described species with which it could be confounded, the Abyssinian P. abyssinica H. & KR. 1900. ] MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA. er forehead deep rufous brown; area round eyes blackish. Lars of medium size, the hairs of their backs dark brown, those on the edges and inner surface buffy yellow; a blackish patch on the sides of the neck just below the ears, owing to the black ends to the hairs at this point. Under surface buffy yellow ; on the chin and throat the hairs are only tipped with this colour, but on the chest and belly they are buify to their bases. Upper surface of hands and feet grizzled yellowish brown ; inner sides of limbs like belly. Skull stout and heavy, with a broad flat shield-like frontal region. On the whole it is closely similar to that of P. abyssinica’, though averaging a little larger. Interparietal sutures persistent. Temporal fossze extending to the hinder end of the skull. Diastema 10 to 12 mm. in length. Molars hypsodont, as usual in this section of the genus. Dimensions of the type, an adult male, measured in skin and therefore only approximate :—Head and body 565 mm.; hind foot 70. Skull (stage vi.): basal length 94; greatest breadth 58:5; nasals 30 x 25; intertemporal breadth 27:5; length of upper tooth-series (p.’ to m.*) 41; greatest breadth of m.! 7-7; height of crown of m.* (in another, younger specimen) 7°9; length of p-, (of another specimen) 3-2. Type. Male. B.M. No, 0.2.1.35. Collected Sept. 3, 1899. This fine Dassy is clearly a mountain representative of the P. jacksoni of Kikuyu, from which it differs by its larger size, longer form, more abundant undertur, paler colour, and the greater distinctness of the post-auricular black spot. During his famous East African expedition of 1893, Dr. J. W. Gregory picked up in Hohnel Valley, 12,000 ft., a bleached skull of this species, but without the skin it was impossible to determine it. It was, however, provisionally referred to the Abyssinian P. shoana, a species of the black-backed section—a fact which shows how closely these species, so readily distinguishable externally, resemble each other in their cranial characters. In the good series of skulls obtamed by Mr. Mackinder, four males and three females (to which may be added the male skull brought home by Dr. Gregory), there is a decided difference between the sexes in the size of the skull, all the male skulls being longer, broader, and more heavily built than the female ones. The basal lengths are as follows:—d 94 mm., 92°5, 90°5, 90, 87; 92, 84, 81:5, 74 (young). The members of this group being essentially Rock-Dassies, not occurring in forest country, it is probabie that the Kenya species will prove to be isolated by the zone of forest which surrounds the mountains at about 8000-10,000 ft. Besides Mr. Jackson’s specimens from Ravine Station, no member of the group has been found in any other part of Hast Africa, nor are they known further to the south. 1 Cf. Monograph, P. Z, 8. 1892, p. G4. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1900, No. XII. 12 178 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON (Feb. 20, 13. Procavia (DENDROHYRAX) CRAWSHAYI, sp. n. a. ¢. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 10,000 ft., 7 Sept., 1899. Type. (b. @. Roromo, Kikuyu Forest, 7800 ft., 29 Nov., 1899. Collected and presented by Richard Crawshay, Esq. ] Size and more essential characters very much as in P. valida True. Fur soft, close, and thick, the majority of the fine hairs about 30 mm. in length, though the scattered black ones are longer. General colour marbled greyish brown with a slight rufous or isabelline hue. Dorsal hairs slaty grey basally, gradually darkening to black at about three-fourths their length, then into a yellowish or isabelline subterminal band and a fine blackish point; the scattered longer hairs black from base to tip. Head coarsely grizzled grey, the grizzlings black and white, and therefore forming a true grey, very different to the dorsal colour. Hairs below base of ears dull whitish. Dorsal spot narrow, elongate, shining yellowish white; the hairs, which are 40-45 mm. in length, yellowish white to their bases. Under surface along middle line, from interramia backwards, fulvous or deep buffy, similar to but rather paler than the colour in P. valida; but the chin and sides of neck are grey, not buffy, and the sides of the chest, the groins, and the inner sides of the limbs are whitish. Outer sides of limbs and upper surfaces of hands and feet like sides of body, not becoming black terminally. Skull very similar to that of P. valida and the other allied species. Dimensions of the type, measured in skin:—Head and body 4€0 mm.; hind foot 59. Skull (stage v.): basal length 79; greatest breadth 49-5. Skull of Mr. Crawshay’s specimen (stage viii.) : basal length 86 ; greatest breadth 50; nasals 25 x 18; intertemporal breadth 26; diastema 15; length of molar series 33; greatest breadth of m.! 5°4. Type. Specimen a above. B.M. No. 0.2.1.41. This distinct species may be readily differentiated from the Kilima-njaro P. valida by its paler and more mottled colour, greyish head, white dorsal spot, the white inner sides of the limbs, and different general colour. The two East African species described by Dr. Matschie, P. stuhlmanni and P. scheelei, both have wholly white bellies. Just as the present collection was being examined the second specimen above mentioned (b) arrived from that generous contri- butor to our National Museum, Mr. Richard Crawshay, and L have therefore dedicated the species to bim, Mr. Mackinder having already a member of the genus named in his honour. 14. NEsorTracus moscHatus y. Diib. a. Near Niana Hill, Ndoro district, Aug. 14, 1899. b. In forest at foot of Mt. Kenya, 27/8/99. EE 1900.] MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA. 179 The mammals obtained by Mr. Mackinder’s party at Nairobi are as follows :— 1. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS Sykes. a,b. 9. Nairobi Forest, 14/7/99. 2. FUNISCIURUS JACKSONI de Wint. a-€. Q. Nairobi Forest, 5600 ft., 14-20/7/99. 3. Mus HILDEBRANDTI Peters. a. 2. Nairobi, 6000 ft., 12/7/99. This Mouse is determined on the authority of Mr. de Winton, by whom the above name has been placed on Mr. Jackson’s examples of it from Ravine Station. 4, ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS Riipp. a. 3. Nairobi, 16 July, 1899. This specimen appears to be conspecific with Uganda specimens of Arvicanthis determined by Mr. de Winton as A. abyssinicus. 5. TACHYORYCTES SPLENDENS IBHANUS, subsp. n. a. 3. Nairobi Forest, 20 July, 1899. Similar in all essential respects to the typical Abyssinian form, but rather larger, and on the average rather darker in colour, especially on the head. For some years I have known that my reference of the Hast African Tachyoryctes to T. splendens was very doubtful, and have now taken the opportunity to investigate the question with such further material as has come in up to the present time. On laying out the Museum series of skulls, 9 from East Africa and 5 from Abyssinia (including one of Riippell’s co-types), it is at once evident that the former is a larger and more powerful animai, but is in other respects very closely allied. Even as to its greater size, although there is no doubt of the fact, there is some difficulty in reducing it to measurement owing to the way these animals go on increasing in size until a late period of life, so that old specimens of the small form may overtop in most measurements the nearly adult specimen of the larger. But taking only old specimens, two of each form, with sagittal crests completely developed, the following comparative measurements may be given :— Basilar length. Greatest breadth. Diastema. ie Be CUICUE ay fe OTD, O12 28, 30°5 16° 7,,16:2 T’. s. ibeanus ...... 43, 41°5 34, 32°5 18°3, 19 In all adult skulls also a diagonal measurement across the brain-case from the squamosal edge above the meatus of one side to the most bulging antero-lateral corner of the brain-case on the other will illustrate the difference between the two forms, this 180 ON MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA. (Feb. 20, measurement being at most 18°5 mm. in typicus (old), and at least 19-0 in tbeanus, ranging up to 20 and more. I propose to select as a type, skin and skull No. 98.1.5.9 from Machako’s, British East Africa, collected and presented by Dr. ee L. Hinde. The skull-measurements are those first given above. Skull of Tachyoryctes splendens ibeanus. External measurements of Mr. Mackinder’s specimen, measured in the flesh :—Head and body 188 mm.; tail 57; hind foot 29; ear 10. A skull of 7. s. ibeanus in the Museum collection, obtained by Capt. Speke, dates from 1863. Since then specimens have been received from Kilima-njaro (Hunter § Baxter), Bukoba (Emin), Machako’s (Hinde), Mumias, Kavirondo (dAnsorge), and now the present specimens from Nairobi. 1900.] MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 181 March 6, 1900. W.T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1900 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 123, of which 17 were by presentation, 6 by purchase, 99 were received on deposit, and 1 was received in exchange. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 132. Amongst the additions atteution may be called to two young Tcheli Monkeys (Macacus tcheliensis), presented by Dr. 8S. W. Bushell, C.M.G., C.M.Z.S., on February 10th. Dr. Bushell on quitting China kindly forwarded to us these two Monkeys, supposing that the two individuals presented by him in 1880 (see P. Z. S. 1880, p. 537) might be failing in health, but I am happy to say that one of these animals (the male) is still well and strong. Mr. Arthur Thomson laid before the Meeting some mounted specimens of Lepidopterous Insects reared in the Insect-house during the past year, and read the following report :— Report on the Insect-house for 1899. The following is a list of the Lepidoptera exhibited in 1899 :— Sitk-producing Bombyces and their Allies, Asiatic. Attacus atlas. Antherea pernyt. cynthia. Actias selene. Rhodia fugax. Tropea artemis. Antherea mylitta. American. Samia cecropia. Hypochera 20. Telea polyphemus. Amsota rubicunda. promethea. Kacles imperialis. Actias luna. African. Actias mimose. * Lenodora nigrolineata. Diurnal Lepidoptera. European. Papilio machaon, Thais cerisyt. Doritis apollinus. Charaxes jasius. Thais polyxena. Proo, Zoot, Soo.—1900, No, XIII. 13 182 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW REPTILES [ Mar. 6, American. Papilio asterias. Papilio turnus. ——— philenor. ajax. trovlus. Limenitis disippus. cresphontes. Nocturnal Lepidoptera. * Hemaris ruficaudis, Deilephila alecto. * Everyx cherilus. euphorbie. Acherontia atropos. elpenor. Sphinsw liqustr. Smerinthus modestus. lucitiosa. ocellatus. Ceratomia undulosa. tilie. amyntor. * Exhibited for the first time. Of the Lepidopterous Insects which I have the honour to place before the meeting, Hemaris ruficaudis and Everyx cherilus, from North America, and Lenodora nigrolineata, from South Africa, were exhibited for the first time during the past season. I regret that, owing to my absence for some time in the early summer, I am not able to exhibit a larger series of set specimens. | The following papers were read :— 1. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians from Borneo. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S. [Received January 29, 1900,} (Plates XIV.-XVII.) For a knowledge of the Reptiles and Batrachians here cha- racterized for the first time, I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. R. Shelford, Curator of the Sarawak Museum, by whom they were suspected to be undescribed, and who has submitted them to me with a request that I should publish descriptions of such as might prove to represent new species. Some of the types had to be returned to the Sarawak Museum, whilst others have been retained for the British Museum. LiyGosoMa SHELFORDI. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.) Section J/inulia. Habit lacertiform; the distance between the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and two-fifths in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtusely pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal ; no supranasal ; rostral forming a straight transverse suture with the frontonasal, which is as long as broad; inner angles of pre- frontals meeting; frontal narrow, as long as frontoparietals and 1900. | AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 183 interparietal together, in contact with the two anterior supra- oculars; four supraoculars, first longest; seven supraciliaries ; frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, subequal; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal ; a single pair of nuchals ; fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye. Ear-opening oval, a little smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 34 smooth scales round the middle of the body, dorsals slightly larger than laterals and ventrals. A pair of enlarged przanals. The adpressed limbs slightly overlap. Digits moderately long, compressed ; subdigital lamellee smooth, 29 under the fourth toe. Olive-brown above, irregularly spotted with black ; a black laters! stripe, extending from the end of the snout to the groin, passing through the eye and above the tympanum, broken up into spots on the side of the body ; lower parts grev. millim Meotealh Keinertilaiteccar 0.13: 4) se iaeeneode 135 eset Ua eG FOr gas = ology. 3 eee 14 NViiduhtobdneddbecars che cars. Stee 9 Budycicigenee hae ee ewes og tees 53 iB ore ytd tetas ez, iss het cc heroes 20 AE icea cae Tinga g 38k ea ee Make id. Se eee a. Ear eee Miraed ha spare S1Se be Pe? Bed 68 Penrissen Mt. Type in the Sarawak Museum. LEPTUROPHIS, g. 0. Allied to Zycodon, with which it agrees in the dentition and the absence of hypapophyses on the posterior precaudal vertebre. , Maxillary teeth6+6. Head distinct from neck, much depressed ; eye moderate, with vertically elliptic pupil; nostril very large, between two nasals and the first upper labial. Body extremely slender and elongate, cylindrical ; scales with strong, finely serrated keels, lanceolate, slightly imbricate, in 17 rows, with apical pits ; ventrals keeled and notched laterally. Tail extremely slender and elongate ; subcaudals in two rows. LEPrUROPHIS BORNEENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XV.) Snout much depressed, broadly truncate. Rostral broader than , just visible from above; internasals barely half as long as the prefrontals ; frontal as broad as long, as long as the pre- frontals, half the length of the parietals ; loreal once and a half as long as deep; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 2-+ 2 ; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are as long as the posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 241; anal divided; subcaudals 193. Brown above, white beneath. Total length 1480 millim. ; tail 570. Sarawak. Type in the Sarawak Museum. One of the slenderest snakes known. 13° 184 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW REPTILES [Mar. 6, XENELAPHIS ELLIPSIFER. (Plate XVI.) 29 teeth in the upper jaw. Eye large, twice as long as its distance from the edge of the mouth. Rostral once and a half as broad as deep, visible from above; internasals nearly as long as the prefrontals ; frontal once and two-fifths as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal a little longer than deep; one preocular, with a rather large subocular below it, wedged in between the third and fourth upper labials; two postoculars and an elongate subocular separating the eye from the fifth and sixth upper labials ; temporals 242; eight upper labials, separated from the eye by the sub- oculars, or fourth entering the eye’; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are slightly shorter than the posterior. Scales smooth, in 17 rows, vertebrals not distinctly enlarged. Ventrals 186; anal divided; subcanudals 134 (¢). Head and neck pale brown, sides of neck with interrupted black longitudinal markings ; body with 18 large, elliptic, black-edged brown areas separated by cream-coloured narrow interspaces ; sides, between and below the brown areas, cream-coloured, spotted or marbled with black; tail, at the base marked like the body, in the second half uniform brown above with a black lateral streak ; upper lip and lower parts uniform yellow. Total length 2 metres ; tail 60 centimetres. Head-waters of Sarawak River. The type, preserved in the Sarawak Museum, was caught in a fish-trap. This beautiful new Snake connects Zamenis with Xenelaphis. It agrees with the latter in the number of teeth and strikingly in the number and arrangement of the head-shields, but differs in the ‘vertebral scales not being larger than the rest, a character which cannot be regarded as very important in view of its slight development in Xenelaphis hevxagonotus. DistiRa SARAVACENSIS. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.) Head moderate; body moderately elongate. Rostral broader than deep; nasals shorter than the frontal, twice and a half as long as the suture between the prefrontals; frontal nearly twice as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, shorter than the parietals; one or two pre- and one postocular; seven upper labials, second largest, fourth or third and fourth entering the eye; two superposed anterior temporals ; two pairs of chin- shields, in contact on the median line. 27 scales round the neck, 43 round the body; scales imbricate, keeled. Ventrals distinct throughout, bicarinate, 306. Blackish, with 85 yellowish rings interrupted by the series of ventral scales; a chevron-shaped marking on the upper surface of the head, the apex on the uasals, the branches on the prefrontal, supra- and postocular shields, and on the temple. Total length 710 millim.; tail 80. Sarawak coast. Type in the Sarawak Museum. * The former arrangement is shown on the right side of the unique speci- men, the latter on the left. 1900.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 185 AMBLYCEPHALUS NUCHALIS. (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 16.) Rostral as deep as broad ; internasals narrow, band-like, hardly one-third the length of the prefrontals; frontal once and two- thirds as long as broad, twice as long as its distance from the end ot the snout, once and a half as long as the parietals, which are followed by a pair of nuchals ; prefrontal entering the eye; loreal as long as deep, not entering the eye; two preoculars, two post- oculars, and a series of three narrow suboculars ; three superposed anterior temporals ; eight upper labials, eighth very long: first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ; three pairs of large chin-shields, anterior a little broader than long. Body strongly compressed ; scales in 15 rows, dorsals very feebly keeled, the keel double on the enlarged vertebral series. Ventrals 195; anal entire; subcaudals 105(¢). Pale buff, with narrow brown transverse lines and scattered dark brown dots; a large black blotch on the nape, sending forth on each side a linear branch to the eye; a black vertical line below the eye, another on the temple. Total length 490 millim.; tail 125. Matang. Type in the Sarawak Museum. RHACOPHORUS SHELFORDI. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.) Vomerine teeth in two long, nearly straight transverse series in the middle between the moderately large choanz. Snout pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril equally distant from the orbit and the end of the snout; canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region slightly concave; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct. three-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers webbed to the disks, which are considerably smaller than the tympanum ; toes webbed to the disks, which are smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular and inner metatarsal tubercles very small; no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the nostril. Skin smooth above, granulate on the belly. Purplish brown above; a dark band across the snout, another between the eyes, and three across the back ; an X-shaped dark marking on the scapular region ; loreal and temporal regions blackish; a fine yellow line on each side of the head from the tip of the snout along the canthus rostralis and superciliary edge to above the tympanum; sides of body yellowish, with a blackish network; limbs with dark cross-bands; sides of thighs blackish, closely speckled with white; web between toes marbled with blackish ; lower parts colourless. Male with internal vocal sacs. From snout 45 millim. Penrissen Mt. Type in the British Museum. This species is closely allied to 2. fasciatus Blgr. IXaLUS Pererss. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.) Snout rounded or obtusely pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region concave ; nostril a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital 186 ON NEW REPLILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. | Mar. 6, space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, one half or two-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers free; toes half- webbed ; disks of fingers a little smaller than the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Upper parts smooth or with small flat warts ; belly and lower surface of thighs granulate. Grey-brown above, with dark brown sym- metrical markings, a cross-band between the eyes being constant ; usually a )( or )-(-shaped marking on the anterior part of the body; a dark streak on the canthus rostralis; limbs with dark cross-bars; lower parts white, with or without brown spots on the throat. From snout to vent 40 millim. I have examined specimens from Mts. Penrissen, Dulit, and Kina Bulu, in Borneo; also from Great Natuna. The species is closely allied to the Javan J. aurifasciatus, to which the first Bornean specimens were referred by the late Prof. Peters (Ann. Mus. Genova, ii. 1872, p. 44). J. aurifasciatus has a smaller, less distinct tympanum, shorter digits, and a brighter coloration, being marked with reddish, dark brown, green, and bright yellow. CALOPHRYNUS HETHROCHIRUS. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.) Tongue large, pyriform, covering the floor of the mouth. Snout very short, slightly prominent, truncate ; canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region nearly vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum feebly distinct, measuring about two- thirds the diameter of the eye. First and second fingers very short, not half the length of the third, fourth shorter still, almost reduced to a knob; toes short, one-third webbed, fifth shorter than third; tips of fingers and toes bluntly pointed ; sub- articular tubercles feebly prominent; two feebly prominent metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth. Uniform purplish brown above, yellowish white beneath and on the sides of the head; a few large round yellowish-white spots on the lumbar region and on the back of the thighs. A female, full of large-sized ripe ova, measures only 27 millim. from snout to vent. Borneo (no precise locality). Type in the Sarawak Museum. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV.-XVII. Puatse XIV. Fig. 1. Lygosoma shelfordi, p. 182. 2. Distira saravacensis, p. 184. Upper and side views of head and neck, side view of body, and side view of tail. Puate XV. Lepturophis borneensis, p. 183. Upper, lower, and side views of head and anterior part of body. 1900.] ON THE BRAIN OF THE SIAMANG. 187 Puatse XVI. Xenelaphis ellipsifer, p. 184. } nat. size. Upper and side views of head and neck and of middle of body. Puate XVII. Fig. 1. Amblycephalus nuchalis, p. 185. Upper and side views of head and neck. 1 a. Lower view of head, x 13. 14. Dorsal scales, x 13. 2. Rhacophorus shelfordi, p. 185. 3. Ivalus petersi, p. 185. 4, Calophrynus heterochirus, p. 186. 2. On the Brain of a Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus). By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice- Secretary to the Society. [Received January 50, 1900.) The death of the Society’s specimen of this rare Anthropoid Ape’ has enabled me to study an exceedingly well-prepared brain. In bringing before the Society some notes upon the cerebral characters of this Ape, I am not breaking new ground. More than thirty years ago Sir William Flower * described the general outline of the brain of this Ape from a cast of the cranial cavity. The account was accompanied by several woodcuts in the text, illus- trating one remarkable feature in the brain, which was described in the following words: “ The most striking peculiarity of the brain is the backward projection of the cerebellum beyond the level of the cerebral hemispheres, a circumstance, as far as | am aware, unknown in any of the Apes either of the Old or New World.” This feature is not shown distinctly, but there are indications of it, in Prof. Kohlbriigge’s figure * of the brain of the Siamang. It appears from the latter drawing that the cerebellum would be visible on an inspection of the brain from above, though Kohlbriigge remarks that the contrary is the case—without, however, referring to Flower’s observations on the matter, having been unable to study his paper. Prof. Kohlbriigge examined eight brains of this Ape. Other writers upon the brain-structure of Hylobates syndactylus are Sandifort * and Waldeyer’. Thus not more than ten brains of this species (or genus ?) have been studied. It is not therefore perhaps superfluous to extend this list to eleven brains. 1 Presented by Mr. Stanley 8. Flower, F.Z.S. (See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 588.) 2 Nat. Hist. Review, 1863, p. 279. * “Versuch einer Anatomie des Genus Hylobates,’ in Max Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. Bd. ii. p. 186. * Verhandelingen over de natuurlijke geschiedenis der Nederlandsche overzeesche bezittingen. Leiden, 1840. 5 “Das Gibbongehirn,” Internat. Beitr. z. wiss. Med. Festschr. Virchow, Bd.i. For this reference I am indebted to Dr. Keith’s paper on the Gibbon in ‘ Nat. Science,’ vol. ix. 188 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 6, ‘The animal when dead weighed 5 lb. 9 0z., there being no undue distention of the stomach and alimentary canal with food. The weight of the fresh brain was 4 0z. It was preserved first of all in weak spirit (about 45 per cent.), and then, after 24 hours and removal of the pia mater, transferred to strong spirit. With this treatment the brain seems to have altered very little from the conditions observable in life. There is no suggestion in the appearance and direction of the sulci of any changes. [ was therefore very much surprised to see the relations of the cerebellum to the cerebrum, which are apparent in the accompany- ing drawing (fig. 1). he cerebrum not only completely covers the cerebellum, but extends for some way beyond it. With even a liberal discount for contraction (of which, however, I do not see the need), it is dificult to understand the brain-cast—of the accuracy of which there can be no question—prepared by Sir W. Flower, save on the hypothesis of an abnormality |. Brain of Siamang. Inner view of left hemisphere. M.P.O., mesial parieto-occipital fissure; CA., calearine; OPT., optic nerve ; OL,, olfactory. The Sylvian fissure seems to call for no particular remark. ‘The auteriorly directed fronto-orbital fissure is well developed, and the exposed island of Reil is extremely conspicuous. This is, however, by no means a peculiarity of Hylobates syndactylus as compared with other Gibbons. The parieto-occipital fissure.—I take it that the fissure lettered P.O. represents the parieto-occipital fissure of other Apes plus the Simian fissure. It will be observed that on both sides of the brain the Simian fissure, instead of terminating without reaching the mesial surface of the brain, as is often the case with Anthropoid Apes, bends forward and joins the parieto-occipital (fig. 2, p. 189). * Dr. Keith has pointed out to me that the overlapping of the cerebellum by the centrum is a characteristic of youth, and that the brain-cast studied by Sir W. Flower was therefore that of an old animal. 1900.] BRAIN OF 'THE SIAMANG. 189 The mesial parveto-occipital fissure (M.P.O., fig. 1, p. 188) on the left side of the brain passes straight downwards from the superior surface of the brain and joins the calcarine (CA.) below. On the right half there is a little complication: there is a forwardly directed branch of which only an indication exists on the left side. Slighter furrows pass forwards from the mesial parieto-occipital. In the form and direction of the mesial parieto-occipital fissure there are no noteworthy differences from the other brains with which I have compared it. Fig. 2. Brain of Siamang. Dorsal aspect. SYL., Sylvian fissure; F.R., fissure of Rolando; I.P., Intra-parietal ; P.O. , parieto- -occipital ; B., frontalis inferior ; C., frontalis superior. The calcarine fissure (CA.) most obviously joins the mesial parieto-occipital fissure, as is shown in the accompanying drawing (fig. 1), and at a point nearer to the superior surface of the brain than it does in abrain of Hylobates hoolock which I have examined. On the left side of the brain this fissure forked into a Y posteriorly. In this junction of the mesial paricto-occipital with the calcarine Hylobates syndactylus agrees with Man and the Chimpanzee, but apparently not with the Gorilla. In a brain of H, lewciscus in my possession there was no such junction ; the mesial parieto-occipital eurved forwards parallel with the calcarine. The latter fissure was markedly Y-shaped, the three limbs of the Y being almost equal in length. As is the case with H. hoolock, the fissure of Holando is inde- pendent of other fissures at both ends of its oblique course. On 190 ON THE BRAIN OF THE SIAMANG. [Mar. 6, the left side it plainly stops short some little way above the Sylvian fissure ; on the right side a faint groove continues it into that fissure. Mesially neither fissure dips into the inter-cerebral sulcus. That of the right side comes a little closer than does that of the left; and it is curious that this detail is repeated in my brain of H. hoolock. The fissure of Rolando has no branches along its course, and is entirely unrelated to other fissures. The hemisphere measures along its curvature 37 inches, and the fissure of Rolando arises 22 inches from the anterior end. It is thus considerably behind the middle of the cerebrum. In H. hoo- lock, which has a longer brain, the corresponding figures are 34 and 22. The frontal lobes are thus larger in H. syndactylus; they have a comparatively smooth appearance as in H. hoolock. Of the furrows traversing this lobe I recognize the precentralis superior, the frontalis superior, and the frontalis inferior. The precentralis superior is deeply cut but not extensive. On the left side it begins by being parallel to the fissure of Rolando. but ultimately bends much more forward. It is not connected with the frontalis superior. On the right side the fissure is more “normal” in direction, and is connected with the second fissure referred to. It may be that the anterior half—the forwardly directed portion—of the supposed precentralis is really the base of the frontalis superior; but I think that it is not for the following reasons: intermediate conditions are seen in two other Gibbons’ brains in my possession. In one (H. leuciscus) the two precentralis fissures are quite parallel with the fissure of Rolando ; in the other brain (/. hoolock) both fissures have so diverged from the normal (?) that they are almost parallel to the inter- cerebral sulcus. The frontalis superior is represented by detached tracts which are deeply excavated. As is the case with the other two Gibbous’ brains which | have examined, the frontalis inferior is a very strongly marked and long fissure. On the right side this fissure was forked posteriorly, and it is quite likely that this region really represents the precentralis inferior, well developed in the other Gibbons, and on both sides. Intra-parietal fissure.—As can be seen from the drawing exhibited (fig. 2, p. 189), this fissure is very much the same on both sides of the brain; that portion of the complex furrow termed by Dr Cunning- ham postcentralis superior is not well developed and is detached from the rest. It was also detached though very well developed in H. leuciscus ; in H. hoolock it was perfectly confluent, the whole fissure being of the characteristic T-shape. I lay no stress upon these differences, which are in all probability individual. They only offer additional evidence of the unreliable nature of cerebral fissures for systematic purposes. — P.Z25.1900.F1. XViE- J. Smit del.et hth. Mintern Pros.imp. PETAURISTA LYLET. 1900.] ON MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 191 3. On a Collection of Mammals from Siam made by Mr. T. H. Lyle. By J. Lewis Bonnote’. {Received February 2, 1900.] (Plate X VIII.) The following is a list of a collection of Mammals made by Mr. T. H. Lyle, British Consul at Nan, in Siam. The list, as will be seen, contains the names of 20 species, one of which is new to science. The value of a collection in these days, however, is not dependent on the number of new species, but what is required is a series of specimens carefully labelled and measured in the flesh. In this respect the collection under notice is invaluable, and great praise is due to the energetic Consul, who has voluntarily collected with such care, and has generously presented the results to the National Museum. Among the objects of interest is a large series of the very variable Sciurus jfinlaysoni, which apparently varies irrespective of the ordinary causes, such as locality, altitude &c., which usually induce variation. The specimens of Helictis and Rhizomys are also of great interest, and will be of much assistance to the correct under- standing of these groups. Nan, the centre of the locality from which these specimens come, lies on the head-waters of the Menam River in lat. 18° 40' N., long. 101° 30’ E., and the other localities mentioned are near there. 1. CYNOPTrERUS SPHINX Vahl. Nan. a-d. §. Nov. 1897. Mostly young. e-g. 2. Nov. 1897. Mostly young. 2, PIPISERELLUS ABRAMUS (‘T'emm.). Nan. a. gad.sk. Aug. 1897. bf. 9 ad. sk. Aug. 1897. 3. SCOTOPHILUS KUHLI Leach. Nan. a. 6 ad. sk. 8th July, 1897. b. dad. sk. 22nd Aug., 1897. ce. dad.sk. 3rd Sept., 1897. d-e. 9 ad. sk. 3rd NSept., 1897. These specimens are all nearly uniform in colour, being of a sooty-brown above and yellowish below. 1 Communicated by Mr. Ouprizup Tuomas, F.Z.8. 192 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON [Mar. 6, 4. ScoropHinus CASTANEUS Horsf. Lakon, Chingmai. a. d ad.sk. 25th April, 1898. b. 9 ad. sk. 10th March, 1898. This species is smaller than the true 8. kuhli, and ts of a uniform chestnut all over, showing no tendency to become lighter below. The Museum also possesses three specimens of it collected by Mr. Stanley Flower in the Malay Peninsula. Dimensions :— 3. Head and body 68 mm.; tail 41; hind foot 8; ear 12. 2. Head and body 70 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 9; ear 13. The average length of the forearm of the 5 specimens in the Museum is 50°7 mm., the lengths ranging from 49-52 ; the average length of S. /uhlit is 60°5, showing a variation from 58-63. 5. TUPAIA BELANGERI (Wagner). Nan. a. dg ad.sk. 10th April, 1897. 6b. dadsk. 5th July, 1897. c,d. gad.sk. 3rd & 4th Aug., 1897. e-h. Q ad. sk. 4th, 8th, & 19th Aug., 1897. Chingmai. 2% dad.sk. 24th Feb., 1898. k,l. g ad. sk. 22nd March, 1898. m. 9 ad. sk. 25th Feb., 1898. These are true T. belangeri and not 7’. ferruginea. 6. Herticris personata (Geoffr.). Nan. a-c. 9 ad. sk. Nov. 1897. These specimens form a valuable and much needed addition to the series of skins of this genus already in the Museum. 7. PEYAURISTA LYLEI, sp.n. (Plate XVIII.) General colour above hoary, each hair varying from dark brown to rufous at its base, succeeded by a band of white and a black tip. Colour of the hair rather more rufous on the head. Tail slightly longer than head and body, and black throughout its length but lighter at its base. Ears covered with bright red short hairs over their anterior half and long black hairs on the remainder ; these latter hairs spreading on the sides of the neck to forma dark patch behind the ear. Feet and edge of the parachute deep black ; shoulders, thighs, and upper portion of membrane strongly grizzled with rufous. Underparts rich chestnut, brighter on the membrane. Hairs with a tendency to a white tip, especially towards the median line; underpart of chin, whiskers, and tip of nose dark brown. The skull shows no marked differences from that of the other allied species except in its larger size. It is rather rounder and deeper: the nasal bones, which are widened anteriorly, extend 1900. | MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 193 backwards beyond the premaxille, and the pterygoids are large and prominent. Dimensions of type (in the flesh) :— Head and body 464 mm.; tail 577; hind foot 85; ear 50. Skull—greatest length 78°3 mm.; basilar length from henselion 64; zygomatic breadth 53°5; length of nasals 25°5; width of nasal8 anteriorly 16; width of nasals posteriorly 7. Hab. Sian. Type. B. M. 98.10.5.41. ¢ ad. Doi Sritepe, Chingmai, 10th April, 1898. Thave great pleasure in naming this fine species after Mr. Lyle, who has collected so carefully and thoroughly in the midst of his other duties, and has generously presented the results of his labour to the Museum. There is no risk of confusing this species with any of the pre- existing ones. It is allied to the group of PP. oral, phillipensis, and cineraceus, but its larger size and red underparts distinguish it at a glance. The skull of the Burmese P. cineraceus, Blyth, nearly equals that of the present species in length, but is not so deep and round, conforming in general type with that of the Indian specimens. Its nearest ally is P. yunnanensis Anderson, from which it is distin- guished by its hoary back and uniform chestnut underparts, besides other minor differences. Mr. Lyle got a second specimen, also an adult male and from the same locality, which closely resembles the type. ‘The bases of the hairs of the back are not so rufous, and below there are more white tips. 8. SCIUROPLERUS PHAYREI Blyth. Nan. a-b. 6 Qad.sk. 22nd July, 1897. ce Qad.sk. 16th Sept. 1897. All three specimens are slightly larger than the average, but do not differ in any other respect. 9. Rarura e1eanrna (Maccl.). Nan. a. gad. sk. 10th April, 1898. 10, Scrurus FINLAYSONI (Horsf.). Sokotai. a,b. gd gad.sk. 17th & 20th Jan., 1898. Bau Mu, Siang Hai. c,d. 9 Q ad. sk. 8th Feb., 1898. Memoh, Lakon, Phiné Road. ¢,f. 9 Qad.sk. 24th Aug., 1898. Phitsamuloke on MenamR. g-k. ¢ 6,2 Q ad.sk. 6th June, 1898, Pichit. 1,m. 9 9 ad. sk. 7th June, 1898. Between Pichit and Pakuampo. n-p. ¢d,2 9 ad.sk. 9th June, 1898. Ban Bu Nok, Menam R. q. ¢ ad.sk. 9th June, 1898, 194 MR, J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON [Mar. 6, Muang Pron, above Antong. r, s. ¢ 9 ad. sk. 12th June, 1898. This fine series of specimens fully bears out Mr. Thomas’s remarks (P. Z.S. 1898, p. 245) that, so far as our present knowledge is concerned, the variations met with in this species apparently follow none of the ordinary laws which are usually supposed to govern such cases. 3 11. Scrvrus ruriewnis Blanf. Doi Sritepe, Chingmai. a. ¢ ad. sk. 29th March, 1898, 12. Scrurus cantcups Gray. Nan. a,b. 5 9 ad. sk. 27th July, 1897. Chingmai. cf. dd. 22 ad.sk. 10th June, 1898. 13. ScIuRUS ATRODORSALIS Gray. Nan. a-f.3 3,392. March 1898. There is hardly any sign of the black back in these specimens, which were all taken in March. 14, SCIURUS MACCLELLANDI BARBEI Blyth. Nan. a. Sad.sk. 23rd July, 1897. be. d Q ad. sk. 1st & 10th September, 1897. 15. FUNAMBULUS BERDMOREI (Blyth). Sokotai, Nam Phi. a. ¢ ad. sk. 17th Jan., 1898. Nam Phi, near Nan. J. ¢ imm.sk. 23rd May, 1898. Maang Prom, above Antong. c,d. ¢ 2 ad. sk. 12th June, 1898. 16. Mus muscunts Linn. Nan, Siam. a-c. ¢ 2 Q ad. sk. 18th & 27th Aug. & 8th Sept., 1897. These specimens are light in colour and almost white under- neath. 17. Mus rarrus L. Nan. a-d. Ad. sk. July 1897. e-l. Imm. sk. Aug., Sept., & Nov., 1897. All the specimens in this collection belong to that form of Mus rattus which is found throughout Southern India and Ceylon. The general colouris light fawn, and the long black hairs are numerous and distinct. There are practically no spines, and the tail is longer than the head and body. They do not agree with the types of MM, flavescens, rufescens, brunneusculus, or nitidus, but in shape and colour most nearly approach the true Mus rattus, under which name I have therefore placed them. Bia ict a) 1900.] MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 195 18. Mus coxcotor Blyth. Doi Sritepe, Chingmai. a-d. g. dard & 25th March and 30th April. 19. Ruizomys Mrnor Gray. Nan. a. 2, young but full-grown. 8th Aug.,1897. Dimensions: head and body 213 mm.; tail 50; hind foot 26; ear 10. 6. 2imm. sk. 18th Aug., 1897. Dimensions: head and body 160 mm.; tail 45; hind foot 25; ear 7. c 2 imm.sk. 18th Sept., 1897. Dimensions: head and body 159 mm; tail 52; hind foot 27; ear 8. I have examined two specimens, now in the Museum, with which the above-mentioned specimens closely agree. One of these two specimens must have been Gray’s type. One was procured in Cochin China, and the other by Dr. Finlayson in Siam. They differ in the intensity of the umber-brown tips to the hairs, the Siamese specimen showing considerably more than that from Cochin China. None of Mr. Lyle’s specimens are fully adult, and though they vary slightly among themselves, show, as might be expected, a much greater affinity to the Siamese specimen. Mr. Thomas notes’ that the bright colour is only assumed in adult individuals; and as Mr. Lyle’s specimens are all young, I was at first inclined to regard R. minor as an immature R. badius. The skull *, however, of the Cochin China specimen is fully adult and is much smaller than the type skull of 2. badius. The skull of Mr. Lyle’s Jargest specimen, except in being that of a younger animal, agrees in all respects with the skull from Cochin China. R. minor is therefore a sonthern race of &. badius inhabiting Siam and Cochin China, and is distinguishable chiefly by its smaller size and slightly duller colour. The measurements of Mr. Lyle’s largest specimen given above represent the average size of this species. The measurements of R&. badius as given by Blanferd are as follows :—Head and body 228 mm.; tail 68; hind foot 31. 20. MAnNis JAVANICA Desm. Nan. a. Doi Sritepe, Chingmai. 6. 2 ad. sk. 23rd March, 1898. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. Petaurista lylei, sp. n., p. 192. 1 P. Z. S. 1886, p. 65. * Fig. in Anderson, Zool. Res. W, Yunnan, pl. xvi, 196 ON MAMMALS FROM TURKESTAN AND TIBET. _{ Mar. 6, 4. On a small Collection of Mammals obtained by Captain Deasy in South Chinese Turkestan and Western Tibet. By G. E. H. Barrerr-Hamitton, F.Z.S. [Received March 2, 1900.] The small collection of mammals which is dealt with in the present paper includes only 16 specimens of 5 species, all rodents. These are, however, of considerable interest, since, apart from the localities in which they were procured, two of them, a Vole and a Jerboa, which I have named respectively Microtus lama and Dipus deasyi, belong to hitherto undescribed forms. A third 1s the extraordinary Euchoreutes naso, described by Mr. W. L. Sclater in 1490 from specimens obtained by the Hon. Charles Ellis some- where in Eastern Turkestan. The acquisition of examples of this species (and genus) adds a valuable novelty to the collection of mammals in the British Museum, whither Capt. Deasy’s speci- mens have found their way. The following is a list of the specimens :—- MeRIoNES cryprorHINvs Blanford, J. A. S. Bengal, ii. p. 108 (1875). No. 99.11.5.1. g. Kara Sai, Chinese Turkestan, 9th July, 1898, altitude 9500 ft. Microrvs (ALTICOLA) LAMA, sp. Noy. a & 3. No. 97.1.21.3 & 4. 25 miles south-east of Lake Arucho, W. Tibet, altitude 16,000 ft., August 1897. y- No. 99. 11.5.2, “Camp, 1898,” Chinese Turkestan, altitude 17,800 ft., August 8th, 1898. Native name, “‘ Such Kun.” Type, no. 97.1.21.3. Description, External characters similar to those of M. stracheyi Thos., but with the teeth and posterior termination of the palate very like those of W. roylei Ogilvie. Agrees with . albicauda True in that m. 1 has 8 salient angles, but has the tail far shorter. Dimensions of the type (in millim.):—Dried skin. Head and body 115; tail 12; hind foot with claws 19°5; hind foot without claws 8 ; ear 11. Skull (damaged posteriorly zygomatic breadth 145 ; length of nasals 85; palatal length 14°5 (from posterior termination of palate to anterior margin of incisors). The specimen y appears to be the young of this form. Dirus DEASYI, sp. nov. Type. No. 99.11.5.3. 2, Nura, Chinese Turkestan, 7500 ft., 6th October, 1898 (original number 73). Description. In external appearance resembles D. loftusi Blanford, but the colour of the upper surface is richer and not so brown; P23 WOOO PT. XIV. PJ.Smmt del. et lth. 1.LYGOSOMA SHELFORD1. C MN] UBINS 1 3 a. SARAVACE S 2h ant 4 TY) & DD TSyl: S c eS eS = — a“ ee Se ee Pee AOU Leave. PJ Smit delet lith. Mintern Bros.imp. LEPTUROPHIS BORNEENSIS. vv a Pere wo) OO allee, OB PJ.Smit delet ith Mintern Bros amp XENELAPHIS ELLIPSIFER, Hw Spee i . : ; y ' E : 2 Ai ‘ ‘ . . oe ? ’ . ‘ P . ia “ # ‘ i ee LOO, PL XV I, PJ. Samt del.et lith. Mintern Bros.imp LAMBLYCEPHALUS NUCHALIS. 2.RHACOPHORUS SHELFORDI. 3.IXALUS PETERSII. 4,CALOPHRYNE HETEROCHIRUS. West, Newman chrorno PAPILIO BONHOTEI. 1900.] ON BUTTERFIIES FROM THE BAHAMAS. 197 the exact tint being somewhere between “ Ecru drab” and “ Fawn colour” ’*. Skull resembles that of D. lagopus Licht., but the teeth are more massive and their pattern less complicated. Dimensions of the type—head and body 125; tail 160; hind foot 59; ear 18. (All taken from the dried skin.) This is a very distinct Jerboa, with no very near known ally, and a detailed description of which would be unnecessary. I have pleasure in connecting it with the name of its discoverer. Drrvs, sp. inc. Nos. 99.11.5.4 & 5. 2 males, imm., Kotaz Sangai, near Khotan, Turkestan, 4700 ft., 8th October, 1898. The immaturity of these two specimens prevents their satisfae- tory determination ; they may be the young of D. deasyt. Eucnoreutes naso, W. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 610. Nos. 99.11.5.6, 7 & 8. 2. Ak Langar on the Yarkand-Khotan Road, altitude 4500 ft., 3rd July, 1898. Native name, ‘“ Sarok Kuruk” (“ Brown Tail”). The original specimens of Huchoreutes naso, although known to be from Hastern or Chinese Turkestan, had no exact locality attached to them. It is satisfactory to have this deficiency supplied by Captain Deasy’s specimens. The Ak Langar is a Rest-house. The specimens were obtained in the night, so that, although Captain Deasy states that the animal was very common, he is unable to give any details as to its habits. OcHOTONA LADACENSIS, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvi. p. 231 (1875), No. 99.11.5.9. ¢. Yepal Ungur, Chinese Turkestan, 15,000 ft., 22nd July, 1898. No. 99.11.5.10 & 11, two females. Ditto, ditto, 20th July, 1898. No. 99.8.10.1. Zad Kulan Urgi, Chinese Turkestan, altitude 12,800 ft., 25th December, 1897. No. 97.1.21.1. 25 miles S.E. of Lake Arucho, W. Tibet. No. 97.1.21.2. Ditto, ditto. 5. On a Collection of Butterflies from the Bahamas. ByEmiry Mary Swarr. [Received January 4, 1900.] (Plate XIX.) Mr. J. L. Bonhote, who is well known for his excellent obser- vations in the ornithological world, was for some time Private Secretary to Sir Gilbert Carter, K.C.M.G., the Governor of the 1 Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colors,’ 1886, pl. iii. Proc. Zoon, Soc. —1900, No. XLV. 14 198 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON | Mar. 6, Bahama Islands in 1898, and made a collection of Lepidoptera in the island of Nassau. So far as I can discover, no papers have ever been published on the Butterflies of the Bahamas, and I think, therefore, that a list ot Mr. Bonhote’s specimens may be useful. The Coillector’s field- notes are added. Family Danarps. 1. Dawats pLexrprvs (Linn.). Danais plewippus, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. i. p. 5 (1871); Godman & Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Rhop. i. p. 1 (1879). Hab. N. America. C. America from Mexico to Panama. W. S. America to Peru. a. 9. April 11, 1898. b. g. May 11, 1898. ce. @. June 30, 1898. de. 6. July 1, 25, 1898. [ Fairly common throughout the sammer months: flies very swiftly, but may easily be caught on the flowers of the Ipececuhana plant, where it frequently settles.”—J. L. B.] Family SavyRipD &. 2. CALISTO HEROPHILE Hiibn. Calisto herophile, Kirby, t. c. p. 103 (1871). Hab. Honduras. Cuba. a, August 23, 1898. Family NYMPHALID &, 3. AGRAULIS VANILL# (Linn.). Dione vanille, Kirby, t. c. p. 148 (1871). Agraulis vanille, Godman & Salvin, t. ¢. p. 171 (1882). Hab, N. America. C. America from Mexico to Panama. South America. Antilles. a,b. 6 2. April 4, 1898. c. fo. June 1d, 1898. d,e. 3 2. July 2, 25, 1898. [** One of the commonest species in the island, found everywhere throughout the year.”—J. L, B.] 4. CoLeNIs DELILA (Fabr.). Colenis delila, Kirby, t. c. p. 147 (1871). Hab. Guiana. Jamaica. a, b. June 27, 30, 1898. c. September 30, 1898. [‘* The males are frequently seen where the bush has been cut down leaving a thick undergrowth; the females are seldom seen and when disturbed fly low in the undergrowth.”—J/. L. B.] 1900. | - BUTTERFLIES FROM THE BAHAMAS. 199 5. EUPTorrra HEGESIA (Cram.). Euptoieta hegesiu, Kirby, t. c. p. 154 (1871). Eupetoreta hegesia, Godman & Salvin, t. ec. p. 175 (1882). Hab. N. & C. America. S. America. Cuba. Jamaica. a-c. June 9, 13, 18, 1898. [‘* A very common species, on the wing throughout the year.”— Ye a 3 6. PHYCIODES FRISIA (Poey). Phyctodes frisia, Kirby, t. ec. p. 173 (1871); Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 203 (1882). Hab. Florida. Greater Antilles. Panama. Colombia. Vene- zuela. a,b. July 2, 29, 1898. ce. Clifton, July 21, 1898. d, September 9, 1898. (‘The first examples of this species were seen in June, and during July it was very common.”—J, ZL. B.] 7. ANARTIA IATROPHE (Linn.). Anartia iatrophe, Kirby, t.c. p. 194 (1871); Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 221 (1882). Hab, Texas. Florida. C. America, from Mexico to Panama. S. America. Antilles. a. June 10, 1898. b. July 13, 1898. [* Fairly common in the open parts of the bush, very fond of settling on the rock or paths.”—J/. L. B.| 8, AN#&A ECHEMUS Doubl. & Hewits. Anea echemus, Kirby, t. c. p. 276 (1871); Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 355 (1884). Hab. Honduras. Cuba. a. March 23, 1898. 6. April 12, 1898. [The only two examples met with. ‘They were both taken at the same place, viz., a shady roadway cut through the bush.”— J.D. B.| Family Lyc &NID &. 9, Tarucus cassius (Cram.). Cupido cassius, Kirby, op. cit. ii. p. 351 (1871). Lycena cassiuvs, Godman & Salvin, op. cit. ii, p. 105 (1887). Hab. C. America. Mexico to Panama. Colombia. Guiana. S. Brazil. a. July 2, 1898. (**A common species on the wing throughout the summer.”— J. Ln Bel 14* 200 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [ Mar. 6, 10. Tmoxvus ancenia Hewits. Theela angelia, Hewitson, Ilustr. Diurn. Lepid. i. p. 162 (1874); Kirby, op. cit. Suppl. p. 777 (1877). Hab, Antilles. a. June 26, 1898. 11. Tmotus satona Hewits. Thecla salona, Kirby, op. cit, 11. p. 401 (1871); Hewitson, t. e. p- 159 (1873). a. July 1, 1898. Family PIERID &. 12. CALLIDRYAS EUBULE (Linn.). Catopsilia eubule, Kirby, t. c. p. 482 (1871). Callidryas eubule, Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 141 (1889). Hab. N. & C. America, and throughout the greater part of S. America. Antilles. a. 6. dune 13, 1898. b-e. dQ. July 2, 8, 25, 29, 1898. fig. 692. August 12, 1898. h. &. September 8, 1898. 13. KricoGonia LysipE (Godt.). Kricogonia lyside, Kirby, t. c. p. 487 (1871); Godman & Salvin, t.c. p. 150 (1889). Hab. Texas. Florida. C. America, from Mexico to Nicaragua. Colombia. Venezuela. Greater Antilles. a. June 30, 1898. b-d. July 1, 2, 8, 1898. 14, ‘TeRrAs pina (Poey). Eurema dina, Wirby, t. ¢. p. 445 (1871). Terias dina, Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 163 (1889). Hab, C. America trom Mexico to Costa Rica. a,b. 3 2. June 27,30, 1898. ch. 6 2. July 1, 2, 8, 16, 25, 29, 1898. 15, TwRIAS MESSALINA (l*abr.). Kurema messalina, Kirby, t. c. p. 445 (1871). Hab, Jamaica. a. do. May 9, 1898. b. 2. June 30, 1898. cd SQ. July 2, 25, 1898. (‘* Flies very low in shady localities.” —J/. L. B.| 16. APHRISSA STATIRA (Cram.). Catopsilia statira, Kirby, t. c. p. 485 (1871). Aphrissa statira, Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 147 (1889). Hab. S. America. C. America from Panama te Mexico. a. dod. June 27, 1898. 1900.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THE BAHAMAS, 201 17. PH@BIs AGARITHE (Boisd.). Catopsilia agarithe, Kirby, t. c. p. 484 (1871). Phebis agarithe, Godman & Salvin, t. ec. p. 145 (1889). Hab. Texas. C. America, from Mexico to Nicaragua. Colombia. Venezuela. Antilles. a. d. April 13, 1898. bes Ge duly lL d.disgs. 18, Pinris puHiveta (Fabr.). Pieris monuste (Linn.) pt., Kirby, t. ¢. p. 458 (1871). a. 9. April 10, 1898. b. sg. July 19, 1898. Family PAPILIONIDA, 19. PAPILio BONHOTE, sp. n. (Plate XIX.) Allied to Papiho andremon of Hiibner, but at once distinguished by the narrower and much paler yellow transverse band on the primaries, this band being decidedly more broken up towards the apical area; the hind-marginal border relieved by a row of sulphur- yellow spots. Secondaries with the sulphur-yellow transverse band narrower and paler than in the allied species; the hind- marginal spots pale yellow, but strongly indicated; the post- median row of blue spots somewhat more strongly pronounced than in P. andremon. Underside. General colour of both wings sulphur- instead of ochre-yellow, the spots and markings being similar to those of P. andremon. Expanse 3°2 inches. (Nassau, 13th June, 1898.) Female. Larger, and having the hind-marginal borders and basal area brown instead of blackish as in the male. Secondaries with the marginal row of yellow spots suffused with rufous. Underside. Similar to that of the male, but the sub-marginal markings on the secondaries more strongly tinted with rufous, these markings being pale sulphur-yellow in the male; the ocellus on the anal angle much larger and more clearly defined than in the male. Expanse 3°7 inches. (Nassau, 15th June, 1898.) In the British Museum are three examples of this species from the Bahamas, presented by Mr. Neville Chamberlain, who obtained them on Andros Island. He also bred several from larvee on orange-trees, and noticed that when touched the larve protruded two white horns from behind the head. Three other specimens, said to be from Honduras, purchased from Mr. Miiller, are identical, or at least are very nearly allied. [‘*A common species, having a succession of broods throughout the summer. The larva is dark brown mottled with greyish, having two large white bands, one towards the head and the other on the hinder part of the body. It feeds on the orange, preferring 202 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE BAHAMAS. Mar. 6, the tender shoots growing directly from the trunk near the ground, thus causing considerable damage to the plantations, as these shoots are generally the grafted buds. It lies on the upperside of the leaf along the midrib, with its head pointing towards the stem, and in this position much resembles a bird’s dropping. The pupa is attached to the trunk of the tree, from which it is practically indistinguishable in colour, and is generally within two feet of the ground. The pupa stage lasts about a fortnight.”— J. L. B.] 20, PAPILIO POLYDAMAS Linn. Papilio polydamas, Kirby, t. c. p. 521 (1871); Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 200 (1890). Hab. Florida. C. America from Mexicoto Panama. 8S. America. Greater and Lesser Antilles. a. August 23, 1898. [** Appears sparingly in April and August.”—J. LZ. B.) Family HesPERID &. 21. Evpamus proveus (Linn.). Thymele proteus, Kirby, t. c. p. 570 (1871). Eudamus proteus, Godman & Salvin, t. ¢. p. 277 (1893). Hab. 8. United States. C. & S. America. a,b, August 3, 8, 1898. c. September 30, 1898. d. October 5, 1898. (Very common from May to September.”—J. LZ. B.} 22, EPARGYREUS ZESTOS (Hiibn.) Telegonus zestos, Kirby, t. c. p. 574 (1871). Hab, Surinam. a. Q. April 13, 1898. b. g. August 23, 1898. c. September 29, 1898. [ Double-brooded and not very numerous.”—J. L. B. 23. ACOLASTUS AMYNTAS (Fabr.). Acolastus amyntas, Godman & Salvin, t. ¢. p. 304 (1893). Hab. Florida. C. & 8. America. Antilles. a. March 10, 1898. b. October 5, 1898. 24. PAMPHILA, sp. inc. a, b. September 12, 30, 1898. 25. PAMPHIDA, sp. inc. a. July 21, 1898. W Purkiss delet lth POA. Ss 1900) Bees W, xT West, Newman imp AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 1900.] ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 203 26. PAMPHILA MISERA Lucas. Pamphila misera, Kirby, t. ¢. p. 607 (1871). Hab. Cuba. a. August 12, 1898. 27. PAMPHILA, sp. inc. a. July 4, 1598. b. October 5, 1898. 28. PoLrres THAUMAS (Fabr.). Pamphila thaumas, Kirby, t. c. p. 599 (1871). Hab. U.S. of America. a. July 2, 1898. b. October 7, 1898. 29. HyYLEpainia pHyLaus (Drury). Pamphila phyleus, Kirby, t. c. p. 600 (1871). Hab. Antilles. a,b. 3. July 16, 25, 1898. gd. $ 2. August 8, 1898, e. 2. September 29, 1898. f. 2. October 6, 1898. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Papilio bonhotei, g, p. 201. la. Underside of the same. 16. Papilio bonhotei, 2. le. Underside of the same. 6. On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from South and Central Africa. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. [Received February 20, 1900.] (Plate XX.) The present paper contains the descriptions of one hundred new species of Phytophagous Coleoptera, including also the characters of three new genera. ‘The materials upon which they are based have been received principally from Mr. Guy Marshall in Mashonaland, the Rey. J. O’Neil in Cape Colony, from Dr. Staudinger and Herr Bang-Haas, and others; all the types are in my collection. Our knowledge of the African fauna is therefore again considerably augmented, thanks to the assistance of the above-mentioned ardent collectors. CRIOCERIN 2. LEMA DUVIVIERI, sp. n. Dark fulvous, the head, antenne, and the legs (the base of the 204 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6, posterior femora excepted) black; thorax impunctate ; elytra metallic dark blue, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the ninth row entire. Length 7 millim. Head bluish black, the neck rufous, the vertex impunctate ; the eyes very deeply notched; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the third and following joints elongate and slender; thorax not longer than broad, deeply constricted at the sides, the anterior angles with a distinct tubercle, the basal sulecation deep and placed nearly at the middle, the surface impunctate, the portion below the sulcus obsoletely grooved and likewise impunctate; scutellum black ; elytra with a distinct depression below the base, very strongly and closely punctate- striate, the interstices strongly costate at the sides and at the apex; legs bluish black, the intermediate femora below and the base of the posterior ones fulvous, the underside of the same colour. Hab, Matadi, Africa. (In the collection of the Belgian Mus. and that of my own.) : Differs from L. rubricollis Lac. in the colour of the legs and that of the underside, from LZ. sanguinicollis Lac. in the differently structured thorax ; L. rufo-femorata Clark is black below and has rufous femora; ZL. affinis Cl. differs similarly. LEMA BOMAENSIS, sp. 0. Flavous, the terminal] joints ot the antenne fuscous; thorax sub- cylindrical, sparingly punctured, with some obscure piceous spots: elytra strongly and closely punctate-striate, the sutural margin and a broader sublateral stripe, abbreviated posteriorly, blackish. Length 5 millim. Head impunctate, flavous, the vertex sometimes obscure piceous: eyes entire, not notched, supra-ocular grooves shallow; clypeus triangularly raised; labrum piceous ; antenne short and robust, the lower joints short, the fifth elongate, terminal joints widened, more or less stained with fuseous; thorax short, subeylindrical, strongly constricted at the base, the basal sulcus deep, the disc with some strong, scattered punctures at the sides and at the middle, the latter with some obsolete piceous spots (sometimes absent); scutellum piceous, its apex truncate; elytra parallel, with a very shallow depression below the base, very strongly punctured in closely approached rows, the interstices costate from the middle downwards, flavous, the suture very narrowly and a broader stripe from the shoulder to below the middle piceous or black ; below and the legs flavous, the breast darker, covered with very short yeliow pubescence. Hab. Boma, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) A very distinct species, remarkable on account of the entire eyes, shape of the thorax, which is strongly widened in front, and the pattern of the elytra. 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 205 LMA DUNBRODIENSIS, sp. 0. Fulvous, the breast and the abdomen black; thorax sub- cylindrical, strongly punctured at the middle; elytra strongly punctate-striate, pale fulvous; a sutural band, a spot on the shoulders, and another at the sides anteriorly, black. Length 4 millim. Head fulvous, impunctate; the eyes entire, the accompanying grooves shallow and finely pubescent ; the labrum black; the antenne short and stout, fulvous, the second joint moniliform, the third and fourth equal, longer, the fifth and following joints subquadrately widened ; thorax subcylindrical, scarcely constricted at the base, the basal sulcus deep, the surface strongly punctured near the anterior angles and at the middle of the disc, the punctures at the latter place arranged in three rows; scutellum black; elytra paler in colour than the thorax, distinctly depressed below the base, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the punctures indistinct near the apex, the interstices not raised or slightly so near the lateral margins; the suture narrowly black, this colour extending laterally as far as the second row of punctures, and having a slight dilation near the depression and near the apex; a small black spot is placed on the shoulders, followed by a short stripe below at the lateral margin ; the breast and abdomen black, clothed with short yellow pubescence ; the legs fulvous, the last joint of the tarsi and the claws more or less black. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony, 8. Africa. I received a single specimen of this species kindly sent by the Rev. O’Neil, who states that it is the only species he took in this locality by sweeping. LEMA NATALENSIS Jac. = L. tarsata Jac., var. Of this species Mr. Marshall has sent me some more specimens, which prove the insect to be a most variable one in regard to colour ; also that L. tarsata Jac. (described by me P. Z. 8S. 1897, p. 241) is but one of the varieties. The species may always be recognized by the distinct tooth-like tubercles at the anterior angles of the thorax and the peculiar sculpture of the latter. The varieties at present before me are :— a. The thorax and elytra fulvous, the former with a small black spot at the middle of the basal sulcation ; legs piceous. b. Thorax and legs as in var. a, the elytra entirely dark blue. In the typical form Z. natalensis the legs are fulvous and the tarsi black, the thorax and the elytra are either fulvous with a sutural and lateral bluish stripe or entirely dark blue; the head in all the forms is always black as well as the antenne, but the lower three or four joints of the latter are fulvous. The varieties have been obtained in Mashonaland. LEMA NIGROTIBIALIS, sp. 0. Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne, the tibiw (their base excepted) and the tarsi black; thorax not longer than broad, deeply 206 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [| Mar. 6, suleate at the sides, nearly impunctate; elytra with deep basal depression, strongly punctate-striate anteriorly, more finely so posteriorly. Length 5 millim. Head not constricted behind, the vertex raised into two sub- divided elevations, supraocular grooves deep; eyes deeply notched ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three or four joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal, small, slightly longer than the second, terminal joints thickened but distinctly longer than broad ; thorax not longer than broad, the anterior portion widened, the sides deeply constricted, the con- striction bounded above by a longitudinal ridge, basal sulcus deep, the surface impunctate with the exception of a few fine punctures at the middle, fulvous; scutellum truncate at its apex; elytra with a short but rather deep depression near the suture below the base, regularly, strongly,and rather closely punctate-striate, the punctures much finer towards the apex, the ninth row entire, the interstices at the sides and near the apex slightly costate; below and the legs fulvous; the tibie, with the exception of the extreme base, and the tarsi black. Hab. Malvern, Natal (C. N. Barker). Closely allied to L. fuscitarsis Jac., from the same locality, but the general coloration darker fulvous, the antenne less slender, the elytral depression much deeper, and the tibie black; in a single specimen the first joint of the antenne is fulvous only. Mr. Barker has kindly sent me four specimens of this species. CRIOCERIS MILITARIS, Sp. Nn. Rufous, the antenna and legs paler; thorax strongly angulate at the sides, with rows of deep punctures and two large black spots at the disc; elytra deeply punctate-striate, flavous; the shoulders, suture anteriorly, the lateral margins, and a narrow transverse band below the middle, black. Length 6 millim. Head strongly constricted behind the eyes, the vertex strongly obliquely raised, rufous; the spaces in front of the eyes black, rugose-punctate, the lower portion of the face and the labrum paler; antenne stout and short, dark flavous, the second joint moniliform, the third and fourth thicker and slightly larger, equal, the rest transversely widened; thorax subcylindrical, widened anteriorly, the sides forming a strong angle at the middle, the disc with a short oblique row of punctures at the sides and two others at the middle of the anterior portion, rufous, the middle of the surface almost entirely oceupied by a large black patch which is connected at the base but divided anteriorly by a short stripe of the rufous ground-colour, the base likewise remains of this colour in shape of a narrow trausyerse band which has some deep depressions in front of the scutellum ; the latter small, flavous; elytra strongly punc- tured at the anterior portion, the punctures very much finer posteriorly, the dise flavous: a spot on the humeral callus, another 1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 207 sutural one at the base, the sides, and a transverse narrow baud immediately behind the middle and connected with the lateral stripe, black; below and the legs fulvous. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland; on lily of the valley (G. Mar- shall). C. balyt Har. almost entirely resembles the present species, but is smaller, the head is differently constructed, and the thorax has no black spots, the elytra also have a narrow black margin. Mr. Marshall has sent two exactly similar specimens of this hand- some species. LEUCASTRA BIMACULATA, Sp. 0. Fulvous, pubescent ; the antennz, breast, and the legs black ; thorax impunctate, with a central black mark; elytra strongly punctured, with a black round spot placed at the middle of each elytron ; pubescence pale yellow. Length 10 millim. Elongate and parallel; the head broad, strongly but not closely punctured, fulvous, clothed with short pubescence; the clypeus trans- versely depressed, flavous; the eyes deeply notched; the antenne black, the last seven joints triangularly widened; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the surface with a narrow transverse groove, running parallel with the anterior and posterior margins, the surface impunctate, clothed with single long yellowish hairs, the middle of the dise with a A-shaped black mark; elytra with rather prominent shoulders, somewhat paler in colour than the thorax, depressed near the suture at the base, strongly but not very closely punctured at the anterior portion, more finely so posteriorly, the interstices clothed with long golden-yellow pubescence; legs similarly pubescent, black as well as the breast, the femora unarmed; abdomen pale fulvous. Hab. Malvern, Natal; Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Mr. Marshall has sent two specimens of this species, which differs in the coloration and pattern of the elytra from any of those described by Westwood and Stal. CLYTHRINZ. DaMIA CAPITATA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.) Fulvous; the terminal joints of the antenne, the breast and abdomen black; head and thorax fulvous, the former with two black spots, the latter transverse, impunctate ; elytra strongly and semi-rugosely punctured, a transverse band at the base and an oblique broad spot below the middle black. Mas. Head broad, the lower portion entirely divided longi- tudinally as far as the eyes; the anterior legs elongate. Length 5 millim. Head very broad, fulvous, impunctate, with a triangular black spot in front of each eye, the lower portion longitudinally divided into two broad lamelle, the right portion of which is longer than 208 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, the left and more pointed, these projections are distinctly raised from the parts lying underneath as well as the mandibles ; the latter are black, the left being short and broad, and the right mandible long and bent at right angles; antenne black, the Jower three joints fulvous, the terminal joints strongly transverse, not extending to the base of the thorax: thorax transverse, nearly three times broader than long, of equal width, the sides strongly rounded, the posterior angles oblique, the dise with a few punctures here and there, obsoletely transversely sulcate near the anterior margin ; scutellum triangularly pointed, black; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, of paler colour, very strongly, clesely, and unevenly punctured, the interstices slightly rugose, the base with a broad transverse black band which narrows considerably near the scutellum, where it is obliquely shaped and does not extend to the suture ; another shorter, transverse band of oblique shape is placed below the middle, it does not extend to either margin; the sides of the elytra strongly deflexed, with a distinct lateral lobe below the shoulders ; breast and abdomen black, closely covered with grey pubescence ; legs fulvous, the tarsi more or less black ; the anterior legs in the male elongate, their tibie unarmed; the tarsi rather slender, of nearly equal length. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (fev. J. O'Neil). Of this interesting species I have seen three specimens, two males and one female; one of each sex was sent by the Rev. O'Neil, and another male is contained in the British Museum. The structure of the head in the male insect is quite unique, no instance having come under my observation of such a split or division of the entire lower portion of the face; but this is not all—in the British Museum specimen this division is not longitudiual but horizontal, and the divided portionsare transversely placed. In other respects the insect agrees with mine. In the female the head is simple and the tarsi shorter, but the clypeus is also here deeply triangularly emarginate, although not divided. DAMIA FRONTALIS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 2.) Elongate, subcylindrical, fulvous, the breast black, the head with a black transverse band; the thorax minutely punctured, with two black bands ; elytra finely and closely punctured, pale flavous, the suture and a broad lateral band, connected near the apex, black ; tibia spotted with black. Length 8 millim. Head fulvous, the vertex impunctate, shining, the middle finely rugose-punctate in shape of a transverse black band; eyes very distant, moderately large, slightly notched; clypeus fulvous, strongly punctured ; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the thorax, the fourth and following joints strongly transversely serrate, the lower four joints fulvous, the others black; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides and the posterior angles strongly rounded, posterior margin nearly straight, without basal lobe, surface only perceptibly punctured 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 209 when seen under a strong lens, fulvous, shining, the sides with a broad, slightly curved black band, not extending to the anterior margin; scutellum scarcely longer than broad, its apex rounded ; elytra very slightly narrowed towards the apex, very finely punctured in closely approached irregular rows, the lateral lobes broadly rounded and moderately produced, the colour a pale flavous or yellowish white, the suture narrowly black ; this colour widened towards the apex, where it is transversely connected with another broad longitudinal band which commences at the base, but does not extend to the apex nor to the lateral margins ; abdomen and legs flavous, all the tibize with a black stripe at the outer edge of their apical portion ; tarsi rather broad and short, the first joint slightly longer than the second. Hab. Umcheki River, Mashonaland (G‘. Marshall); also Moliro, Congo (Belgian Mus.). Of this very distinct species four specimens are before me, which agree in every respect; there is no other genus, except perhaps Melztonoma, where the species could find a more suitable place, on account of the rounded sides and posterior thoracic angles and the short tarsi, which best agree with Damia; the anterior legs are also rather longer than the others, as is the case with the other species placed in this genus. The present one is, however, much larger and resembles much in the coloration and pattern certain species of Peploptera; the black transverse band at the head will at once help in its recognition. CAMPTOLENES PUBIFRONS, sp. 0. Black, the head strongly pubescent; thorax strongly but remotely punctured, black, the anterior portion and part of the sides flavous; elytra strongly and irregularly punctured, flavous, an angular band before and another narrow one below the middle, black; legs fulvous. Mas. Mandibles long and robust, deeply concave, the right one curved ; the anterior legs very elongate as well as their tarsi. Fem. Mandibles and legs normal. - Length 7-8 millim. Head broad, black, clothed with long yellowish hairs, the epistome not separated, its anterior edge truncate ; antenne short, the fourth and following joints transverse, black, the basal joint fulvous ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, rounded at the postericr angles, the base with a depression at each side, the basal margin moderately produced at the middle, the surface irregularly and strongly punctured, black, the anterior third portion and the sides flavous, somewhat thickened ; scutellum black ; elytra strongly and irregularly punctured, the interstices slightly rugose, longitudinally costate near the apex, flavous, with a transverse narrow black band placed before the middle and extending upwards at the shoulders to the base, and another more irregular angulate band situated at a little distance from the apex ; below black, finely pubescent ; legs piceous, the anterior tibiz and 210 MR, M, JACOBY ON PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA [ Mar. 6, tarsi obscure fulvous; anterior tibize mucronate at the apex, the first joint of their tarsi very elongate, as long as the following two joints together (d ). Hab. Delagoa Bay, received from Mr. G. Marshall. C. abyssinica Letéy. (Rev. de Zoolog. 1877, p. 223) seems to be very closely allied, and indeed there appear to be several African species to which Lefevre’s description partially but not entirely applies. Specimens received some time ago from Mr. Marshall, who obtained them in Mashonaland (Salisbury), agree almost entirely with Lefévre’s description of his C. abyssinica, but the male in my possession has not the strongly developed mandibles of which the author speaks. On the other hand, the present species agrees in this respect, but the thorax is much shorter and decidedly not rugose and confluently punctate, so that I cannot identity the species with that of Lefevre. The apical elytral spot is only present in the female of C. pubifrons, and scarcely indicated in the other sex, PEPLOPTERA APICATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 3.) Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie and tarsi fulvous; thorax sparingly punctured, the anterior and lateral margins, as well as a central short stripe, flavous; elytra finely punctured, flavous, an angular narrow band near the base, inter- rupted at the suture, and a broad transverse band near the apex black, the latter part more or less fulvous. Length 10 millim. Of broad and robust shape; the head black, finely rugose and closely pubescent, the vertex swollen ; eyes large, oblong, slightly emarginate at their lower portion; palpi fulvous; antenne not extending to the base of the thorax, black, the basal five joints fulvous, second and third joints very short, the apical joints strongly transverse ; thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight and oblique, the median lobe distinct, broad and truncate, the surface finely and sparingly punctured near the base, more strongly so at the sides, the base with a trausverse, strongly punctured depression at the middle; the dise black, very shining, a short central stripe dividing the black portion anteriorly, and the anterior and lateral margins very narrowly, pale flavous ; scutellum black, its apex truncate ; elytra finely punctured in irregular rows, which are nearly indistinct near the apex, flavous, a strongly angular band (which consists of two joined spots, of which one is placed on the shoulders, the other within the latter), near the suture but not extending to it, black; another very broad black band is placed below the middle across the elytra, including at the apex a transversely shaped fulvous or flavous spot; below densely clothed with silvery pubescence; thetibiz and tarsi fulvous, the latter very broad in the male insect ; last abdominal segment in the same sex emarginate at the middle, in the female provided with a deep oval fovea. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). 1900. | FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 211 Allied to P. hemorrhagica Gerst., but quite distinct in the fine elytral punctation, the abbreviated humeral band and the great width of the posterior one, also in the markings of the thorax ; in regard to this I may add to the description that the flavous anterior and lateral stripes are bounded by the extreme black edges of the thoracic margins. P. abyssinica Lefév. seems also closely allied, but the description says nothing of an anterior flavous margin, and gives only a black humeral spot, not an angulate band, nor are the tibiz described as fulvous. I have received several specimens of this handsome species from Mr. Guy Marshall. PEPLOPTERA LEFEVREIL, sp. n. Subeylindrical, black ; thorax flavous, sparingly punctured, the dise with a broad black band; elytra flavous, rather regularly punctate-striate, a spot on the shoulders and a transverse band near the apex, as well as the extreme apical margins, black. Length 7 millim. Head black, the vertex strongly swollen, longitudinally sulcate at the middle, the space between the eyes strongly punctured and slightly rugose, non-pubescent ; the antennz not extending to the base of the thorax, black, the second and third joints fulvous ; thorax twice as broad as long, but little narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, the median lobe broad, not much produced, and preceded by a distinct transverse depression, the surface with a few fine punctures near the base and the posterior «angles, fulvous ; the middle of the dise occupied by a broad subtriangular black patch, which extends to the anterior margin, where it is greatly narrowed; scutellum small, black; elytra flavous, with regular rows of fine punctures, which become a little more confused at the sides and near the apex, the interstices rather closely and very minutely punctured, the shoulders with a black spot, a transverse narrow black band of somewhat irregular shape is placed below the middle, extending to the sides in some instances, but interrupted in others; below and the legs black, closely covered with silvery pubescence ; tarsi broad and rather robust. Hab. Delagoa Bay. In spite of its great similarity im coloration to P. angustata Erichs., P. cylindriformis Lac., and one or two other African species, the punctation of the elytra does not permit me to identify P. lefevret with either of these ; the elytral rows are fairly regular and more distantly placed than in the named species, and the interstices are likewise finely punctured; in the allied forms the punctation is almost always close and irregular and that of the thorax more distinct. The species would find its place amongst Lacordaire’s group in which the tarsi are broad. PEPLOPTERA SEMIFASCIATA, Sp. 0. Black, the tibize and tarsi fulvous; thorax strongly and sparingly punctured, fulvous; elytra strongly, closely, and semiregularly — 212 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, punctate, fulvous; a spot on the shoulders, another near the scutellum, and a transverse curved band below the middle, black. Length 6 millim. Head black, sparingly punctured at the vertex, the space round the eyes rugosely punctate, the clypeus more strongly punctured : antenne not extending to the base of the thorax, black, the second and third joints more or less fulvous, the following joints of strongly transverse shape; thorax twice as broad as long, subcylindrical, the sides rounded, strongly and closely punctured, the dise more remotely so, fulvous; scutellum black; elytra parallel, subcylin- drical, distinctly lobed below the shoulders, not covering the pygidium, the punctuation like that of the thorax, closely placed in irregular rows, the shoulders with a small black spot, another larger one near the scutellum; a broad, slightly curved band is placed below the middle, its upper margin being highly convex and its lower one concave; below and the pygidium densely covered with silvery pubescence ; legs fulvous, the femora blackish. Hab, Headlands, Mashonaland (G. Marshall), Allied to P. punctata Jac., but smaller, the elytra more strongly punctured and with a broad posterior band instead of two spots, the tibie and tarsi fulvous, not black. PHPLOPTERA ANCHORALIS, Sp. Nh. Black, closely pubescent below, anterior and lateral margins of the thorax fulvous, the latter very minutely punctured; elytra more strongly punctate-striate, fulvous, an elongate humeral stripe, and a sutural band from the middle downwards, connected with an elongate spot near the apex, black. Length 8 millim. Head black, closely punctured and rugose near the eyes, the latter very large; antenne not extending to the base of the thorax, black, the lower four joints fulvous, basal joint black above, closely pubescent; thorax about one half broader than long, the anterior margin a third shorter than the basal one, the sides nearly straight, anterior and posterior angles distinct, the posterior margin roundly produced at the middle, the surface very finely and somewhat closely punctured, with a distinct transverse groove near the median lobe, more strongly punctured than the rest of the surface, the latter black, in shape of a broad transverse band, the anterior margin of which is deeply indented at the sides and at the middle, this band leaves the lateral and anterior margins of the flavous ground-colour; scutellum triangular, black ; elytra with strongly produced lateral lobes, regularly and moderately strongly punciate-striate, fulvous, or flavous the suture from before the middle to the apex in shape of a medially narrowed band, an ovate spot near the apex touching this band, and a short slightly oblique elongate band on the shoulders, black; this latter band terminates exactly where the sutural band begins; below and the legs black, closely covered with silky silvery pubescence ; tarsi broad. 1900, ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 213 Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Closely allied to P. humeralis Jac., likewise from Mashonaland, but differing in the black disc of the thorax and in not having a black stripe at the lateral margins of the elytra; the latter in P. humeralas have the sutural band also extending higher upwards and not ending abruptly truncate as in the present insect. P. schimperi Lefév. and P. ubyssinica Lefév. are likewise closely allied; but the first-named species is described as having the anterior angles of the thorax fulvous only, in having a broad transverse elytral band near the apex, and a subquadrate, not elongate, humeral spot. P. abyssinica has similarly coloured elytra, rufous tarsi, and is smaller. Of the present insect three specimens have been sent by Mr. Marshall, ot which one has the elytral spots widened into a broad band like Lefévre’s last-named insect, but the tarsi in all are black; it may, however, possibly be a variety of that insect. GYNANDROPHTHALMA SUBRUGOSA, Sp. n. Entirely dark metallic blue; antenne black ; thorax strongly transverse, impunctate ; elytra very strongly and closely punctured, the interstices irregularly rugose. Length 53-6 millim. Elongate and parallel, the head nearly impunctate, with a few oblique strigee between the eyes; the latter large, very slightly indented at their lower portion ; epistome with afew punctures, triangularly emarginate at its anterior margin; antenne black, the basal joint metallic blue, the second and third very short, obscure fulvous, the others strongly transverse ; thorax twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides rounded, with a distinct but narrow reflexed margin, the median lobe broadly produced, posterior angles rounded, the disc impunctate, with a short transverse depression at each side; scutellum broad, ‘its apex truncate; elytra feebly lobed below the shoulders, closely and strongly punctured, tue interstices transversely rugose, less strongly so towards the apex; below very sparingly pubescent; the legs rather elongate, the first joint of the tarsi sligitly longer than the second. Hab. Cape. (Two specimens in my collection.) G. aspaltina Gerst. seems to be a closely allied species, but is described with finely and remotely punctured elytra, which cannot possibly be applied to the present species, in which these parts are distinctly rugose and strongly punctured. GYNANDROPHTHALMA MARGINICOLLIS, sp. n. Black, finely pubescent below; thorax transverse, impunctate, the extreme lateral margin fulvous; elytra finely punctured, fulvous, a spot on the shoulders, a larger one near the suture at the middle, and a transverse band below the latter, black. Length 5 millim. Of narrow, elongate and parallel shape; the head black, very Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XV. 15 214 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, finely and sparingly punctured and clothed with single grey pubescence ; the clypeus not separated from the face, its anterior margin concave; eyes large, ovate; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, dentate from the fourth joint, black, the lower three joints fulvous; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides and the posterior angles rather rounded, the median lobe but slightly produced, the surface entirely impunctate, black, shining, the extreme lateral margin fulvous; scutellum black, pointed, broad at the base; elytra finely and rather closely punctured, fulvous, the shoulders with a small black spot, a larger round spot is placed near the suture at the middle, and a transverse short band, concave at its lower margin, at some distance from the apex, this band does not quite extend to either margin; the breast and abdomen black, clothed with grey pubescence ; legs rather slender as well as the tarsi. Hab. Ibembo, Congo (Duvivier). (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) The coloration of the thorax and that of the elytra will at once assist in the recognition of this species, of which I have seen two specimens, which were formerly contained in the collection of the late A. Duvivier. The species seems closely allied in coloration to G', foveiceps Lac., but is of more narrowly elongate shape, and the thorax is not fulvous but black. CopTocEPHALA FALKENSTEINI Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitsch. 1882, p. 396. This species is a true Peploptera and must be placed in that genus, as several specimens which I received from German East Africa have proved to me. CRYPTOCEPHALIN 2. CRYPTOCEPHALUS ORNATICOLLIS, Sp. n. Flavous, terminal joints of the antenne black, the head and thorax dark fulvous, the latter with the sides and two basal spots flavous ; elytra regularly punctate-striate, flavous, a spot on the shoulder, another near the middle, and a transverse narrow band near the apex, black. Length 5 millim. Of robust, posteriorly slightly narrowed shape; the head dark fulvous or piceous, finely and closely punctured; antenne long, black, the lower five joints flavous, terminal joints elongate and distinctly widened; thorax twice as broad as long, strongly narrowed in front, the sides greatly deflexed, the lateral margins rounded at the middle, the surface very minutely punctured, the dise piceous or dark fulvous, the anterior margin narrowly, the sides more broadly and two large oblique spots at the base, flavous ; scntellum broad, its apex rounded, flavous, the base narrowly biack ; elytra distinctly narrowed posteriorly, strongly and regularly punctate-striate, flayous, the interstices flat and impunctate, the 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 215 basal margin very narrowly, a spot on the shoulders, another near the suture at the middle, and a narrow transverse irregular-shaped band near the apex black, the extreme lateral margin posteriorly dark fulvous ; below and the legs flavous; abdomen darker; the anterior legs rather elongate, their tarsi very broad. Hab. Delagoa Bay (G. Marshall). Of this species I received three specimens from Mr. Marshall which show no differences of any importance. There are not many African species of the present genus which have a similarly marked thorax, the nearest being perhaps C. denticulatus; in the present species, however, the dark portion of the thorax is not black but dark fulvous or piceous; the number and position of the elytral spots also differ from any of its allies. CRYPTOCEPHALUS SEVERINI, Sp. nN. Black, above and the legs flavous, vertex of head black; thorax impunctate, with five black stripes; elytra finely and irregularly punctured, with a subsutural and lateral black longitudinal band, the latter divided. Length 8 millin. Broad and robust; the head impunctate, slightly depressed, flavous, the vertex with a narrow transverse black band; eyes very broadly emarginate; clypeus concave at its anterior margin ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal five joints widened; thorax subcylindrical, with strongly deflexed sides, the middle widened, the surface entirely impunctate, flavous, with five equally distant black spots or bands, the middle one narrow and extending from the base to the apex, the others much shorter aud abbreviated at each end, the outer one the shortest and placed on the lateral margin; scutellum black, broad, its apex truncate; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, slightly constricted at the sides near the middle, the puuctuation very fine, placed in double rows near the suture, but irregularly at the sides, the Jast row placed at some distance from the lateral margin, the latter likewise accompanied by a stronger row of punctures ; each elytron with two longitudinal black bands, the first placed near the suture of slightly oblique direction, abbreviated below the middle, the other placed on the shoulder, interrupted at the middle and not extending much further than the subsutural band ; underside black, clothed with very short pubescence, the coxe and the Jast abdominal segment flavous at the base ; pygidium flavous with a central black spot ; prosternum broad, pubescent, its base produced at the angles into a blunt point. Hab. Loulouabourg, Congo. (Coil. Belgian Mus. and my own.) One of the largest African species, and easily recoguized by the system of its coloration. CRYPTOCEPHALUS STRIGICOLLIS, sp, nl. Obscure fulvous; antenne (the basal joints excepted) black ; thorax fulvous, closely longitudinally strigose; elytra strongly 15* 216 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6 punctate-striate, the interstices convex, flavous, a broad transverse hand at the base and another near the apex black. Length 4 millim. Head fulvous, impunctate, slightly uneven, the eyes nearly continuous at the vertex ; antenne extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints flavous, the third and the following three joints gradually increasing in length, the terminal ones shorter; thorax twice as broad as long, slightly widened at the middle, fulvous, the basal margin narrowly black, the posterior angles flavous, the entire surface covered with longitudinal fine strigze without punctures, posterior margin finely serrate; scu- tellum black, with a fulvous basal spot, its apex truncate ; elytra very slightly narrowed posteriorly, deeply and closely puncfate- striate, the interstices strongly longitudinally costate, especially so at the sides, flavous, the base with a broad transverse black band, not quite extending to the lateral margins, another similar band is placed close to the apex, leaving the latter of the flavous ground- colour ; underside and legs pale fulvous, finely pubescent. Hab. Moliro, Africa ( Duvivier). This is another of those species having the thorax closely strigose, which seem confined to Africa; the other two known species, C. araticollis Chap. and C. natalensis Jac., are devoid of elytral bands. I received the specimen from the Belgian Museum, CRYPTOCEPHALUS SALISBURIENSIS, sp. Nn. Head and the underside black; thorax impunctate, flavous, with two large black spots ; elytra moderately strongly punctate-striate, flavous: a round spot on the shoulders, a sutural transverse spot at the middle, and a transverse band near the apex, black ; legs favous, the femora spotted with black. Length 5 millim. Head black, distinctly punctured and sparingly pubescent; the clypeus and the sides of the face below the eyes yellow ; antenne slender, black, the lower tive joints flavous, the basal joint black above; thorax with the sides straight or nearly so, otherwise of usual shape, the basal margin near the anterior angles distinctly toothed, the surface impunctate or with a few minute punctures, fulvous, with a large black oblong spot at each side, not extending to the anterior margin, the extreme basal margin likewise black, the other margins of the ground-colour ; scutellum black; elytra ratber finely punctate-striate, the interstices with some extremely fine punctures, flavous, the shoulders with a black oblong spot, the suture at the middle with another transverse short spot, a transverse band extending across the suture but not quite to the sides is also placed near the apex ; below black, the prosternum, mesosternum, and a spot at the base of the abdomen yellow, the posterior angles of the prosternum prolonged laterally ; femora with a black spot at the middle. Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall), 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 217 This species seems more nearly allied in coloration to C. erythro- melas Suffr. than to any other, but differs in the anterior sutural spot and posterior band, which both extend across the suture ; the legs also are flavous and not black; the prosternum agrees very nearly with that of C. v-nigrum. Two exactly similar specimens were sent by Mr. Marshall. CRYPTOCEPHALUS FLAVO-ORNATUS, Sp. Nn. Flavous, the apical joints of the antenne black, above fulvous ; the thorax impunctate, the lateral margins and a central longi- tudinal stripe flavous ; elytra rather closely punctate-striate, the interstices minutely punctured. Length 4-43 millim. Of parallel, subcylindrical shape, the head with a distinct central longitudinal sulcus, sparingly punctured, fulvous, the space near the eyes flavous; the latter reniform, broadly emarginate at the middle ; antennz comparatively short and robust, black, the lower five joints flavous, second and third joints short, equal, terminal joints robust and strongly widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, very convex, the sides nearly straight, the surface entirely im- punctate, with a distinct oblique depression at the base on each side in front of the scutellum ; the disc fulvous, interrupted by a narrow central favous stripe from the base to the apex, the sides likewise narrowly, and the posterior angles more broadly flavous, extreme basal margin black ; scutellum flavous, its apex truncate ; elytra parallel, closely and rather strongly punctate-striate, the punctures somewhat closely placed and smaller towards the apex, the interstices finely punctured; the epipleure at the base, the underside, and the legs flavous ; the pvgidium rugosely punctured. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). This species was obtained, according to Mr. Marshall, on Mosasa ; it will not be difficult to recognize it on account of its uniform coloration of the elytra and the flavous markings of the thorax. I am not acquainted with any other African representative of the genus with which it may be compared in this respect ; in some specimens the extreme sutural and lateral margins are stained with flavous. CRYPTOCEPHALUS V-NIGRUM, Sp. nl. Black ; the basal joints of the antenne, the tibiz more or less, aud the thorax at the sides and middle, flavous ; thorax extremely finely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, flavous, a spot on the shoulder, another near the scutellum, and two subquadrate, connected spots in shape of an inverted VY below the middle, black. Length 5 millim. Head entirely black, strongly punctured and sparingly pubescent, slightly depressed bet ween the eyes; the antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, filiform in the male, shorter and the terminal joints thicker in the female insect, the lower five joints 218 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6, flavous, the others black; thorax rather strongly widened at the middle, extremely minutely and rather sparingly punctured, only visible under a strong lens, the sides feebly rounded, the posterior margin with some strongly marked teeth near the angles and preceded by a deep subquadrate fovea—the disc either black, with the anterior margin narrowly, the sides more broadly and angularly flavous, and a similar coloured. spot at the middle of the base (mas.): or flavous, with a broad anteriorly divided band, not extending to the margins, on each side, and the margins themselves narrowly, black (fem.) ; scutellum black; elytra very slightly narrowed posteriorly, regularly and strongly punctate-striate, flavous, rather opaque in the male, more shining in the other sex, the shoulders with an elongate black spot, a smaller one of rounded shape is placed near the scutellum, and two subquadrate spots, which are joined together anteriorly, below the middle, the sutural and apical margins are likewise narrowly black ; the underside and the femora black ; tibia robust and widened anteriorly, fulvous, the outer margin of the anterior tibize and the base of the four posterior black, tarsi fulvous; prosternum prolonged laterally at the base into points, flavous, the apex of the mesosternum and a spot between the posterior coxe likewise flavous. Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (G. Marshall). The markings of the elytra resemble somewhat those of C. erythro- melas Suffr. and some other African species, but the shape of the posterior angular band is quite different; nor do I know of a similar structure in regard to the thorax, in which the lateral basal teeth are preceded by a distinct notch or fovea; the shape of the prosternum with its prolonged posterior angles is another peculiarity of this species, of which I have three specimens before me. C@NOBIUS PLAGIATUS, sp. 0. Black, the antenne and the legs flavous; thorax impunctate, black, the anterior and lateral margins and two basal spots flavous ; elytra very finely punctate-striate, black, a broad transverse band before the middle and another at the apex flavous. Length 13 millim. Of narrow, cylindrical shape; the head black, impunctate, the eyes widely separated, not strongly emarginate, parts of the mouth and the antenne flavous, the latter short, with the sixth and the following two joints strongly dilated (the rest wanting); thorax twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, narrowed towards the apex, the surface impunctate, black, very shining, the anterior margin very narrowly and the lateral ones more broadly flavous, the base with two other bright flavous transverse spots, only separated by a thin stripe of the ground-colour; scutellum broad, pointed at the apex, black; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, scarcely perceptibly punctate-striate, the strie widely separated, the black portion divided by- a broad transverse bright flavous band, which surrounds the shoulders at the outer margin and does not quite extend to the suture, this band is placed before 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 219 the middle and of slightly oblique shape, another broad transverse band occupies the apex of both elytra; below black; the legs robust, flavous, as well as the prosternum and mesosternum, the former longer than broad, its base deeply concave, the sides raised into narrow ridges. Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil). Of this very pretty but small species I received a single example ; like several of its congeners at present placed in this genus, the eyes are not approached or contiguous, but the prosternum agrees with the typical forms. ACHZNOPS (?) PUNCTICOLLIS, sp. n. Yellowish white, the terminal joints of the antenne and the breast and abdomen black ; thorax very clesely punctured, with or without piceous transverse bands; elytra strongly and semi- regularly punctate-striate, a spot on the shoulders and two near the apex piceous or black. Var. Thorax without markings, underside flavous. Length 3-4 millim. Head broad, yellowish, strongly but not very closely punctured, the vertex with a central black narrow stripe; eyes broadly emarginate ; antenne short and stout, extending to the base of the elytra, the lower six joints pale flavous, the others black, terminal joints, with the exception of the last one, dilated; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the surface very closely and strongly punctured, yellowish white, with a transverse narrow piceous stripe at each side, sending off branches at right angles to the anterior and posterior margin, another piceous spot is placed at the middle of the base, the basal margin likewise narrowly black; scutellum truncate at its apex, the latter flavous, the base black; elytra subcylindrical, pale yellowish, strongly punctured in irregular rows, of which ten are placed on each elytron, the sutural one being very short, near the apex some of the rows unite in pairs, forming broader spaces between them, all the punctures of piceous colours, a small piceous spot is placed on each shoulder, two others more or less distinct are seen near the apex, the inner one of which is placed rather higher than the other spot; legs pale flavous, the femora with a piceous spot ; prosternum widened at the base, strongly punctured ; breast and abdomen black. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony, 8S. Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil), on mimosa-bushes. This little Cryptocephalus, of which I received two specimens, is doubtfully placed by me in Achenops, as the structure of the prosternum does not agree with that genus, but I do not consider it desirable to establish another genus on a single species. The present insect has very nearly the general appearance of a Pachybrachys ; the colour and the system of punctation is the same, but the antenne agree better with Monachus on account of their shortness and the dilated terminal joints; the prosternum ‘ 220 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6, has its base truncate, not rounded, and the posterior angles are but little produced; in one specimen the thorax is without any markings and the entire underside is flavous, the elytra have also the dark spots less strongly marked. EUMOLPIN &. MicROHERMESIA, gen. noy. (group Colaspine). Oblong; antenne filiform, eyes entire; thorax transverse, the sides angulate and with a narrow margin; elytra semi-regularly punctured ; legs robust, the anterior femora with a minute tooth, tibie not suleate, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following two joints together, claws appendiculate; prosternum broad, scarcely narrowed between the coxe, its base truncate ; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave. In its general appearance, the little species for which I propose this new genus resembles Lefevrea, but differs in the angulate sides of the thorax, which places 1t amongst the group Colaspine, which up till now had no African representative ; the much broader pro- sternum and the minutely dentate anterior femora separate the genus from Colaspis proper ; the shape of the thorax agrees better with Hermesia, but that genus differs in other details, notably the unarmed femora, although this latter character must be used with caution and only in conjunction with others as a generic distinction. MicROHERMESIA HIRTICOLLIS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 7.) 3. Below black, base of the antenne and the legs fulvous ; thorax sneous, closely punctured and finely pubescent ; elytra strongly punctured anteriorly, flavous, the middle with a transverse broad cupreous or eneous patch. Q (2). Above entirely flavous, with a shght metallic gloss. Length 23 millim. Head neous or cupreous, closely punctured and sparingly clothed with short pubescence ; the clypeus not separated from the face, transverse ; antenne slender, extending to about the middle of the el\tra, flavous, the terminal joints slightly stained with fuscous, basal joint much thickened, second and third equal in length, fourth and following joints slightly longer and very feebly thickened towards the apex; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides with a narrow margin and distinctly angulate at the middle, the anterior angles distinctly tuberculate, the tubercle produced and provided with a single seta, the anterior and posterior margins straight, the surface punctured and pubescent like the head; scutellum broader than Jong, its sides rounded; elytra broader at the base than the thorax, the shoulders angulate, the base with a feeble transverse depression, the surface rather strongly punctured in closely arranged irregular rows, with some more minute punctures at the interstices, flayous, with a slight metallic gloss, the middle of the disc with an irregular, rather ill-defined transverse 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 221 cupreous patch, which widens somewhat at the sides, the suture and lateral margins likewise more or less greenish neous; below nearly black, the legs fulvous ; prosternum strongly punctured. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G. Mar- shall). Tt ie probable that the unicolorous flavous specimen represents the female of this species, since the anterior tarsi are more slender and thinner than in the specimens which I look upon as the other sex, but there is only a singie individual of the former sex before me. CoLASPOSOMA CONRADI, sp. 0. Metallic green with fulvous gloss, base of the femora flavous, tibie fulvous; thorax very closely and finely punctured; elytra strongly and irregularly punctured, with traces of longitudinal lines, the sides strongly rugose in both sexes. Fem. Elytra with a smooth, rather broad, longitudinal costa near the suture. Length 6-8 millim. Head finely longitudinally strigose at the sides of the vertex, the latter sparingly punctured; clypeus more strongly punctate, not separated from the face, but with a small fovea at the base, its anterior margin slightly concave-emarginate ; labrum and palpi fulvous ; antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, the lower six joints fulvous, the others black, rather widened ; thorax three times broader than long, the sides rounded and with a narrow reflexed margin, the disc closely and finely punctured throughout, with a transverse depression near the anterior margin; scutellum broad, with a few strong punctures; elytra with a fulvous tint, strongly and closely punctured, the punctures arranged in rows near the suture; the interstices smooth and slightly raised near the apex, strongly transversely rugose at the sides, the lateral margin accompanied by two distinctly raised smooth coste; underside nearly smooth, metallic green, the sides of the abdomen and of the breast fulvous; femora metallic green, their base flavous, tibie fulvous, the apex and the tarsi dark zeneous; prosternum very broad, clothed with grey pubescence. Hab. Cameroons (Conrad). This species will not be very difficult to recognize on account of the flavous base of the femora and the strongly rugose sides of the elytra in both sexes; in the female this is, however, still much more pronounced, as well as the elytral coste. I received two specimens from Dr. Kraatz. C. antiquum Har. is a closely allied species, but differs in the much more finely and evenly punctured elytra and in the colour of the antenne and legs. C. abdominale Lefeév. (lefevrec Baly) is described with testaceous antenne and legs, but seems otherwise closely allied. CoLASPOSOMA ALUTACEUM, sp. n. Dark eneous, finely pubescent, the antenne and tarsi piceous ; 0 222 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, head and thorax finely and closely punctured, the latter with a smooth central line; elytra extremely finely punctured and wrinkled, clothed with short silvery pubescence. Length 5 millim, Of obscure brownish-zneous colour, the head finely and sub- remotely punctured ; the clypeus not separated, punctured like the head ; labrum piceous, lower joints of the palpi fulvous ; antennz short, not extending to the middle of the elytra, dark fulvous, the basal joint stained with sneous, terminal joints distinctly thickened, each stained with fuscous at the apex; thorax strongly transversely convex, the sides rounded, the surface closely and finely punctured throughout, clothed with very short white pubes- cence, the middle of the disc with a smooth central narrow space, all the margins very narrowly metallic cupreous ; scutellum much broader than long, its apex blunt, the surface with a few punctures, the margins cupreous; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, very slightly depressed below the base, opaque, extremely closely punctured and finely wrinkled, the interstices with still smaller punctures and clothed like the thorax with short whitish pubescence ; underside and femora dark zneous and sparingly pubescent ; tibie dark fulvous. Hab. Pinetown, Natal. This is the description of the male insect, which has the auterior legs as usual longer than in the female; this and the rather less broad thorax, however, are the only visible differences between the two sexes. C. alutaceum differs from the other pubescent species of the same country in the finely punctured and wrinkled elytra and the short white hairs of the upper parts, as well as the very distinct punctation of the thorax. Whether C., pubescens Letév. is identical with the present species can only be ascertained by comparing the type, as a three-lined description of insects which are so closely allied is of no use whatever, and an abuse of science, which should be, in my opinion, totally ignored with the rest of all such publications ; at any rate C. pubescens is described with the labrum obscure rufous, and the head, thorax, and elytra densely and very finely punctured, which does not apply to the species before me. COLASPOSOMA SUBAUREUM, Sp. nl. Obscure fulvous with eneous gloss, pubescent, the apical joints of the antenne black ; thorax finely and closely punctured, clothed with long white hairs ; elytra with a deep fovea below the base, closely punctured, the interstices transversely rugose throughout and pubescent like the thorax. Length 5 millim. Head closely punctured and clothed with rather long white hairs; labrum fulvous; antenne extending slightly below the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal five joints black ; thorax strongly transverse, three times broader than long, the sides rounded, the fine punctation almost entirely covered by longish 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 223 white hairs ; scutellum broader than long, punctured and pubes- cent; elytra with a deep fovea below the base, the interior of which is of metallic greenish or brassy colour, the rest of the surface irregularly transversely rugose and pubescent, with two or three narrow raised longitudinal ridges, the most well- marked of .which is placed near the suture; below and the legs coloured as the upper surface and closely pubescent. Hab. Tumbu, Congo. O£ this species one specimen is in the collection of the Belgian Museum and the other in my own. I know of no other Colasposoma having such a deep and well-marked elytral fovea in connection with the long pubescence; in C. foveipenne Jac., from Madagascar, there is a similar but transversely shaped fovea, but no pubescence, and a totally different sculpturing. The coloration of the present species also is peculiar, being a mixture of obscure fulvous and metallic brassy or e2neous. I am at present unable to speak with certainty as to the sex of the specimens before me, but both are probably females. C. foveatum Jac. differs in having a transverse elytral cavity and a strongly and remotely punctured thorax. COLASPOSOMA OBSCURUM, sp. n. Obscure fuscous with cupreous gloss; antenne with the second and third joints fulvous ; thorax extremely closely punctured and finely reticulate ; elytra strongly punctured in closely approached rows, the interstices nearly smooth. Length 6 millim. Of parallel shape; entirely obscure ceneous or fuscous, here and there with cupreous reflections; antenne long, black, the first joint below and the following two joints fulvous, terminal joints slightly thickened; thorax more than twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides feebly rounded, the entire surface extremely closely and finely punctured, with the interstices everywhere finely reticulate; scutellum with a few punctures; elytra with a shallow depression below the base, rather strongly and closely punctured in irregular rows, the sides below the shoulders with an elongate depression; femora unarmed; legs nearly black. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on Brachystegia (G. Marshall). Mr. Marshall has sent two specimens (probably males) of this species, which I cannot identify with any of the numerous other members of the genus: the peculiar coloration, and the almost entire absence of elytral rugosities in connection with the closely and finely punctured and reticulate thorax, will assist in the recognition of the species. Dasycutorus Fairm. In the ‘ Bulletin’ of the Société d’Entomologique de France for 1898 (p. 19), M. Fairmaire has described what he believes to be a 224 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6 new genus of Ewmolpide under this name from the West Coast of Africa. In reading carefully his descriptions of the two species he describes, I can come to no other conclusion than that the supposed new genus is simply a Colasposoma, and his species D. passeti and D. varicolor identical with Colasposoma pradieri Lefév. and C. fair- mairei Lefév. respectively. M. Fairmaire compares his genus with Sybriacus, to which the species mentioned above bear some superficial resemblance; but as the author makes no mention of the principal characters of his genus, that is the shape of the anterior thoracic episternum and the structure of the tibix or claw 8, one cannot even tell to which section Dasychlorus may belong. 1 may be wrong in my surmise regarding the present genus. In the descriptions of Fairmaire of his two species there is, however, absolutely nothing to distinguish it from Colasposoma, and it is certainly remarkable that when describing a new genus of one of the most difficult sections of the Phytophaga an Y experienced author should not even mention the most important characters without which every clue to its proper place is lost. Colasposoma pradieri (the largest species of the genus) and C. fairmairei have both been described by Lefévre as far back as 1877, and are well-known West African species. MACETES CLYPEATA, sp. n. Obscure cupreous, clothed with white and fulvous pubescence, antenne and legs dark fulvous ; clypeus deeply emarginate; head and thorax very finely and closely punctured, metallic greenish ; elytra of the same colour and sculpture, finely pubescent. Length 7 millim. Of broadly ovate, subquadrate shape: of a dark greenish-sneous colour above, and clothed with longish white and brown pubes- cence; the head closely and finely punctured, with a central groove ; the clypeus very deeply and subtriangularly emarginate; the labrum cupreous, the palpi fulvous; the antennz robust, entirely fulvous, the basal joint cupreous above; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, subcylindrical, extremely closely and rather finely punctured and pubescent ; scutellum broader than long, sub- pentagonal, finely punctured and pubescent ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, strongly narrowed posteriorly, depressed, with another very feeble depression below the base; below cupreous, the femora fulvous with metallic gloss, clothed with dense white pubescence ; the tibiz and tarsi more or less fulvous, the anterior and posterior femora with a stout tooth, the others unarmed. Hab. Dunbrody, Port Elizabeth, 8. Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil). Of this species I received a single specimen from the Rev. J. O’Neil: it is perhaps nearest allied to M. albicans Chap. The species is well distinguished by the deeply emarginate clypeus, the fine and close punctation of its upper surface, and the colour of the pubes- cence, which is white and brown above: but purely white only below. Chapuis’s species is unrecognizable, his description being too brief. 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 225 PSEUDOCOLASPIS CUPREOFEMORATA, Sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 4.) Violaceous-blue, the antenna, tibiz, and tarsi black; the femora cupreous ; thorax subclyindrical, closely and strongly punctured ; elytra punctured like the thorax, with rows of very short, white hairs, distantly placed. Length 4 millim. Head coarsely and closely punctured, dark blue; the antennz entirely black, the terminal five joints strongly dilated, club-shaped ; thorax scarcely broader than long, narrowed anteriorly and to a less extent near the base ; the entire surface closely and strongly punctured, the punctures round and deep, the middle with a more or less distinct narrow, raised longitudinal space; scutellum subquadrate, its apex truncate, the posterior angles feebly pro- duced, the base with two or three deep punctures; elytra with the shoulders prominent and acute, not depressed below the base, punctured like the thorax, but the punctures rather more closely placed and the interstices finely transversely rugose, sparingly - furnished with very short stiff whitish hairs ; legs coarsely punc- tured; the femora with a strong acute tooth, cupreous; the intermediate tibiz, with the exception of the extreme apex which is more or less cupreous, black ; claw-joint very long and slender. Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G. Marshall). Distinct from all its numerous African allies by its uniform dark blue colour and the cupreous femora, in connection with the strong punctation of its upper surface. PsEUDOCOLASPIS SEVERINI, Sp. 0. Black, sparingly pubescent, thorax finely and closely punctured ; elytra finely punctured in semiregular rows near the apex, the interstices clothed with very short, erect, silvery hairs. Length 4 millim. Head closely and rather strongly punctured; clypeus broad, subquadrate, scarcely punctured: antenne black, the lower four or five joints more or less piceous; the second and the following two joints very short, moniliform, the terminal ones strongly thickened and robust, the last longer than broad; thorax rather long, subcylindrical, but slightly narrowed in front, the surface without any perceptible sulci or depressions, closely and strongly punctured, with a smooth narrow middle line; scutellum broad, subpentagonal, impunctate; elytra narrowed posteriorly, not depressed below the base, the shoulders prominent, the surface closely, finely, and irregularly punctured, the punctures slightly more regularly arranged in rows near the apex; the interstices with single short silvery pubescence ; femora with a small tooth ; underside and legs rather strongly punctured. »Hab, Moliro, Congo (J. Duvivier). (Coll. Brussels Mus. and my own,) There are not many entirely black species of Pseudocolaspis 226 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, known and only one or two from Africa, of which P. parvula Jac. seems closely allied, but is much smaller, of metallic gloss and quite different punctation. Whether the short sparing pubes- cence of the present insect is normal or whether the specimens before me are rubbed I cannot say, but all agree in this respect. ScELODONTA SEXPLAGIATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 5.) Cupreous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax transverse, finely transversely rugose, with two small white pubes- cent spots; elytra strongly punctured and transversely wrinkled, each elytron with six white pubescent spots (1.2.2.1); flanks of the thorax and sides of the breast densely clothed with white pubescence. Length 4 millim. Head strongly punctured, the interstices with some short white hairs, supra-ocular grooves very deep; clypeus broad, strongly punctured; antenne proportionately long, cupreous, the apical five joints black, strongly widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, the entire surface covered with trans- verse rugosities, the sides with a small pubescent white spot; scutellum subpentagonal ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, narrowed posteriorly, very closely and strongly punctured in irregular rows, the sides transversely rugose, each elytron with six white small pubescent spots placed as follows :—one at the middle of the basal margin, one at the lateral margin below the shoulders, another further inwards in a line with the lateral spot, two placed transversely below the middle and slightly oblique, and the sixth at the extreme apex; patches of dense white hairs are also placed at the flanks of the thorax and the sides of the breast ; femora armed with a small tooth. Hab, Malvern, Natal. I have received several specimens of this very distinct and handsome species from Mr. C. Barker of Natal. MECISTES CHAPUISI, sp. n. Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous; head and thorax finely rugose, sparingly pubescent ; elytra strongly and closely rugose-punctate, the interstices with longitudinal rows of short hairs; femora with a small tooth. Length 4 millim. Head finely rugose and clothed with short yellowish pubescence ; labrum piceous ; antenne scarcely extending beyond the thorax, fulvous, the apical joints more or less infuscate, strongly trans- verse; thorax subconical, narrowed in front, the basal margin slightly concave at the sides, the median lobe truncate, produced, the surface closely rugose-punctate, the lateral margin rounded at the middle and widened, the dise covered with short yellow pubescence ; scutellum pentagonal; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, ovate and convex, very closely punctured, the interstices slightly longitudinally raised and furnished with rows 2 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 227 of short hairs ; legs fulvous; all the femora armed with a small tooth. Hab, Kamozi, Tumbu (J. Duvivier). (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) Unlike the other two or three species of the genus, the present one has armed femora, but agrees in all other details: this and the colour of the legs will easily distinguish the species. CoRYNODES NIGRIPENNIS, sp. 0. Bluish black, the head and thorax rufous, the latter very finely and subremotely punctured; elytra biack, opaque, very closely and finely rugosely punctured, the claws appendiculate. Length 11 millim. Of subcylindrical, parallel shape ; the head impunctate, rufous, shining ; the clypeus triangular, deeply separated from the face by a transverse, medially interrupted groove; antenne nearly extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the second and third joints fulvous below, the terminal six joints strongly flattened ; thorax of the same shape as in the preceding species, rufous, very shining, extremely minutely and sparingly punctured, the extreme anterior and basal margins black; scutellum fulvous, margined with black; elytra closely and somewhat strongly punctured, black, the interstices finely rugose, the extreme apex with a small obsolete fulvous spot ; below and the legs bluish black, the anterior tibie strongly curved at the apex. Hab. Cameroons. This species, of which I have received a single specimen from Herr Bang-Haas, agrees so closely in structural characters with the following, that I am almost tempted to look at it as an extreme variety of the latter; but the coloration of the head, thorax, and that of the elytra (unique amongst the numerous members of the genus) is so entirely different, that, in the absence of intermediate forms, I must consider the two insects distinct. CoRYNODES BIMACULICOLLIS, sp. n. Bluish black below, as well as the legs and antenne, above fulvous ; thorax impunctate, the anterior and basal margins and two elongate spots on the disc black; elytra very closely punctured, claws appendiculate. Length 11 millim. Head impunctate, fulvous, a small spot at the vertex and the supra-ocular sulci black; clypeus separated from the face by a deep transverse groove; antenne black, the lower two joints fulvous, the apical five joints gradually and broadly flattened; thorax about one half broader than long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight, the surface impunctate, the extreme anterior and basal margins black, the disc with two large, oblique, elongate black spots ; scutellum fulvous, margined with black; elytra evenly, closely, and distinctly punctured, the interstices slightly wrinkled here and there; anterior tibie strongly curved at the apex. 228 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA Mar. 6, Hab, Cameroons. Allied to C. raffrayi Lefév. but differing in the spotted head and thorax and the black not fulvous underside. I have received a single specimen from Herr Bang-Haas. PSEUDOSYAGRUS AFRICANUS, sp. n. Piceous, the sides of the thorax and the legs fulvous ; thorax closely punctured ; elytra fulvous, finely punctate-striate, the punctures obsolete posteriorly, each with an oblique band at the shoulders and another below the middle, black; the anterior femora dilated into a strong tooth, the posterior ones with a smaller one. Length 54 millim. Head finely rugose, obscure fulvous, the middle piceous ; the eyes extremely large, closely approached ; clypeus not separated from the face, strongly rugose ; antenne piceous, the lower four joints fulvous, the third joint one half longer than the second, terminal joints distinctly thickened ; thorax transverse, of equal width, the sides strongly rounded, with a narrow margin, the posterior angles dentiform, the disc closely impressed with strong, round punctures, piceous with a slight metallic gloss, the sides, in shape of a posteriorly narrowed band, fulvous ; scutellum triangular; elytra regularly punctate-striate, the punctures entirely obsolete at the apex, the interstices flat aaa impunctate; a short black oblique band extends from the shoulders towards the suture and another of similar shape is placed below the middle, there is also an indi- cation of a black short stripe near the lateral margins; legs fulvous, the four posterior tibie carinate, emarginate at the apex, claws bifid; anterior margin of the thoracic episternum convex ; anterior femora with a very strong triangular tooth. Hab. Matabeleland. near Tati. This genus was established by Fairmaire on a species from Madagascar. There seems to be scarcely any difference between the present genus and T’ricliona Lefév., which was published at the same time and in the same French “Annals”; but which of the genera appeared first in print I am unable to say. Tricliona was up to the present only known from India and Sumatra, but both genera agree in most details, especially in the enormously dilated anterior femora. Ithink, however, that the shape of the thorax is different in Pseudosyagrus, the latter being not at all narrowed in front and having strongly rounded sides. There is a single specimen of the present insect contained in my collection, well distinguished by its coloration. ODONTIONOPA CHRULEA, Sp. 0. Metallic dark blue, antenne and tarsi black, thorax extremely finely punctured; elytra convex and cylindrical, rather strongly punctured in closely arranged longitudinal rows, the interstices with a few minute punctures, the posterior femora w ith a distinet tooth. 1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 229 Length 5 millim. Head finely punctured, the interstices minutely granulate, the sides at the base of the antenne raised in shape of a ridge ; antennze filiform, black, the basal three joints more or less fulvous, the first joint metallic blue above, third joint but slightly longer than the second but shorter than the fourth, the following joints slightly thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides strongly rounded, with a narrow margin, the anterior angles produced into a short tooth, the surface very finely and rather closely punctured and minutely granulate; scutellum subquadrate, truncate at the apex; elytra subcylindrical, much more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctuation arranged in closely approached rows, the interstices with a few minute punctures here and there, dark violaceous blue, the sutural margin greenish ; below and the legs dark metallic blue, finely pubescent, the anterior femora with a very minute, the posterior with a more distinct tooth ; prosternum widened at the base, the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Warshall). Alhed to O. discolor Lefév., but in that species the labrum, palpi, antennx, and the legs are brown and the thorax is described as densely punctured ; the present insect, on account of the concave margin of the thoracic episternum, the entire tibiz, appendiculate claws, and other details, possesses all the characters peculiar to the genus. LEFEVREA BRUNNEA, Sp. 0. Entirely pale fulvous, the head and thorax rather strongly and closely punctured ; elytra closely punctate-striate, the punctures very fine towards the apex. Length 3 millim. Of the general shape of a small species of Colaspis ; the head finely punctured on each side, the clypeus contiguous with the face, its anterior margin moderately emarginate in the middle and on each side, its surface sparingly punctured ; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the intermediate joints sometimes stained with fuscous, the third and fourth joints equal, one half longer than the second joint, terminal ones slightly thick- ened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior and posterior margins straight, of equal width, the angles acute, the surface closely and somewhat strongly punctured, the punctures more crowded at the sides, the latter with an obsolete depression, scutellum with the sides rounded; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, convex, punctured in clesely approached rows, the punctures themselves scarcely larger than those of the thorax; below and the legs fulvous, the latter unarmed ; claws appendiculate ; prosternum strongly narrowed between the coxe. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Distinct from all its allies in the uniform pale fulvous coloration, Proo. Zoon, Soo.—1900, No, X VI. 16 230 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, LEFEVREA ABDOMINALIS Jac. Of this species described by myself (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 529) both sexes have now been sent by Mr. Marshall, taken by him “in cop.” They prove that the male is of totally different coloration to the other sex and of smaller size, but whether this is always the case I have not enough material before me to judge from. I give here the description of the male insect : Blackish zneous, the basal joimts of the antenne and the legs more or less fulvous ; thorax strongly and somewhat closely punc- tured; elytra finely punctate-striate anteriorly only, greenish- zeneous ; a humeral spot of semitriangular shape, flavous. Length 2 millim. In comparing the description of the typical form, the female, it will be seen that the latter is larger, devoid of the elytral humeral spots, and that the abdomen is fulvous: these differences are great and peculiar, but there is certainly no difference in the sculpturing between the two sexes, nor in the structure of the antenne ; and if, as | remarked above, the differences between the two sexes are constant, it proves again how important it is to know the sexes in descriptive entomology before one can judge a species with certainty. LEFEVREA HIRSUTA, Sp. n. Black, the antenne and legs pale fulvous; thorax strongly punctured and pubescent ; elytra more finely punctured in rows, pubescent, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins and a spot near the middle greenish black. Length 3 millim. Head blackish, with an neous tint, sparingly punctured and pubescent, the clypeus not separated from the face, the labrum and palpi fulvous ; antenne entirely flavous or fulvous, not quite ex- tending to the middle of the elytra, the lower joints nearly equal in length, the terminal six joints widened ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles not produced, the surface of equal width, dark xneous or greenish, remotely and strongly punctured, the interstices clothed with long pale hairs ; scutellum rather broad, piceous; elytra slightly wider than the thorax, subcylindrical, rather finely punctate-striate, flavous, the surface clothed with long greyish-white hair, the sutural and lateral margins dark greenish, the sides with a subquadrate dark greenish spot immediately below the middle and attached to the lateral margin, another similar very small spot is (sometimes) seen within the homeral callus ; below black with a slight metallic gloss ; legs fulvous, the femora unarmed, the tibie not emarginate, the claws appendiculate ; prosternum narrow, convex, and truncate at the base. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). From the other species of the genus described by me in a pre- vious paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 527) the present one differs entirely in the long pubescence of the upper surface and in its coloration, but not in structural characters, ; 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 231 SYAGRUS OPACUS, sp. ne Elongate and parallel, piceous, opaque ; the head, antenuz, and tarsi obscure fulvous, head rugose ; thorax verv closely and strongly punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices subcostate at the sides. Length 5 millim. Of entirely opaque colour ; the head fulvous, closely and strongly rugose, the clypeus not separated from the face ; the labrum and palpi pale fulvous; antenne slender, fulvous, the terminal joint stained with fuscous, the second joint one half shorter than the third one, the apical joints elongate ; thorax about one half broader than long, subquadrate, not much convex, the sides rounded, the surface closely covered with large round punctures which extend to all the margins, the lateral margins slightly crenulate ; scutellum broad, smooth ; elytra without basal depression, strongly punctate- striate, the punctures closely placed, the interstices subconvex, more strongly so at the sides ; below more shining ; all the femora armed with a small acute tooth, the apex of the tibiee and the tarsi more or less fulvous ; prosternum concave at its surface, constricted at the middle, rather abruptly dilated at the base. Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, under bark (G. Marshall). Distinct from any of its congeners by the entirely opaque color- ation, the fulvous and rugose head, and the almost rugose surface of the thorax. The species seems to approach more S. rugifrons Baly than any other, but that insect is of cupreous coloration and has a differently shaped thorax. Of the present species Mr. Marshall has sent three specimens. SYAGRUS ANTENNATUS, Sp. Nn. Below obscure fulvous, above flavous ; antennz with joints 6 and 7 and the apical one black; thorax closely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, flavous, the interstices flat ; femora with a minute tooth. Length 34 millim. Of subcylindrical shape ; the head sparingly and finely punctured, with a deep but narrow sulcus in front of the eyes; elypeus dis- tinctly separated from the face, its anterior edge deeply concave, the surface with a few fine punctures ; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, flavous, the sixth and seventh as well as the apical joint black, terminal joints distinctly thickened ; thorax subeylindrical, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles thickened, the- surface strongly and rather closely punctured, the punctures extending to the sides and outer margins, but rather less closely placed at the middle ; elytra very strongly punctate-striate, the punctures nearly as strong at the apex as at the base, closely approached, their interior more or less piceous in colour; legs robust, the femora with avery minute tooth, the tibie deeply emarginate at the apex. Hab, Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Lev. J. O'Neil). 16* 232 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, Differing from every other species of the genus in the colour of the antenne, in connection with the distinctly punctured thorax and very strongly punctured elytra. IVONGIUS PUNCTICOLLIS, sp. nl. Below black, above metallic dark greenish ; legs piceous, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie flavous; head dark fulvous; thorax rather strongly punctured; elytra strongly punctate- striate; femora unarmed. Length 3 millim.* Of short, ovate, and very convex shape ; the head obscure fulvous, the vertex greenish piceous at the base, the surface impunctate or with a few fine punctures; the clypeus entirely obsolete; the eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus ; antenne flavous, the terminal four joints black, second joint but slightly shorter than the third, the apical joints very shghtly thickened; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, not narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight, the surface closely and rather strongly impressed with round punctures, which leave only a small longitudinal space at the middle smooth ; elytra scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, narrowed towards the apex, dark greenish, strongly punctate-striate, the interstices with some minute punctures, convex near the lateral margins, the shoulders acutely raised and slightly obliquely costate, lateral margins reflexed ; below blackish ; the legs robust, dark fulvous, the femora stained with piceous; prosternum broad, transversely rugose, its anterior margin elevated. Hab. Mozambique. The principal characters of Jvongius—the unarmed femora and elevated anterior margin of the prosternum—are present in the species described here, of which two specimens are contained in my collection ; but the line of separation between the epistome and the head is entirely absent, so that this character used by itself is unreliable as applying to the genus, but it is used by the author (v. Harold) as one of the distinguishing features of Jvongius. The dark fulvous head, punctation of the thorax, and colour of the legs will separate this species from any of its allies, which for the most part are inhabitants of Madagascar. KURYDEMUS MARGINATUS, sp. 0. Pale fulvous, the breast piceous; thorax impunctate; elytra strongly punctate-striate, with basal depression, the extreme sutural and lateral margins black. Length 4 millim. Head remotely punctured as well as the clypeus; the latter separated from the face, subquadrate, its anterior margin straight ; eyes rather large, distinctly notched ; antenne slender, fulvous, the second joint nearly as long as the third, the following joints elongate ; thorax one half broader than long, strongly narrowed anteriorly, the sides oblique, scarcely rounded, the angles dentiform, the surface deflexed at the sides near the anterior angles, entirely 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 233 impunctate ; elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax, distinctly depressed below the base, strongly punctate-striate, the punctures diminishing in size towards the apex, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly black; below and the legs fulvous, the breast piceous, the abdominal segments likewise more or less of this colour at the middle, the femora with a strong tooth, the tibize longitudinally sulcate ; prosternum broad, impunctate. Hab. Boma, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Museum and my own.) The eyes in this species are fairly typical of the genus and pro- portionately large and closely approached ; the narrow black margins of the elytra are the principal marks of distinction in this species. EURYDEMUS MACULIPENNIS, Sp. 0. Dark fulvous below, flavous above; head and thorax coarsely punctured, spotted with piceous ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices costate, with three piceous spots at the base and three others, more elongate, below the middle ; knees and base of the tibiee black. Var. The posterior elytral spots absent. Length 4-5 millim. Head very coarsely and closely punctured, flavous, the vertex with a large triangular black patch; clypeus distinctly separated from the face, subquadrate, as strongly punctured as the head ; eyes large, rather closely approached, distinctly notched; antennze fulvous, the basal two or three joints flavous, second and third joints equal; thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles slightly tuberculiform, posterior margin with the median lobe very slightly produced, the surface flavous, impressed with very strong punctures, which at the sides are partly confluent, the dise with two closely approached irregular-shaped elongate piceous spots, the sides with another round and small spot; scutellum fulvous, small; elytra slightly wider than the thorax, flavous, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the interior of the punctures piceous, the interstices longitudinally costate, especially so at the sides, the second and fourth interstice with a short blackish spot at the base, a similar spot is placed on the shoulders, in a line with these spots are three others, more elongate, below the middle, the innermost of which is much longer than the others; the sutural margin is likewise very narrowly black; the under surface fulvous or piceous; the legs flavous, knees and the base of the tibize piceous, the posterior femora with a spine, the others unarmed. Hab. Boma Sundi, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Museum and my own.) This is probably a variable species in regard to coloration, of which I have seen two specimens. From other species of the genus it differs in having only the posterior femora armed with a tooth ; the very strong punctation of the head and thorax and the design of the elytra will at once separate HL. maculipennis from any of its ongeners. 234 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, EURYDEMUS BREVILINEATUS, Sp. Nn. Fulvous, the sides of the breast and the knees black ; thorax im- punctate, the lateral margins and a central spot black; elytra strougly longitudinally costate, the interstices closely punctured, each elytron with two or three short black stripes at the base and one below the middle ; femora with a tooth. Length 6 millim. Head impunctate, fulvous ; clypeus separated from the face by a shallow, transverse, bilobed groove, finely punctured ; labrum fulvous, vertex of the head with two small piceous spots; eyes large, rather closely approached, distinctly notched ; antenne slender, fulvous, the terminal joints more or less fuscous, the second joint slightly shorter than the third; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides strongly obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the angles produced into a tooth, the dise entirely impunctate, fulvous, the middle with a short transverse black band, the lateral marginsalso narrowly black ; scutellum fulvous, its apex broadly rounded ; elytra witha shallow depression below the base, strongly longitudinally costate, the interstices impressed with closely arranged punctures, the space between the second and third, and the fourth and fifth rows of punctures with a short longitudinal black stripe at the base, another stripe is also placed below the middle in a line with the second basal spot, and the lateral margins are likewise more or less marked with black; below and the legs fulvous, the sides of the breast, the knees, extreme apex of the tibiz, and the first joints of the tarsi black ; all the femora armed with a long tooth. Hab. Chiloango, Congo. (Belgian Mus. Collection and my own.) Somewhat similarly marked as EH. maculipennis Jac., but of double the size, the thorax with a central black spot, and the elytra strongly costate. RHEMBASTUS GEMINATUS, Sp. Nn. Below blackish, above neous; the antenne, tibiw, and tarsi obscure fulvous ; thorax closely and strongly punctured ; elytra sub- tylindrical, closely punctate-striate, the punctures often geminate, the last interstice longitudinally costate ; femora with a small tooth. Length 4 millim. Of elongate, subcylindrical shape; the head subremotely and strongly punctured; epistome separated by a narrow transverse groove from the face, closely punctured, its anterior edge deeply emarginate; eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus; antenne ex- tending to about the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the second and third joints equal ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides rounded, the surface closely, evenly, and rather strongly punctured, the lateral portion rather strongly deflexed, invisible if viewed from above ; scutellum broader than long, impunctate ; elytra very convex, subcylindrical, not wider at the base than the thorax, with a feeble transverse depression Sie eis) 1900.] | FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 235 before the middle, the punctation strong anteriorly, rather finer towards the apex, often irregular and consisting of double punctures, those at the sides deeper and the interstices at the same place rather costate, the last one more strongly so; legs fulvous, the femora darker, mucronate; prosternum with lateral sulci. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (4G. Marshall). The most nearly allied and described species seem to be R. puncticollis Har. and &. natalensis Lefev. (sub Syagrus): the first named is, however, described as having an opaque thorax and the elytra distinctly broader at the base, with much finer punctures posteriorly ; of double rows the author says nothing. Lefévre’s species is described in four lines, and the colour as ‘* brunneo-testaceous ” with an eneous gloss; the length is given as 3 millim.: the certain recognition of the species is accordingly an impossibility. &. micans Gerst. has a more finely punctured thorax and regularly simply punctate-striate elytra. RHEMBASTUS AFFINIS, sp, nl. Oblong-parallel, piceous with eneous gloss; antenne with the apical joints piceous, legs dark fulvous ; thorax coarsely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices slightly convex. Length 3 millim. Head rather strongly and closely punctured, with a central longitudinal groove; the clypeus separated from the face, trans- verse, impressed with a few punctures; eyes preceded by a rather broad sulcus; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal two joints piceous, the second and the following four joints equal, the next two slightly dilated, the ninth joint rather thinner, the terminal ones stouter again; thorax transverse, the sides feebly rounded, the anterior margin about one-third less wide than the posterior one, the surface coarsely and rather closely punctured, the punctures extending toall the margins; elytra with a very shallow depression below the base, very strongly punctate-striate, the interstices with some very fine punctures, convex at the sides, the lateral margin preceded by a row of closely placed punctures; legs robust, fulvous, the femora with a very minute tooth; prosternum longer than broad, its surface rugose, longitudinally sulcate at the sides. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by beating (G. Marshall). Allied to R. obscurellus Gerst. and R. cylindriformis Jac., but distinguished from either by the strong punctation of the thorax and the elytra. The present species greatly resembles Liniscus natalensis Leféev., but the suleus in front of the eyes and that of the prosternum place the insect in Rhembastus, with which it also agrees in other respects. RHEMBASTUS NIGRIPES, sp. n. Black below as well as the legs, the lower joints of the antenne, the head, and the thorax fulvous ; thorax closely punctured ; elytra 236 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, strongly convex, finely punctate-striate, dark metallic blue ; femora minutely toothed. Length 5 millim. Of robust and strongly convex shape, the head broad, impunc- tate ; the epistome separated from the face, transverse ; labrum and palpi fulvous, the eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus, large, distinctly emarginate ; antenne slender, black, the lower six joints fulvous, ‘second - joint thickened, as long as the third joint; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the angles acute, the posterior margin produced- and rounded at the middle, the surface closely and rather strongly punctured ; scutellum fulvous ; elytra subeylindrical, not depressed below the base, dark metallic blue, finely punctate-striate, each elytron with ten rows of punc- tures, the first sutural one short, the interstices flat, here and there with a few minute punctures; below and the legs black, shining, the femora with a very small tooth; the prosternum broad, ‘Tongitndinally sulcate at the sides. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (G@. Marshall). Larger than R. cyanipenms Gerst. and R. recticollis Jac.; the thorax more strongly punctured and the underside and legs deep black. RHEMBASTUS UNIFORMIS, sp. n Entirely pale fulvous, the apical two joints of the antenne fuscous ; thorax finely and remotely punctured ; elytra very finely punctate-striate ; femora unarmed. Length 5 millim. Head with a few fine punctures and a longitudinal groove at the middle ; clypeus separated from the face by a transverse groove, more closely punctured than the head, of transversely subquadrate shape, its anterior margin emarginate ; antenne extending to the iniddle of the elytra, flavous, the apical two joints fuscous, the second and the following four joints of equal length, the others slightly thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the posterior margin produced at the middle, oblique at the sides, the anterior margin straight, the disc sparingly covered with fine punctures ; scutellum oblong; elytra very convex, finely punctate- striate, the punctures rather irregularly placed, nearly absent at the apex, the suture raised at the posterior portion, preceded by an impressed line ; below and the legs pale fulvous. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mosasa (6G. Marshall). Much larger than 2. flavidus Lefév., of uniform coloration, the thorax much more finely and sparingly "punctured, and the femora unarmed, RHEMBASTUS INTERSTITIALIS, sp. 1. Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne black ; thorax trans- verse, distinctly and subremotely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices extremely minutely punctured. "ree wD he 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 237 Length 5 millim. Head impunctate, with a distinct fovea between the eyes; the clypeus subquadrate, separated from the face by an obsolete transverse groove, impunctate, its anterior edge concave at the middle ; eyes distant, notched; antennz slender, the lower six joints fulvous, the rest black, second joint elongate, nearly as long as the third, terminal joints scarcely shorter; thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides straight, the surface finely and subremotely punctured, impunctate near the lateral margins; elytra moderately strongly punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed, distinct to the apex, the interstices flat, with single very fine punctures ; below and the legs fulvous, the femora with an extremely minute tooth. Hab. Boma, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) Of this Rhembastus three specimens are before me, of which one shows a slight metallic gloss at the apex and at the sides of the elytra. The species is no doubtclosely allied to A. striatipennis Lefév., R. flavidus, and A. nigritarsis, but seems to differ from all in the minutely punctured interstices of the elytra, or the sculpturing of the thorax and the impunctate head ; the uniformly coloured legs separate the species from J. nigritarsis, and the very minute tooth of the femora and other details from R&R. collaris Gerst. RHEMBASTUS IRREGULARIS, Sp. n. Below black, above dark metallic greenish, the basal joints of the antenne fulvous ; head and thorax closely and finely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate near the suture, much more closely and irregularly punctured at the sides. Length 4 millim. Head closely punctured, the clypeus not separated from the face, mandibles robust, piceous ; eyes surrounded by a very narrow sulcus ; antenne not extending much below the base of the elytra, black, the lower six joints fulvous, terminal joints thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, widened at the middle, the sides obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the surface closely and distinctly but finely punctured; elytra ovate, convex, more strongly pune- tured, the punctures arranged in more distinct rows near the- suture, the others much more closely placed and less regular, all the punctures distinct to the apex; breast and abdomen black ; legs with a metallic green or eneous gloss, the tarsi more or less fulvous or piceous ; prosternum twice as long as broad, narrowed at the middle, impunctate. Hab. Boma and Matadi, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) R. irregularis may be separated from any of its congeners by the punctation of the elytra, which differs from other species in not being regular but only partly so; the punctation of the head and thorax will further help to distinguish the species. 238 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA — [ Mar. 6, HIMERIDA CHAPUISI, sp. n. Oblong-ovate, convex, below wneous, clothed with white pubescence ; above obscure cupreous, covered with white and fulvous scales, forming transverse bands; antenne black; femora armed with a strong tooth. , Length 43 millim. Head broad, covered with white and piceous scales, through which cupreous patches can here and there be distinguished, sparingly punctured, anterior edge of the clypeus deeply emar- ginate, labrum fulvous, palpi piceous ; antenne not extending much below the base of the thorax, black, the basal joint subquadrately thickened, the following four joints equal, the terminal five strongly widened ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the lateral margins distinct at the base only, the median lobe moderately produced, the dise convex, exactly similarly covered with scales as the head, their colour white and dark brown; scutellum densely clothed with white scales, much broader than long, pentagonal; elytra very slightly wider than the thorax, similarly provided with scales, these forming three more or less distinct transverse irregular bands and more densely white patches at the sides and at the apex; legs piceous, clothed with white scales ; below densely clothed with white pubescence, the ground- colour (where visible) cupreous; prosternum much broader than long, claws bifid. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (G. Marshal/). The general broadly ovate shape of this insect, its scale-like pubescence, the thickened terminal joints of the antenne, concave anterior margin of the thoracic episternum, &c. seem to me to place this species in Chapuis’s genus Himera, changed later by Lefévre to Himerida. The only species of the genus, of which a two-line description is given by the author, seems closely allied to the present one, and it is just possible that the latter is identical with the type; but Chapuis gives the basal joints of the antenne as ferruginous, which is not the case in the four specimens before me, and says nothing of white scales forming bands, although the latter are sometimes very indistinct; the inner divisions of the claws are very small. ODONTIOMORPHA, gen. nov. Body ovately subquadrate, glabrous above; antenne with widened terminal joints ; thorax ‘transverse, with a distinct trans- verse sulcus; elytra convex, punctured in semiregular rows ; femora with a very minute tooth, the intermediate tibiee emarginate at the apex; tarsi short, tri iangular ; claws appendiculate ; pro- sternum broad, subquadrate, its base truncate; the anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave. The only group, according to Lefévre’s or Chapuis’s arrangement, which the present small species could enter would be the Odon- tionopine, which contains at present three genera, all inhabiting 1900.] ¥ROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 239 Africa. From all of these Odontiomorpha is at once distinguished by the distinct thoracic sulcus, a rather rare character amongst the Eumolpide; the terminal short and dilated joints of the antenne and the emarginate apex of the intermediate tibiz will further assist in the recognition of the genus. Only a single, very small specimen was sent by Mr. G. Marshall. ODONTIOMORPHA MINUTA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 6.) Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous ; above zeneous or obscure cupreous ; head and thorax closely punc- tured ; elytra strongly punctured in irregular rows, the interstices costate at the sides. Length 2 millim. Head finely and rather closely punctured, the clypeus not sepa- rated from the face, its anterior edge concave ; labrum and palpi fulvous; antenn scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the apical five joints black, the second joint scarcely shorter than the basal one and similarly thickened, the third as long but thinner, apical joints widened; thorax strongly trans- verse, twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, the surface with a distinct transverse sulcus, slightly mterrupted at the middle, closely and strongly punctured; scutellum with the apex truncate; elytra stongly convex and slightly widened towards the apex, distinctly transversely depressed below the base, the shoulders prominent, the punctation strong and close, arranged in semiregular lines, the interstices near the lateral margins longi- tudinally costate; underside black, legs fulvous. Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). PAUSIRIS SUBFASCIATUS, sp. 1. Cupreous, the antennze and the tibiz fulvous; head and thorax closely and finely punctured, sparingly covered with white pu- bescence ; elytra finely and semiregularly punctured, with white hairs arranged in two more or less distinct transverse bands at the base and near the apex. Length 3 millim. Of ovate posteriorly slightly dilated shape; the head very finely and remotely punctured, the interstices furnished with very short single white hairs ; antenne extending to the base of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal five jomts strongly widened ; thorax about one half broader than long, the sides rounded, with a narrow margin, the anterior portion not more constricted than the pos- terior one, the dise punctured like the head, cupreous, the interstices at the sides and at the middle with some longish white hairs; scutellum subpentagonal, closely pubescent; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, shoulders prominent with a shallow trans- verse depression below the base, more strongly and closely punc- tured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in irregular rows, the surface with an indistinct band of white hairs at the base and another at the apex cupreous; below greenish-cupreous, sparingly 240 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, pubescent ; legs fulvous, the femora more or less eneous, unarmed, claws bifid; prosternum broad, subquadrate, punctured and pu- bescent ; the posterior legs widely separated. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (tev. J. O'Neil). A good many specimens of this species were kindly sent to me by the Rey. J. O’Neil, who seems to be an ardent entomologist and collector. The insect must come close to P. rotundicollis Chap., which is diagnosed in a three-line description, and which says nothing about the colour of the legs nor mentions a pubescence arranged in bands, which can be plainly seen in well-marked specimens ; these bands are of uneven shape and the hairs composing them are long; the general colour is a dark cupreous. PAUSIRIS FUSCITARSIS, sp. 0. Obscure zneous, clothed with white pubescence, the antenne and the tibie fulvous; thorax very finely and closely punctured, with rows of closely arranged pubescence ; tarsi fuscous. Length 3 millim. Head broad, closely punctured, and clothed with white pu- bescence, labrum and palpi fulvous; antenne with the terminal five joints strongly thickened, fulvous, the second joint thicker but searcely shorter than the third, this and the following three joints more elongate; thorax subglobulose, widened and thickened at the middle, rounded at the sides, the latter with a distinct margin, the surface finely and closely punctured, obscure cupreous, clothed with long whitish hairs ; scutellum subquadrate ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders prominent, the punctation slightly stronger than that of the thorax, and arranged in close and irregular rows,the interstices closely covered with white hairs, which are likewise arranged in closely approached rows; below and the legs similarly pubescent, the femora distantly placed at the base, un- armed; the tibie fulvous, the tarsi fuscous. Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, also Malvern, Natal (@. Marshall). L have seen four specimeus of this species, kindly sent by Mr. G. _ Marshall. It differs from the other described species in the colour of the antennz and tibiz and other details. CHRYSOMELIN&. CHRYSOMELA LIVINGSIONT, sp. 0. Below black, above greenish or purplish, head finely punctured ; thorax sparingly punctured on the disc, more closely so at the sides ; elytra extremely convex, semiglobose, irregularly punctured at the sides, the lateral margins purplish with a short row of deep punctures at the base. Length 8 millim. Of strongly convex, semicircular shape, the head very finely punctured; the clypeus nearly impunctate, feebly separated from the face; the antennw black, the basal joint sometimes fulvous below, the terminal joints moderately thickened, distinctly longer 1900.1 FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 241 than broad ; thorax three times broader than long, the sides rounded anteriorly, straight atthe base, the anterior margin deeply concave bebind the eyes, the surface sparingly punctured at the disc, more strongly and closely so at the sides, purplish; scutellum small ; elytra semiglobose, the disc metallic greenish, the suture and the sides purplish, the punctures scarcely stronger than those of the thorax, arranged in distant rows near the suture, larger and more irregular at the sides, the lateral margins with a single row of deep punctures to the middle, from there to the apex impunctate, the epipleure very broad, purplish ; legs triangularly compressed, the prosternum narrowed anteriorly in shape of a ridge. Hab. Umkomaas Mts., Pt. Shepstone, Natal (G. Marshall). This species must be closely allied to C. badeni Vogel, so far asa diagnosis of four lines will permit one tojudge ; there are so many very closely allied species of Chrysomela to be found in Africa, that only a detailed description is of any use whatever. C. badeni is described as having the posterior thoracic angles obtuse, which is not the case here, where they are very distinct ; this species has also the underside and legs black and the colour of the upper surface is not very pronounced but rather subdued; in some specimens the lower joints of the antenne are more or less fulvous ; the sides of the thorax are somewhat strongly widened anteriorly and distinctly broader than the middle portion. PSEUDOMELA NIGRIPENNIS, sp. 0. Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne, the sides of the breast, part of the abdomen, the legs, and the elytra black; head and thorax minutely punctured ; elytra opaque, silky, with a few minute punctures. Length 8 millim. Head very broad, fulvous, sparingly and very finely punctured ; antenne with strongly dilated apical joints, black, the lower four joints fulvous ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles distinct, the disc convex, very finely and remotely punctured; scutellum broad, obscure fulvous: elytrarather elongate, of entirely silky and opaque appearance, black, with some very fine punctures when seen under a strong lens, the suture and the epi- pleure with moderately long fulvous hairs; below and the legs black, the metasternum partly and the last abdominal segment fulvous ; claws simple, the anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Cameroons. This is a species of entirely different sculpturing and coloration than any of its allies, and must find its place in Pseudomela accord- ing to the arrangement of Weise. LyGaRIA TERMINATA, sp. 0. Below, the antenne (the basal four joints excepted), the elytra, and the legs black; head and thorax flavous, the latter very mi- nutely punctured ; elytra finely and closely punctured, the inter- stices aciculate, the extreme apex flavous ; claws bifid. 242 © MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [{ Mar. 6, Length 8 mijlim. Head very finely and sparingly punctured, flavous; antenne black, the lower four joints flavous, terminal joints strongly di- lated ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, strongly narrowed in front, the lateral margins very feebly, the posterior one very strongly rounded, the disc transversely convex, extremely minutely and rather sparingly punctured, the punctures more distinct at the sides and more closely placed; scutellum flavous, impunctate; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, but slightly widened posteriorly, very closely and much more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures evenly distributed and the interstices aciculate, black, shining, the extreme apex flavous ; below black, the prosternum, part of the metasternum, and the last abdominal segment flavous, Hab, Cameroons. Distinct in coloration from any of its allies. Ceralces ornata Baly; Ceralces spilota Baly ; Ceralees walleri Baly.—These three species, of which Mr. Gahan and I have examined the types in the British Museum, have bitid claws and closed anterior cavities, and must find their places in Lygaria. L. mutabilis Kolbe is identical with Z. spilota and his variety bimacu- lata with L. ornata Baly; Lygaria robusta Weise is probably identical with Baly’s L. walleri. PLAGIODERA CONGOENSIS, sp. n. Fulvous below, the antenne and the legs black, above flavous ; thorax with three longitudinal stripes and a spot at the sides piceous, closely punctured ; elytra closely and strongly punctured, a transverse angular and interrupted band before and another one below the middle, as well as a spot near the apex, blackish. Length 7 millim. Evenly rounded and moderately convex, the head strongly punctured, fulvous at the vertex, with a flavous subquadrate spot between the eyes, the latter distinctly notched, the clypeus raised into a transverse ridge anteriorly; antenne extending to the base of the thorax, black, the lower four joints more or less flavous below, terminal joints strongly transversely widened ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the anterior and posterior margins parallel, strongly curved, the sides nearly straight, narrowed towards the apex, the angles not produced but distinct, the surface irregularly and rather finely punctured, the punctures of different sizes, more closely placed and larger at the sides than on the dise, the ground-colour flavous, a medially strongly dilated or diamond shaped band at the middle, from base to apex, another narrower band at the sides, interrupted anteriorly, and a small spot near the anterior angles, piceous ; scutellum broad, black ; elytra evenly, strongly, and closely punctured, flavous, each elytron with an oblique stripe from the middle of the base towards the suture, of greatly angulate shape and connected with a spot at the sides, a somewhat similar band, strongly angulate or dentate, below the 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 243 middle, and a spot near the apex blackish, the suture likewise narrowly black; below fulvous, the legs black, the femora more or less fulvous at the base; prosternum narrow, mesosternum transversely subquadrate. Hab. Zongo, Mokoanghay, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) Of this singularly marked species I received two exactly similar specimens from the Belgian Museum. The eyes are more ovate, less reniform, and more deeply notched than is generally the case in Plagiodera, and the whole appearance of the insect resembles more Chrysomela, but the shape of the thorax and the short dilated antennue as well as the prosternum agree with Plagiodera; the elytral bands scarcely justify this expression, as they consist of longitudinal irregular-shaped marks partly connected. MELASOMA QUADRILINEATUM, sp. n. Testaceous, head piceous, closely punctured ; thorax with three longitudinal bands, very closely punctured; elytra strongly and irregularly punctate, the sutural and lateral margins, as well as two longitudinal stripes, black. Length 6 millim. Of elongate shape, somewhat depressed ; the head very closely and finely punctured, piceous, the parts of the mouth paler; antenne very short, testaceous, the apical joints darker, slightly thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides rounded, the surface punctured like the head, the sides with a small fovea, the middle of the disc with a broad longitudinal band, the sides with an elongate oblique spot, black ; scutellum impunctate, black; elytra more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures here and there arranged in irregular rows, more closely placed and of larger size at the sides, these with a narrow longitudinal costa placed near the lateral margin, a narrow longitudinal stripe placed on the shoulders and nearly extending to the apex, preceded by a similar stripe, as well as the sutural and lateral margins narrowly, blackish ; below and the legs testaceous. Hab. Matabeleland, near Tati. Of this well-marked species, quite distinct from any of its Afiican congeners, a single specimen is contained in my collection. HALTICIN #. PHYLLOTRETA CAPENSIS, sp. n. Dark bluish or greenish xneous, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie and tarsi fulvous; head and thorax strongly and closely punctured; elytra semiregularly punctate-striate, the interstices sparingly and minutely punctured. Length 2 millim. Head very finely and closely punctured ; the clypeus entirely contiguous with the face, rather convex and broad, punctured like the head: antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, 244 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6, black, the lower five or six joints fulvous, third and fourth joint equal, slightly longer than the second, terminal four joints strongly thickened, about one-half longer than broad; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides moderately rounded, the anterior angles obliquely thickened, the surface minutely granulate, closely and rather strongly punctured; scutellum broader than long; elytra slightly widened towards the middle, the punctures slightly larger in size than those of the thorax, and arranged in somewhat irregular rows, intermixed with other minute punctures, the punctation more distinct anteriorly ; underside shining, greenish eeneous, the tibiz and tarsi fulvous; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long or slightly longer than the following joints together. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. ./. O’Ne/), From other African representatives of this genus the present species may be known by the arrangement of the punctures in distinct, although irregular and well-separated rows; the structure of the head, which is rather convex and without the slightest separation between the clypeus, will further assist in the recognition of the species, of which | received two specimens. PHYLLOTRETA UNICOSTATA, sp. nL Flavous, the breast and abdomen black ; thorax minutely granulate, very finely and closely punctured; elytra greenish zeneous, strongly and closely punctured in rows, the sides with a longitudinal costa. Length 2 millim. Head impunctate, the frontal elevations obsolete, cly peus broadly triangular ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal four joints fuscous, short, and slightly widened, second and third joint equal, the following four much more elongate; thorax one-half broader than long, distinctly narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight, anterior angles thickened, posterior margin slightly sinuate at each side, the disc very finely and closely punctured, the interstices very minutely granulate, opaque, pale flavous; scutellum broader than long, black; elytra much more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in closely approached, slightly geminate rows, with a single distinctly raised and acute costa extending from the shoulders nearly to the apex; below black; the legs flavous, the posterior femora strongly incrassate ; prosternum very distinct. Hab. Pt. Alfred, South Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil). There will be no difficulty in recognizing the present species, on account of its coloration and the sculpturing of the elytra; the general shape of the species and that of the thorax is typical of the genus, and the terminal short joints of the antenne are peculiar to the species, of which I have received several examples. LonGirarsus SALISBURIENSIS, Sp. nl. Elongate-ovate, winged, the head and thorax obscure fulvous, opaque, closely punctured ; elytra flavous, punctured like the thorax er, ot 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 245 in closely approached rows; legs and antenne pale, the apex of the latter and that of the posterior femora, as well as the breast, black. Length 2 millim. Head impunctate, obscure dark fulvous, the frontal elevations absent; antenne extending somewhat beyond the middle of the elytra, flavous, the terminal joints more or less fuscous, basal joint long and slender, the second slightly longer than the third, not thickened, terminal joints slightly dilated; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides straight, distinctly angulate before the middle, the surface closely and strongly punctured, slightly rugose, opaque, dark fulvous ; scutellum piceous ; elytra elongate, slightly widened below the middle, the apex rounded, covering the pygidium, the surface strongly punctured in closely approached rows, which are getting much finer towards the apex, the suture very narrowly infuscate, the breast black; legs flavous, the tibize in the male rather dilated at the apex, the first joint of tae anterior tarsi in the same sex greatly widened, the metatarsus of the posterior legs half the length of the tibia; the penis slender and curved, the sides near the apical portion with a distinct margin, the apex moderately pointed, preceded by an elongate cavity. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). This Longitarsus is so extremely closely allied to our ZL. luridus that I at first identified it with this species, but a close examination reveals some small but distinct and constant differences ; these consist in the much longer basal joints of the antenne in the present insect as well as the equally more elongate terminal joints; the male organ shows likewise differences in structure, inasmuch as there is no medial constriction as is the case in L. luridus, the sides also have a distinct thickened margin, and the anterior cavity is longer and larger; in all other respects the species agrees with the last-named species. APHTHONA OVATIPENNIS, Sp. n. Short and ovate, winged, piceous below, apical joints of the antenne black ; head and thorax fulvous, impunctate; elytra pale testaceous, the suture blackish, the surface finely punctate-striate, the strie widely placed, indistinct posteriorly. Length 12 millim. Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal elevations narrowly transverse, the carina strongly raised ; antenne long and slender, black, the lower three joints flavous, the third joint but slightly longer than the second, terminal joints elongate, scarcely thickened ; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long, convex, the sides straight, angulate before the middle, the disc entirely impunctate, fulvous; scutellum piceous; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, convex, narrowed towards the apex, the surface very finely punctured in somewhat irregular, rather distantly placed rows, which near the apex become obsolete, the interstices with some still finer punctures, a row of Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1900, No. XVII. 17 246 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, deeper punctures is placed near the lateral margins; below and the posterior femora piceous ; metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall), Smaller than 4. durbanensis Jac., the thorax less transverse, the punctuation of the elytra and the striz more widely placed, and the whole insect of half the size only and much less robust. APHTHONA BICOLOR, sp. n. Below bluish black, the head, basal joints of the antennz, the thorax, and the legs flavous ; thorax transverse, microscopically punctured ; elytra metallic blue, strongly punctured in closely approached rows; posterior femora dark blue ; abdomen fulvous. Length 3 millim. Of elongate, nearly parallel shape; the head impunctate, the frontal elevations strongly raised; the clypeus broadly convex between the antenne, these extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the four or five lower joints flavous, the second joint scarcely shorter than the third, the following nearly equal ; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides rounded, narrowed towards the apex, the posterior margin feebly rounded, the surface convex, flavous, with some extremely fine punctures, visible only under a strong lens; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, very convex, metallic blue or greenish, the shoulders prominent, the punctures rather strong and arranged in closely approached, somewhat irregular rows, the punctures much finer towards the apex, the interstices somewhat wrinkled; the breast and the posterior femora bluish black ; the rest of the legs and the abdomen fulvous or flavous; posterior tibie strongly widened and deeply sulcate ; the metatarsus as long as the following joints together. Hab. Headlands, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). Of the same coloration as A. bohemani Jac., likewise an African species, but of double the size, and with strong and very closely approached rows of elytral punctures. APHTHONA MARGINATA, sp. n. Fulvous, the thorax subquadrate, impunctate ; elytra very closely and finely punctured, metallic blue, the lateral margins flavous ; apex of the posterior femora piceous. Length 23 millim. Head impunctate, the frontal elevations feebly raised, broadly tri- gonate, the carina rather elongate, distinct ; antenne extending below the middle of the elytra, entirely fulvous, the second joint one-half shorter than the third, this and the fourth equal, the following joints more elongate and slender; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides feebly rounded, scarcely narrowed anteriorly, the angles distinct, the surface convex, fulvous, impunctate ; scutellum black; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders prominent, the surface very closely and finely punctured, 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 247 metallic blue, the interstices slightly wrinkled, the space near the lateral margins dzeply sulcate and flavous, this colour also extending to the apical margins ; below and the legs fulvous, apex of the posterior femora piceous, posterior tibia with a distinct spine ; the metatarsus as long as the following joints together. Hab, Angola. Two specimens of this very well-marked and distinct species are in my collection. APHTHONA MINUTA, Sp. 0. Winged, entirely pale flavous or testaceous, the apical joints of the antennez black ; thorax impunctate ; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured in irregular rows. Length 1 millim. Head impunctate, the frontai elevations distinct, bounded above by oblique grooves, carina acute and rather narrow; antenne two- thirds the length of the body, the lower four joints flavous, the rest black, the second and third joints small, equal, the following slightly longer, terminal joint more elongate and feebly thickened ; thorax one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, the surface somewhat depressed, with a very obsolete transverse depression near the base, entirely impunctate ; elytra scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, parallel, the apex rounded, the surface with microscopically fine rows of punctures ; posterior femora strongly incrassate, tibie dilated at the apex; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints together. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (ev.J. 0’ Neil). Many specimens. One of the smallest species of the genus, perhaps most nearly allied to the European A. pallida, but of entirely uniform coloration with the exception of the antenne ; the penis is of parallel shape neither constricted nor widened, and with the apex broadly rounded, ending in a small point. SERRAPHULA ELONGATA, Sp. 0. Elongate, narrowed posteriorly, piceous below, above greenish zneous, the antenne and the legs (the posterior femora excepted) fulvous ; thorax coarsely and closely punctured; elytra closely punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate. Length 2 millim. Head impunctate, the frontal elevations trigonate, undivided; the clypeus strongly raised into a triangular ridge, which extends upwards between the antenne; palpi rather slender; antenne extending to the apex of the elytra, fulvous, the basal joint moderately long and stout, the second and third short, equal, the following joints gradually elongate and slightly thickened ; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long, all the margins straight, the angles not produced, the surface closely and strongly punctured ; scutellum broader than long; elytra rather long and convex, slightly widened towards the middle, rather pointed towards the apex, the 17* 248 MR, M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6 latter itself rounded, eneous, the punctures strong and closely placed, the interstices, especially at the sides, longitudinally costate ; posterior femora piceous, strongly incrassate, the rest of the legs fulvous; posterior tibie furnished at the apex with a long styliform process, the sides of which are strongly serrate. Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Zev. J. O'Neil). This is the second species of this interesting genus which I have received from Africa: like the typical form, the present species has the posterior tibix provided with a long, slightly curved and serrate prolongation, the tarsi being inserted much above the apex of the tibia, their first joint is extremely elongate and slender, the second one shorter, the claws are simple. (In my original description of the genus the claws are given as appendiculate, but another examination proves this to be incorrect, there is only a slight thickening of the base.) S. elongata is very closely allied to the type S. enea, but is of more elongate shape, the antenne are longer, the thorax is less transverse and the sides are not rounded, the surface is also much more strongly punctured and the elytra more distinctly costate. I received five specimens from the Rev. J. O'Neil. HESPERA NATALENSIS, sp. 0. Black, finely pubescent, the basal joint of the antenne fulvous; legs flavous; head and thorax finely granulate and punctured; elytra opaque, sculptured like the thorax ; apex of the posterior femora piceous. Length 2 millin. Head minutely granulate, scarcely perceptibly punctured; frontal elevations and the carina strongly raised, shining, clypeus in shape of a transverse ridge; antenne extending nearly to the apex of the elytra, black, the basal joint more or less fulvous, second very short, third slightly shorter than the fourth, terminal joints elongate and rather thin ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides slightly con- stricted at the base, nearly straight, the surface sculptured like the head and finely pubescent ; elytra very finely transversely wrinkled, clothed with short white pubescence, their base distinctly wider than the thorax ; below black, more shining ; legs flavous, all the tibize mucronate; posterior femora moderately incrassate, their apex black; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together ; prosternum extremely narrow, the anterior coxal cavities open. Hab, Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). One of the smallest species of the genus and very closely allied to several Indian forms, at present undescribed. The general appearance of the insect is delicate and suggestive of Luperus, but the posterior femora are distinctly incrassate. HESPERA INTERMEDIA, sp. 0. Entirely black, finely pubescent ; thorax closely and finely rugose- ° 1 eh ae 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 249 punctate ; elytra sculptured like the thorax, clothed with very fine grey pubescence. Length 3 millim. Head minutely transversely granulate and sparingly punctured ; frontal tubercles strongly marked, transverse; clypeus with an acutely raised central ridge; antenne long and slender, the third joint twice the length of the second, very slightly shorter than the fourth joint; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides straight, the posterior margin rounded, the disc rather flat, finely rugosely punctured, sparingly pubescent ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, extremely closely rugose-punctate, of a rather finer texture than the thorax and clothed with short, silky, grey pubescence ; posterior femora strongly incrassate, black as well as the under surface and the legs. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. O'Neil). This species is intermediate in size between H. africanus Jac. and H. natalensis just described ; it differs from both in the entirely black antenne and legs, also in the sculpturing of the thorax and that of the elytra, which is much more marked and rugose. IL received two specimens from the Rev. J. O’Neil. CHIRODICA PUNCTICOLLIS, 8p. Nn. Black, the head, basal joints of antennee, and the thorax and legs fulvous; elytra dark blue, like the thorax, very finely and closely punctured and minutely granulate; posterior femora bluish black. Length 4 millim. Of elongate parallel shape, the head broad, impunctate, reddish fulvous, the frontal elevations broadly trigonate, divided by a narrow groove ; clypeus strongly thickened, narrowly transverse ; antenne robust, extending slightly below the middle of the elytra, black, the lower two or three joints fulvous, basal joint curved and thickened at the apex, second joint short, the third one-half longer, the following more elongate and somewhat dilated ; thorax sub- quadrate, one-half broader than long, all the margins nearly straight, the anterior angles slightly obliquely thickened, the surface some- what depressed, minutely granulate and finely and closely punc- tured; scutellum broad, black; elytra dark blue, sculptured like the thorax ; breast and abdomen black ; legs robust, the anterior four fulvous, the posterior ones more or less piceous ; posterior tibiz with a strong spur, carinate, anterior tibie unarmed ; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together; prosternum extremely narrow, tlie anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). The genus Chirodica is of rather peculiar shape on account of the flattened and nearly quadrate thorax; the antenne seem to ary rather in structure, as they are nearly moniliform and short in C, chalcoptera Germ., but much more elongate in the other species described by Baly. The present insect may be known from 250 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6, C. chalcoptera by the finely punctured and granulate upper surface and the entirely unicolorous blue elytra. Mr. Marshall has sent me three specimens of it. CHIRODICA FULVICORNIS, sp. n. Narrowly elongate, black, the antennz fulvous, the head, thorax, and legs flavous; thorax impunctate, the sides rounded; elytra closely and finely punctured, black. Length 2} millim. Head impunctate, strongly obliquely grooved above the eyes ; frontal elevations broad and flattened, apex of the clypeus between the antenne rather broad, palpi distinctly thickened ; antenne extending to the base of the elytra, entirely fulvous, all the joints, with the exception of the first, short, the terminal ones thickened ; thorax one-half broader than iong, the sides rounded, the angles distinct, very slightly thickened, the surface entirely impunctate ; scutellum black, impunctate ; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, very feebly depressed below the base and the scutellum, black, shiny, finely, closely, and evenly punctured; legs rather robust, flavous ; breast and abdomen black ; the last abdominal seg- ment with a round fovea (¢?); prosternum very narrow, anterior coxal cavities open. Hab, West Africa. Closely allied to C. wollastont Baly, but with the antenne entirely fulvous and the sides of the thorax rounded, not straight. JAMESONIA (THRYMNES) FEMORALIS, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 12.) Oblong, the head, antenne (excepting the basal joints), the breast and abdomen, and the posterior legs black ; thorax fulvous, impunctate ; elytra violaceous blue, very minutely and closely punctured ; base of posterior femora fulvous. Length 4 millim. Head black, impunctate, the frontal elevations trigonate, oblique ; clypeus with a long and acutely raised central ridge ; palpi black ; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal, each one- half longer than the second, following joints more elongate; thorax one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides and the posterior angles rounded, anterior angles oblique, the surface microscopically punctured, fulvous; scutellum triangular, black ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, elongate, convex, metallic bluish or violaceous, extremely finely and closely punctured ; legs fulvous, the apex of the posterior femora, their tibize and the tarsi blackish, posterior tibize with a long spine; prosternum extremely narrow, anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (2tev. J. O'Neil). Differing entirely in coloration from the other species of the genus described by Weise and myself. I received eight specimens from the Rey. J. O’Neil. 1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. ~ 251 J AMESONIA NIGRIPENNIS, sp. 0. Black, the lower portion of the face and the thorax reddish fulvous, the latter very minutely punctured ; elytra opaque, black, closely and more distinctly punctured than the thorax; legs black. Length 3 millim. Head broad, impunctate, the vertex black, the lower portion in shape of a large subquadrate patch, fulvous, frontal elevations very broad ; carina rather blunt, anterior edge of the clypeus straight ; antennze robust, extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the second and third joint small, equal, third and following joints thickened, about twice as long as broad ; thorax twice as brvuad as long, convex, the sides rounded, the posterior angles rather oblique, the surface extremely minutely punctured, reddish fulvous ; scu- tellum black ; elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax, very slightly narrowed posteriorly, black, cpaque, closely and finely punctured ; below and the legs black, posterior femora strongly incrassate ; the tibiz with along spine; the metatarsus as long as the following two joints together. Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. O'Neil). Distinguished by the opaque black elytra, antenne, and legs, and the colour of the head ; the eyes in this species are, however, much more distantly placed than in the other members of the genus, and the posterior angles of the thorax are less rounded: all other characters agree with the typical species. DECARIA OBSCURA, Sp. 0. Below and the legs pale fulvous, above obscure dark fulvous, antenne (the basal joints excepted) black; thorax extremely minutely, elytra more distinctly punctured, the punctures arranged in very close semiregular rows; antenne ten-jointed. Length 2 millim. Head impunctate, obscure fulvous or piceous, frontal elevations transverse, broad ; carina distinct; antenne closely approached at the base, black, the lower two joints fulvous, second joint very small, third and following joints triangularly dilated, rather broad and robust; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles slightly obliquely thickened, basal margin distinctly concave in front of the scutellum, the dise obscure dark fulvous, with a few minute punctures ; scutellum broad, im- punctate; elytra distinctly wider at the base than the thorax, slightly widened towards the middle and gradually narrowed posteriorly, the apex rounded, the surface convex, subcylindrical, rather strongly punctured in closely approached semiregular rows ; posterior femora strongly incrassate ; posterior tibiw with a long spine, their metatarsus as long as the following two joints together. Hab, Khobomp, Sierra Leone. — This cannot be D. tricolor Weise from the same locality, as the author describes the antennz as yellowish brown and the elytra as 252 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6, very finely punctured, with the anterior fourth portion black. Three specimens are before me, which do not differ from each other. SPHERODERMA MASHONANA, Sp. Nn. Subglobulose, reddish fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne and the tibize and tarsi black ; thorax extremely minutely and rather closely punctured ; elytra punctured like the thorax, the punctures irregularly placed. Length 4 millim. Head impunctate, the clypeus deflexed anteriorly, with a dis- tinct central longitudinal carina; eyes very large; the antenne extending to the base of the thorax only, flavous, the terminal five or six joints fuscous, subtriangularly dilated, the last strongly pointed ; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides feebly rounded, with a very narrow margin, the anterior angles rather thickened and obtusely rounded, the posterior margin broadly produced at the middle, sinuate at the sides, the surface closely and very finely punctured; scutellum triangular, pointed ; elytra subglobular, evenly and very strongly convex, the shoulders rounded and slightly prominent, the punctures not or scarcely larger than those of the thorax, irregularly distributed and here and there arranged in lines, those near the lateral margins nearly obsolete ; elytral epipleurs extremely broad and concave ; legs and the underside fulvous, the cox and the tibiz and tarsi blackish ; prosternum elongate, constricted at the middle, strongly punctured. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, May and October (@. Marshall). Resembling somewhat in size and shape the European Argopus ahrensi Gebl., but still more convex, the antennz very short and dilated, and the punctuation of its upper surface very fine. The present species is the largest of the genus known to me from Africa. BLEPHARIDA REGULARIS, Sp. 0. Subquadrate ovate, fulvous; head and thorax flavous, the latter minutely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the inter- stices costate at the sides, with numerous closely placed flavous spots, the lateral margins broadly flavous, spotted with fulvous. Length 52 millim. ' Head very sparingly and finely punctured, flavous, with a deep semicircular groove in front of the eyes; clypeus broad and flat; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal six joints shortand thick; thorax more than twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles thickened, the surface extremely finely punctured, only visible under a strong lens, with two small round depressions near the lateral margins ; elytra with ten rows of deep and closely placed punctures, the subsutural one short, the punctures fulvous, the interstices varied at regular intervals with fulvous and flavous 1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 253 spots, the last interstice near the margins broad, flavous, crossed from the middle downwards with fulvous stripes. Hab. Africa. Whether this is the species described by Thunberg as Podontia stolida I am not certain, the description is not detailed enough to be sure about it; the terminal joints of the antennz are given as black and the thorax as impunctate ; the position and number of the elytral spots are not mentioned. The present species differs from all its African congeners with which I am acquainted in the regular or semiregular numbers of the flavous spots, which form no bands or other pattern, but are distributed evenly and closely on every interstice; I possess three specimens, which show no differences in that respect, but have no exact: localities. DIBOLIA BIMACULATA, sp. n. Bluish black, above metallic blue, the basal joints of the antenne flavous ; thorax closely semirugose-punctate ; elytra finely and closely punctate-striate, each elytron with a fulvous spot near the apex. Length 2} millim. Of convex, subcylindrical shape; the head with a few fine punctures, metallic greenish; clypeus triangularly raised; eyes elongate and large; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower five joints flavous, the basal joint stained with piceous above, elongate, slender, the second as long as the third joint, terminal joints gradually and moderately thickened ; thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, obliquely narrowed towards the apex, the anterior angles very slightly thickened, the surface irregularly wrinkled, rather finely and closely punctured ; scutellum small, ‘triangular, black ; elytra very closely and finely punctate-striate, the rows rather irregular here and there; each elytron with a large, subquadrate, slightly oblique fulvous patch near the apex; femora metallic blue; tibie and tarsi black, posterior tibize strongly widened towards the apex, the edges dentate, the apex with a robust, double-pointed fulvous spur ; the metatarsus slender, as long as the following two joints together. Hab, Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall). I received a single specimen of this pretty little species from Mr. Marshall. ‘ DIBoLTA AFRICANA, sp. n. Dark metallic greenish, the antenne black ; thorax strongly and remotely punctured ; elytra strongly and very closely punctured in irregular rows. Length 3 millim. Head finely and remotely punctured, the eyes widely separated, frontal elevations feebly raised ; clypeus convex, triangular ; antennxe extending to the base of the elytra, black, the lower three joints more or less stained with fulvous, the second, third, and fourth 254 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA [Mar. 6, joints equal, rather short, terminal joints rather thick; thorax more than twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides feebly rounded, the surface remotely and strongly punctured ; elytra widened towards the middle, the punctures about the same size as those on the thorax and arranged in irregular, very closely approached rows, distinct to the apex; below and the legs coloured like the upper surface ; the posterior tibie strongly widened at the apex, with their edges serrate, the emarginate spur at the apex fulvous, as well as the claws. Hab. Nairobi, 5500 ft,, Kikuyu Forest, Brit. East Africa (Mr. Mackinder). (Type in the Oxford Mus. Collection.) Of rather more robust appearance than D. triment Baly, and much more strongly punctured than that species. Differing from D. intermedia Baly in the metallic green legs and the black antenne. CH ATOCNEMA SUBATERRIMA, Sp, n. Black, the antennee, the anterior and posterior tibia and tarsi flavous ; head impunctate, deeply foveolate near the eyes ; thorax extremely finely and closely punctured ; elytra deeply punctate- striate, the interstices longitudinally convex. Length 2 millim. Head entirely impunctate, blackish, opaque, with a deep longi- tudinal fovea near the eyes ; clypeus separated from the face by a deep groove, very broad, nearly subquadrate, its lower portion furnished with some grey hairs ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, entirely flavous, the third to the sixth joints slender, the following joints slightly thickened but elongate, basal joint about one-half longer than the second; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles strongly thickened, the surface very minutely, evenly, and closely punctured, the basal margin not accompanied by an impressed line, but with some large punctures at each side; scutellum extremely short, transverse ; elytra very convex, subcylindrical, strongly narrowed and pointed posteriorly, the punctures deep, closely placed and regular, distinct to the apex, the interstices convex, especially so near the sides and apex, impunctate, the fourth, fifth, and sixth interstices shortened and joined at the end, from thence to the apex continued into a single costa; the anterior legs flavous, as well as the rest of the tibize and tarsi; the femora blackish, the posterior ones very greatly incrassate ; underside scarcely punctured; pro- sternum rugose-punctate. Hab, Malvern, Natal (@. Marshall). This is one of the few species which show no trace of a metallic gloss, being nearly entirely black; the very convex, posteriorly strongly pointed elytra and their costate interstices, together with the entirely impunctate head, will assist in the recognition of the species. 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 255 GALERUCINA. ASBECESTA ORNATICOLLIS, Sp. n. Flavous, the head and the anterior half of the thorax black, the base of the latter fulvous, strongly punctured ; elytra finely and closely punctured, testaceous, the base with a narrow, deeply emar- ginate blue band, another transverse narrow band or spot placed below the middle. Length 5 millim. This species, of which two specimens were received by Prof. Poulton from Mr. H. J. Mackinder, who obtained them at Nairobi, Kikuyu Forest, in East Africa, is so closely allied to the following one that it will only be necessary to point out the differences, which comprise the colour of the head and that of the thorax; the sides of the latter also are almost straight, not so strongly rounded anteriorly ; the bands of the elytra are very narrow and the anterior one is deeply emarginate, the posterior band still narrower and not quite extending to the suture; lastly, the scutellum is black, not fuivous; the underside seems to be of the latter colour, but the specimens being glued to cards I am not quite certain as to this. Type in the Oxford Museum Collection. ASBECESTA ORNATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 11.) Flavous, the head and thorax fulvous ; elytra finely and closely punctured, flavous, a transverse band at the base and another near the apex dark blue. Length 5 millim. Head impunctate, frontal elevations very strongly raised, trigonate, bounded behind by a deep transverse groove; clypeus triangular, strongly swollen ; antenne flavous, the third and fourth joints equal, slightly Jonger than the second, the following joints gradually widened, robust ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded before the middle, the disc with a deep trans- verse sulcus, sparingly punctured anteriorly, more closely so within the depression; scutellum fulvous; elytra finely and closely punctured, the punctuation indistinct near the apex, the ground- colour pale flavous, the base with a transverse, rather broad, dark blue band, extending a little way downwards at the sides, with its posterior margin rather deeply indented near the suture, near the apex another equally broad band extends from the lateral to the sutural margin ; the sides of theelytra with a rather strongly marked longitudinal suleation ; below pale fulvous, the legs flavous, Hab. Malvern, Natal (Barker) ; also Mozambique. I received several specimens of this distinct species from Mr, Barker. A single specimen from Mozambique contained in my collection differs in the shape of the posterior elytral band, which surrounds the sides and apical margins, including a spot of the ground-colour ; other differences I am unable to find. 256 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, MALACOSOMA VARIIPES, sp. 0. The antenne, breast, and the legs black, the head and thorax rufous, the latter impunctate, subquadrate ; elytra extremely finely punctured, rufous ; base of the femora of the latter colour. Length 6 millim. Head rufous, impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse, the carina acutely raised, labrum black ; antennz extending below the middle of the elytra, black, the third joint one-half longer than the second, the following joints more elongate, slender; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides feebly rounded before the middle, the posterior angles strongly oblique, the posterior margin rounded, anterior angles thickened, the disc impunctate, or with some microscopically fine punctures, convex, rufous; scutellum obscure piceous ; elytra widened posteriorly, convex, of the same colour as the thorax, extremely closely and finely punctured; the breast, the apex of the femora, and the tibiee and tarsi black; the base of the femora and the abdomen rufous; tibize mucronate ; prosternum very narrow, the anterior coxal cavities open. Hab. Natal. Distinct from every other species of the genus in its system of coloration. Quedenfeldt has described several speciesas Malacosoma from Central Africa; with one of them, M. deformicorne, the pre- sent insect agrees partly in coloration but not at all in structure ; and as Quedenfeldt makes no mention of the state of the cavities nor the mucronate or non-mucronate tibie, it is doubtful whether he had a true Malacosoma before him; his description agrees far better with a species of Megalognatha. LUPERUS MARSHALLI, sp. n. Black, the antenne and the legs flavous ; thorax transverse, obsoletely sulcate; elytra with a few minute punctures. Length 4 millim. Head extremely finely granulate and punctured, when seen under a strong lens, the frontal elevations very distinct, strongly oblique and joined at the apex; clypeus narrow, strongly thickened ; antennze nearly extending to the apex of the elytra, flavous, the second and third joints short, equal, the apical four joints much constricted at the extreme base ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides straight at the base, feebly rounded anteriorly, the angles thickened, the disc with a shallow transverse sulcus, very finely punctured, black, shining; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, punctured like the latter, the punctures scarcely perceptible ; below black; the legs long and slender, all the tibie mucronate, the metatarsus of the posterior legs very long; prosternum invisible between the coxie, the anterior cotyloid cavities open. Hab. Estcourt, Natal, on acacia-trees (G. Marshall). Somewhat resembling our ZL. niger, but with entirely flavous antennze and Jegs and the thorax with a shallow sulcus. 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 257 S ERMYLOIDES UNIFASCIATA, Sp. 0. Elongate, fulvous, antennz (the basal joints excepted) black ; thorax transverse, narrowed anteriorly, extremely finely punctured ; elytra very closely and distinctly punctured, flavous, the margins, a triangular spot surrounding the scutellum, and a transverse band below the middle black. Length 5-6 millim. Head impunctate, frontal elevations broadly transverse, labrum flavous, palpi piceous; antenne long and slender, extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the basal three joints fulvous, second joint small, the third, one-half longer, oblique at the apex, the following joints somewhat thickened, the terminal ones more slender ; thorax transverse, the sides obliquely narrowed in front, nearly straight, the surface microscopically punctured, fulvous ; scutellum fulvous, triangular; elytra convex, nearly parallel, very closely punctured, flavous, the lateral, sutural, and apical margins black, a triangular sutural black spot surrounds the scutellum, below the middle is a transverse band, widened at the suture and at the sides and connected with the black margins, this band encloses a round spot near the apex, of the ground colour; below and the legs flavous, all the tibia mucronate ; anterior coxal cavities closed. Hfab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on Zizyphus (G. Marshall). This is the second African representative of this genus, the other species, S. maculata Jac., having been provisionally placed by me in the genus Sermyla (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1895, p. 333). The present species has lately been sent by Mr. Marshall, and another careful examination proves the two insects with far more right to be placed in Sermyloides, which is distinguished by filiform antenne, incrassate penultimate joint of the palpi, a transverse non-impressed and anteriorly narrowed thorax, in having prolonged elytral epi- pleurz, mucronate tibiz, and an elongate posterior metatarsus, also by a very narrow and convex prosternum and closed anterior cavities ; all these characters are present in the two African species, but the antenne have no incrassate and elongate third joint as is+ the case with the male in the typical form 8. basalis. This is, however, a sexual character only, and of no value in classification used by itself. All the species of the genus known until now are inhabitants of the Malayan islands. MOoNoLEPTA STRIATIPENNIS, sp. n. Oblong, very convex ; below piceous, above testaceous, the antenne (the basal joints excepted) black; thorax very short, remotely punctured ; elytra with extremely close rows of deep punctures, the interstices slightly convex ; legs testaceous. Length 23 millim. Head impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse; antennz rather long and slender, black, the lower four joints more or less 258 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, testaceous, third joint very slightly longer than the second, the following more elongate, terminal joint widened at the middle but not longer than the preceding one ; thorax very short, more than twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight, the surface rather remotely but distinctly punctured ; scutellum pro- portionally large ; elytra strongly convex towards the apex, strongly punctured in regular and very closely approached rows, distinct to the apex, the interstices slightly longitudinally convex, their epi- pleurz entirely absent below the middle ; underside piceous ; legs slender, testaceous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi very long. Hab. Kurazol, East Africa. This small species is not difficult to recognize on account of its short thorax and the sculpturing of the elytra, which differs from any species with which I am acquainted. MOonoLEPTA NIGROCINCTA, sp. Nn. Flavous, antenne fuscous; thorax transverse, impunctate ; elytra finely and closely punctured,very narrowly margined with black ; lateral margins of the thorax obscure piceous. Length 4 millim. Head impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse, the clypeus broad ; labrum black ; antenne extending slightly beyond the middle of the elytra, fuscous, the lower three joints flavous, second and third joints short, equal, the rest elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, the angles distinct, posterior margin moderately rounded, the surface convex, impunctate, flavous, the lateral margins piceous; scutellum fuscous ; elytra subcylin- drical, very finely and closely punctured, the interstices somewhat wrinkled, the extreme margins piceous or black ; elytral epipleure entirely indistinct below the shoulders, margined with black ; below flavous as well as the legs ;.the anterior tibie unarmed, the posterior tibiee with a long spine, their metatarsus very long. Hab. Sierra Leone. Similar in colour to Candezea dahlmanni Jac., but the elytral epipleure indistinct below the shoulders, the antenne and the underside of different coloration, and the general size smaller ; C. tenuicornis Jac. is likewise nearly similarly coloured, but varies also in the same structural differences pointed out, the smaller size, more slender antenne, pale labrum, and the absence of the thoracic black lateral margins; C. nigrosuturalis Jac. has the underside black. MONOLEPTA EXCLAMATIONIS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 9.) Fulvous, the head and the intermediate joints of the antenne black; thorax subquadrate, closely punctured; elytra widened posteriorly, punctured like the thorax, the lateral margins ante- riorly, an interrupted longitudinal stripe (widened and abbre- viated posteriorly), and a small spot at the apex black. Length 5 millim. Head black, opaque, the frontal elevations broad, trigonate, bounded by a transyerse groove behind, clypeus with an oblique 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 259 row of deep punctures on each side ; antennz long and slender, the lower three joints flavous below, black above, the following five and the last joint of the latter colour, the ninth and tenth pale flavous, basal joint long and curved, club-shaped, second slightly shorter than the third; thorax nearly quadrate, the sides very feebly rounded at the middle, the anterior angles thickened, the posterior margin rounded, the surface crowded with punctures of different sizes, fulvous; scutellum small, trigonate ; elytra widened towards the apex, of similar sculpture to the thorax, fulvous, the basal and lateral margins (the latter to below the middle), a short stripe at the middle of the base, followed by a longer stripe placed at the middle of the disc, curved and thickened at its apex, black, between these two stripes another indistinct black line is seen in some specimens as well as a minute black spot at the extreme apex of the elytra; below and the legs fulvous, the knees, base of the tibie, and the tarsi more or less piceous; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together ; elytral epipleure very broad at the base, indistinct below the middle. Hab. Verulam, Natal (G@. Marshall). A well-marked species and resembling much M. nigrolineata Motsch., from Japan, but of different sculpture, the head black, and the colour of the antenne and legs different. MonocipaA INORNAA, sp. n. Below blackish, above flavous; antenne black, the lower three joints fulvous; thorax with a few extremely minute punctures; elytra more distinctly but finely and very closely punctured ; posterior tibize and tarsi black. Length 5 millim. Head fulvous, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly developed ; clypeus in shape of a narrow transverse ridge ; antennz slender, black, the lower three joints fulvous or entirely of the first- named colour, third joint one half longer than the second, fourth twice the length ot the third; thorax subquadrate, distinctly narrowed at the base, the sides rounded before the middle, the anterior angles slightly prominent, the surface with a few minute punctures ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders prominent, the punctation very close and fine, the epipleurs continued below the middle; breast and abdomen blackish, the last abdominal segments more or less flavous ; femora fulvous; all the tibia mucronate, the four posterior ones (the base excepted) and the tarsi black; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following two joints together; claws appendiculate, the anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab. Headlands, Mashonaland (@. Marshall). This, the second species of the genus, may possibly be a local form of M, sutwrata Jac. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 370), but the head is fulvous and the elytra have no sutural nor lateral black bands and are more strongly punctured ; the constriction of the thorax at the 260 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, base, the mucronate tibize, and the closed anterior cavities are the principal characters by which the genus may be known. EstCOURTIANA, gen. nov. Oblong, glabrous ; the antenne short, the joints submoniliform ; thorax subquadrate, without depressions ; elytra irregularly punc- tured, their epipleure continued below the middle; all the tibize with a spine at the apex; the first joint of the tarsi as long as the following two joints together; claws appendiculate ; prosternum nearly invisible, the anterior coxal cavities closed. Amongst the genera with closed anterior cavities, the present one seems most nearly allied to Hrgana Chap., but the antenne in that genus are filiform and the thorax much more transversely shaped. The only species of the genus here described, known to me, is a smal] insect of nearly subcylindrical shape which I have received from Natal and Mashonaland. EstTcouRTIANA BIFASCIATA, Sp. Nn. Below black, above testaceous, the head partly black; thorax minutely punctured, with a central black band and a lateral spot ; elytra nearly impunctate, each elytron with a broad longitudinal black band nearly extending to the apex. Var. a. The elytral bands replaced by an anterior and posterior spot; head fulvous. Var. b. Elytra without any markings. Length 3 millim. Head impunctate, black, obliquely grooved above the eyes, the frontal elevations obsolete, oblique ; clypeus flavous, rather broad ; palpi rather robust, the apical joint conical; antennz very short, the lower five or six joints flavous, the others fuscous, the third joint about one-half longer than the second, the following joints widened, all very short ; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides feebly rounded, the angles acute, the surface very finely and subremotely punctured, with a rather deep fovea near the anterior angles ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, with some extremely fine punctures near the suture, the rest nearly impunctate, testaceous, a broad black band extends from the middle of the base nearly to the apex; the underside and the femora black, the tibize and tarsi flavous. Hab, Estcourt, Natal, Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G‘. Marshall). The specimens from Natal all belong to the varieties and it may just be possible that they represent a closely allied species, but I cannot find any differences of importance except those of coloration; the thorax is a trifle more transverse in shape and the extreme sutural margin is likewise black: in the variety a the elytra have an elon- gate black spot anteriorly and a rounded one below the middle, thus indicating the direction of the band; in the variety 6 all markings except those of the thorax are absent, these latter } ae 1900.7 ' FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 261 represent a longitudinal central stripe, narrowed at the base, and a lateral small round black spot. CANDEZEA CENTROMACULATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 10.) Fulvous, antenne and legs flavous ; thorax minutely punctured, flavous, with a central black band; elytra extremely closely and finely punctured, flavous, with a broad transverse band at the base and another below the middle black. Length 5 millim. Of rather broad and robust shape, the head reddish fulvous, impunctate, the frontal elevations broad, trigonate, anterior margin of the clypeus straight; antenne extending to the apex of the elytra, flavous, the last joint fuscous, the third joint but slightly longer than the second, the fourth as long as the basal joint ; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides and the anterior margin straight, the basal one strongly rounded, the surface very minutely and closely punctured, the middle of the dise with a shallow transverse groove, flavous, with a central longitudinal black band, slightly widened anteriorly and extending from the base to the apex; scutellum black ; elytra widened towards the middle, punctured like the thorax, flavous, with a transverse black band at the base, which gradually widens at the sides, to which it extends for about one-fourth of the length of the elytra, another band of more regular shape is placed below the middle, elytral epipleure extending below the middle; the breast and abdomen fulvous ; the legs flavous ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the following joints together. Hab. Malvern, Natal (Barker). Distinguished from all other African species placed in this genus and in Monolepta by the band of the thorax and the width of the _elytral black bands. CANDUZEA SULCICOLLIS, sp. 0. Entirely flavous, the terminal joints of the antenne black only ; thorax transverse, finely punctured, the disc obsoletely sulcate ; elytra punctured like the thorax. Length 53 millim. Head impunctate, the frontal elevations broad and flat, divided by the rather broad posterior portion of the clypeus; antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four joints flavous, the second joint scarcely smaller than the third, the following joints elongate and slender; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, the posterior margin oblique at the sides, the surface finely and closely punctured, with a transverse sulcus at the middle, more marked at the sides but not extending to the lateral margins, the anterior angles thickened, not produced ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders not prominent, the punctation fine and close, the interstices slightly wrinkled, epipleure narrow but continued below Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. XVIII. 18 262 MR, M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar.6 the middle; below and the legs flavous; the metatarsus of the posterior legs very elongate, its extreme base stained with black. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G@. Marshall), on Zizyphus. Amongst the smaller uniformly coloured species of this genus there is none in which the thorax has a similar transverse sulcus ; this character and the colour of the antenne will help in the recognition of the species. CANDEZEA MOLIROENSIS, Sp. nl. Fulvous, the antennz and the thorax flavous, the latter scarcely perceptibly punctured; elytra very closely and distinctly punc- tured, flavous, a sutural spot at the base, a broad transverse band ‘at the middle, and the lateral and apical margins black. '- Length 4 millim. Of very convex and posteriorly widened shape; the head ‘extremely finely punctured at the vertex, rather broad, the frontal ‘elevations narrowly oblique, clypeus broad, triangular; antenne fulvous (the last three joints wanting), the third joint double the Tength of the second; thorax short, more than twice as broad ‘as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides perfectly straight, the ‘anterior angles oblique, the surface microscopically punctured, flavous, scutellum fulvous; elytra strongly convex, very distinctly, closely, and evenly punctured, their epipleure continued below the ‘middle, black, the disc flavous, the suture at the base with an elongate black spot nearly connected with a very broad transverse © ‘band at the middle of triangular shape, its greatest width being at — “fhe suture, the margins of which it does not quite reach, the shoulders and the entire lateral and apical margins are likewise black; below and the legs fulvous; metatarsus of the posterior ‘legs very long. ~~ Hab. Moliro, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.) This Candezea much resembles in coloration and otherwise certain varieties of C.variopennis Jac. from Natal, but in that species the antenne, with the exception of the basal joint and the underside, are nearly always black, the head is less broad, the base of the antenne is more closely approached, and the thorax more distinctly punctured ; but for all that the present: species may only be another local variety of the very variable insect to which I have alluded. CANDEZEA O'NEILI, sp, n. Below and the tibiz and tarsi black, above testaceous ; antennze fuscous; thorax impunetate ; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured. Length 4 millim. Head impunctate, flayous or pale fulvous, the frontal elevations .strongly raised and broad, clypeus broad, triangular, with a slightly _raised central ridge, labrum piceous ; antenne extending below the middle of the elytra,slender,the second joint short, the third, one-half _Jonger, the following joints very elongate and equal ; thorax scarcely one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed at the base and apex, 1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 263 the sides feebly rounded at the middle, the angles distinct but not -produced, the basal margin but slightly rounded, the surface entirely impunctate; scutellum triangular, fuscous; elytra with their greatest width below the middle, wider at the base than the thorax, the surface with some very minute punctures, only visible under a very strong lens; below black or piceous, the femora flavous, the tibie and tarsi black, all the tibia mucronate; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following three joints together ; elytral epipleure continued below the middle. Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil). Amongst the unicolorous or for the most part flavous species af this genus known from Africa, the present one seems most nearly allied to C. mashonana Jac., but is only half the size of that species, which has also a flavous underside, and the metatarsus of the posterior legs much longer; C. nigrotibialis Jac. is likewise “larger, and the lower joints of the antenne as well as the under- side are flavous and the elytra distinctly punctured ; in several -other species the tibice and tarsi are flavous. I dedicate this ‘species to the Rev. J. O’Neil, in recognition of his constant aruda ours to explore the entomological fauna of his district. ~ CANDEZEA LIVINGSTONII, sp. 0. ‘Pale flavous or testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne al the breast black ; thorax finely punctured, obsoletely sulcate; elytra very finely and closely punctured. Length 3 millim. Head rather broad, impunctate; clypeus strongly thickened, bounded behind by a deep transverse groove; antennew extending ‘to the middle of the elytra, the lower four or five joints flavous, the rest black, the second and third joints equal, short, the fourth double the length and equal to the following joints; thorax transverse, twice as broad as long, the sides very feebly rounded at the middle, the posterior margin rounded, the surface with a shallow transverse sulcus at the middle, finely and closely punctured ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, extremely closely and finely punctured, the interstices somewhat wrinkled, their epipleuree very narrow below the middle; legs flavous, all the tibiee armed with a spine, the metatarsus of the posterior legs very elongate ; the breast black, Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G. Mar- shall), One of the small species of the genus, distinguished by the transverse sulcus of the thorax and the black breast. SARDOIDES NIGRICORNIS, Sp. 0. Dark metallic blue, the antennx black ; thorax with a deep trans- verse sulcus ; elytra flayous, finely punctured, the sutural and lateral margins metallic blue. ' Length 5-6 millim. sf Js 3. Elongate and parallel, dark metallic blue; the ene impunc- tate, the frontal elevations strongly raised, trigonate, the carina 18* 264 MR, M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6, acute ; antenne extending nearly to the apex of the elytra, black, all the joints, with the exception of the second, elongate, the third joint shorter than the fourth, terminal joint thinner and more cylindrical in shape than the others; thorax about one-half broader than long, slightly constricted at the base, the angles tuberculiform, the sides nearly straight, the disc with a very deep and broad sulcus, metallic blue, the non-impressed parts very finely punctured, the anterior portion with another small depression ; scutellum broad, metallic blue ; elytra finely and closely punctured, with traces of longitudinal sulci, flavous, the margins narrowly metallic blue; below and the legs metallic blue. Hab. Natal. (Coll. Mr. Andrewes and my own.) At first sight this species entirely resembles the type of the genus, S. viridicollis Jac. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 333), but may be at once distinguished by the colour of the antenne and that of the legs; but this is not the only difference. The male of the present insect differs from that of S. viridicollis in having the antenne longer and more robust, with the intermediate joints slightly dilated ; the thorax, instead of having two deep foves, has a continued broad sulcus, nearly extending to the sides: in the female the antenne are much shorter, very robust, and the thorax has two fovee as in the allied species; but in all the specimens the colour of the antenne and that of the legs agrees with the male of the insect described here, the general size is also rather larger. PLATYXANTHA BICINCTA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 8.) Flavous, the head and thorax reddish fulvous, the latter impunc- tate, transversely sulcate; elytra extremely minutely punctured, flavous, a narrow transverse band at the base and another near the apex dark metallic blue. Length 4 millim. Head impunctate, frontal elevations very narrow, in the shape of a transverse ridge, clypeus strongly raised, narrowly triangular ; antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, flavons, the apical joint fuscous, the second joint small, the third and following joints equal, nearly subcylindrical ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, of equal width, the sides feebly rounded, the angles acute, slightly tuberculiform, the surface impunctate, deeply transversely sulcate, the sulcus interrupted at the middle, scutellum fulvous; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, extremely finely punc- tured, flavous, the base with a narrow transverse’ band, extending to the margins, the latter and another band near the apex metallic dark blue ; below fulvous, legs flavous ; tibie unarmed; the meta- tarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together ; anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall). A rather small species, possessing all the characters of the genus: it may be known by the colour of the antenne, which have only the last joint dark, and by the two blue transverse bands of the elytra. 1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 265 SYOPLIA AFRICANUS, sp. n. Elongate, pubescent, testaceous; antenne long and slender; thorax transverse, impunctate ; elytra closely and strongly punctate- striate and pubescent. Length 5 millim. Head broad, impunctate, the frontal elevations short, strongly raised, the eyes large and round ; the antenne slender, extending beyond the middle of the elytra, testaceous, all the joints, with the exception of the second, elongate and pubescent ; thorax about one-half broader than long, of equal width, the sides slightly con- stricted at the base, feebly rounded anteriorly, furnished with single long black hairs, posterior margin preceded by a strongly impressed groove, the surface impanctate and shining; scutellum triangular, rather broad ; elytra elongate and parallel, wider at the base than the thorax, deeply and closely punctate-striate, the punc- tures large and round, but much finer near the apex, the interstices clothed with fine fulvous pubescence and longer single hairs ; legs long and slender, the first joint of the posterior tarsi very elongate ; the anterior coxal cavities closed. Hab. Assynia, West Coast of Africa (CA. Alluaud), and Came- roons (Conrad). This is the only species of the genus known to me from Africa, the other members inhabiting Java and Sumatra. The present insect at first sight entirely resembles the type of the genus, S. gavanensis Jac., but the punctation of the elytra is quite different, the punctures being larger, less closely placed, and the interstices flat. I received one specimen from M. Alluand and another from Dr. Kraatz. Notes AND CORRECTIONS. Pseudocolaspis puberula Marsh. This species must find its place in Macetes Chap. Diacantha divisa, Gerst. (sub Aulacophora). This species and Aulacophora conifera Fairm. are of exactly similar coloration, and Mr. Gahan has expressed a doubt, in describing his species D. mutica (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 747), to which of these the female described by Gerstiicker may belong. I possess a female specimen which undonbtedly represents Gerstiicker’s species, as it entirely agrees with the description. In the same sex in A. conifera the scutellum is always flavous, not black, the joints of the antenne are more slender and elongate, and the thorax is much less strongly subangulate before the middle ; all the females of A. conifera differ in these respects from A. divisa, and I have not much doubt that D. mutica represents the male sex of Gerstiicker’s species. Poéphila costatipennis Jac. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 364). This species and P. fulvipes Jac. of the same paper should find their places amongst the Halticine instead of the Galerucine. 266 PROF, BELL ON LAND-PLANARIANS. [Mar. 20, Luperus scutellatus Jac. and Malacosoma donkieri (P. Z. 8. 1897, pp- 568, 569). The locality for both these species, which has been left out, is Madagascar. _ Hemixantha piceipes Sac. Fig. 6 in Plate xxi. of the P.Z.S. 1899 represents a variety of this species, not H. terminata as erroneously given. Longitarsus africanus Jac. (P.Z.8. 1897, p. 555). Of this species more specimens have kindly been sent by Mr. Marshall, which prove the insect to vary greatly in coloration ; some of the specimens are piceous above, and others nearly black, with the apex of the elytra flavous; I may also add to mv original description, that the last joint of the antenne is in nearly every case fuscous. Edionychis natalensis Baly. This species is identical with Physodactyla africana De}. CEdionychis rugicollis Jac. : Edionychis africana Jac.: this species is an Hutornus, and the specific name must be altered to clarki on account of Eutornus africanus Clark. Both these species, on account of their short and robust antenne, should find their places in Eutornus Clark. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. Fig. 1. Damia capitata, p. 207. » frontalis, p. 208. . Peloptera apicata, p. 210. . Pseudocolaspis cupreofemorata, p. 225. Scelodonta sexplagiata, p. 226. . Odontiomorpha minuta, p. 239. . Microhermesia hirticollis, p- 220. . Platyxantha bicinceta, p. 264. . Monolepta exclamationis, p. 258. . Candezea centromaculata, p. 261. . Ashecesta ornata, p. 255. . Jamesonia femoralis, p. 250. ee NO SO 00 aT Or CO tO March 20, 1900. W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair, Prof. Bell drew attention to a collection of Land-Planarians made by the Society’s Corresponding Member, Dr. Goeldi of Para. These, like many other collections of Land- Pinsavianis had been confided for description to Prof. Graff, and some of them were the types of new species described by that author in his magnificent monograph. The collection before the Society had been sent to OS 1900.]. MR.S,. L, HINDE ON EAST-AFRICAN, MAMMALS, 267 Mr. Sclater with the request that he would deposit them in the British Museum. Prof. Bell stated that to the already good collection there they would be a valuable and welcome addition. Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., exhibited a specimen of Polypterus lapradw Steindachner, with large external gills, which had been recently brought home from the Senegal by M. P. Delhez. This fish measured 390 millimetres, and was therefore the largest on record in which this larval character had been retained.. In con- nection with this interesting example, Mr. Boulenger also exhibited a full-grown female of the Common Newt (Molge vulgaris), from the environs of Vienna, bearing well-developed external gills. Mr. 8. L. Hinde read a series of field-notes on the Mammals which he had met with during five years’ residence in Hast Africa, and illustrated them with lantern-slides from photographs of the animals taken in their native surroundings. Mr. Hinde made the following preliminary remarks :— The B. E. A. Protectorate, for the purpose of description, may be divided into two parts, the inhabited and the uninhabited. The inhabited ranges of hills are practically devoid of big game. The uninhabited country may be divided into two sections: regions of less than 3000 ft. above the sea-level, and regions more than 3000 ft. above the sea-level. The regions below 3000 ft. are, for the most part, densely covered with thorny jungle. The water- supply is small during the greater part of the year. In this dense jungle, eland, lesser kudu, oryx, impala, zebra, bushbuck, lions, and an occasional rhinoceros are to be found, but from the nature of the country and climate they are sufficiently protected from extermination by hunters without the necessity of legislation. Above 3000 ft. the game-country consists of rolling grass plains, interspersed in places with thin bush. In these plains the great herds of antelopes, zebras, &c. which now live and graze will soon be exterminated, unless the game-laws are enforced. One of the factors instrumental in aiding the escape of game is here absent. The ordinary hunter has to find his game, and this is often the most difficult part of the day’s work. On large flat expanses the hunter can always see his quarry, and his whole time may therefore be given to stalking cr killing it. _. I should like to see animals from our Protectorate largely imported into the British Isles, and am convinced that they would both live and breed well in our parks, moors, and gardens, with little or no trouble about acclimatization. On the uplands of East Africa, the zebra, the white-bearded guu, Coke’s hartebeest, impala, waterbuck, Grant and Thomson’s gazelles, the lesser reedbuck, and many other animals live in the open without any protection from the biting night-winds, rains, and intense heat. The temperature in the shade often varies from under 40° Fahrenheit at night, to over 80° in the daytime. During a very wet year at Fort Smith, in the Kikuyu district, waterbuck, Grant’s and 268 MR, W, BATESON ON A CASE OF [Mar. 20, Thomson’s gazelles, and bushbucks lived healthily and well, though they were confined in the Fort Square, where for weeks together their feet and legs were never dry. Thomson's Gazelle bred for two generations in the Fort Square, and then all the animals died of rinderpest. This is a curious point, as none of these species suffer from rinderpest in their wild state. From what I have seen of game, with the exception of elephant and rhinoceros, I am of opinion that they are not naturally timid. A railway train does not alarm the majority of animals, their curiosity at first draws them quite close to it; but within a few days of the establishment ofa railway in a district, trains may pass noisily through a herd of game and few of them will even cease grazing. It would seem that animals, and antelopes in particular, are only afraid of what they have, in past experience, found to be dangerous. In most districts they have learnt that human beings represent danger, but in the country of the Masai, who do not hunt, the game take little or no notice of man. When horses were first brought to the country, in districts where game was constantly hunted, a mounted man could approach wild animals closely, but the moment he dismounted they fled. It is probable that antelopes only distinguish man under certain conditions ; they apparently recognize him as an animal that walks erect, with a small head, and no neck or horns. In proof of this, it has been noticed that a man with a large load on his head can approach antelopes much nearer than a man without one ; to their view, the man with the load, perhaps, seems to be athick-necked animal whose head is out of all proportion to his body, and whom they have had no cause to fear, I have seen lions standing within 50 yards of a train, showing neither sign of fear nor intention of retreating, until the train pulled up and one or two men alighted. Seeing their well-known enemies close to them, the lions turned and trotted away. The slides now exhibited are from photographs taken by me of animals in their natural surroundings. Those of the dead animals, with perhaps one exception, were taken without disturbing or arranging them in any way. The following papers were read :— 1. On a Case of Homeeosis in a Crustacean of the Genus Asellus—Antennule replaced by a Mandible. By W. Bateson, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. [Received March 20, 1900.] The subject of this note is a male specimen of Asellus aquaticus (an Isopod Crustacean) in which the left antennule is represented by a mandible. The specimen was noticed when alive by Mr. J. J. Lister among 1900. ] HOM@OSIS IN THE GENUS ASELLUS, 269 a number of Aselli taken from a large aquarium in the Cambridge Zoological Laboratory for examination by the students. As the figure shows (fig. 1), the abnormal structure stands exactly as the left antennule should. Both antenne and the right anten- nule are normal, as also are the mandibles, the other mouth-parts, and the rest of the body and its appendages, so far as they could be observed. ‘The animal was of good size. Fig. 1. Head of Asellus aguaticus, seen from dorsal side. —7t. ant.', right antennule ; rt. ant,?, 1. ant.”, right and left antenne; ry, palp of normal right man- dible projecting from below; p’, palp of the abnormal mandible; ¢r7¢, triturating process. The abnormal appendage (fig. 2, p. 270) is a fairly well-formed mandible. The blade is complete, having two toothed processes and eleven plumose setw. The latter are not quite regularly placed. The presence of two toothed processes proves that the appendage is a true left appendage, for the right mandible in Asellus aquaticus has only one toothed process, which bites between the two toothed processes of the left mandible’. The teeth on these processes are more numerous and less regular than in a normal mandible. ’ Sars, G. O., Crustacés d’Eau douce de Norvége, p. 97, pl. viii. fig. 26. 270. ON A CASE OF HOM@OSIS IN THE GENUS ASELLUS. [Mar. 20, The palp is misshapen and rudimentary. It consists merely of an irregular process with slight traces of segmentation. The molar process is rather less than the normal in length. Its triturating end is ill-formed, and does not bear the elaborate structures found in the same place in the normal mandible, the apex being simply covered with a thick plate of chitin. Apex of extra mandible of Ased/us aquaticus, to show details, p', palp of abnormal mandible. This mandible was in life carried flat to the body, as shown in the drawing, but 1 have not succeeded in determining which morpho- logical surface was upwards. It is not evident which this should be, but presumably it is the face, which in the normal mandible is next the mouth. I regret that I could find no feature sufficiently differentiating the two surfaces; but from the fact that, as shown in the figure, the diminishing series of teeth are on the exposed surface, it seems likely that the presumption referred to is correct. In a normal mandible this series is much less clearly defined. The animal was approaching a moult, and the newly-formed skin, which could be seen through, showed that at the next ecdysis the appendage would not be noticeably changed. In the details of the toothing and in the number of the plumose sete (11 instead of 13), the animal departs slightly from Sars’s type; but on examining other specimens I find that these characters vary a good deal, as might be expected. Elsewhere I have discussed the significance of cases of this sort, * Especially ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ Ohap.v., where an account of previously recorded cases is given. ‘To these should be added a case of an Astacus haying a somewhat antennuliform structure with two jointed filaments replacing one of the eyes: Hofer, B., Verh. d. deutsch. zool. Ges. iv. 1894, p. 82, fig. det Lae P.Z.S. 1900, Pi Awe . See ee eed EN eee @ xe = Zz Sate ot ef 1 aaa Gan... ps — Baie eS ._ ee pe hee es i | —_ & : - Morgan & Kidd, collot iD MALACCA a P24.5.1900 Pl XXII pe Lk, x 15 404 . ‘" Au %% . w 5 GT Harris, phot Morgan &Kidd, collot ECHINODERMS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. P.Z.S. 1800: Ph Ame GT Harris, phot. Morgan &Kidd ,collot. ECHINODERMS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA Shs if ee OM * e me: 4 1900. Pl. XXIV ) Ke 12) 12) KG 4 Qa Z, KG fa an oO Ay o Z U2 Pa oO a P.Z.S w oc at | ° Y od As) a M & is) ® w a ° a Cal ” vorgnmnnneePaRPOHABABRRERERAEEE Age naneant tlt ti TT! TTT) A. hy ECHINODERMS Harris, phot GT 1900,] MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 271 in which an organ takes on the likeness of another organ with which it is in serial homology. This phenomenon, which I have called Homeosis, plays a considerable part in the yariations of Meristic series. In plants such variations are common, but in animals instances so striking as that now under consideration are among the greatest rarities in nature. Among Arthropods probably not a dozen examples comparable with the present one ave on record. The conversion of antennule into mandible has not hitherto been observed in any form. It should be noticed that the homeosis in the present instance does not transform the appendage into the likeness of the ap- pendage next to it in series, for this is the antenna. The change is to the next but one. Perhaps the cases hitherto known which most nearly approach this one are those of Cimbex and Bombus, having the club of an antenna in each case replaced by a foot. ; Since the discussion of these cases in ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation’ was written, the new fact has been discovered by Herbst’ that when the eye is amputated in Palemon an antenna- like structure may be formed in its place on regeneration. The question therefore arises whether some other Arthropod cases of homeeosis may not be similarly connected with regeneration. On this point there is little positive evidence. It may be noted, however, that Przibran’, who made some experiments on the subject, found that in Asellus both pairs of antennz were regenerated as antenne.* The results of such experiments, however, are clearly very irregular. The regenerated part in Herbst’s experiments was not always similar, and Przibran, on repeating Herbst’s experiments, obtained only negative results. Here the matter at present rests. 2. On Echinoderms from Singapore and Malacca. By F. P. Beprorp, F.Z.S. [Received March 8, 1900.] (Plates XXI.-X XIV.) The Echinoids and Asteroids described in this paper were collected during a residence of a little over a year in the neigh- bourhood of Singapore and Malacca by Mr. W. F. Lanchester and myself. "a am much indebted to the kind courtesy of the Hon. Sir J. A. Swettenham, Colonial Secretary of the Straits Settlements, and the Hon. W. Egerton, Resident-Councillor of Malacca, in allowing us to make use of the lighthouses under their jurisdiction as head- quarters for our work; and Iam under a still greater obligation to + Arch. f. Entwickelungsmech. ii., 1896, p. 544 * Zool. Anz. xix. 1896, p. 424. * P.S.—Sinee this paper was read Mr. L. Doncaster, of King’s College, Cambridge, has repeated the experiment on Asel/us with the same result, . - 272 MR, F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, Dr. R. Hanitsch, Curator of the Raffles Museum, for the great amount of trouble he took on our behalf, and for the readiness with which he placed his valuable experience of the local marine fauna at our disposal. I also wish tu thank Mr. H. N. Ridley for his kind hospitality and advice. Professor Bell has been good enough to allow me a room in the Natural History Museum, where I have had an opportunity of comparing our specimens with those in the National Collection ; and Professor Minchin has kindly given me every facility for microscopical stuay at University College Laboratory. From the point of view of the geographical distribution of the littoral fauna, this comparatively unworked district is a peculiarly interesting one: the sea rarely reaches a depth of more than 40 fathoms, and never, so far as I know, of more than 80, so that dredging from a small sailing-boat was always possible in calm weather; and although the collection of Echinoderms cannot be considered complete, yet I think specimens of all the commoner indigenous species have been collected either by ourselves or obtained from the natives. Professor Bell has kindly looked through this paper and given me valuable suggestions. I. ECHINOIDEA. The region under consideration lies close to the Equator, between the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and might be regarded as a probable specific centre for many tropical forms whence migration took place in all directions—westwards to the Red Sea and East Coast of Africa; northwards to China and Japan; eastwards through the Pacific Islands towards the American Coast, and southwards in the direction of Australia and New Zealand. Plausible as such a view may appear a priori, the Echinoid evidence in its support is very meagre, and seems rather to point to a separate “centre” for each form-unit. The distribution of tropical Echinoids is as a rule very extensive: moreover, in the case of closely allied species their areas of distribution often overlap: e.g., among Cidaride, Rhabdocidaris annulifera and R. baculosa ; among Echinide, all the species of Salmacis ; among Clypeastride, Hehinodiscus auritus and £. levis; and among Spatangide, Lovenia elongata and L, subcarmata. In these cases, where there are no geographical barriers we should expect perhaps a physiological isolation to manifest itself in differences of mode of life and habitat, but such does not seem by any means an invariable rule: Laganum depressum and Laganum decagonale were frequently dredged together, and must have been subjected to almost identical environmental conditions, and the same is true of Salmacis globator and S, sulcata, Considering the limited area, the Echinoid fauna is a fairly large one. This is no doubt partially to be accounted for by the great variety exhibited by the inorganic environment: near the 1900.] -MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 273 mouths of the rivers extensive deposits of silt mixed with vegetable débris occur, and here, as a rule, the reef is poorly, if at all, represented ; in places, however, where the reef is flourishing its distance from the shore is very variable, rarely exceeding 500 yards, and the lagoon shore is of the most varied description—mangrove- swamps, tracts of hard sand, or gravel may occur, or volcanic rocks may come down to the water’s edge and, being eroded by the action of the sea, form tide-pools and crevices when the tide recedes. Each kind of environment was found to have its own peculiar Echinoid fauna, each species except the most abundant being restricted to one sort of habitat in its adult condition ; and in this convection it is worth noting that, although this is constant throughout the district, yet in other localities, ¢.g., Batavia, the same species will be found ina different environment. A good instance of this is afforded by Diadema sawatile, which was the ouly reef-Kchinoid of the district, and was a conspicuous object among the masses of coral on nearly all the reefs; whereas at Batavia this species was apparently found by Dr. Sluiter (cf. also Studer *) a short distance from coral on patches of sand, Echinometra lucunter being common among coral in that locality. It seems to me that, by a similar change of habitat, a certain amount of isolation might be caused which would enable variations in a direction favourable to that environment to become normal for the particular form- unit, and by a continuation of the process specific distinctions might become fixed. Without some such isolation it is difficult to imagine how any variations from the norm could become sufti- ciently stable to be perpetuated alongside of the type, or how any gradual modification could take place in the type itself”, since the pelagic plutei that settle down in any given limited area can hardly be supposed to be the offspring of adults living within that same area, and there is no evidence, so far as I am aware, of discontinuous variation among Kchinoids likely to lead to the formation of new races. The species of which examples were obtained number sixteen, of which it may be worth remarking that four extend as far south as New Zealand; this is interesting in connection with the distribu- tion of Asteroids and Holothurians, which appears to be much more limited. Only a few Kchinoids have been previously recorded from the locality, but of these there are two species which we have failed to find, and which are not represented in the Raffles Museum ; they are Salmacis dussumieri and Rhahdocidaris bispinosa; there are specimens of the latter in the British Museum collected by Dr. Powell at Singapore, and I have satisfied myself of their distinctness from Rhabdocidaris annulifera. Only one new species is described, belonging to the morphologically interesting genus Asthenosoma, antl we were fortunate in obtaining two young ' T. Studer, Monatsber. d. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1880, p. 868. * Cf. A. E, Ortmann, Grundziige d. mar. Tiergeographie, 1896, p. 31, 274 MR. F, P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, ‘specimens which exhibit a number of points in the later develop- ment, and which I hope to describe in detail further on. The fol- ‘lowing is a list of the species of which examples were collected :— 1. Rhabdocidaris annulifera Lam. 2. Diadema saxatile Linn. 3. Asthenosoma heteractis, sp. nov. 4, Temnopleurus toreumaticus Ag. 5. Temnopleurus reynaudi Ag. ? 6. Salmacis sulcata Ag. 7. Salmacis globator Bell. 8. Salmacis ravispina Ag. (fil.). 9. Laganum depressum de Blainv. 10. Laganwm decagonale de Blainvy. 11. Laganum, sp. 12. Arachnoides placenta Ag. 13. Echinodiscus levis Ag. (fil.). 14. Lovenia elongata Gray. 15. Metalia sternalis Lam. 16. Brissus carinatus Gm. ‘1. RHABDOCIDARIS ANNULIFERA Lamarck. (Plate XXTI. figs. 1 a—d.) Cidarites annulifera, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. des Anim. sans Vert. 4. iii. 1816, p. 57. Phyllacanthus annulifera, Alex. Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. ii. 1872, p. 387. ; Cidaris annulifera, P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. Se. Nat. Neuchatel, t. iv. 1873, p. 25. Cidaris liitkeni, P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neuchatel, t: iv. 1873, p. 29. Schleinitzia crenularis, Th. Studer, Monatsb,. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1880, p. 865. , Leiocidaris annulifera, L. Doederlein, Die Japanische Seeigel, i. 1887, p. 24. References. H. Troschel, Sitzungsb. d. niederrhein. Ges, in Bonn, 1887, p. 335. Alexander Agassiz, ‘Challenger’ Reports, iii. Echinoidea (1881). P. de Loriol, Beitriige d. Geol. u. Pal. d. Libysche Wiiste, Ab. 3, Hft. i, 1883. P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. de Physique &c. de Geneve, t. xxviii. No. 8 (1883). C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. D. xlviii. (1889). S. Lovén, Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. 18 (1892). P. de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool. t. i. (1893). R. Koehler, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, t. vill. (1895). Locality. Seven specimens from Singapore, one from Malacca. Habitat. Spines of this species are extremely abundant in nearly all dredgings on a sandy or muddy bottom round Singapore; as Dr. Sluiter noticed in the Bay of Batavia, so here, the species seem to prefer a ground composed of comminuted fragments of shell, 1900.] = - MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS.. 275 coral, sand-grains, &c., but I have obtained it on the “ tangles ” from mud. Distribution. The area of distribution is a somewhat anomalous one: it is fairly widely distributed over the Indo-Pacific circum- tropical zone, extending from the Coromandel Coast on the west through the Bay of Bengal and Malay Archipelago to the Prince of Wales Is.: in the east and southwards it extends into the Antarctic littoral zone, having been found in Tasmania as well as on the South-Australian coast, but it is not reported from as far north as Hongkong or the 8. Japanese seas. There seems little doubt that M. de Loriol is right in associ- _ .ating Studer’s Schleinitzia crenularis from New Guinea with this species. Prof. Troschel and others have shown the inconstancy which the tubercles exhibit with regard to absence or presence of crenulation among recent Cidaride; and I have followed ~-M. de Loriol (loc. cit. 1883, p. 1) in uniting Agassiz’s species of Phyllacanthus and Stephanocidaris bispimosa in Desor’s genus Rhabdocdaris. The specimens brought home represent a series showing growth- changes from an individual 8 mm. in diameter to one 57 mm. in diameter. Considerable allowance has to be made for individual _ yariations in drawing deductions from so few specimens ; but it seems worth while to give a table of the principal measurements and also to figure the changes taking place in the spines during growth. As is well known, new coronal plates are formed between the calycinals and the corona, the first-formed appearing as minute sectors between the oculars and genitals (cf. condition in Asthenosoma); and Prof. Lovén has described the process of formation of the perignathic girdle and peristomal radial and interradial plates by absorption from the coronal plates and _redeposition on the buccal membrane. In this species, unlike Dorocidaris papillatu examined by him, the peristomal plates do not increase in number after the animal has reached a diameter of 2% mm.; and judging from the relative positions of the plates and spines of the corona bordering on the peristome, I conclude that no entire coronal plates have been absorbed in that region subsequent to the stage represented by the smallest of our specimens (8 mm. in diameter). The formation of new coronal plates probably continues throughout life, and the spines evidently increase in length up to a quite late stage; but whether they keep pace with the growth of the test is not certain, as in the largest specimen they had apparently been injured during life. When first formed, the spines are always smooth and acquire the characteristic granulations and thorns later; but it is interesting to note that in the smaller specimens the spines acquire the typical characteristics long before they reach a length at which granu- lation begins to appear in the spines of larger individuals (cf. Plate XXI. figs. 16, 1d). Insome specimens all the tubercles are smooth, while in others many of the larger tubercles are very [Mar. 20, MR, F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 276 *saaqgournny yr L‘8 0-11 1‘8 GOT 2g ‘9 c.9 ¢ C.F CF v engi | youstep JO “ON eis Ul s}UEMeINsvEwW AVvEUT] TTY n X0-1= zs 3; - XQT= ‘ > 5 XG.[= “é ye “cc On “ec ic x 6- t= “cc 9 “ xe. t= oe 14 ‘aojowviq Xg.[=eurds ysosuory *G “ony ‘aojowviqy X J.[ =ourds ysosuory *[ “oN "aim ge eulds yseduorTy 1e 16 ‘mu gg ourds ysasuory 62 OF es Wane Ie Wy po BZ C31 0-F &qQe fee Sth wells Zab e De Sol She a eae U2» Yar LZ2> Wis Wis W057 2s Ae 40604 492 ¢.0T 0-6 age Jao sT GG UD» VWs cao Lar ley Ml wy peace 0-9 0-% joa Peal 40¥A4 0-€5 Fie og rI Lay Cs eV Aor Lip gg 0-6 5qs Pewee A994 $9 G11 + Zorfd ory ee As BB Zs ey AoE oe! bs ‘toyunbay ye | ‘soyenbsy ye | YG Wig WL qo we UP pag pug ST VI UOTE CSLCO 11 CN fae - ——_ "| “1qsIepy | “UreIcCy JO Y4pvorge jO WAprog ‘souidg [Boe Ng UreLezUy “VAUAAITONNE SIUF dIOOdaV HY TO SUNUNATMASVATA, AO WIAV ey, 1 eg ‘uowroadg 1900. ] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 277 distinctly crenulated in their aboral half, as noticed by other ob- servers ; and, as pointed out by them, it is of interest in connection with the fossil species of the genus, e. g. Rhabdocidaris nobilis Desor, found in the Upper Jurassic strata of Europe. 2, DIADEMA SAXATILE Linn. (sp.). For synonymy, vide 8. Lovén, Bihang till Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xiii. Afd. 4, No. 5 (1887). References. Th. Studer, Monatsber. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, Oct. 1880, p. 868. P. de Loriol, Mém. de la Soc. de Phys. &e. de Geneve, t. xxviii. No. 8, 1883, p. 13. P. & F. Sarasin, Ergeb. naturw. Forsch. Ceylon, Bd.i. Hft. 1, 1887. C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. D. xlviii. 1889, pp. 285, 288. G. W. Field, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. vol. xi. No. 97 (1892). Locality. Singapore and neighbouring islets. Habitat. This species is abundant on the reefs wherever the coral is flourishing. In the daytime several individuals may often be seen congregating together under the shadow of projecting platforms of Madrepora, Turbinaria, or other coral. Unlike Drs. Sluiter and Studer, I have never observed it except in the immediate vicinity of living coral and usually on the outer edge of the reef (cf. Field). As the Drs. Sarasin point out, it is an extremely unpleasant creature to handle owing to the sharpness of its spines, the tips of which break off in the flesh, and when any attempt is made to hold it, it generally retreats to a place of greater security ; when in its natural surroundings I have never noticed any indications of attack or defence unless touched. So far as 1 know, it is the only Echinoid which is used as an article of food by the Malays of the “ Straits.” Distribution. The distribution is an extremely wide one throughout both the Atlantic and Indo-Pacific cireumtropical zones ; in the north it reaches up to Japan, the Mediterranean, and the Canary Is., and it has been found as far south as the Cape of Good Hope and N.E. Australia, but I cannot find any record of its occurrence from the west coast of America. The species is extremely variable both in form and colouring, but the varieties do not seem to be confined to separate localities. In one young specimen the spines, as described by other observers, are banded with purple and white, the test being purplish black as in adult. The coloration of this species is subject to a very considerable amount of modification, but whether there is really more than one species living in the district I am unable to state positively. The same uncertainty exists in my mind as to the Asteroid Pentaceros described later in this paper, and it would require a random selection of a large number of examples in order to settle the question. Proo. Zoon, Soc,—1900, No. X1LX. 19 278 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, 3. ASTHENOSOMA HETERACTIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.) References. Grube, 45es Jahresb. d. Schles. Gesell. f. vat. Cult. 1863 (A. varium). H. Ludwig, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 34, 1880, p. 70 (A. varium). A. Agassiz, ‘ Challenger ’ Re- ports, vol. iii. Echinoidea, 1880, p. 82 (A. grubet). P. & F. Sarasin, Ergeb. naturw. Forsch. Ceylon, Bd. i. Heft 3, 1888 (A. urens). S. Lovén, Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Bd. 18, 1892 (A. varium). F. J. Bell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. iv. 1889, pp. 436-438. P. de Loriol, Rey. Suisse de Zool. t. i. & im. 1893 & 1896 (A. varium). S. Yoshiwara, Ann. Zool. Jap. vol. 1. part 1, 1897 (A. wimai). R. Koehler, Zool. Anz. xx. 1897, p. 307. Locality & Habitat. This species occurs in some numbers in about 5 fathoms of water on a muddy bottom off the west of Pulo Brani, Singapore; a single specimen was dredged by Dr. Hanitsch in the New Har bour, Singapore; it lives in company with a species of Haplodactyla, specimens being frequently obtained together in the dredge. This form is very closely allied to the other three shallow- water species of Asthenosoma; its adult characters appear to be very constant, and although its differences from these species are very slight, it seems advisable to regard it as a distinct species. The nearest ally is perhaps Asthenosoma wrens, collected by the Drs. Sarasin in the north of Ceylon, which it resembles in the possession of thorn-bearing spines in the neighbourhood of the ambitus, as well as poison-organs arranged along each side of the interambulacral space, and in the former respect it differs at once from A. varium and A. grubei. It is distinguished from A. wrens by the very marked distinction in appearance between the ambu- lacral and interambulacral abactinal spines ; the latter possess constricted connective-tissue sheaths as in all the abactinal spines of A. wrens, which they also resemble in the possession of well de- veloped poison-sacs, there is, however, very little pigment developed in their sheaths ; the ambulacral spines are of equal length to the interambulacral, but havea very thin sheath which is unconstricted, and they are marked by very distinct and regular bands of purple pigment arranged transversely at intervals along the sheath ; poison-sacs are also developed on these spines, but their tips are much more fragile than those of the other spines and in process of capture they are nearly always broken. The calycinal system resembles in the adult that of A. wrens and A. grubei, and differs from A. varium in the separation of the genital pores from the genital plates, the pore being situated in a V-shaped incision on the outer margin of the plate. The madreporite differs from that of A. grubet in being quite flush with the rest of the calycinal system. The peristomal plates, of which there are ten rows continuous with the ambulacral coronal plates (the interradial plates heing 1900.] MR. F, P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 279 unrepresented in the peristome of Hchinothuride), number in adults normally 9 in one row and 8 in the other row of the pair, although occasionally there may be 8 and 7 respectively. In A. wrens there are 9 in each row (according to the Sarasins), and in A, grubei there are 12. The coronal plates, both ambulacral and interambulacral, are like those described by M. de Loriol for Amboina specimens of A. varium, but the ambulacral edge of the narrow interambulacral plates is devoid of tubercles. There are three distinct kinds of pedicellarie. Stewart’s organs are very well-developed and of the same shape as in A. wrens, and the muscular partitions are developed to the same extent as in that form. The alimentary canal does not seem to have been described in detail in any species of the genus, so that I do not know if the condition occurring in this species in universal throughout the genus, or whether it forms a “ specific character ” ; but in addition to the two loops of the alimentary canal occurring in other regular Kchinoids (the adoral of the two being connected with the siphon), it makes two additional loops within the former before reaching the “siphonal intestinal loop,” these additional loops being situated round the top of the lantern of Aristotle (the siphon appears to be absent). Ss. \ ns. WN. Dy. €.n. Radius of Asthenosoma heteractis (transverse section). This section passes between the branches to the ambulacral pores, and is thus slightly oblique. w.v. = radial water-vessel. | ms. = mesentery formed from the b.v. = radial blood-vessel ? endothelium of the body-wall. r.s. = radial sinus (pseudohemal c.e, = endothelium lining body-wall. canal), c.p. = calcareous plate (decalcified). s. = septum between outer and c.t, = connective tissue. inner radial nerves. i.r.m, = inner radial nerve (ganglion). en, = epineural canal, or.n.= outer radial nerve. Another character of some morphological interest which does not seem to have been noticed by the Drs, Sarasin in A. wrens, or 19* 280 MR, F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [Mar. 20, by Agassiz in the ‘ Challenger ’ species of the genus, is the condition of the radial water-vessels ; these, together with the nerves and associated canals, are slung up from the body-wall by a narrow mesenterial fold, so that the nervous system is farther removed from its primitive epithelial position than, so far as I know, occurs in any other Echinoid (see section figured). The division of the nerve-trunk into a deeper and a superficial layer is very obvious in sections, the deeper layer being swollen at intervals on each side to form gauglia: this condition is quite unique among Echinoids, the deeper nerve-layer being absent in the radii of all forms hitherto investigated in which it is said to be confined to the neighbourhood of the oral ring ; its occurrence in the radii of this species recalls the condition in Holothurians. In addition to adult examples, of which several were taken, two young stages were obtained which I hope to describe in a later communication in some detail, as they show some important differences in the calycinal system, coronal plates, poison-organs, pedicellarie, &c. I hope also to give a more detailed account of the adult morphology than seemed advisable in a paper dealing chiefly with systematic features, Adult examples seem to average about 83 mm. in diameter and have a height of about 24 mm.; they are thus smaller than the allied species. 4, TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS Ag. Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat. 3™° sér. Zool. t. vi. 1846, p. 360. References. Alexander Agassiz, Echini, pt. 3, 1873, p. 463. J. E. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv. p- 159. Locality. Common between tide-marks and up to 5 fathoms on the east of Singapore island; alsocommon in from 1 to 3 fathoms of water at Tanjong Kling near Malacca, and several young specimens were dredged in 10 to 15 fathoms at C. Rachado. Habitat. At Singapore they are found on Zostera on mud. Distribution. Reported from the Indo-Pacific area between the Gulf of Persia on the west and New Caledonia on the east ; it extends also into North China, and is recorded from N.E. Australia. The Malacca specimens differ strikingly from those found at Singapore by reason of their much longer spines and somewhat different coloration. In some specimens the general colour-effect is a greenish grey, the spines being light-coloured with 6 to 12 dark transverse bands of the same tint, these bands are con- spicuous towards the tip of each spine, but become gradually fainter towards the base; in other individuals the bands are claret-coloured, giving a reddish hue to the entire animal. Individuals do not seem to reach the same size as those recorded from other localities, 1900.] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 281 Measurements. | Diam. | Height. | Calyx. bau cane | Locality. io a ta a oc esas aly Longest epee }1. | 245 15 8-0 28:5 | Malacea 116:3 2, | 26 15 75 32 | , 123-1 3. | 34 21 MO Met Nl 88:2 4, 30°5 21°5 8 10:0 33 ie 92°9 Meera UO i 4 10 ‘Singapore 95:2 6. 34 PA ey 10:0 21 * 61:8 7. 37 21:5 103 10:0 21 | FF 56°8 5. TEMNOPLEURUS REYNAUDI Ag. (?). Temnopleurus reynaudi, Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) vi. 1846, p. 360. References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Hchini, part 3, 1873. H. Farquhar, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxii. 1898, p. 318. Distribution. Ceylon, China Seas, and New Zealand. Locality. A single specimen only, in 6 fathoms on a bottom com- posed of sandy mud off the west of Singapore Island, appears to belong to this species. Diameter 24 mm. ; height 13 mm. 6. Saumacis sutcaTa Ag. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.) Salmacis sulcata, Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) vi. 1846, p. 309. Salmacis globator, Alex. Agassiz (not L. Ag.), Revision of Echini, part 3, p. 473, 1872. Salmacis alexandri, Bell, Report of Zool. Coll. H.MLS. + Alert,’ 1884, p. 119. References. J. E. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iv. 1878. F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880 (S. globator a). F. J. Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ix. 1885. 8. Lovén, Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Bd. 13, Afd. 4, No. 5, 1887. L. Doederlein, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst. Bd. 3, 1888, p. 836, P. M. Duncan & W. P. Sladen, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xxi, 1888. H. Farquhar, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxiii. 1898. Locality § Habitat, vide S. globator, Bell. I believe that this species prefers a somewhat greater depth than 8. globator (5-10 fathoms), but in any case they are found together in about 5 fathoms. A similar association together of two closely allied species of Echinoids within a limited area occurs in the case of Hchinus esculentus and Echinus acutus at Plymouth (v. E. J. Allen, Journ. M. B. A. Plymouth, vol.xv. no. 4, 1889, p. 473). In this latter case the ‘ specific centre ” of the two forms appears, from Mr, Allen’s 282 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN HCHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, report, to differ considerably in depth, and the area in question appears to represent the shallow-water margin of the distributional area of /. acutus which overlaps the centre of distribution of E. esculentus. Two of the specimens collected approach very close to “typical” S. alexandri in the more uniform character of their tuberculation, their deeper sutural furrowings, and their general facies ; and t seems to me that the two forms represent extremes of a continuous series, the “norm ”of which differs in different localities (cf. Loven). Dr. Lovén places this species in the genus Z'emno- pleurus, but I cannot see sufficient differences to warrant its generic separation from the other Salmacis; the bare median spaces containing the sutural pits, and referred to by Dr. Doederlein, are very obvious in the living animal. The colour of the spines is for the most part dark violet, with the base and tip often cream-coloured (¢f. Duncan & Sladen). Measurements. Diam. Height, Oalyx. Peristome. Percentage values: D=100. ah O. | a 50 31 75 13°5 62:0 15:0 27:0 59 35 8:0 14°5 59°3 13:6 24:6 61 35 = 10°5 13°5 57:4 17-2 22:1 7. SALMACIS GLOBATOR Bell (? L. Ag.). (Plate XXIL. figs. 4 a, b.) Salmacis globator, F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 431 (S. globator |3). ? S. sulcatus, Sladen, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 439, 1879. References. ¥. J. Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ix. 1885. 8. Lovén, Bih. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Bd. 13, Afd. 4, No. 5, 1887. Locality. Singapore. Habitat. The test of this species together with those of S. sulcata are frequently found washed ashore on the east side of Singapore Island; unfortunately when collecting I did not re- cognize that the two species were distinct, so that I do not know in what proportions they occur ; they live in considerable abundance from between tide-marks up to about 10 fathoms on a muddy bottom. The synonymy of this, as indeed of all the species of Salmacis, isin a state of the greatest confusion. Prof. Bell (doc. cit. 1880) described it as Salmacis globator (3) ; some years later (loc. cit. 1885) he expressed the opinion that it was identical with Louis Agassiz’s S. globator, and he then renamed Alex. Agassiz’s S. globator, Salmacis alexandri. Dr. Lovén does not admit that S. globator (6) Bell is Louis Agassiz’s species, but, on the other hand, unites it with S. rarispina of the latter author. It is quite impossible from the meagre description in Agassiz and Desor’s ‘Catalogue Raisonné’ to arrive at any conclusion as to the species they intended ; it seems better therefore, for the sake of Sy MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 28 1900 R. F. P. BEDFORD N ECHINODERMS 283 clearness, to ignore their definitions in the two cases, and to name it S. globator Bell. The species from the Korean Straits described by Mr. Sladen as S. sulcatus seems to me to be referable to this form. Owing to the uncertainty of identification of species of this genus, I have omitted their recorded distribution, but it is un- doubtedly extensive. The colour of the spines in the specimens collected was whitish yellow, with irregularly spaced, narrow, transverse purple bands ; in one specimen the abactinal spines were all devoid of any purple pigment. Measurements. Diam. Height. Oalyx. Peristome. cy values: D= ie 30°5 =. 200 Me 8 65:6 ae 26°2 53°56 40 9-0 13 74:8 168 = 243 58:5 34 10°5 15 58'1 17:5; 25°6 750 3949 ah 16 65°3 ae 21:3 8. SALMACIS RARISPINA Alex. Agass. Salmacis rarispina, Alexander Agassiz, Revision of EHchini, pt. 3, 1872, p. 475. References. J. EH. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv. 1878, p. 161. P. de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool. t. 1. 1893, p. 370. Locality. Singapore ; two specimens dredged in 10 fathoms on sand. The species does not appear to be very common at Singapore, although M. de Loriol mentions having examined several speci- mens from that locality. The description given by Mr. Tenison-Woods of individuals from N.E. Australia accords exactly with those in the present collection ; and I think there can be very little doubt that they are the same species as Alexander Agassiz’s S. rarispina; the pale wedge-shaped sutural markings so characteristic of this species are very obvious in both specimens. So faras I can judge, this, as suggested by Loven, is the Hehinus spheroides of Linneus, but I cannot agree with him in identifying it with S. globator (() described by Prof. Bell (P. Z. S. 1880). Measurements. Diam. Height. Oalyx. Peristome. Percentage values: D=100. Tal C. P. Peay woe 24 7:0 11 61°5 17:9 28°'3 Qi nae Od "od aie 14:5 68°38 26°6 9. Laganum pupressuM de Blainv. (Plate XXIII. figs. 5 a-e.) Laganum depressum, L. Agassiz, Monograph. d’Echinod. ii. 184 , p. 110, tab. 238. References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Kchini, pt. 3, 1373, 284 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, p. 518. P. de Loricl, Mém. Soc. Phys. &. de Geneve, t. xxviii. no. 8, 1883, p.37. CO. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. y. Ned. Ind. xlviii. 1889, p. 293. P.de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool. t. i. 1895, p. 375. Locality § Habitat. Abundant in 5 to 10 fathoms on mud. Singapore. Distribution. Extends from the East Coast of Africa to Fiji and Kingsmills Is. Adults are easily distinguished trom LZ. decagonale by the shape of the test ; the young, however, approach each other rather closely (v. figs.) ; 5 genital pores usually visible. Measurements. 1. Length 37 mm. Diameter 33 mm. 2. ae es ’ Be 3.0, 865 ee ey ai ikea: 4 gp RRA RE Jel aie 10. LaGANUM DECAGONALE de Blainy. (Plate XXIII. figs. 6 a-é.) Laganum decagonum, L. Agassiz, Monogr. d’Echinod. ii. 1841, p- 112, tab. 23. figs. 16-20. References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873, p. 520. F. J. Bell, Zool. Coll. of H.MLS. ‘ Alert,’ 1884, p- 122. F. J. Bell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. 1884, p. 130. F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 411. Locality § Habitat. Very abundant in 3 to 10 fathoms on mud. Singapore and Malacca. Distribution. Previously recorded from Japan, Prince of Wales’ Channel and Thursday Is., New Caledonia, and Bay of Bengal. The colour, when alive, is a dull red ; in spirit this first becomes green, and ultimately disappears more or less completely. As shown in the figures, the test is somewhat variable in shape, the angles of the outline being somewhat less marked in young individuals. The size of the genital openings varies considerably ; normally there are four present, although occasionally the posterior pore also occurs: in some specimens the genital openings are quite indis- tinguishable even in the denuded test; the extent to which the coronal sutures are visible is also extremely variable. This species is placed by Agassiz and others in the subgenus Peronella, but Professor Bell (oc. et. 1883) has shown reasons for discontinuing this mode of subdivision of the genus. Measurements. 1. Length 66°5 mm. Diameter 63°5 mm. a Seale 5 » Ol 3. nae » 495 ih ics) a 1900.] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 285 11. Laganum, sp.? (Plate XXIII. figs. 7 a, 6.) Four small specimens were found among a number of individuals of Laganum depressum and decaqonale which I cannot ascribe to either of these species. It seems possible that they may be bybrid forms. The test is more swollen than in any specimens of either of the two species named; in shape they are quite orbicular and the four genital pores are very large (the posterior being absent) : in the two smaller specimens the actinostome and anus are excep- tionally large; the internal calcareous connections between the upper and lower surfaces are more complicated than in L. depressum, but do not extend to half the distance from the periphery to the centre as in normal ZL. decagonale (v. figs.). 12. ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA Agass. Arachnoides placenta, L. Agassiz, Monogr. d’Echinod. ii. 1841, p. 94. Reference. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Hchini, pt. 3, 1878, p. 530. Locality. Singapore, one specimen between tide-marks. Distribution. Mergui Archipelago, Burma, E. India Is., Aus- tralia, and New Zealand. Transverse diameter 64 mm. Diameter in plane of odd ambu- lacrum 65 mm. 13. EcHrnopiscus L&VIS Agass. Echinodiscus levis, Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873, p. 533. Lobophora truncata, L. Agassiz, Monogr. d’Echinod. ii. 1841, p. 66. Locality. Singapore, three specimens between tide-marks; at low tide they lie just covered by sand. Distribution. 8. Africa, E. India Is., New Caledonia, China Seas, and Japan. In one specimen the lunule is incompletely formed on one side, the slit not being clesed posteriorly; in the others both lunules are complete. This species is very closely allied to Z. biforis, from which it is distinguished by the shape of the test, which is relatively longer in the former, and the transverse line of greatest breadth passes close to the apex, being much more anterior in position than in E. biforis; the lunules, also, are shorter. Louis Agassiz’s dis- tinction, based on the absence of transverse grooves between the pore-pairs in Z, truncata, does not hold good; in one specimen the pore-fields on the right side of the odd (ant.) ambulacrum and right posterior ambulacrum are devoid of continuous pore-grooves, while on the other pore-fields they are present; the characters first mentioned are also so variable, that it is quite possible that we are really dealing with a single species’. 1 Dr. Hanitsch has sent me an example of this species obtained at Malacca. 286 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, Measurements. Distance of anus Length of lunule Trans. diam. Other diam. from post. edge. on right side. 42 39°5 about 4 6 85 81 6 14 92°5 85°5 od 14 14. Lovenra BLONGATA Gray. Lovenia elongata, J. E. Gray, Catalogue of Kchinids in Brit. Mus. 1. 1865, p. 45. References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873, p. 575. Alexander Agassiz, ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. iii. Echinoidea, 1880, p. 175. R. Koehler, Mém. Soe. Zool. de France, t. vili. 1895. Locality. A single damaged specimen from 4 fathoms on mud. Singapore. Distribution. Recorded from the Red Sea and Cape of Good Hope to the Philippines ; it extends also into North and West Australia, and according to Agassiz it is found in the Gulf of California. There is some doubt as to whether this species is correctly determined, on account of the broken condition of the posterior end of the test; but the arrangement of the long serrated abactinal spines and the shape of the actinostome resemble those parts in L. elongata more than in ZL. subcarinata, the only species with which it could be confounded: the colour also is characteristic of L. elongata, the large spines being yellow banded with violet as in the type. 15. Mprania STERNALIS Lamarck. References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873, p- 600. P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. de Phys. &c. de Genéve, t. xxviil. p. 44, 1883. Locality. Pulo Brani, Singapore. Habitat. This species appears to burrow in fine sand between tide-marks in the same way as Echinocardium cordatum on our own coasts. j Distribution. Extends from the Red Sea to Sandwich Is. in the Indo-Pacific circumtropical littoral region ; it is also recorded from Australia and New Zealand. It is at once distinguished from Brissus carinatus by its cordi- form subanal fasciole, narrower actinal plastron, and deep anterior groove. Measurements. Length. Trans.diam. Ant. petal. Post. petal. Height. Act. plastron. 715 64 24-5 B0°5 41 22 1900.] MR. ¥. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 287 16. Brissus CARINATUS Gmelin. Brissus carinatus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 3200. Brissus scille, Ag., Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Se. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. t. vill. 1847, p. 13. Brissus columbarius, Gray, \ J. E. Gray, Catalogue of Echinoidea Brissus carinatus, Gray, in Brit. Mus. pt. i. 1855, pp. 53, 54. Brissus unicolor, Alex. Agass. (not Klein or Leske), Revision of Eehini, pp. 97, 357, 598, 1872. References. N. G. Leske, Addit. ad Kleinii Disp. Echin. 1778, tab. xlvii. figs. 4,5. F.J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 349. P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. de Phys. &. de Geneve, t. xxvill. 1883, p. 47. 8S. Lovén, Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Bd. 15 (4), 1887, p. 165. Locality. One denuded test dredged off Pulo Brani, Singapore ; there is also another test of this species in the Raffles Museum collected at Singapore. Distribution. Ranges over the entire circumtropical littoral zone, including the West Indies, Cape Verd Is., Mediterranean, and Indo-Pacific as far east as the Society and Sandwich Islands ; it is not recorded from Australia. M. de Loriol does not agree with Prof. Bell in uniting the Brissus unicolor and carinatus of Alexander Agassiz into one species; he bases his distinction on characters admittedly variable in different individuals of the same size and in the same individual at difterent stages of growth. I have therefore, with some hesitation, followed Professor Bell in this respect ; but since Dr. Loven has shown that Klein’s Brissus wnicolor is probably identical with Metalia maculosa and certainly not a true Brissus at all, it follows that the name of B. carinatus should be retained for this species, which is undoubtedly the same as that referred to by Leske as Spatangus brissus latecarinatus and renamed carinatus by Gmelin. In our example the peripetalous fasciole is normal for Eastern forms, having two re-entering angles in each anterior interambulacram, and in the odd interambulacram it forms a deep angle as in Leske’s figure of Spatangus brissus lutecarinatus. The subanal fasciole is reniform, and there are 5 pedicellar pores on each side of subanal area. Measurements. Length. Trans. diam. Ant. petal. Post. petal. Height. Act. plastron. 70 52 22 28 39°5 21°5. Il. ASTEROIDEA. Seventeen species of Asteroids were collected, several of which were, however, represented by single or few individuals; five species were found in the immediate neighbourhood of Malacca, but these were all specifically distinct from any found at Singapore and 3 out of the 5 were very abundant. This is worth noting, since the four species of Hchinoids collected at Malacca were common 288 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, also at Singapore. The question of the extent to which the same species alters as it migrates from its specific-centre is one the solution of which must lead to a clearer idea of the mode of origin of new species (or rather perhaps new “ form-units”). In many cases the same range of variation appears to occur throughout the whole area of distribution of the species, while in other cases we can speak of local varieties or local races; and in such, attempts have been made to trace a gradual progressive modification as we pass outwards from the supposed original “ centre.” This has been exemplified in some detail by Dr. Déderlein ‘ for two species of Oulcita. In this genus the form and distribution of the pore-areas over the abactinal surface vary considerably within the limits of the same species, and in the two species, C. schmideliana and C. nove-quinee, these pore-areas have a similar independent range of variation from forms with small disconnected areole to others in which the areolz merge into one another, leaving small isolated spaces devoid of pores. C. schimideliana var. ceylonica and C. nove- guinee var. plana belong to the former type, while C.schmideliana var. africana and C. nove-quinee var. arenosa belong to the latter type. The distribution of the two species is as follows: C. schmideliana occurs in the western part of the Indian Ocean, while C. nove- guinee extends throughout the Malay Archipelago and Eastern Pacific. Dr. Déderlein points out that at Ceylon var. ceylonica occurs, while at Sumatra and Java, the most western points to which C. nove-yuinee extends, var. plana is found; and from this he draws the conclusion that “wo die Verbreitungsgrenze beider Arten aneinanderstésst, finden sich Varietiiten, die einander auffallend ihneln.” From this it would appear that the two species originated from a form intermediate between var. ceylonica and var. plana, and that the specific-centre of this form would lie between Ceylon and Malaysia. This, however, is at once falsified by finding the opposite extreme of variation, viz. var. arenosa, at Singapore, a point nearer to Ceylon than the places at which var. plana has been collected. This merely shows how important it is todetermine the distribution of varieties before questions of position of specific- centre can be solved, and it will serve, I hope, as an apology for what may be regarded as unnecessary detail in the descriptions I have given of specimens collected. In the case of Astropecten javanicus we appear to have a case of progressive modification as we pass from Java through the Straits of Malacca to the Mergui Archipelago, where A. andersoni, which I believe to be a variety of A, javanicus, is found ; but it would be rash to assume this until the region is more fully worked out. I have adopted in all cases the generic and specific notation employed by Professor Ludwig’, as it seems to me preferable to attempt to impress some uniform scheme into systematic reports rather than to wage an incessant war of words in defence of doubtful claims to priority. ? Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. &. Bd. v. Lf. 3, 1896, pp. 310-316. ? Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. ii. Abth. 3, Asteroidea, 1899. 1900. ] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 289 The following is a list of the species represented in the col- lection :— . Archaster typicus M. & T. . Craspidaster glauconotus, sp. nov. . Astropecten gavanicus Ltk., var. malaccanus nov. . Astropecten pleiacanthus, sp. nov. . Inidia longispina Sladen. . Luidia penangensis de Lor. . Luidia maculata M. & T. . Iconaster longimanus Mob. . Goniodiscus articulatus de Lor. 10. Stellaster incei Gray. 11. Anthenea flavescens Perrier. 12. Pentaceros turritus M. & T. 13. Culcita nove-quinee, var. arenosa Perrier. 14. Palmipes rosaceus M. & T. 15. Retaster cribrosus v. Mart. 16, Patria, sp. 17. Asterina, sp. C CONT Oo OVE OO DOH The total absence of Linckiade from the collection seems worthy of remark. 1. ARCHASTER TYPICUS. Archaster typicus, Miller & Troschel, Archiv f. Naturg. 1840, . 323. : References. Miller & Troschel, System der Asteriden, 1842, p. 65, Taf. 5. fig. 2. v. Martens, Archiv f. Naturg. 1866, p- 83. C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. xlviii. 1889, p. 309. PP. de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool. t. i. 1893, p. 378. L. Cuenot, Archives de Biologie, xi. 1891, p- 335. H. Ludwig, Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. ii. Abth. 3, Asteroidea, 1899. R=5'3—7:0 Xr. Locality & Habitat. This species was very abundant on a sand- flat just exposed at low tide on Po Senang, Singapore; I did not meet with any examples elsewhere; its habitat appears to be identical on the islets of the Java Sea (cf. Sluiter). Distribution. Extends from the Nicobars and Andamans through the Mergui Archipelago, Malay Archipelago, and N. Australia, as far as the Fiji and Tongals. It seems doubtful whether it occurs in Mauritius. Out of five specimens brought back the superomarginals varied in number from 45 to 50 on each side of interbrachial arch (v. Martens gives 40-45, while Miller & Troschel give 36). There were no traces of superomarginal spines. In one specimen at the base of one of the arms there is a con- striction somewhat similar to that which occurs in Linckia before schizogony of the arm takes place; in the present case the 290 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20, superomarginals meet across the abactinal surface, but the actinal plates are unaffected. The anus is central, without any tendency towards Cuénot’s interradius BC in any of the five specimens brought back: Prof. Ludwig, in his definition of the genus pes riince.t 305 a, eee 354 MR, STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3, 108. Scruroprerus pAvisont Thomas. Davison’s Flying- Squirrel. O. Thomas (P. Z.S. 1886, p. 74, pl. vi.) described this species from a specimen collected in Malacca by Davison. 109. ScivROPTERUS LEPIDUS Horsf. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is a Squirrel from Selangor, which Mr. A. L. Butler tells me is of this species. , 110. ScruropreRUS GENIBARBIS (Horsf.). Cantor (p. 45) records this species from the Malay Peninsula, and gives the following dimensions of a male :— Head and body ...... 191mm. 73 inches. Dail. 9: 5 eats, cen tihetiss 7 SO Bee ee alee Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Java. 111. Rarura Bicotor Sparrm. The Large Malay Squirrel. Sciurus bicolor, Cantor, p. 38; Blanford, Faun. Ind., Mamm, p. 373. Cantor says the dark variety is called by the Malays of the Peninsula “ Chingkrdéwah ¢tam,” and is very numerous in the forests and hills of Penang and the Malay Peninsula; the light variety is called “ Chingkrawah” or “ Chingkrawah puteh,” and occurs in Penang. O. Thomas (P. Z. S. 1886, p. 75) records twelve specimens from the Malay Peninsula, from the following localities :—two from Salanga, Junkceylon ; one from the Dindings; four from Klang, Selangor ; one from Malacca; one from Jaffaria, Johore; and three from Gunong Pulai, Johore. He says: ‘“* With the exception of three or four of the cream-coloured examples so common in this species, all these specimens represent the typical black and yellow S. bicolor.” W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 9) records specimens from Perak, Malacca, and Singapore. Ridley (J.8. B. R. A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 58) says: “ Scturus bicolor Sparr. This very variable Squirrel is, in Pahang, usually of a dirty yellowish-white colour, almost tawny on the back. Seen far up the Tahan River, and at Pulau Tawar.” Also (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 95) he writes :—‘“S. bicolor is a strictly arboreal squirrel, which lives in the tops of the higher trees in the thick jungles. It is very variable in colour. The commonest form in Singapore is black with a cream-coloured belly. In the Peninsula it is usually entirely cream-coloured. It is remarkably docile, but much less active than the smaller species. When eating, this species sits transversely on a bough, grasping it with its hind feet, the head and body hanging down on one side and the tail on the other. It eats fruits of different kinds, and also buds and leaves.” H. J. Kelsall (J. S. B. R. A.S8. no. 26, Jan. 1894, p. 16) says :— “This squirrel, which is common in Johor, is here of a dirty 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 355 yellowish-white colour, somewhat darker on the back. Specimens were obtained at Kuala Sembrong and Batu Pahat.” The Museum at Taiping contains a specimen of the dark race from Maxwell’s Hill, Larut, Perak. Mr. L. Wray tells me this squirrel is known as ‘The Jeelrang Squirrel,” “ Chingkrawah Itam,” or “ Tupai Nanding.” ‘The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains one dark specimen from Selangor. The Raftles Museum contains a specimen from Singapore. In the Siamese Museum we had a specimen from Phrabat. 1 saw the dark race of this species in some high jungle-trees near the waterfall, Botanical Gardens, Penang, 1st January, 1896. Also on the 28th March, 1897, a little downstreamof Paknam Kabin on the Bangpakong River, Siam, I saw one in a very tall tree: it was black above, pale fawn-colour beneath, had a very big, bushy black tail, and, so far as we could make out with field-glassesg, it had tufted eurs. Distribution. Nipal, Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, Mme Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula (Junkceylon, Penang, Perak, Dindings, Selangor, Malacca, Pahang, Johore, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo ; Celebes ? 112. Scrurvus FintaysoniI Horsf. Finlayson’s Squirrel. Sciurus ferrugineus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 375. “ Kra rawk khow” (White Squirrel) of the Siamese. Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 154) records a specimen from Siam collected by Dr. G. Finlayson. This species is very numerous in parts of Siam; the Siamese Museum contained five specimens—a red one from Bangkok, October 1893 ; a red one from Chantaboon, July 1896; and three white ones without recorded localities. In March 1897 I saw six of the white race in various places on the Bangpakong River between Tahkamen and Kabin, they were all in trees, usually in the jungle. In January 1898 I saw one of the red race in trees in a mangrove swamp near the mouth of the Chantaboon River. In February 1898 we saw very many near Ayuthia, especially in a grove of trees a few miles north of the town; I did not see any on the ground, but always in the trees or clumps of tall bamboo. They were all engaged in love making, males were more numerous than females ; they made a good deal of noise, a sort of clucking, rather like the cry of some species of woodpecker. The females have two pairs of mamme. These Ayuthia specimens varied greatly in colour (v. O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 245); in all the iris was dark brown, and the bare skin on hands and feet black. In August 1898 I saw one specimen on Klong Morn, a few miles from Bangkok. On the 28th August 1897, at Kosichang, J saw in the woods on Flagstaff Hill about 12 or 15 white squirrels, probably of this species, but apparently smaller and more buff (less pure white) than those I saw on the Bangpakong in March. On the 27th February, 1898, on revisiting the same woods, I saw 356 MR, STANLEY 8S, FLOWER ON THE [ Apr. 3 many of these squirrels; again they seemed to me smaller than S. finlaysoni of the mainland, but they looked pure white: perhaps they are a small island-race. Distribution. Sikhim ?, Burma, Siam. 113. Scrurus ERyrHR#US Pallas. Pallas’s Squirrel. Sciurus erythreus, Blant, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 377. A stuffed specimen, apparently of this species, in the Siamese Museum, was said to have been obtained locally, which seemed probable, as the Siamese had a name for it—‘ Krarwak lai,’ that is, “ The Variegated Squirrel.” Distribution. Assam, Burma, China ?, Siam ? 114, Scrurus urppurvs Is. Geoffr. Sciurus hippurus, Cantor, p. 41. “Tupai Jinjang,” “ Ummu,” or “Jau” of the Malays of the Peninsula (Cantor), Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula. Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East Ind. Co. 1851, p. 154) records it from Malacca. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 75) records three specimens from Klang, Selangor, collected by Davison, saying “This species seems to be the Malay representative of S. erythraeus Pall., which does not, however, extend further south than Manipur, while Klang seems to be about as far north as S. hippurus has been found.” W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part ii. 1891, p. 18) records two specimens from Malacca, from R. W. G. Frith, 1844. In the Museum at Taiping there are several squirrels from the Larut Hills which Mr. Wray considers to be S. hippurus; they are about equal in size to S. prevosti, but have the back dark ferru- ginous instead of black, and have no white on the sides. Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak?, Selangor, Malacca), Sumatra, Java, Borneo. 115. Scrurus CANicEps (Gray). The Golden-backed Squirrel. Sciurus caniceps, O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, pp. 68 & 76; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 380. O. Thomas (op. cit. p. 76) records seven specimens of Sciurus caniceps concolor from “* Kussoom, Taroar, Poongah, and Salanga, Junkceylon,” collected by Darling. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part ii. 1891, p. 14) records specimens from Perak which “ have only a slight tinge of orange on the back, and no cheek-patches, and this form agrees very well with the speci- men from Malacca (procured by G. Moxon, 1847), the type of S. concolor.” I shot a specimen, subsequently kindly identified by Mr. Thomas, near Gunong Gajah, Kedah, 13th April, 1895. ¢. Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Junkceylon, Kedah, Perak, Malacca). 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 307 116. Scrurus eriseimManus M.-Edw. The Grey-footed Squirrel. Ridley (J.8. B. R. A. 8. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in a “ List of Mammals recorded from Pahang,” includes “ Sciwrus griseimanus, A. M.-Edwards,” but unfortunately gives no details about it. _ Distribution. Cochinchina, Cambodia, Upper Burma (Blanf.Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 381), Laos (O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 68), and Malay Peninsula ? N.B.—Scrurvus arriporsaLis Gray. The Black-backed Squirrel. Sciurus atridorsalis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 382. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 76) records a single specimen from Klang collected by Davison, but says :—“ There is possibly some mistake in the labelling of this specimen, as the species is not otherwise known to occur south of Tavoy, Tenasserim, and the specimen exactly matches some of Mr. Davison’s Moulmein skins.” Davison (J. S. B. R. A.S. no. 20, 1889, p. 84) says he “ obtained one specimen of the common squirrel Sciwrus atrodorsalis” on Pulo Tioman in August 1889! Distribution. Burma. 117. Scrunvs MACCLELLAND!I Horsfield. The Striped Himalayan Squirrel. Sciurus macclellandi, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 386. In the Museum at Taiping, Perak, there is a stuffed specimen of S. macelellandi barber from Taiping (it is labelled S. tenuis Horst.). In the Siamese Museum there are two specimens, also of the barbei race, from Petchaburi, Siam. I obtained a single individual in a tree in a wood near Bortong Kabin, 26th March, 1897. Distribution. Sikhim, Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Cachar, Manipur, China, Formosa, Cochinchina, Siam, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Malacca). N.B.—Mr. J. L. Bonhote (A. M. N. H. ser. 7, vol. v. p. 53, 1900) distinguishes specimens from Perak as Sciwrus macclellandi leucotis (Temm.), differing from S. barbet in having the light stripes narrow and hair of ear white at base. 118. Scrurus renui1s Horsfield. The Slender Squirrel. Sciurus tenuis, Cantor, p. 42. Cantor records this species from Singapore and the Peninsula, and apparently found it rare, only observing two individuals. Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 154) mentions a specimen from Singapore, collected by Finlayson. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 76) records eleven specimens from the Malay Peninsula; they are from Klang and Ulu Langhat in Selangor, from Malacca, from Gunong Pulai in Johore, and from Singapore, and says ‘“ these specimens are all very similar, and precisely agree with Horsfield’s type.” Proc, Zoor, Soo.—1900, No. XXIV. 24 358 MR, STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3, W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 20) records a specimen from Perak, and one from Malacca, collected by A. R. Wallace. : H. J. Kelsall (J.S. B. R. A.S. no. 26, Jan. 1894, p. 16), in a list of Mammals from Johore, says ‘ Sctwrus tenuis, Horsf. Fairly common. The smallest of the Malayan squirrels.” Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, pp. 95 & 96) gives an account of the habits of this squirrel, and says it is very abundant and destructive in the Botanic Gardens, Singapore. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) also records it from Singapore. Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Malacca, Johore, Singapore); “ Pulo Panjang in the Gulf of Siam” (W. L. Sclater, 0. 8. ¢.), Java, Sumatra, Borneo. 119. Scrurus PREVOSTI Desm. Raffles’s Squirrel. Sciurus raffles, Cantor, p. 40. ‘“‘Tupai B’lang” of the Malays (according to Messrs. Ridley and Wray). Cantor records this species as numerous on the Malay Peninsula. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8S. 1886, p. 76) mentions specimens trom Klang, Selangor,and Malacca. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p.24) records specimens from Malacca. Ridley(J.S.B.R.A.S. no, 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59) mentions this species being common at Kuala Semantan, Pahang, and (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 95) says of it, ‘one of the most beautiful kinds in the world, is common in the Malay Peninsula, but I never saw it in Singapore.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from Kuala Lumpor and from Pahang. In July 1898 I saw a specimen in the Raffles Museum labelled “ Sciurus raffesii. Singapore.” The Museum at Taiping contains specimens from Taiping and Blanja, Perak. Mr. A. L. Butler tells me this species is not uncommon in Selangor; there are several specimens in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor. Mstribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Malacca, Pahang. Singapore ?), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Banka, Billiton, Celebes. 120. Scrurus Notarus Bodd. The Malayan Squirrel. Sciurus badging, O. Thomas, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 76. Sciurus plantani of authors. Sciurus vittatus, Cantor, p. 42. Sciurus nigrovittatus, Cantor, p. 42. ? Sciurus griseiventer, L. Wray jun., label in Perak Museum. Cantor records S. vittatus from Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula, and says it is ‘‘ the most numerous species in the Straits of Malacca,” and S. nigrovittatus he records from the Peninsula and says it is “not numerous.” O. Thomas (P.Z.S. 1886, p. 76) records specimens from Lumut in the Dindings; Jerome, Klang, and Birman in Selangor; Malacca; Gunong Pulai in Johore; and 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 309 Singapore ; and makes some very interesting remarks on the color- ation of this species. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. il. 1891, p. 23) records specimens from Perak and Malacca. Ridley (J.S. B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in a “ List of Mammals from Pahang,” says: “ Sciwrus notatus, Bodd. This is perhaps the commonest of all the Malayan Squirrels. Common everywhere” ; and mentions its habits in Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 95. H. J. Kelsall (J. 8S. B. R. A.S. no. 26, Jan. 1894, p. 16), in a list of Mammals from Johore, says “ Sciwrus notatus, Bodd. This pretty little squirrel is common everywhere.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from Singapore, Johore, Kuala Lumpor, and Pahang. This is the commonest species both about Taiping, Perak, and Kuala Lumpor, Selangor ; there are several specimens in the local museums at both towns. It also seems the commonest species on Penang Hill; I obtained a specimen there at 2200 feet elevation. Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Penang, Perak, Dindings, Selangor, Malacca, Pahang, Johore, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo. 121. FuNAMBULUS BERDMOREI (Blyth), Berdmore’s Squirrel. Sciurus berdmoret, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 387. During March 1897 I met this squirrel near Tahkamen, on the Bangpakong River, Siam; three specimens undoubtedly of this species, one in the jungle, two near a village, were seen running on the ground ; two others, apparently of this species, were seen climbing in a clump of bamboo. In the Siamese Museum there were two specimens labelled ‘“©M. Pran, Siam.” Distribution. Martaban, Tenasserim, Mergui Archipelago, Siam, Cambodia, Cochinchina. 122, FUNAMBULUS LaTICAUDATUS (Diard). Long-nosed Squirrel. Sciurus laticaudatus, Cantor, p. 43. Rhinoscturus laticaudatus, W. L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 30. Cantor records this squirrel from the Malay Peninsula, gives a description of it, and says it is “apparently not numerous”; he examined five individuals. O. Thomas (P.Z.8. 1886, p. 78) records a specimen from Klang, Selangor. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 30) records a specimen from the Malay Peninsula procured by G. Moxon in 1851. Ridley (J.8. B. R. A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), ina “ List of Mammals recorded from Pahang,” says “‘ Sciwrus laticaudatus, Diard. This appears to be a rare species. Kota Glanggi.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10) under the name of “ Xerus laticaudatus”” records a specimen from Pahang, probably the same as that mentioned by Ridley. A large pale rufous squirrel from Simpang, Perak, in the Museum at Taiping is considered by 24 360 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3, Mr. Wray to belong to this species. Mr. A. L. Butler told me he shot two specimens in June 1898 near Kuala Lumpor, a female and a three-quarter-grown young one; the young one has dark rings on the tail, which are absent in the adult. Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Pahang), Borneo. 123. FUNAMBULUS INSIGNIS (F. Cuvier). Sciurus insignis F. Cuv. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 78) records specimens from Klang in Selangor, and from Jaffaria in Johore. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 28) records a specimen from Malacca, presented by E. R. Alston. Ridley (J.S. B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in a “ List of Mammals recorded from Pahang,” says: ‘ Sciurus insignis, F. Cuv. This is a pretty squirrel with three black stripes down the back. It appears to live almost entirely on the ground. Tahan River.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10), under the name of Xerus insignis, mentions this species from Ulu Pahang. Distribution, Malay Peninsula (Selangor, Malacca, Pahang, Johore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo. 124. FuyampBvtus tooria (Hodgs.). The Orange-bellied Hima- layan Squirrel. Sciurus subflaviventris, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. East India Co. 1851, p. 152. Sciurus locria, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 376. Horsfield (/. s. c.) mentions a specimen “ from G. Finlayson’s Collection during Crawford’s Embassy to Siam.” Distribution. Nepal, Sikhim, Manipur, Arrakan, &c., and probably Siam. Family Murip2. 125. Hapatomys Lonercaupatrus Blyth. Berdmore’s Rat. Hapalomys longicaudatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 401. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records a specimen from Patani. Distribution. Burma and Malay Peninsula (Patani). 126, VANDELEURIA OLERACHA (Benn.). The Long-tailed Tree- Mouse. Vandelewria oleracea, Blanf, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 402. _One specimen, said to have been caught near Chantaboon, was given to me while in Siam ; its dimensions in spirit were :— Head and body ........ 56mm. or 2-2 inches. Dail yeh a eee eee Ob 155 Sun ir Hind-foot 28 34heeae 1G os, ‘63 inch Bar 2 ascend ke sacar eae -43 PP Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Yunnan, Burma, Siam, 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 361 127. CHIROPODOMYS GLIROIDES (Blyth). The Pencil-tailed Tree- Mouse. Chiropodomys gliroides, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 403. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 78) records a mouse from Jaram, Selangor, collected by Darling, which probably belongs to this species. Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Selangor), Java, Borneo. 128. Mus rarrus Linn. The Common Brown Rat of the East Indies. Mus rufescens, Cantor, p. 46. Mus rattus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 406. “ Nu” of the Siamese (a term applied to all species of rats). W.L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 67) records a specimen of Mus’ rattus rufescens from Malacca, and one from Penang from Cantor’s collection. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1887, p. 11) records this species from Singapore. I have caught this rat in Sepoy Lines, Penang (May 1895), on Penang Hill (Nov. 1896 and March 1898), in Bangkok (April, June, July, Aug., Nov. 1897, and Feb., Aug. 1898), and in Ayuthia (Feb. 1898). Colour. Specimens from Penang Hill: Above reddish brown, with longer dark hairs: beneath pale yellowish, buff, or fawny grey; the two colours gradually shade into each other on the sides. Specimens from Bangkok: Above reddish brown (varying from bright rufous to yellowish), many of the larger hairs having black tips (most noticeable in adult specimens), base of fur on back grey ; beneath pure white (out of about 20 specimens examined, one was yellowish beneath, one male grey, one female rufous grey with a little white on the lower part of the abdomen, one young female rufous grey); the line of demarcation between the darker upper and white lower parts is very noticeable (except ina young female, where they gradually shade into each other); hands and feet flesh-coloured, with short white hairs on their upper surfaces, the white hairs on the last segment of the toes may be longer than the claws. Females from Penang and from Bangkok had each 5 pairs of mamme. Distribution. Cosmopolitan. 129. Mus concotor Blyth. The Little Burmese Rat. Mus concolor, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 408. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. iit. 1891, p. 68) mentions a skin from Malacca, collected in 1846. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from Singapore. The Siamese Museum contained three specimens from Bangkok. Of this species I obtained three specimens from Penan 362 MR. SPANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Apr.3 Hill, 2260 feet elevation, March 1896; two specimens from Tanglin, Singapore, April 1896; one specimen from Pachim, Siam, March 1897; one specimen from Paknam Menam, Siam, August 1898; and I saw what I believe to be this species at Pakpreo, Siam, in June 1897. Colour of Paknam specimen:—Upper surfaces pale rufous brown, lower surfaces pure white, tail dark above and light below. Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula. 130. Mus pecumanvs Pall. ‘The Norway Rat.” Mus decumanus, Cantor, p. 46; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p- 408. “ Tikus ” of the Malays (name applied to any species of rat). Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula ; Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records it from Singapore. In Siam I never saw this species alive or trapped it, but three times found dead rats (which appeared to. be .V. decumanus) in Bangkok, in each instance in that quarter of the town where the foreign shipping lies along the wharfs. In Georgetown, Penang, this species is common; it is rufous brown above, buff below. Distribution. Cosmopolitan. 131. Mus muscunus Linn. The Common House-Mouse. Mus musculus?, Cantor, p. 46; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 413. “ Tikus ruma” (0. é. house-rat) of the Malays, Cantor gives habitat “ Pinang,” and says :—‘‘In colour, this slightly difters from the European mouse, the upper parts being a mixture of shining grey and tawny. The separate hairs are leaden-grey at the base, then tawny with black apex; some are longer and uniformly dark brown. Beneath pale ash. The ears are large, more than one-half the length of the head, with very short hairs, rounded, blackish. Toes, palms, and soles whitish. Tail slender, dark-grey, with very short appressed brown hairs. Length of the head and body, two and five-eighth inches (67 mm.), tail two and four-eighth inches (64 mm.).” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from Singapore. J obtained only three specimens of the Common Mouse, two trapped in houses in Singapore (Jan. & Dec. 1896), and one picked up dead in the bazaar at Chantaboon (Jan. 1898). There were none in the houses in which we lived, in Bangkok, Kedah, or Penang. Of the second specimen from Singapore, Mr. Oldfield Thomas writes to me :—** Very typical house specimen, with brown meta- podials but white fingers and toes, a very characteristic coloration.” Distribution, Cosmopolitan. 132. Nesocria sp. inc. Bandicoot Rat. At least one species of Nesocta occurs in the Malay Peninsula, 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND TH! MALAY PENINSULA. 363 but what it is we cannot yet say for certain. Cantor seems to have observed two species: one (p. 45) he calls Mus bandacota, Bechstein, the other Mus setifer, Horstield. Of the former he gives the Malay name as “ Tikus besdr” (7. ¢. big rat), and the habitat as “ Pinang,” and says :—‘ The larger of two individuals, captured in gardens, measured, head and body, ten and one- -eighth inches (258 mu.); the tail seven and four-eighth inches (181 mm.).” In May 1895 a species of Nesocia was common about out- buildings in the barracks in Penang. Subsequently in April 1898 I trapped more Bandicoots in Georgetown, Penang; they were in colour:—above grey, with very long black hairs giving a very dark appearance; throat whitish buff, remainder of lower surfaces pale grey. Three skulls and skins I sent to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who kindly wrote to me they were “allied to WV. bengalensis—perhaps N. barclayana, Anderson.” Family Spatacip. 133. Ruizomys BAbTUS Hodgs. The Bay Bamboo-Rat. Rhizomys minor, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 165. Rhizomys badius, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 438. Horsfield (7. s. ¢.) records a specimen from Siam obtaied by Dr. G, Finlayson, who says it is called “Thur ” by the Siamese, and adds: *“ Our specimen is about 6 inches in length, and appears to be a young one. It readily submits to confinement, and is easily tamed. Like most animals of the genus, it is destructive to furniture, to grain, etc., and when suddenly surprised it throws itself upon the offensive, instead of making a precipitate retreat. [ts principal food is unhusked rice or other grain, and it is fond of yams, pumpkins, ete., found in forests and woods near to Bamvasor.” Distribution. Nepal, Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, Manipur, Burma, Siam. 134. Ruizomys SUMATRENSIS (Raffl.), The Large Bamboo-Rat. Rhizomys sumatrensis, Cantor, p. 47; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 439. “ Dekan” of the Malays (Wray). *“ Woo'n ” of the Siamese ; also called “ Tun.” Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula, describes its colour, gives dimensions, and says “In confinement, it is very savage, scarcely tameable.” W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 96) records specimens from Malacca and from Alma Estate, Province Wellesley. The Raffles Museum possesses specimens from Malacca. The Museum at Taiping contains specimens from Batu Gajah and from Bukit Gantang, Perak. The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains several specimens caught in the neighbourhood of that town. here were in the Niamese 364 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3, Museum three stuffed specimens from Siam of a species of Bamboo- Rat: they had been labelled (probably by the late Dr. E. Haase) R. badius, but they looked to me more like the young of R. sumatrensis. Distribution. Parts of Burma, Siam, and Malay Peninsula. Family Hysrricip®, 135. Hysrrix LoneicaupA Marsden. The Malay Porcupine. Hystrix longicauda, Cantor, p. 48. “ Tandak” or “ Babi Lindak” (7. e. pig-porcupine) of the Malays. Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula, and says it “‘is numerous, and, as it is considered a delicacy by the Chinese population, is frequently brought to market.” Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 94) calls this species Hystria leucura, and says of it:—“The Porenpine is still common in Singapore, but a uumber must be destroyed by the burning of the open country, in which they chiefly live. The are very destructive to the pine- apples.” The Museum at Taiping contains a specimen from Larut, Perak, The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains one young porcupine, apparently of this species, locality unknown but prob- ably from Selangor. On the 14th Oct. 1897, 1 bought a live porcupine from a Malay in Singapore, who said it had been caught on Bukit Timah ; it soon became tame and an interesting pet. (It is still alive with me, February 1900.) Distribution, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Singapore), Sumatra, Java ?, Borneo? In the Siamese Museum there were two stuffed Porcupines, both labelled “Siam,” representing apparently two species, but I do not know which: one with a pale brown forehead and a light crest had been labelled by some one “ H. bengalensis;” the other had no crest, and had an old label “ H. hodgsoni.”’ The Siamese call a porcupine ‘‘ menn.”’ 136. ATHERURA MACRURA (Linn.). The Asiatic Brush-tailed Porcupine. Atherura fasciculata, Cantor, p. 49. Atherura macrura, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 446, fig. 146. “ Landak” of the Malays. ‘‘ Landak-woobi” of the Malays of Selangor (A. L. Butler). Diard and Duvaucel in 1821 (Miscell. Papers Indo-China, 2nd series, vol. ii. p. 208, 1887) speak of this species as ‘‘ the porcupine of Queda” (7. ¢. Kedah), and say it “ always carries its tail lifted up like a trumpet, and makes the tuft at the end tremble.” Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula, and says it ‘is very numerous in the Malayan valleys and hills. In its fretful habits and in its food it resembles the preceding porcupine, like which, it is carried to the markets at Pinang and Malacca, where as 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 365 many as twenty to thirty may frequently be seen.” W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 104) records a specimen from Malacca. Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p, 94) says :—‘‘ The Brush- tailed Porcupine (Atherwra macrura) is not a native of Singapore, so far as is known; it inhabits the limestone caves in Pahang,” This probably refers to the animals which Ridley (J.S. B. R. A.S, no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in his “List of Mammals recorded from Pahang,” says were “caught in the Kota Glangga caves,” but he then called them “ Hystriw longicauda, Marsden.” The Raffles Museum possesses a specimen trom Malacca. The Museum at Taiping contains four stuffed individuals from Larut, Perak. The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains one specimen without locality. Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Kedah, Penang, Perak, Malacca, Pahang), Sumatra, Java; Borneo? Family Leporip#. 137. Lxpussp.ince. Hare. A hare occurs in Siam, but I do not know of what species: I saw one caught alive at Genkoi (between Ayuthia and Korat), 21st November, 1897, and a leveret that had been caught near Chantaboon, January 1898. Order PROBOSCIDEA. Family ELEPHANTID 2, 138. EtupHas Maximus L. The Indian Elephant. Elephas indicus, Cantor, p. 52. Elephas maxinvus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 463; 8S. Flower, Journ. Bombay N.H.S. vol. xi. no. 2, p. 335 (1897). “Gajah” of the Malays. “Chang” of the Siamese. In the Royal Siamese Museum there was a life-size model of a male Siamese Elephant, and a most magnificent collection of about seventy tusks, all, so far as I could ascertain, from Siam; forty of . these tusks are over 4 feet 8 inches (1420 mm.) in length. The Selangor Museum contains six or seven skulls of local elephants. Wild elephants do not occur in either Penang or Singapore, nor are tame ones employed there ; but on the continent, both in Siam and the Malay Peninsula, elephants are found wild in suitable localities, and are trained for various purposes. Personally I only once came on wild elephants, a party of four, near the Bangpakong River, in March 1897; but in June 1897 we observed over a hundred wild ones caught in the Kraal at Ayuthia. 1 saw more or less trained elephants in Bangkok, Ayuthia, Chantaboon, Kedah, and Perak, but in the Southern Malay States the people do not seem to catch and tame them, H. J. Kelsall (J.S. B. R. A. S. no. 26, 366 MR. STANLEY §. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3, Jan. 1894, p. 17) says: “The elephant appears to be common throughout Johore. Tracks were seen in many places on the Indau, and also on the Sembrong, near P’ngkalan Repoh especially.” Ridley (J.S.B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59) says: ‘The elephant, though common all through Pahang, is never caught and tamed. Abundant in the Tahan woods ;” and (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 162) remarks that “it is not excessively abundant, but is plentiful in many parts of the Peninsula.” Distribution. India, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo. Order UNGULATA. Family Rurocerorip &, Malay name for Rhinoceros, “ Badak” (the final “k” not pro- nounced in most parts of the Peninsula). Siamese name for Rhinoceros, ‘* Rat.” A good deal of uncertainty exists as to how many species of Rhinoceros inhabit this region, and which they are, and it is difficult to obtain information ; they are poorly represented in the local Museums—partly because almost all parts of the rhinoceros are highly prized by various natives of Asia; and I have been told that - it is more profitable for a Malay, if he happens to catch one of these animals in a pitfall, to kill it and sell the remains to the Chinese, than to sell the whole animal to a European. The only specimens of Rhinoceros in the Perak Museum (May 1898) were three hornless skulls without localities labelled 2. las¢- otis, R. sumatrensis, and Lt. sondaicus respectively. In the Selangor Museum (July 1898) there was a single unlabelled skull. The Raffles Museum (1898) had only a skeleton, labelled 2. swmatrensis without locality. In the Siamese Museum we had a splendid series of over sixty separate, detached horns of Rhinoceros, some of remarkable shapes, but unfortunately their localities are not known. In February 1897 we acquired a specimen of &. sondaicus, which we skinned and stuffed. As an instance of how rhinoceros products are valued, I may mention that to skin this animal we had any number of eager volunteers, mostly Siamese women, who in return for the work of removing the skin only wanted to have some of the blood. ‘The rhinoceros was skinned in an old Palace Garden in Bangkok under my directions; it was an extraordinary sight as we hurried to get it done before dark—a crowd of women, mostly clad only in a * panung” (Siamese loin-cloth), smeared with blood from head to foot, working away at the carcass with knives and fingers, little children collecting the blood in cocoanut-shells and running off with it to their homes, and Siamese men hanging round trying to get any of the flesh they could; it was very difticult to save the skeleton, several of the bones being snatched up and nearly carried off by these loafers. Cantor (p. 54) says that Rhinoceros unicorns and R. sondaicus “appear to be numerous on the Malayan Peninsula;” and adds 1900.) MAMMALS OF SIAM AND ‘THE MALAY PENINSULA, 367 (p- 55) “a two-horned Rhinoceros is stated by the Malays to inhabit, but rarely to leave, the densest jungle,” which he expects to be R. sumatrensis. Unfortunately he does not mention seeing any local specimens, or give any details of why he includes 2. wunicornis in his list. Personally I have never seen even the tracks of a wild rhinoceros. At Alor Star, Kedah, the Malays told me no rhinoceros was known in that district, which is mostly flat ; they looked on it as an animal only inhabiting the mountains. An Englishman once told me he had seen tracks of rhinoceros on Gunong Jerai (Kedah Peak) at several thousand feet above the sea. In Perak, English friends have told me, rhinoceroses were not uncommon till three or four years ago in the Larut Hills above four thousand feet. In the south ot Perak, however, a friend told me he had once seen a rhinoceros in a swamp, it was reddish in colour. The ‘ Bangkok Times’ for 11th Nov., 1897, mentions a rhinoceros being shot by Mr. C. Ephraums: unfortunately this account, as usual, does not say to what species the animal belonged and gives but few details— the rhinoceros was “seen at a sulphur spring within six miles of Ipoh,” Perak: it ‘was an old male, stood 6 feet high at the shoulder and about 8 feet in length; his ‘Sumbu,’ or horn, measured 13 inches and weighed 3 lbs.” Mr. Ridley told me that in 1896 he saw a rhinoceros in the Dindings; and (J.8.B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59) he mentions having seen tracks of some species of rhinoceros in the Tahan River woods, Pahang, where he also heard the animal at night. An. T. ff. Carlisle, H.B.M. Consular Service, writing to me from Baw Yakar, Pailin, Battambong Province of Siam, 4th Feb., 1899, says ‘I have met an old Shan hunter here who has shot both the one-horned and the two-horned rhinoceros.” 139. RatNocEROS sonDaIcus Cuv. The Smaller One-horned ' Rhinoceros. Rhinoceros sondaicus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 474, fig. 155 (p. 475). A young female, just dead, was brought to the Siamese Museum on the 10th Feb., 1897, which I was told had been brought from the Laos Country, and had died on reaching Bangkok. There was no horn. Colour uniform dusky grey. Only one pair of incisors showed through the gums in the lower jaw, they were tusk-like ; none showed in the upper jaw, the gum forming a hard pad in the place where the incisors of a horse would be. Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 161) says 2. sondaicus appears to be the common rhinoceros of the Malay Peninsula. “It fre- quents the hill-jungles, ascending to 4000 feet altitude, and seems usually to move about at night, though one may come upon it by. day. It has a habit of constantly using the same track, and dropping its dung in the same place daily, a habit common also to the tapir. As the jungle gets cleared, it wanders often into the 368 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3, low, open country, apparently losing its way. It is a quiet, inoffensive beast.” Distribution. Sundarbans, parts of Eastern Bengal, Sikhim Terai, Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo. 140. Ruryoceros sumaTRENSIS Cuv. The Asiatic Two-horned Rhinoceros. Lhinoceros sumatrensis, Blant, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 476. The “ Bada Api” or “ Fire Rhinoceros” of the Malays is prob- ably a red variety of this species. Sclater (Tr. Z. S. ix. p. 651, 1875) mentions a rhinoceros of this species ‘‘ captured in the Sunghi-njong (presumably Sungei-Ujong) district of Malacca,” and says other specimens “from the same district or the neighbouring territory of Johore were imported into Europe.” WL. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 205) records specimens from Malacca. Mr. A. L. Butler in a letter to me, from Kuala Lumpor, dated 25th Oct., 1898, says :—‘* I went to see a big rhinoceros in a pitfall the other day at Rantan Panjang. A fine big female &. sumatrensis, a dark reddish-brown beast. 4 feet 3 inches at shoulder (measured with a standard) and about 8 feet to 9 feet in length (guessed). The great thing that struck me was her extraordinary tameness. She had only been caught three days, but fed readily from one’s hand, and seemed to enjoy being scratched.” Distribution, Assam, Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo. Family Taprripz. 141. Tapirus rnpicus Cuv. The Malay Tapir. Vapirus malayanus, Cantor, p. 55. Tapirus indicus, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 478. “‘ Badak tampong” (7.¢. Piebald Rhinoceros) of the Malays in Kedah and Perak. Badak,” ‘Kuda Ayer,” and “Tenni” of the Malays of the Peninsula, apud Cantor. «“ Tenok” of the Malays, apud Ridley. Cantor mentions specimens from Province Wellesley and Kedah. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 198) records two specimens from Malacca, obtained in 1820 and 1848, Ridley (J.S. B. R. A. S. no. 25, p. 59) says tracks of the Tapir were seen near Temerloh, Pahang, and (Nat. Science, yi. 1895 pp- 161, 162) mentions the supposed protective coloration of the young. There are specimens from Larut in the Museum at Taiping, and from Malacca in the Raffles Museum. H.H. the Rajah Mudah of Kedah told me (June 1898) that the ‘Lapir is not uncommon in the swamps of Kedah, within a day’s 1900. ] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 369 journey of Alor Star. Mr. F. H. Malcolm Staples told me (Sept. 1897) that the Tapir is still sometimes met with about Batu Pahat, Johore. On the 25th July, 1898, I saw a young Tapir alive in Bangkok : it had been brought from the Malay Peninsula, from between Kedah and Singora; it was kept in the King of Siam’s menagerie, and died about 6th August, 1898. Distribution, Tenasserim, Lower Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra. Family Bovip. 142. Bos caurus Ham. Smith. The Gaur or S’ladang. Bos gour, Cantor, p. 64. Bos gaurus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 484, fig. 159 (p. 488). “ Kating ” of the Siamese (both B. gaurus and B. sondaicus seem included in this name). “ Sdpi utan ” (7. e. Cattle of the Woods) of the Malays of the Peninsula, apud Cantor. “ S’ladang ” of the Malays. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. 1891, p. 125) records a skull and horns from Malacca from Dr. Maingay, 1863. Ridley (J.S. B.R. A.S. no. 25, 1894, p. 59) says: “ The S’ladang is to be met with all through the Pahang jungles, but, owing to its shy and retiring habits, is difficult of approach. Tahan woods and all down Pahang River.” In the Museum at Taiping there are horns from Batang Padang. Perak, and many fine heads from Pahang shot by Mr. C. F. W. Curtis. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there are a stuffed bull and numerous heads shot by the late Captain H. C. Syers in Selangor. The Raffles Museum contains a skull from Ulu Pahang presented by Mr. W. Bertrand Roberts. Mr. W. Sinclair told me in Jan. 1898 that there are wild cattle, probably of this species, in the hill-jungle at the back of Anghin, Siam. A pair of horns, apparently of this species, from near Raheng, Siam, measured in length 24 inches, and in circumference at the base 17 inches. Mr. A. J. A. Jardine, Inspector General of Police, Bangkok, told me he had found a Gaur killed by wild dogs near Shagan Salween River, Burma. Distribution. Parts of India, Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula ; Cochinchina ? 143, Bos’ sonparcus Mill. & Schleg. The Banting or ‘Tumbaadu. Bos sondaicus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 489. “ Kating ” of the Siamese. ‘“ Sapi-utan ” of the Malays. In March 1897 I saw detached horns, apparently of this species, 370 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3, in the Governor’s house at Pachim, Siam ; they were said to have been obtained in that province. The Banting is probably very rare in the Malay Peninsula: Mr. H. N. Ridley told me one was killed by Mr. Oxley at Muar about fifty yearsago; Mr. J. Rodger, C.M.G., has in his possession a single horn, apparently of this species, obtained from a Sakei ; and both Mr. Ridley and Mr. A. L. Butler tell me one was killed recently in Perak. Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, Bali, Borneo, and Sumatra ? 144. Bos pupatus Linn. The Buffalo. Bubalus arnee, Cantor, p. 65. Bos bubalus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 491. “« Khwai” of the Siamese. “ Karbau” of the Malays. Cantor says:—‘‘ The wild Buffalo is reported, but apparently without proof, to be indigenous in the Malayan Peninsula. Domesticated it is very plentiful.” Ridley (J.S. B. R. A. S. no. 25, 1894, p. 59) says it is very doubtful if the Buffalo occurs in a wild state in Pahang. I was told, on good authority, that there are Buffaloes near Pailin, in Siam, descendants of some that ran wild about fifty years ago. Distribution. Wild in parts of India and Ceylon. Wild or feral in parts of Burma, Siam, and the Malay Peninsula. Domesticated in Egypt, Italy, Southern Asia, and the Malay Islands. 145. NEMORH@DUS SUMATRENSIS (Shaw). Goat-Antelope. Nemorhedus sumatrensis, Cantor, p. 64. Nemorhedus sumatrensis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 514. *« Leea’ngpah ” or “ Ooarpar ” of the Siamese. “ Kambing ttan ” or “ Kambing gran ” of the Malays. “ Black Mountain-goat” of the English in the Straits Settle- ments. Cantor says “it appears to be numerous on the Malayan Peninsula, but exceedingly difficult to obtain, as it frequents the steepest hilly localities, and is very shy and active.” W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. 11. 1891, p. 151) records a skull from Province Wellesley. Ridley, writing on the Mammals of Pahang (J. 8S. B. R. A.S. no. 25, 1894, p. 60), remarks: ‘This wild goat is supposed to occur in the high mountains of the interior, but there is no record of its having been obtained ” ; and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 163) says it ‘‘ inhabits the isolated patches of limestone rocks which flank at intervals the main granite chain of the Peninsula. Though apparently not rare in these places, it has never been shot by any sportsman.” In the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed head from near 1900,] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 371 Kuala Kangsar, Perak, and a complete skeleton and two pairs of horns, all, I understand, from Perak. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there are several frontlets and horns, without locality. Mr. A. L. Butler told me he saw a Goat-Antelope in March 1898 near “the Cottage” in the Larut Hills, Perak, at an elevation of about 4000 feet; and in a letter, dated 14th March, 1899, mentions Sir Frank Swettenham as having shot one in the Perak Hills. This is the first instance, to my knowledge, of one of these animals being shot by a European sportsman in the Peninsula, though many have tried. In another Jetter, dated 5th November, 1899, Mr. Butler tells me he has examined three specimens, and says “ the Nemorhadus of the Peninsula is not NV. sumatrensis, having legs black instead of rufous.” The Siamese Museum possesses a stuffed female from the Laos country, each horn 7°8 inches (198 mm.) in length, and a frontlet without locality, each horn 7:4 inches in length. A frontlet from the hills between Raheng (Siam) and Burma was shown me by Mr. J. Harper: length of horns 7-75 inches, circumference of horns at base 5°25 inches; a horn in my possession from Perak is 6°15 inches in length, and 4°5 inches in circumference at base. In July 1898, a live goat of this species was exhibited in Bangkok, but I was unable to find out where it had been caught ; it was a very handsome animal, nearly black in colour. Distribution. Eastern Himalayas, Moupin, Yunnan, Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra. Family Cervip#. 146. CervuLus MuNirsac (Zimm.). The Kakar, or Barking Deer. Styloceros muntjac, Cantor, p. 61. Cervulus muntjac, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 532, fig. 173. “ Kijang,” “ Kidjang ” “ Kidang,” or of the Malays. Recorded from Kuala Tahan, Pahang, by Ridley (J.8.B.R.A.S. no. 25 1894, p. 60), who (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 164) says :— “The Kijang does not occur now in Singapore, if it ever did. It is abundant in many places, such as the slopes of Mount Ophir, and is often shot by planters and others in and about the coffee plantations.” This species is kept in the Singapore Botanical Gardens, where it breeds. There are specimens from Upper Perak in the Museum at Taiping, and from Selangor in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 7) mentions a young C. muntjac, 24 hours old, ‘showing clearly the white longitudinal striations, which soon disappear in older animals.” The Kijang occurs in Siam. ‘There is a pair of antlers in the Siamese Museum, presumably local, the length from burr to tip is 4:25 inches; and Mr. N. Kelly Passmore gave me the skull of one which had been shot by his overseer near Muok Lek, about 372 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3, 900 feet elevation, in the Dong Phya Fai: the right antler from burr to tip measured along the curve 6°5 inches, the left 6°75 inches (171 mm.). A deer we saw and heard on the Bangpakong River in March 1897 was probably of this species, though I failed to procure a specimen. Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Hainan, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Malacca, Pahang), Sumatra, Java, Lombok, Borneo. 147, Cervus scHOMBURGKI Blyth. Schomburgk’s Deer. “ Qua-an ” of the Siamese. Distribution. Parts of Siam. 148. Cervus ELDI Guthrie. ‘The Thameng. Panolia acuticornis, Cantor, p. 64. Cervus eldi, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 541, fig. 176. “ Sam-an ” of the Siamese. Cantor says “ A single skull of a stag, killed in Keddah, has the horns so like those of the Munneepore animal, that the species might be taken to be identical, but that the Malays assert theirs to be maned, and of a dark colour, with white spots, like the Axis. This stag is further described as being extremely wary, and therefore seldom seen but on heights inaccessible to man.” H.H. the Rajah Mudah of Kedah, who is keen on shooting, told me the Thameng does not exist in Kedah ; antlers are sometimes conveyed there from Siam, a pair of which probably were brought to Cantor, with imaginary details to enhance their value, the statement that they frequent “ heights inacessible to man” being alone suspicions in regard to this plain-dwelling species. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 181) records a frontlet of this species supposed to have been “ brought from Penang” in 1846; this may have been imported from Siam, via Singora and Kedah. Mr. H. Warington Smyth (‘ Five Years in Siam,’ vol. ii. p. 217) says the plain round Battambong “is much frequented by herds of the Lamang, or Eld’s Deer,” and describes how the Cambodians capture them. Distribution. Manipur, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Hainan. 149. Cervus UNICOLOR Bechstein. The Sambar. Rusa equina, Cantor, p. 63. Cervus unicolor, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p, 548, fig. 177 (p. 544). ‘‘Nua” of the Siamese. “‘ Rusa” of the Malays. Cantor records the Rusa from the Malay Peninsula and Penang ; so far as I have been able to ascertain, it is now extinct in Penang, and has been so for the last 25 or 30 years. H. J. Kelsall 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 373 (J. S.B. R. A.S. no. 26, 1894, p. 17) says :— Cervus equinus, Cuv. Tracks of the Sambhur were seen on Gunong Janeng. This deer is probably common in the Johore jungles, but owing to its shy nature is seldom seen.” Ridley (J. 8. B. R.A. 8. no. 25, 1894, p- 60) records this species from Pahang, observing : “* The Malayan Sambur, apparently the same as the Indian species, but the horns do not attain the same leneth”; and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 164) says :—“* The Cervus equinus is common in the Peninsula, and a few still occur in Singapore ; .... the young are produced singly, and are coloured like the adult, but with much sotter hair. There are, however, faint traces of light spots on the rump, which disappear after the first week” *. Writing to me on 11th Sept., 1899, Ridley says: ‘Sambar breed regularly in the Singapore Gardens, and they also breed in Government House Park. The young usually have a couple of white spots on the sides near the rump, not very distinct. They are not fully spotted like Axis. I shoald say certainly that the Sumatran deer is a distinct animal, Cervus hippelaphus. It would not cross with the other deer” (2. ¢., Peninsula Sambar). In the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed female from Upper Perak, and antlers from Upper Perak, Batang Padang, and Larut. In December 1896 I saw a Sambar stag in a small patch of jungle within about a mile of the town of Taiping. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there are specimens from Selangor. The Sambar appears to be numerous in parts of Siam ; we had a stuffed female and two pairs of antlers in the Siamese Museum. Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Burma, Siam, Hainan, Malay Peninsula; probably also parts of China, Formosa, Philippines, Borneo, and Sumatra. N.B.—Cerrvus axis Erxl. The Chital, or Spotted Deer. Axis maculata, Cantor, p. 62. Cervus avis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 546. Cantor says this deer is called ‘‘ Rusa Bunga” by the Malays of the Peninsula, and “ It is numerous in Keddab, and at present in Pinang. But it did not inhabit Prince of Wales’ Island (2. ¢. Pinang) till one of the last Governors of the late Presidency took the trouble of importing from Bengal some pairs, which were kept in the park adjoining Government House (Suffolk House). When the Presidency of Prince of Wales’ Island was abolished, the deer of the quondam Governor’s park found their way into the jungle, where they have multiplied to a prodigious extent.” Nowadays they have disappeared from Penang. and it seems Cantor must have been mistaken in recording them from Kedah; the local Malays assured me no spotted deer existed there. 1 A Sambar born in 1899 in the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens (original locality of parents unknown) had at first a very distinct black vertebral line from between the ears to the tail. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XX V. 25 374 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON ‘THE (Apr. 4, 150. Cervus porcinus Zimm, The Para, or Hog-deer. Cervus porcinus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 549, fig. 179 (p. 550). The Siamese Museum contains two stuffed males, obtained in Siam, but the exact locality I was not able to discover. Distribution. Parts of India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, and Laos States of Cambodia (R. Ward, ‘ Records Big Game,’ 1899, p. 71). Family TraGorip#. 151. Traeeuius savanicus (Gmel.). The Smaller Malay Mouse- devr. Tragulus kanchil, Cantor, p. 60; O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, 1D: by Tragulus javanicus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 536. * Kra-chong”’ of the Siamese. “Kanchil” or ‘* Peléndok” (pronounced ‘ Plando’”) of the Malays. Cantor says this “species is astonishingly numerous” and occurs in the Malay Peninsula, Penang, ‘Singapore, and the Lancary Islands; he adds “ In Prince of W ales’ Island (z.e, Penang) any number may be procured within short notice, at the rate of one Spanish dollar per dozen.” Oldfield Thomas (/. s. ¢.) records specimens from Salanga, Junkceylon, from Taroar, from Klang, Selangor, and from Singa- pore Island. Ridley (J. 8. B. R. A. 8S. no. 25, 1894, p. 60) records this species from Pahang. There are specimens from Larut in the Museum at Taiping, and from Selangor in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor. Hanitsch records it from Changi, Singapore (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p- 9). This species occurs in Siam; there is a specimen from the Don Phya Fai in the Siamese Museum; and A. Milne-Edwards (‘ Recherches Famille Chevrotains,’ Paris, 1864, p. 78) says “en 1862, M. Bocourt en a rapporté au Muséum un individu du royaume de Siam, et le Musée britannique en posséde un exemplaire provenant du Camboge.” Distribution. Tenasserim, Siam, Cambodia, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula (Junkceylon, Lancary, Penang, Perak, Selangor, Pahang, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo. 152. Tracunus napu (F.-Cuv.). The Larger Malay Mouse- deer. Tragulus javanicus, Cantor, p. 61. Tragulus napu, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm., p. 557. ‘‘ Nipu ” of the Malays. Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula, where he says it “ appears to be far Jess numerous than the preceding.” 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 378 W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ti. 1891, p, 191) records two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, obtained in 1871 and 1872. Ridley (J. 8S. B. BR. A. 8S. no. 25, 1894, p. 60) records this species from Pahang, and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, pp. 163, 164) says this is the commonest species of Mouse-deer in the Peninsula, and gives an interesting account of its habits in confinement and of native methods of catching it. There are specimens from Larut in the Museum at Taiping, and from Selangor in the Museum from Kuala Lumpor. Distribution. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Pahang), Sumatra, Java, aud Borneo. N.B.—TRAGULUS STANLEYANUS Gray. Stanleyan Chrevrotain. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. part ii. 1891) records two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, obtained in 1870. This species is by some supposed to occur in Singapore, perhaps from a statement by A. Milne-Edwards: ‘‘Un individu né le 25 sep- tembre 1862, 4 Singapore, de Chevrotains de Stanley achetés par M. Bocourt pour le Muséum ” (‘ Recherches Famille Chevrotains,’ p- 81, Paris, 1864). Ido not know the real habitat of this species, but have been told that it occurs in the Dutch islands south and south-east of Singapore, and is imported into Singapore from Rhio. Family Sum. 153. Sus crisratus Wagner. The Indian Wild Boar. Sus indicus, Cantor, p. 53. Sus cristatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 560, ‘“« Mu” of the Siamese. * Babi utan” of the Malays. Cantor records wild swine from the Malay Peninsula, Penang, Singapore, and the Lancary Islands. Ridley (J.S.B. R.A. S. no. 25, 1894, p. 60) says wild pig are common in the low country ot Pahang, and were also seen far up the Tahan ; and (Nat. Science vi. 1895, p. 161) records them from the island of Singapore, where he says they are “ far too abundant,” There are local specimens in the Museums at Taiping, Kuala Lumpor, and Singapore. In 1896 wild pigs were still to be found in both Penang and Singapore. In 1897 I saw one that had been killed the day before near Gunong Pulai, Johore; I was doubtful whether it was S. cristatus or not, owing to the greatly elongated facial portion of the skull, which unfortunately I could not bring away, my companions being Mahomedans, and I having too many other things to carry myself. In June 1898 I saw two wild pigs in swamps beyond Jenan, Kedah ; apparently the ordinary S. cristatus. Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Lower Siam, Malay Pen- insula. 25* 376 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3, Order CETACEA. Family BaALZNIDA, 154. Mrcaprrura Boops. Humpbacked Whale. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) says there is an incomplete skeleton of this species from Malacca in the Ruffles Museum. I believe it was obtained in October 1891. Family DEeL_pHinip2. 155. PHoc#na pHoczNoipES (Cuv.). The Little Indian Porpoise, Phocena pho:enoides, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 574, fig. 187 (p. 575). Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) records “ Neomeris phocenoides” from Singapore. In the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed specimen caught off Ma‘ang, Perak, about 46 inches (say 1168 mm.) in total length, apparently of this species. Distribution. Indian Ocean, from Cape of Good Hope to Japan (Blanf. op, cit. p. 575). 156. ORCELLA BREVIROSTRIS (Owen). The Larger Indian Porpoise. Orcella brevirostris, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 571, fig. 189. * Lomba lomba” of the Malays. The British Museum contains a stuffed specimen from Singapore (Flower, List of Cetacea, 1885, p. 17), from whence it is also recorded by Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9). In the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed specimen, caught off Matang, Perak, about 60 inches (say 1524 nm.) in total length, apparently of this species. ; Distribution. Bay of Bengal, Singapore, North Borneo. 157. STKNO PLUMBEUS (Dussum.). The Plumbeous Dolphin. Steno pluinbeus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 583. : Cantor (p. 66) says Delphinus plumbeus occurs on the coasts of Penang, is called “ Paramptan Laut” by the Malays of the Peninsula, and “ the species, although very numerous, and rather heavy in its movements, is rarely captured, except by chance in fishing stakes.” In the Museum at Taiping there are three stuffed specimens, from the coasts of Perak, probably of this species ; the largest is abont 78 inches (say 1980 mm.) in total length. Distribution. Indian Ocean. 158. Detpninus pe.puts L. The Common Dolphin. Di Jphinus dilphis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 587, fig. 182. Recorded from Singapore by Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9). 1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. Sit Distribution. ‘“* Probably all tropical and temperate seas” (Blan- ford). Dolphins are numerous on both sides of the Malay Peninsula and in the Gulf of Siam. I have from time to time seen three, apparently different species, but have never managed to secure any specimens; one of these is D. delphis, one a smaller species, and one larger than D. delphis, with a very prominent dorsal fin. Local sailors report seeing a ‘white porpoise” at Belawan Deli, on the east coast of Sumatra, and at the mouths of several rivers in the Straits of Malacca. Order SIRENIA. Family Manarip2. 159. Hanicore puGcone (Erxl.). The Dugong. Halicore indicus, Cantor, p. 66. Halicore dugong, Bianf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 594, fig. 196. “ Diyong” or ‘ Paramputan aut! of the Malays of the Peninsula, apud Cantor. Ihave in my possession a beautifully finished pencil drawing of * A young male Duyong taken in the neighbourhcod of Singapore in April 1837. Measuring in length from the tuil to the nose on the back 7 ft. 4in. A Commander of a Portuguese ship trading to China says that in Portuguese this Fish or Animal is called ‘ Pexi Mulher’ (literally Woman ¥ish)—he kad seen them at Palaos in the Pacific. The bones of the jaws, the top of the scull and the throat are much esteemed there, especially those of the jaws which are of value and used as ornaments by the Natives, who are Savages.” This note and the drawing are unsigned, but are stamped ‘“ Pinang, 4 Ja. 1838, Post-Office.” Cantor says: “The Duyong appears not to be numerous at Singapore, still less so to the Northward, and has but in few instances been observed in Kwala Mida, the mouth of the river, which forms the northern boundary of Province Wellesley.” Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 139) records a Dugong’s skull “ from Finlayson’s Collection, Siam.” Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 165) says “‘The Dugong is tolerably common in the Strait between Johore and Singapore ; but one does not often see it,” and gives some information about it. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) records a specimen from Malacca. In July 1898 I saw one in the Rattles Museum labelled Singapore. Mr. L. Wray told me in 1896 he believed the Dugong was not found on the coast of Perak, probably owing to the lack of sea- weed. Distribution. Shores of the Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca, and coasts of Borneo. 378 MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. _‘[Apr.3, Order EDENTATA. Family Manip. 160. Manis gavanica Desm. The Malay Scaly Anteater. Manis javanica, Cantor, p. 51; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 599, fig. 199 (p. 600). ‘* Nim ” of the Siamese. “ Pengdling” or ‘“ Pangolin” of the Malays, according to authors. “ Tangiling” of the Malays. Cantor records the Manis from Penang and the Peninsula, and says :—‘ Although numerous in rocky situations, is not often captured, as it is seldom abroad till after sunset. The largest male measured from the apex of the nose to the root of tail one foot nine and a half inches (546 mm.); the tail one foot eight inches (508 mm.).” Ridley (J.8. B. R. A. 8. no. 25, 1894, p. 60) records it from Pramau, Pekan, in Pahang; and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 165) says: “It is frequently found in open sandy country, making large burrows in the ground,” and remarks on its habits. In the Museum at Taiping there are several specimens from Larut, Perak, andin the Museum at Kuala Lumpor specimens from Selangor. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) records this species from Singapore, There were three specimens from Siam inthe Museum at Bangkok, the largest, as stuffed, was 3 feet 43 inches (say 1028 mm.) in total length. In April 1896 I saw a female and young one alive in Penang, said to have been just caught in the hills on the island. Mr. F. H. Malcolm Staples told me (Sept. 1897) that he once got an Anteater at Batu Pahat, Johore; they ate it and found it good. In June 1897 I saw the skin of a specimen that had been just killed at Ayuthia, Siam; this was in a flat alluvial plain, with no rocky hills within many miles. In January 1898 we got two specimens at Chantaboon, both caught by natives ; one was brought in alive, but it died in nine days. In May 1898 we got a live one in Kedah, which also diedin nine days. In each case we could not get them to feed; at night they were turned loose in the lower part of the house (where ants and innumerable other insects abounded), to forage for themselves, but I never observed them even attempting to eat. They were the least intelligent animals I have ever kept ; they wandered about the house a great deal at night, and one we let walk in the garden so as to watch it in the moonlight: they showed no inclination to dig or search for food, but walked on till they came to an obstacle, when they proceeded to climb up it ; if, for instance, it was a chair, they climbed on to it, then on to the back, and then fell off the other side, and continued walking as before. The prehensile tail is very difficult to detach once the animal has coiled up round one’s arm. 1900. ] ON A PIECE OF SKIN FROM PATAGONIA. 379 Colour. Kedah specimen, 3, uniform dark brown, except end of tail which is buff. Naked skin of feet pink. This specimen had sixteen rows of scales round the middle of its body, and measured :— ie Thai, mm. Length, head and body .......... 8 508 Soa ri aS righ Sea erw coe pele gene 394 Sis? ASE Bane reesei are eens : 3 19 hind foee Ww Silat claws .. 3 76 99 Distribution. Sylhet to Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula (Penang, Kedah, Perak, Selangor, Pahang, Johore, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes. Popular beliefs. It is not surprising that strange stories are related about an animal like the Manis. One that I was told in Kedah is worth putting on record. It, says the Malays, is very ‘clever catching ants; putting all its scales at right angles to its body, it lies perfectly motiouless on the ground: ants, thinking it dead, swarm over it by thousands, then it suidenly shuts down all its scales, thus imprisoiing the ants, and rushes into a pond: under water it again opens its scales, the ants float to the surface, and the wily Manis licks them up comfortably. On a remarkable Piece of Skin from Cueva Eberhardt, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. By Dr. Einar LOnNBERe, University of Upsala.’ : [ Received March 6, 1900.] Last year Mr. Erland Nordenskjold visited Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia, to make further explorations in the large cavern, Cueva Eberhardt, which has become famous for the interesting remains of animals found in the deposits covering its-floor. He has recently published the results of his researches in a memoir read before the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences”; but in addition to the remains of which he treats there is also a remarkable piece of skin of an unknown animal, which he has kindly entrusted to me for description. This specimen was found by Mr. Nordenskjold in the oldest stratum on the floor of the cavern, which is chiefly formed of the excrement of the giant-sloth Grypotherium, and is sometimes covered with a thin layer of sulphate of magnesia 30 to 50 mm. in thickness. The discoverer informs me that it was found close to a scapula, a claw, and some other bones of Grypotherium, and also near a tooth of Felis oncu. It is therefore probable that the animal to which the skin belonged was contemporaneous with Grypotherium and the other members of the Pampean fauna. ‘Mr. Nordeuskjéld informs me that when the piece of skin was S ’ Communicated by A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z 2 E. Nordenskjold, “ Takttagelser och Fynd i Grottor vid Ultima Esperanza i sydvestra Patagonien,” K, Vetensk.-Akad Handl. vol. xxxiii, no, 3 (1900), (Apr. 3, DR. E, LONNBERG ON A 380 ‘qpavysaqyy vAeng uloay uLys Jo ooaid oY, LOU 1900. ] PIECE OF SKIN FROM PATAGONIA. 381 found it was rolled up likea ball; but by moistening the specimen he was able to unwrap it and stretch it into the form shown in the accompanying photograph (see fig. 1, p. 380). It measures about 0-15 m.in length, but its breadth varies between0-05 m.and 0-015 m. Its thickness, where stretched, is quite 0-002 m.: where contracted, somewhat greater. It is very densely covered with hair of a sappy Fig. 2. Micrographic reproduction of some of the hairs of the piece of skin. reddish-brown colour, redder than the coloration common in cattle and perhaps best described as fox-red. The hair seems to be a little more shiny than that of a fox, and occasionally it appears to be bleached to a pale yellow. It is, however, uncertain whether the paler spots are original or due to accident : it can only be said that they are probably original, because the paler tufts and single 382 DR, EB, LONNBERG ON A [Apr. 3, hairs exhibit the same shade from their tips to their roots, and closely mingle with the completely red hairs. The length of this hair is different in different parts. Where it is longest it measures a little more than 0:045 m., but in some places 0-03 m. to 0-025 m. or even less. The hair is laid in different directions, as seen in the figure, and cannot have formed a smooth covering on the animal. The size of the individual hairs is variable, but there is no typical wool or underfur. The thickest hairs (fig. 2, p. 381) measure 80-100 « in optical section, but taper gradually towards both ends. They are flattened and wavy. The medulla occupies the largest part of the hair, so that the cortex does not measure more than 10-13 p» in optical section ; but towards the root the medulla becomes scantier and is finally completely broken up. The thinner hairs cannot be classified as wool or underfur. Their diameter in optical section varies from 45 to 58 uw. Their structure is exactly the same as that of the coarser hair. They are flattened and wavy, gradually tapering to a tip which has no medulla; but their stem exhibits a large medulla, so that the cortex of that part usually measures only 8-10 p. The cortex is, as a rule, thicker on one side, and the cuticle covering it is scaly, so that the edge of the optical margin assumes a more or less distinct serrated appearance. The finer hairs are about ten times as numerous as the coarse hairs ; and on the skin the coarser hair is not very conspicuous, the less so as intermediate sizes can also be seen. Jn attempting to determine to what animal the piece of skin thus described may be referred, it is necessary first to consider the mammals of which remains have been found in the same stratum as this specimen. Of these, of course, Grypotheriuwm is at once excluded, neither the structure of its skin nor that of its hair admitting of any comparison. The Guanaco may also be dismissed at the same time, since its fine wool or fleece bears no resemblance to the hair of this skin, as shown even by Guanaco remains associated with it. The large Cat of Cueva Eberhardt has been identified by Erland Nordenskjéld (with the concurrence of the eminent Danish zoologist, Herluf Winge) asa large variety of ‘tlis onca*. If this creat extinct Jaguar had the same black-spotted appearance as the recent one, it is most improbable that so large a piece of skin should have been preserved without any black hairs remaining attached to it. If, however, the extinct Jaguar had a different fur-colour, it may be assuined, with a high degree of probability, that the structure of its furry covering was similar to that of the recent Jaguar. But the fur of the latter is distin- guished from that of “this piece of skin very readily by being shorter and having a fine underfur. This underfur of the Jaguar does not measure more than 15-30 » in optical section, and has quite another structure, being completely devoid of a central This is the animal called by Santiago Roth “ Yemisch listati”’ (“ E) Mamifero misterioso de la Patagonia Grypotherium doimesticum, yor Rodolfo Hauthal, Santiago Roth & Robert Lehmann-Nitsche, Revista Mus. La Plata, vol. ix. 1899 p: 441). ; 1900.) PIECE OF SKIN FROM PATAGONIA, 383 medulla, or at least with the medulla broken up in scattered minute portions. The coarse hair of the Jaguar is also different from that of the problematical piece of skin, in having a thicker cortex and a less developed medulla. Since all the present South- American cats (Jaguar, Puma, Ocelot, &c.) have an underfur, it may be assumed that the extinct Jaguar also had such an under- fur, the more so as it lived further south in a region with a more inhospitable climate than that of the native country of most South- American cats. If such were the case, this piece of skin cannot have belonged to that extinct cat or to any other allied species. Similarly the species of Canis, probably aclose ally of C.magellanicus, may be excluded from comparison, because, like other wolves and foxes, it must have been provided with an underfur. The skin is too thick to have possibly belonged to any of the rodents of which remains have been found in this or other layers of the cave. There thus remain only two kinds of animals of which fragments occur in the same layer as that in which the piece of skin was found, namely Macrauchenia and Onohippidium. The first of these, however, is very sparingly represented in Erland Nordens- kjold’s collection, perhaps only by a phalangeal bone, and Dr. Hauthal has not found anything which could be referred to the same animal. Onohippidium, on the other hand, occurs abundantly. This peculiar horse, with its large fossa lachrymalis, which can be seen very well in one of Nordenskjold’s specimens, has thus in one way or the other been very often brought into the cave. It seems, therefore, quite probable that the piece of skin now described may have belonged to the now extinct Onohippidium. To determine more precisely the mammal to which this piece of skin belonged, it is necessary to extend comparisons to other animals still living in the neighbourhood. For reasons aiready mentioned, the Puma, species of Canis, Guanaco, and the siall rodents are at once excluded. The Viscacha (Lagostomus) has too soft a furand too thin a skin to be taken intoconsideration. The characteristic structure of the hair of the deer (Cervus chilensis) makes every comparison with this animal impossible. In the same way, every mammal uvative to the South-American soil must be rejected. For the sake of completeness, however, the domesticated cattle and horses must also be included in the discussion, although it is extremely improbable that a piece of skin of either of these animals would find its way into the deepest layer of the cave- deposits. I have thus made a comparison of the hair with that of the domesticated ox and horse. ‘I'he microscopical structure of the hair of cattle is different from that of the supposed Onohip- pidium. The cortex of the hair of the former is much thicker compared with the medulla than in the latter. At least in Scandinavia, it is also to be noted that the cattle have an under- fur of fine hairs without medulla; aid I suppose that the cattle of Patagonia, which ran half wild without protection against the tuughness of the climate, must be similarly provided. The hair of a horse is coarser and stiffer aud does not show the same 384 . MR, CECIL WARBURTON ON A (Apr. 3, scaly cuticle. It is also noteworthy that not even the winter-coat of a horse in Scandinavia approaches in denseness that of the supposed Onohippi/ium; while there are other differences more easily seen than described. Taking all circumstances into consideration, I think we must return to the above suggested theory, that the specimen now under discussion is a piece of skin of an Onohippidium. If that be correct, it is of course very interesting to have a fraguient of the soft parts of a second animal, long ago extinct, from the Cueva Eberhardt. The detailed statements of Erland Nordenskjold as to the extreme dryness of those parts of the cave where these remains were found, and the protecting layer of sulphate of magnesia, give a plausible explanation of the organic substances (even fesh on some bones) having been so excellently preserved for such a considerable time. I may add that Professor Lagerheim has also made attempts to find bacteria in the fecal material, but failed to discover any ’. 3. On a remarkable Attid Spider from Borneo, Mantisutta trucidans, nu. g. et sp. By Ceci Warsurton, M.A.,, Christ’s College, Cambridge. [Received March 31, 1900.] By the courtesy of Dr. Sharp I am able to describe a very interesting new Spider found in a collection of insects, chiefly Termites, made by Dr. G. D. Haviland in Sarawak, Borneo. The Spider was overlooked on first going over the collection, and un- fortunately no note was made of the particular insects with which it was associated, and nothing is certainly known with regard to its habits, Fam. ATTID &, Subfam. Lyssoman 2. Genus MANTISATTA, n. gen. Body elongated and depressed. Eyes arranged as in Lyssomanes. Spinnerets beneath the posterior end of the abdomen, which is produced beyond them into a caudal process. Legs of the first pair much the most strongly developed, with strong forwardly directed spines under the tibia and backwardly directed spines } After the reading of this paper, Dr. W. G. Ridewood remarked that he had examined the microscopic structure of the hair of the two equine hoofs found in association with Grypotherium by the La Plata Museum expedition. He had observed in the bairs attached to these hoofs the tapering of the bair at each end, the sealy cuticle, and the excentric position of the relatively large medulla, which had been deseribed as characterizing the hair of the pro- blematical skin found by KE. Nordenskjéld. 1900.} NEW SPIDER FROM BORNEO. 335 under the metatarsus, forming a prehensile weapon when these joints are apposed. MANTISATTA TRUCIDANS, n. sp. (Fig. 1.) Female. Total length 4mm.; length of thorax 14 mm.; length of abdomen 24mm. Greatest ‘breadth of thorax (about the level of the second pair of legs) about 1 mm.; of the abdomen about ‘75 mm. ie ANIA Ri wy My » x N SEN ‘S Mantisatia trucidans, 2, much enlarged. The cephalothorax is much depressed and is about half as Jong again as broad. ‘The first pair of eyes are very large, occupying the whole breadth of the facies, and are mounted on short cylin- ders which project forward. The second and third pairs of eyes are on confluent dark-coloured eminences. The second eyes, which are pale-coloured, are about a quarter of the anterior eyes in dia- meter. The third eyes are very small and black. The fourth pair of eyes, somewhat farther behind the third pair than these are behind the second, are dark and moderately large, their diameter being about one third of that of the anterior eyes. The whole ocular area (fig. 2, p. 386) forms almost an exact square. The abdomen is a depressed cylinder, more than three times as long as broad. The spinnerets are not visible from above, being hidden by a caudal process (fig. 3, p. 385). The anterior legs are about as long as the whole animal, the femora, patelJae, and tibix being very strongly developed, and giving 386 ON A NEW SPIDER FROM BORNEO, (Apr. 3, the Spider a chelifer-like appearance. Beneath each tibia, towards its distal end, are three pairs of strong black spines, directed forward. The metatarsus, which can be closed upon the tibia, bears two pairs of shorter black spines directed backward. One pair is beneath the middle of the joint, and the other near its distal extremity. Fig. 2. Ocular area of Manfisatta trucidans. Fig. 3. HN Mantisatta trucidans in profile. Under surface of anterior part of Mantisatia trucidans, with enlarged view of epigyne. The other legs (4, 2, 3) are small and weak, and do not appear to be adapted for leaping. The whole Spider is exceedingly pale—almost white—in colour, at all events as it appears after immersion in spirit. Dorsally it is variegated by a pattern marked out in faint dusky lines and dots. On the cephalothorax there are two dark patches between the third pair of eyes, and the second, third, and fourth pairs of eyes are on "SHLD STOILIVATIAS SHI 2 'SdaQVNTad SNOILVATAS SON'T PEL ASSP Seta ‘dum sorg wsze7upy Ry... , Se Pri: ios uy AXX Id O06T SZ ad 1900.] ON MUS SYLVATICUS AND LTS ALLIES, 387 black eminences. Behind the fourth pair commence two faint dusky lines, which converge slightly as they approach the abdomen, along which they are continued for nearly a third of its length. Along the first half of the abdomen there is a median line, forking pos- teriorly. This is succeeded bya shorter line which forks similarly, and behind this there is a transverse line. On each side of the central marking there are a series of dots, the distribution of which is shown in fig. 1. The body is thinly pubescent. The under surface of the body is whitish except the small yellow-brown epigyne (fig. 4). The legs are similar in colour, and, except for the spines on the tibie and metatarsi of the first pair, are furnished only with a thin clothing of hairs. All exhibit black scopule on the tarsi. Male unknown. A single adult female was found among a collection of insects made by Dr. G. D. Haviland in Sarawak. Nothing is known of its habits, but from the nature of the collection it is probable that it was found inside a termites’ nest. Its structure would suggest that it does not pounce upon its prey in the usual Attid fashion, but that it remains still and seizes passing insects with its predaceous front legs. 4. On Geographical and Individual Variation in Mus sylvaticus and its Allies. By G. E. H. Barrerr- Hamitton, F.Z.S. [Received March 2, 1900.] (Plate XXV.) This paper contains some account of the various local forms or subspecies of the Long-tailed Field-mouse, which can be recog- nized from the material at present available in the collections of the British Museum of Natural History. The accusation has sometimes been brought against certain recent workers ou Mammals that their papers are “scrappy.” I fear that those who lightly make such assertions can have but little idea how insignificant is our present knowledge of the local variations of Old World mammals, and how numerous are the new facts constantly being brought before us with the consequent need for their permanent record. Even in the case of one of our commonest mammals, such as that here under consideration, a careful study of material, which is probably both greater in quantity and better in quality than that which has come before any other writer, chiefly impresses one by its inadequacy to afford the basis of anything like a full account of the variations of the animal even in such a small area as that of the British Isles. It is a curious sign of the times that in this country, at all events, the naturalist who wishes to give some account of the local variations or subspecies of any particular mammal must commence 388 MR. G, E. H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON (Apr. 3, with an apology for the work in which he is engaged. So long as the field of enquiry be entomology, the attempt to describe and classify local variations, and to gain some knowledge of the guiding principles which underly them, is regarded with respect. If, on the other hand, a zoologist attempts to institute a similar inquiry respecting mammals, he is regarded with suspicion, or often as a mere species-monger who wishes to burden the compilers of local faunas with the names of a number of forms, the status and relationships of which only a long study will help them to thoroughly understand. Yet modern investigations have clearly shown the existence of a rich crop of local variations amongst the Mammalia, not Jess worthy of study than those found amongst the Lepi- doptera or Mollusca, and which I hold it to be clearly the business of systematic zoology not only to describe and to arrange, but to name. In treating a species well known and long recognized, such as Mus sylvaticus, | prefer to regard as subspecies all forms which can be identified as in any way phases or representative modifications of the original type as known to Linneus. The method, so much in favourin America, whereby all forms which intergrade are looked upon as subspecies, and all those which do not are regarded as species, has much to recommend it; but the simp'e ascertain- ment of the fact that intergradation does, or does not, occur alone implies a greater knowledge and an ampler series of specimens than we, in the Old World, possess of many of the very commonest mammals. Further, by its unavoidable multiplication of species it obscures the relationship of kindred species and genera, and necessitates the formation of new genera or subgenera to include the various groups’ of new species and subspecies. Under this system many, if not all, of our time-honoured Old World species would be raised to the rank of full genera—a contingency which may be eventually necessary, but which it seems desirable to postpone to as late a date as possible. On the other hand, the system used in this paper has the advantage of roughly indicating the relationship of the forms dealt with. We do not, however, thereby escape from the difficulty that these forms are of widely different degrees of distinctness. For instance, whereas some of our western subspecies approach each other closely, even in their extreme phases, and will probably be found to intergrade freely, there are others, such as Mus sylvaticus princeps or M. s. draco, which, even if they be proved to intergrade, are in their extreme phases highly distinct and at once recognizable. Some forms there are, however, which, having been long separated from the parent form, have become so differ- entiated that the most stubborn disregarder of local variations could not consider them to be identical with M. s. typicus. Such is M. argenteus of Japan. To it accordingly, lest my judgment should be found erring in allying it too closely with MV. sylvaticus, I here accord full specific rank. A further advantage may be claimed for the method which is 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES, 389 here advocated, namely, that it does not add to the difficulties of the student of the geographical distribution of mammals in its broadest and widest sense. The numerous modern species, although they may be of the greatest interest to the student of the fauna of a single or of a particular group of countries, cannot but be a source of perplexity to the naturalist, whose aim it is to regard the mammals of the world as a whole. ‘To the latter the liberal and intelligent use of trinomials must be a boon, rendering possible as it does a ready comprehension of the origin and relationship of any particular local or representative form which he may have before him. But, after all, the main object of our study should be the variations of the animal or group of animals dealt with. Provided that this be our aim, the exact method we employ is surely of subsidiary importance. No method that does or can exist, unless it be diagrammatic or pictorial, is capable of fully or satisfactorily exhibiting the variations which have to be dealt with. _ Distribution.—The distribution of Mus sylvaticus, speaking of it in abroad sense as including all its subspecies, is, as I haye already pointed out*, almost coterminous with the limits of the Palearctic Region, in which it is probably as widely spread as most other mammals, since it seems to be comparatively regardless of the influence of temperature and is found far up the slopes of the mountains. Thus Dr. G. Radde* met with it almost everywhere in his journeys in South-western Siberia, and it is especially common on the middle Amoor. He remarks that there can be no doubt that it is found, at least locally, in the regions lying between wooded Dauria and Lake Baikal, at all events in the grassy country, but that it is absent from the high steppes of Mongolia. In these regions it avoids swampy and shaded localities, but loves suuny slopes with sparsely distributed high woods, where it gladly gathers the dry windfalls for its nest. With these exceptions, to which must be added the deserts and arctic tundras, it is equally at home in all the countries between the eastern coast-line of China and the Atlantic sea-board of Ireland or Portugal. It has reached nearly all the outlying portions of the Region, such as Morocco, Algeria, Palestine, Corsica, Sicily, the Balearics, the Channel Islands, Great Britain, the Isle of Man, Ireland, the Scotch Islands * (such as the Inner Hebrides, where it is abundant on all the islands), the Outer Hebrides (including even remote St. Kilda‘), the Shetlands, and Iceland, and in the last locality its local representative, if indi- genous, is the only species of mammal that is so. On the other hand, I have seen no specimen from any of the Japanese islands, where, however, I believe, that on Nippon Mus argenteus is its modified 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 7, 1899, p. 82. 2 *Reisen im Siiden von Ost-Sibirien in den Jahren 1855-1859 inel,’ Band i. pp. 180-182 (1862). * J. A. Harvie-Brown & T, E. Buckley: ‘ Vertebrate Fauna of Argyll and the Inner Hebrides,’ 1892, p. 38. 4 J have as yet seen no specimen from either the Orkneys or the Faroes. It doubtless occurs on the former; the case of the latter will be discussed below. Proc, Zoos, Soc.—1900, No. XX VI. 26 390 MR, G. B, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, representative, and I could not hear of it in Kamchatka; but its absence from the latter country is not surprising when it is considered that the peninsula, as shown by its general fauna, has probably been isolated as an island until recent times, and further that we are not aware of the presence of Aus sylvaticus in the tivo main roads thither, in Chukchiland or the Kuril Islands. In Asia Minor it was found by Ménétries amongst the moun- tains of Talyche, by Canon Tristram on the plains of Palestine, and Danford caught a specimen ‘while running about on the surface of the deep snow,” considerably above the tree-growth '. As # contrast to this, one has been trapped by Mr. G. H. Caton Haigh in Wales among the rocks on the shore near the mouth of an estuary, so that it seems equally at home in extremely varied localities. In spite, however, of its wide distribution and comparative disregard of extremes of climate and environment, it is one of those mammals which do not seem to have reached Tunis, Tripoli, or Egypt. The southern boundary of its range in Asia is uncertain. It has been reliably recorded from Wakhan on the Upper Oxus ; from Kashgar, in Eastern Turkestan; from Gilgit in the Upper Indus Valley; from Cherra Punji, India; from Kashmir; and from Kuatun, in North-west Fokien, Eastern China. It thus reaches the confines of the Oriental Region at more than one locality. Its presence in such isolated, yet widely separated, islands as Iceland and Corsica (if, indeed, it be native in the former), seems to mark it as a species which has for long maintained a wide area of distribution, and which is of sufficient age to have already occupied the greater part of its present geographical range when the British Islands and their appendages, at least as far as the Shetlands, Outer Hebrides, St. Kilda, and Ireland, still formed part of the Continent of Europe, and when there existed a free land- passage from Europe to North Africa by means of substantial land- bridges where now only islands remain. Japan alone seems to be old enough to have given it time for specific modification. This supposition gains support from the fact * that its bones have been found in numerous caves on the Continent as wellas in the English Forest-Bed of Norfolk, and elsewhere, as in the Ightham Fissures of Kent, and that we have no trace of its ancestry, the Pleistocene species Mus orthodon Hensel and Mus lewisi E. T. Newton * being at least as highly specialized as itself. The question as to whether this Mouse could be indigenous to Iceland I left an open one, since it seems likely that the connection between that island and the Shetlands must have been of far more 1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 279. * See A. Nehring’s “ Uebersicht tiber vierundzwanzig mitteleuropiische Quartar-Faunen,” Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. Bd. xxxii. 1880, pp. 468- 509; also Brandt & J. N. Woldrich’s ‘ Diluviale europaisch-nordasiatische Saugethierfauna und ihre Beziehungen zum Menschen,” Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, xxxv. I. p. 69 (1887). % Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol, 1. pt. 2, no, 198 (May 1, 1894). YY Saree 1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 391 remote date than that between the British Islands and the Continent, and, moreover, we do not know whether this Mouse occurs on the Faroes or not. Its occurrence in these intermediate localities would afford support to the presumption that it is native in Iceland; but I am indebted to Col. H. W. Feilden for the information that the existence of an indigenous mammal of any kind on the Faroes is very unlikely, since they have undergone an intense, although local, glaciation at a period long subsequent to their present condition as islands. At all events, Mus sylvaticus is perhaps the species par excellence of all others inhabiting the Palearctic Region which we should most expect to find in such an out-of-the-way island as Iceland. Material ewamined.—The following is a summary of the material which I have been able to examine. Not only have I had before me the specimens included in my own collection, but the whole of those now in the British Museum have been generously placed at my disposal by the authorities. In addition to these Mr. Gerrit 8S. Miller, Junior, Assistant Curator of Mammals at the United States National Museum, Washington, D.C., has most kindly sent over for my examination 66 examples from the col- lection in that museum. JI have thus had before me a series of, in all, about 580 specimens, many of them prepared in the best modern methods and having also attached to them carefully cleaned skulls. From England and Wales I have seen 171 specimens!: from Bedfordshire 2, Cambridgeshire 3, Carmarthenshire 6, Cheshire 9, Dorset 1, Glamorganshire 11, Gloucestershire 6, Herefordshire 33, Hertfordshire 3, Isle of Wight 8, Kent 4, Leicestershire 13, Lincolnshire 2, London District 13, Merionethshire 5, the New Forest 5, Northants 2, Northumberland 6, Oxfordshire 18, Staf- fordshire 3, Suffolk 4, Surrey 5, Sussex 5, Warwickshire 2, Worcestershire 1, Yorkshire 1. Turning to Scotland and its Islands, I have seen 56 specimens: from Cromarty 11, Edinburgh 2, Elgin 17, Haddingtonshire 2, Lanarkshire 1, and Skye 1; while Mr. Robert Henderson of Dunrossness, Shetland, has sent me 8 obtained there; and Mr. W. E. de Winton has lundly placed at my disposal lis fine series of 14 from the Islands of Lewis and Barra. From Ireland I have had before me about 45 specimens: from Carlow 7, Clare 2, Galway 4, Kerry 6, Tipperary 3, and Wexford several; and have also, through the kindness of my friend Dr. R. F. Scharff, been permitted to examine those in the Dublin Museum of Science and Art, among which are included 1 For these the British Museum and myself are indebted to a numerous band of collectors, of whom I may mention Messrs. O. V. Aplin, A. 8. Austen, BE. W. H. Blagg, J. L. Bouhote, G. H. Caton Haigh, T. A. Coward, R. J. Cuninghame, G. Denoon, W. Dodson, J. 8. Elliott, W. Evans, C. H. B. Grant, S. F. Harmer, F. W. Headley, the late Lord Lilford, Messrs. J. O. Mansel- Pleydell, W. R. Ogilvie Grant, Oldfield Thomas, Miss D. Sharpe, Mr. W. Taylor, Col. J. W. Yerbury, while, last but not least, my friend Mr. W. E, de Winton has placed his whole collection from various localities at my entire disposal. 26 392 MR. G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILION ON [Apr. 3, (besides several specimens in alcohol) 7 skins from Co. Dublin and the north of Co. Wicklow, 7 from Co. Louth, two without locality, and an immature skin from Co. Galway. From the Channel Islands I have a set collected by Mr. W. Eagle Clarke on Alderney’; while from the Continent of Europe, its Islands, and North Africa, I have seen 169 specimens (which form part either of my own collection or of that of the British Museum of Natural History) from the following countries :— Morocco 11, Portugal 9, Spain (various localities) 10, France (various localities) 18, Belgium 10, Holland 5, Denmark 5, Scan- dinavia 6, Germany 60 (from various localities), Lithuania 1, Slavonia 16, Switzerland 11, Italy 4, Corsica 2, Sicily 2, Algeria 1, Roumania 44, Montenegro 1, Russia 1, Iceland 1. Lastly, there is the series of 66 specimens kindly sent over for my examination by Mr. G. 8S. Miller, Junior, which comprises 16 from Brunswick, Germany; 9 from Bergen, Norway; 2 from Upsala, Sweden ; 17 from Switzerland; 17 from Warenne, Belgium; and 5 from Cadillac-sur-Garonne, France. Of Asiatic material I have examined 25 specimens from a number of localities. the most eastern of which is Kuatun, in North-west Fokien, China, whence Messrs. C, B. Rickett & J. D. La Touche have recently sent a fine series to the Natural History Museum. General Remarks.—It is extremely hard to deal satisfactorily with the various phases of Mus sylvaticus. Considerable as has been the material at my command, far more so probably than has fallen to the Jot of any other naturalist to examine, it is still impossible to trace out with anything like completeness the variations of this species even in Western Europe. Mus sylvaticus occurs everywhere in such abundance and is so easily caught that it might be thought that no animal would be easier to work out; but this is not the case, for in proportion to the very facility with which it is captured, a great deal of the material is young and untrustworthy. At present, therefore, 1 do not see my way to catalogue with anything like completeness the various recog- nizable subspecies and individual variations. All that I can do is to describe a few of the more extreme forms, leaving the majority of the intermediates for further consideration. In dealing with the variations of an animal, we have two distinct types to treat of, viz., those which are spasmodic and affect only he individual, and those which are geographical and characteristic of all, or of the majority of, the individuals of a particular region or locality. The former do not directly concern the student of geographical variation ; the latter are the species and subspecies, according to the degree of difference which they show, of a paper like the present one. The occurrence of startling variations, either individual or geographical, seems almost foreign to the constitution of Mus sylvaticus, yet it is not deficient in equally interesting, although less conspicuous, developments. In this respect, what I stated in my previous paper on the subject may still, broadly 1 See Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 7, 1899, p. 82, footnote, 1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 393 speaking, be regarded as true, although now naturally modified by recent accessions of material, so that I am able to distinguish local forms, for the proper differentiation of which, although I believe them to be perfectly recognizable and distinct, there was needed the accumulation of a cousiderable number of specimens. Mus sylvaticus appears in fact to be a form which, in its longstand- ing and successful struggle for existence, has attai ned to a height of specialization from which it has either very little power of variation, or else which is such as to fulfil all the needs of the species in almost any conditions with which it may be brought into contact. The possible range of its variations, whether individual or geo- graphical, would seem to be narrow. Within this narrow range, however, variation is very evident and perplexing. ‘lhe animal, indeed, while apparently baving small power of varying, uses to the utmost the power which it possesses. Unlike some of our common mammals, such as the Squirrel, Rabbit, or Rat, it is not subject to either melanism or albinism. In the whole series of the ‘ Zoologist’ and the volumes of the ‘ Field’ for the last twenty years, there is not to be found a single recorded instance of a well- marked sport of this species—a result which would have been very widely different had the object of the search been Sedurus vul- garis, Talpa europea, or Mus musculus. This, of course, does not prove that conspicuous sports do not occur, but it undoubtedly emphasizes their rarity. L have not thought it worth while to supplement this result by a search for information, all of which would probably be of a highly negative character, through any number of the works of foreign writers; but neither in those of Bell* nor of J. H. Blasius® can any allusion to such sports be found. Dehne’, however, mentions a variety, which he calls ‘ die isabellfarbige Waldmaus,” and which he characterizes as very rare, since he had only seen one example, and that in the summer of 1833 in the district of Penig. He had never seen white or otherwise coloured varieties. De Selys-Longchamps’ records an ‘Isabelle albine” variety with pink eyes, and states that such occur ‘‘ trés accidentellement.” Similar isabelline, white, or white- speckled varieties are noted as of extremely accidental occurrence by Bonaparte °, Fischer’, and Mina Palumbo®*. Mus sylvaticus is then, it seems, a good instance in support of Mr. A. Sedgwick’s remarks ° on the loss of variability in an old species. 1 Tt must not be forgotten also that sports of Mus sylvaticus may haye been occasionally credited to Mus musculus. * «British Quadrupeds,’ ed. 2 (1874). ‘Saugethiere Deutschlands,’ 18957. Allgem. deut. naturh, Zeit. 1858, pp. 182-3. ‘Etudes de Micromammalogie,’ 1839, p. 65. ‘ Fauna Italica,’ 1832-1841, art. on Mus sylvaticus. 7 “ Saugethiere des St. Petersburger Gouverneiuents,” Der Zoologische Garten 1869, p. 340. * Cat. dei Mamma. della Sicilia, 1868, p.72. See E.Cantoni’s ‘‘ Elenco Generale dei Mammiferi soggetti ad albinismo,” in Atti della Soc. Ital. di Sci. Nat. yol. xxili., 1880. % Presidential Address to Section D of British Association ; Dover, 1899, aark & 394 MR. G, HE, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, Within its own limits, as has been stated above, the Long-tailed Field-mouse is subject to considerable variation, but the variations are usually more subtle than are those of some other mammals. Thus, putting aside the influence of age and season, I find a good deal of individual variation in the amount and intensity of the rufous coloration of the upper surface and of the purity of the underside, in the presence or absence of a spot or band upon the breast, and in the length of the tail. Size too, as in other mammals, contributes its share to individual differences ; and my tables at the end of this paper show that, after allowing for individual differences amongst the various persous who have measured the specimens which I have had under examination, there yet remains a considerable variation above and below the mean for adults. I think it highly probable that such variation would have proved distinctly less had the series from which my averages have been compiled been collected in a locality smaller than that of Great Britain as a whole. It is, in fact, possible that there is an increase in size of Mus sylvaticus even in Great Britain from south to north, or, perhaps, from south-west to north-east. As regards geographical or local variations, Mus sylvaticus is, on the whole, remarkably constant to a single well-marked type. Throughout the Palzarctic Region it is distinguishable at a glance from every other mouse with which it might possibly be confounded by the possession of a combination of characters, amongst which its size, the pattern of its teeth, its long foot, large ears, and pure white belly, separated from the more or less rufous dorsal regions by a clearly marked line of demarcation, are predominant. ‘l'hus its local forms, though distinguishable, are not nearly so readily appreciable as, say, those of Sciurus vulgaris; and Mus sylvaticus chevriert Milne-Edwards, of Tibet, is at tirst sight surprisingly like Mus s. arianus Blanford, of Persia and Afghanistan, or Mus s. intermedius Bellamy, of England, considering the enormous tracts of country by which these forms are separated. Yet there is variation and that distinctly geographical, consisting for the most part (as in the case of the individual variations) in differences of general size, tint, and thickness of the coat of the upperside, intensity of the white colour of the belly, presence or absence of a breast-band, length of tail, and size of ear. Thus, in Europe, it is easy to divide Mus sylvaticus primarily into two very distinct—a larger long-tailed and a smaller short- tailed—subspecies. he larger reaches its maximum both of size and coloration in Eastern Europe (VV. s. princeps), but towards the West becomes both smaller and duller. Colonies, however, persist right into Great Britain, where they are distinguishable by the presence of a remarkable breast-band of the same colour as the upper surface of the body (IM. s. wintoni). In Denmark and Scandinavia there is a reduction in size (M. s. typicus), but, although the red of the upper surface remains fairly intense, the underside is much dulled; and this process has been carried to its fullest extent in the representatives of the species on the islands of Lewis > eee ] mh i.) 1900.) MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES, 395 and Barra (WV. s. hebridensis) and St. Kilda (M. s. hirtensis), where it is accompanied by a very interesting shortening of the ear and lengthening of the foot proportionately to the length of the body. A representative of the large form occurs also in the Shetlands ; but my series is not sufficiently good to enable me to decide finally as to its affinities. The Iberian Peninsula and Morocco seem to be the habitat of a large dull-coloured form, with regard to the exact appearance and relationship of which, in default of more numerous specimens, I am a little uncertain, and for the present can merely allude to it under the name Mus hayz Waterhouse. To turn to the smaller subspecies (I. s. intermedius), this is found mainly in the British Islands and in the neighbouring continental areas of Holland, Belgium, and North-west France ; but the exact limits of its distribution are as yet uncertain, and it probably intergrades in all directions with other subspecies. It is extremely interesting to find that specimens from such damp western localities as Lewis and Skye in the Scotch Islands, Galway and Kerry in Ireland, and Oporto in Portugal indicate that in such situations the reduction of size and darkening of the colour of the upper surface reaches its maximum, It is not less interesting to find some evidence that there may be two ways of attaining to that greater dullness of coloration which seems to be fitted to a sojourn in the moderately warm, damp regions of Western Europe; and that, whereas in JM. s. hebridensis and M. s. hirtensis this object is attained by rendering more uniform, although not darker, the colour of the upper surface, by the en- largement of the breast-band, the partial obliteration of the line of demarcation between the two surfaces of the body, and the extension of the yellow colour to the belly, the whole consistent with a retention of large size, in J. s. celticus the same result is brought about by an increase of the black-tipped hairs on the back, while the belly, although retaining its pure whiteness, is made less conspicuous by reduction of the size of the animal. The occurrence of representatives of each of these forms almost side by side on the small island of Lewis is perplexing; but Mr. de Winton informs me that the larger I, s. hebridensis keeps severely to itself on the western side of the island, and that he believes that the presence of the smaller form may here be due to accidental introduction. As regards the remaining forms, such as MW. s. islundicus, arianus, pallipes, griseus, chevriert, draco, and M. argenteus, little is known and little can be said; but there is evidence to show that the representatives of MM. sylvaticus are characterized in the north (according to Radde) by larger, and in the south by smaller size, and in the latter case by a proportionately smaller hind foot. The thick fur and light upperside of M. s. pallipes seem to indicate a development to suit great cold, combined perhaps with desert- or steppe-lhke conditions ; but the curious differences between the manner in which the young grow up in extremes, such as M. s. draco and M. s, intermedius, are at present inexplicable. 396 MR, G, E. H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, The fact remains, however, that in these subspecies the young are more strikingly differentiated than the adults. In all, the young are duller than their respective adults, but in the East they seem to take a longer time to don the brighter hues of maturity and the manner of effecting the change is more patchy than that in vogue in the West. It may be that in regions where food is abundant and general bodily growth is rapid, the development of the genital organs cannot keep pace with that of the general size, and that with these organs the assumption of the external colours of the adult, which we know to have in many cases a most intimate connection with them, is retarded accordingly. It it be true that the various stages of progress to maturity repeat in some degree the phylogeny of an animal, then we may, perhaps, assume that the brighter red hues of the adults of several ot the subspecies? of Mus sylvaticus must be regarded as a modern acquirement, the original ancestor of the Long-tailed Field-mice having been a plain coloured, white-bellied House-mouse-like creature. Further, on the same supposition, the adult winter coat being the darker, is nearer to that of the young, and hence to that of the ancestor, whence perhaps it might be inferred that the immediate ancestor was an animal which inhabited a damp, only moderately warm, sunless country, and is most nearly repre- sented in its colour by the subspecies of Western Europe of the present day. The occurrence of a small dark form in such isolated localities as Lewis, Skye, Galway, and Kerry, and possibly in Portugal, seems to suggest some thoughts on our present views of distri- bution. We may look on the discontinuous distribution of such a form in two ways. We may regard it as evidence of the survival in isolated localities of an old subspecies, once of far wider distribution ; and this is the view that would undoubtedly be adopted had we to deal in this case not with a subspecies, but with a genus or even with a very distinct species. An alternative view may, however, present itself, viz., that we may have here a case of the independent evolution of a similar form under the influence of similar conditions, which in fact one is tempted to regard as a similar reaction of the organism to the impetus of similar stimuli. ‘To the latter view I am, I confess, myself very much inclined, and parallel cases can be found amongst other groups, as, for instance, in the case of the slug recently described by my friend Dr. RK. F. Scharff? as Limax marginatus, var. nov. niger. This, a small dark form, was found by its describer and Mr. G. H. Carpenter “ suddenly ” appearing at a height of 2800 feet on Carrantuohill, in Co. Kerry, lreland, and was certainly quite absent from the lower slopes of the mountain. According to Professor Simroth this form occurs also ‘ There are other Eastern Muride (e. g. Mus confucianus) of which the young are dully coloured and the adults red. 2 ‘Irish Naturalist,’ Oct. 1899, p. 214. 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 397 in Transylvania, while it only differs from the var. rupicola in being unicoloured above. In fact the variety rupicola itself would seem to be another case in point, being found, as it is in Lessona and Pollinera, up to a height of 7000 feet in the Piedmontese Alps, as well as in the Mourne Mountains of Ireland, from which it has been recorded by Mr. W. D. Roebuck. From whatever point of view we regard the numerous forms of Mus sylvaticus, it is of extreme interest to find that the changes and variations in different climates are parallelled, to a certain extent at least, not only by other mammals, but by birds and, in some cases, by invertebrates. In a recent paper’ I showed that the brightening of the colours of certain birds according as they range suuthwards is parallelled by the Weasel, Putorius nivalis Linneus and its subspecies. So, too, the most richly coloured subspecies of Jus sylvaticus which I have seen is Mus s. draco from Kuatun, a locality which must be near the extreme south-eastern limit of the range of the species, while in the south-west the deep, almost chocolate upperside of the single British Museum specimen of M. s. algirus of Algeria seems to be suggestive of a similar tendency. It is also of interest to find that the bright, clearly coloured Mus sylvaticus of the cold drier regions of Central Europe is the counter- part of the corresponding form of Squirrel, Sciurus vulgaris rufus Kerr ; whereas the duller subspecies of some of the damper Western regions are parallelled by S. v. lewcourus Kerr and S. v. typreus Linneus ; and other parallels may be sought amongst the Red- backed Voles (Hvotomys) and their subspecies. We are only just beginning to obtain any general light on the distribution of variation amongst European mammals, but the larger size of Mus s. princeps of Central Europe finds a parallel in at least one other species, viz. Lepus europwus typicus Pall., of which the Central European and Russian examples are distinctly larger than the Western, Z. e. occidentalis de Winton”. Indeed, it would be easy to quote a good many other instances, taken from birds as well as maminals, which seem to afford evidence of some law of decrease in size from cold and clear to warmer and dullerregions. Finally, the occurrence of especially dark and often simall forms in various isolated western localities of the British Islands finds an abundant counterpart in other groups. I may point to the Lepidoptera, amongst which so many dark western varieties have been recorded ; to the dark Squirrels of damp mountainous continental regions ; to our small dark breeds of cattle (Scotch, Irish, and Welsh); and to numerous instances amongst birds, as the Dippers (Cinclus) and the Long-tailed Titmice (Acredula). Perhaps the most interesting parallel of all is afforded by the Song-Thrush, J'urdus musicus*, of which it is stated that individuals which inhabit the ? Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 42 (1900). * See Mr. W. E. de Winton’s paper, ‘On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa,” in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. February 1898. ® Howard Saunders, ‘ Manual of British Birds,’ ed. iy. p.3. 398 MR. G. E, H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, Outer Hebrides are, like the Lepidoptera of the same islands, small and darkly coloured. In many cases black forms of some common species of animals occur in the British Islands or in mountains, either in certain defined areas or sporadically, but are not yet in a_ status to be generally recognized subspecifically. Such are the black variety of the Water-Vole, Microtus ater (Macgillivray); the black varieties of the Common Rat, Mus hibernicus Thompson ; the black variety of the Squirrel, Sciwrus alpinus Cuvier, of the Pyrenees and Alps; and the dark variety of the Common Snipe, Gallinago celestis sabinit (Vigors). Such forms, however, seem to be in many ways analogous, and it is strongly to be suspected that they owe their origin to some common cause, apparently not, in the ordinary sense, a protective one. L recognize 19 subspecies or phases of Mus sylvaticus, which are as follows :— 1. MuS SYLVATICUS INTERMEDIUS, Mus intermedius, C. J. Bellamy, Natural History of South Deyon, pp. 195 & 329-330, with woodcut (1839). Mus campestris, J. J. J. Holandre, Faune de la Moselle, p. 24 (1836), antedated by MW. campestris, A.G. Desmarest, Mamm. Suppl. p. 643 (1822), which is a Mus minutus, Pall. subsp. incert.; see De Selys-Longchamps, ‘Etudes de Micromammalogie: Revue des Musaraignes, des Rats et des Compagnols, suivie d’un Index méthodique des Mammiféres d’Europe’ (Paris, 1839), and Barrett- Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., April 1899, p. 345. Mus sylvaticus fossilis, P. Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Fr. p. 43 (1859). Mus sylvaticus auctorum. Type locality. Devonshire, England. Nomenclature § Synonymy. The discovery that the original application of the name sylvaticus by Linnus referred to a distinct subspecies, makes it necessary to search for a subspecific name which shall apply to the ordinary lesser subspecies of Britain and the neighbouring continental area. The name inter- medius of Bellamy, although undoubtedly applied to a large example, seems to be suitable for this use. It is at all events appropriate to an animal which is distinctly intermediate in its characters between several surrounding subspecies. Description. The colour of the basal two-thirds of all the hairs at all ages and seasons is slate-grey, but this is concealed by the terminal portions, about 2 or 3 mm. in length, which are coloured quite differently and to the tints of which the animal owes its general appearance. In adults the upperside is sandy reddish brown, not usually of rich or intense tints, the lower side pure white, with a very clear line of demarcation between the colours of the two surfaces passing along the flanks, inner surface of the thighs, fore limbs, and cheeks. Many hairs of the upperside are tipped with black, especially in the median dorsal region, and these black tips, becoming greatly increased in winter, constitute 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES, 399 the only seasonal difference which I can discover. The presence of the black-tipped hairs on the dorsal region gives the Mice the appearance of being more darkly coloured on the back and redder on the flanks; but there is a good deal of variation, even amongst individuals from the same locality, in regard to the comparative darkness, greyness, or redness of the upperside. As a general rule, very old specimens seem to be the reddest, but I have seen very large ones which were remarkably grey. In many there is present a breast-spot of variable extent, which may in some cases extend backwards along the median ventral surface, either as a thin rufous line or as a rather broad and diffused yellowish staining of the belly. In old nursing females the underside often becomes very bare, and may lose its pure white colour. In immature specimens the coloured tips to the hairs are not well developed; hence young mice are always duller and more House-mouse-like on the upper surface. In some cases, as in that of a specimen from the Island of Skye, the colour, both above and below, is identical with that of typical Mus musculus ; others are slate-grey, and one from Shetland has the upperside like that of typical musculus and the underside white. Some very young specimens lack the line of demarcation between the colours of the upper and under surfaces and are dark-bellied, that is to say, the white-tipped hairs are absent and the dark underfur prominent ; but this condition is not invariable, and many are comparatively brown or red, although not so much so as are the adults. My remarks respecting the colour of immature specimens are mainly based on the British series at the Natural History Museum and those in the collections of Mr. W. E. de Winton and myself, consisting chiefly of specimens taken in the months of May and July: later in the autumn a pelage which more nearly resembles that of the adults is assumed. In mild climates young are born until late in the year, since two females trapped by Mr. Oldfield Thomas near Calais, France, in September were nursing ; other nursing females have been trapped as late as 10th September by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant in Elginshire, Scotland, aud on the 8th October at South Sutor, Cromarty, Scotland, and of the form JZ, s. wintoni on Dec. 7th, by Mons. A. Robert in Haute-Savoie. It would seem, then, that specimens in immature pelage may occasionally be trapped almost throughout the winter. Moult. The rarity of the specimens showing a moult is worth noticing, and I can only suppose that the change from one coat to the other is made gradually and in an inconspicuous manner. One of Mr. Thomas’s August specimens from Holland, a male (no. 98.2.1.18), is moulting from the rufous to a duller coat, and has just a patch of the former colour on the rump, whereas the rest of the body is of a dull colour. Dimensions. The tables (p. 423) show that this subspecies is intermediate in size between giants of its race like MW. s. princeps and pigmies like WM, s. celticus or M. s. tauricus. 400 MR. G, E. H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, Skull. The skulls of adult British examples do not usually exceed 26 mm. in total length, the more usual length being 25 mm. Distribution. Great Britain, Ireland, and the Scotch Islands (except the localities inhabited by other subspecies, such as St. Kilda, part of Lewis (Outer Hebrides), Barra, parts of the West of Ireland, probably Shetland, and the sporadic localities occupied by M. s. wintoni); the Channel Islands (Alderney), Holland, Belgium, Brittany, and North-west France, parts of Switzerland, and perhaps portions of South-western France; but the exact limits of the distribution of this form are uncertain, and it is not known whether its range is clearly marked off from, or whether it intergrades with, the larger forms. General Remarks. Excluding examples of MM. s. wintont, I do not find amongst specimens from the mainland of Great Britain any tangible local differences; but to insure satisfactory results in this direction, a very carefully collected set of specimens from several selected localities would be necessary. The skins from Oxfordshire and Leicestershire (both those in Mr. de Winton’s and those in the British Museum collection) certainly seem brightest and reddest, but they are summer skins, and there is no conclusive series from other localities of exactly the same date with which to compare them. Further, an old nursing female taken in Glamorganshire in July is as brightly coloured as any of them. Again, specimens from the London Parks are, like the birds and Lepidoptera, verv dark and smoky. I am not, however, quite able to trace beyond dispute any local British variations, other than those already mentioned, but the subject is of great interest and well worthy of the attention of British naturalists. Certainly, if there be any reliable conclusions to be drawn from recent work on the colour of mammals, the mice of Central England should be on the whole brighter and redder than those of the surrounding districts ; but a study of them should be based not upon individuals, but on averages, and would need very careful procedure. It is at least confirmatory of my supposition that amongst the more remarkable individual skins which I have examined are an old nursing female from Clifton, in which there was a thick median line of yellow on the belly, and a male from Northumberland (December), in which the belly is dirty white and exhibits also a buff median line. I have not been able to separate Scotch from other British specimens. As regards continental forms, it is probable that the further accumulation of specimens will show the existence of hitherto undetected subspecies. Thus, while those both from Brunswick, Germany, and from Belgium belong to a type which, like J, s, intermedius generally, may be distinguished from most Scandina- vian specimens by their clearer colour both above (grey) and below (white), 1 fancy that, of the two, the Belgians are the less clearly white-bellied. Swiss specimens, on the other hand, seem to agree with those from Upsala, Sweden, in having the central dorsal region darker and more accentuated, and the underside duller, while those from Bergen, Norway, are redder. 1900.] MUS SYLVALICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 401 Monsieur F. Lataste seems to have got upon the track of some such subspecies when he wrote! that in the park of M. Foucassis, apartment Gironde, France, he had taken individuals “ dont les teintes foncées, méme en dessous, se rapprochaient beaucoup de celles de la souris.” This variety he contrasts with one from the dependencies of the observatory of Pic du Midi, at an altitude of nearly 3000 metres, ‘‘ et dont la robe est d’un roux vif éclatant. Plusieurs sujets de cette derniére m’ont été envoyés par M. Vaussenat ;” but I suspect that, in the case of the first of these varieties, M. Lataste had to deal with immature mice. 2. MUS sYLVATICUS CELTICUS, subsp. nov. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.) Type. A female, No. 0.3.11.1 (British Museum Collection), from Caragh Lake, Co. Kerry, Ireland: collected by Colonel J. W. Yerbury, on Nov. 27, 1894. Distinguishing Characteristics, A small-bodied Field-mouse, with a very dark upperside, caused by a great increase in the number of black-tipped hairs. ‘The underside, unlike that of M. s. hebridensis and M,. s. hirtensis, is clear white, although not so clear as in M. s. wintoni, and the line of demarcation between the colora- tion of the two surfaces is sharply defined. The dimensions of ear and hind foot seem to show that these are slightly larger in proportion to the general body-size than is the case with M. s, intermedius. This subspecies no doubt intergrades with Irish examples of M.s. intermedius. Thus Col. Yerbury’s specimens are the most and Mr. Passingham’s the least accentuated specimens which I have seen. Skuil as in M. s. typicus ; total length about 25 mm. Distribution. West of Britain, I have seen specimens from Caragh Lake, Co. Kerry (Col. J. W. Yerbury), from Fermoyle, Castlegregory, ia the same county (Mr. G. A. Passingham), as well as from Woodpark, Co. Galway (Mr. R. F. Hibbert). These specimens are matched exactly in colour and size by three from Hisken, in Lewis, Outer Hebrides (Major H. D. Thornycroft), and one from Skye (Mr. J. Steele Elliott). A similar one from Oporto, Portugal, collected by Mr. James Searle, may be an acci- dental variety or may indicate the occurrence of this small dark form in other parts of Western Europe. General Remarks. So long ago as 1841 the late Rev. Leonard Jenyns (afterwards Blomefield) received from the County of Kerry, Ireland, some long-tailed Field-mice, one of which was taken at an altitude of 2500 feet. He at once noticed that they differed from the typical Mus sylvaticus “in being of a darker colour, smaller, and with some of the relative proportions rather less ” 7, and suggested the occurrence of an interesting local race in these mountains. Not being, however, in possession of a satisfactory series, he wisely refrained from giving a name to his specimens. Then followed the age of inexactness, during which Jenyns’s mice, * Act. Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, xxxviii. p. 33 (1884), ? Ann, & Mag, Nat, Hist, vol. vii. p. 268, June 1841, 402 MR. G, E. H. BARRETT-HAMILION ON [Apr. 3, like so many other local forms, were put aside with the remark that they could be only regarded as “ varieties of Mus sylvaticus”*. Irish naturalists, however, well knowing the tendency of the elements of our fauna to become darker in the west of the country, have all along suspected that Jenyns’s suggestion was well worthy of attention. Hence they have been gradually accumulating a series of Field-mice from Ireland, with the result that I think I may now say definitely that we have, in the west of Ireland, a small dark subspecies of Field-mouse, which nearly corresponds to Jenyns’s description, aud which is quite unlike the Field-mice of the greater part of Europe, of England, or, what is equally interesting, of the east and centre of Ireland. For this small subspecies I propose the name Mus sylvaticus celticus. The first specimens of this Mouse received at the Museum were a series of six, collected by Col. J. W. Yerbury, at Caragh Lake, Co. Kerry, between Nov. 27th and Dec. Ist, 1894. These, although some allowance must be made for the winter coat, are darker and smaller than any English specimens which I have seen even of that season. In spite of these characters, I at first hesitated to regard the specimens as conclusive evidence of the truth of Jenyns’s hypothesis. It was possible that in such a mild climate the mice might continue breeding to a Jate date in the year, so that examples showing the characteristics of immaturity might be obtainable even in December, and hence Col. Yerbury’s speci- mens might possibly be regarded as not wholly adult. The colour of the underside, however, did not suggest immaturity, it being as white and as clearly marked off from that of the upperside as in any English examples, nor were the skulls those of immature spe- cimens. Hence I felt sure that I should eventually obtain others hke them from the west of Ireland. ‘These were forthcoming in 1896, when Mr. R. F. Hibbert sent me four small dark Mice from Woodpark, Co. Galway. The date at which they had been taken (February and March) was such as to almost preclude the possi- bility of their being immature, and they were further supplemented by a third set of the small dark western Mouse sent by Mr. G. A. Passingham, from Fermoyle, Castlegregory, in the very same county which had produced both Jenyns’s and Colonel Yerbury’s specimens. The interest of these specimens was heightened when I found them exactly matched in colour and size by three collected at Eisken, in Lewis, in the Outer Hebrides, in October and November 1895, and by one sent to the British Museum of Natural History by Mr. J. Steele Elliott, from Skye, in the same year. These specimens seem to indicate that this small Western subspecies of Mus sylvaticus is not confined to the west of Ireland, but is found in similar localities in the Western Scotch Isles. The late date of capture (June 24th) of the Skye specimens shows that the dark colour is not characteristic of winter, but is retained throughout the year. It is remarkable that I should have seen a perfectly similar 1 See Bell’s ‘ British Quadrupeds,’ ed. ii. p. 296 (1874). 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 403 specimen collected at Oporto, Portugal, by Mr. James Searle, on December 12th, 1896; but too much must not be inferred from a single specimen, which may possibly indicate the existence of Mus s, celticus in the west of Portugal, or may be only an acci- dental variety. Blasius, however, knew of the oceurrence of dark Field-mice in the higher mountains of Europe’. This single specimen from Oporto, whatever it may be, is certainly very unlike the ordinary Portuguese Field-mice. A remarkable fact is the occurrence of this mouse on the same island (Lewis) as the very distinct MJ. s. hebridensis, which is one of the larger forms of Field-mice. I am informed by Mr. de Winton that the latter keeps to its own part of the island, and that probably the twodo not intermingle. It is curious that while a big and little form of Mus sylvaticus occur here side by side, each finds a different method of fitting itself for the damp dull climate of the west. It is interesting to find that the Field-mice of the centre and east of Ireland are normal, and, as far as I can make out, show neither any darkening of the colour of the upper surface nor any diminution of size. Among these normal Irish mice must be included specimens from Ballaghmoon, Co. Carlow (Mr. J. G. Symes), from Cashel, Co. Tipperary, and from the neighbourhood of Arthurstown, Co. Wexford, together with those in the Dublin Museum from Cos. Dublin, Wicklow, and Louth. 3. MUS SYLVATICUS HEBRIDENSIS. Mus hebridensis, W. H. de Winton, Zoologist, Oct. 1895, p. 369. Mus sylvaticus hebridensis, W. E. de Winton, Zoologist, Noy. 1895, p. 426. Type. No. 95.10.25.1 (British Museum Collection), from Barra, Outer Hebrides (W. E. de Winton). Distinguishing Characteristics. Resembles Mus sylvaticus inter- medius in general form and colour, but is larger (about equal to M. s. wintont), and has proportionately smaller ears, larger hind feet (especially stout in males), shorter and thicker tail, and generally stouter build. The colour of the upperside is more uniform anid less bright than in 1. s. intermedius; that of the underside is “‘ enerally dusky or sandy, with no distinct line between the upper and under parts” (de Winton); that of the tail is almost uniformly ‘ brownish grey.” Skull large: total length of that of the type specimen 27 mm. Distribution. The islands of Lewis and Barra in the Outer Hebrides. General Remarks. This island-form was first obtained by Mr, J. Steele Elliott ; but to Mr. de Winton is due the credit of having written the first published notice * of so interesting an addition to the British fauna. 1 Saugethbiere Deutsch. p. 324 (1857). 2 Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1895, p. 55. 404 MR. G. E, H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, This gentleman, to whose kindness I am indebted for permission to examine the whole of his interesting series of 14 specimens of this subspecies, has drawn my attention to the curious fact that the young males appear to lose the dull hues of immaturity of the upperside, and to don the reddish colour of maturity, at an earlier age than do the females, so that young males and females of the same age are actually distinguishable by their colour alone. If this be so, it would seem to be a quite unique case in the Rodentia, an order among the species of which, as I am informed by my friend Mr. Oldfield Thomas, sexual differences are exces- sively rare. 4, MUS SYLVATICUS HIRTENSIS. Mus hirtensis, Barrett-Hamilton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 81. Type. No. 94.7.16.1 (British Museum collection), a young male collected by Mr. J. Steele Elliott at St. Kilda. Distinguishing Characteristics. Closely allied to M. s. hebridensis, from which, however, it differs in its slightly larger size, and also in the greater amount of buff or yellowish-brown coloration on the underside. Like Mus s. hebridensis, it differs from MM. s. inter- medius, apart from its greater size, in the more uniform coloration of the upper surface of the body, in the absence of the clearly defined white underside, and in the longer feet and shorter ears. The skull is similar to that of M. s. hebridensis, but appears to be slightly larger, reaching a length of 29 mm., and equalling in size that of the largest specimen of J. s. wintoni. Distribution. Known only from the island of St. Kilda. General Remarks. This is another interesting insular deve- lopment of Mus sylvaticus, the status of which has been already discussed (op. cit.). Like M. s. hebridensis, it seems to have been first obtained by Mr. J. Steele Elliott, who presented the type specimen’ to the British Museum in 1894. This was supple- mented by a series procured for me by my friend Mr, Henry Evans, of Jura, Scotland, in 1898. I have already suggested the possi- bility that this Mouse may be indigenous to St. Kilda, a suggestion which is heightened by the fact that, as Mr. Steele Elliott informs me, ‘‘ there is no landing-place at St. Kilda, so rats and mice stand a poor chance of getting on the islands from any boats that call, especially as provisions taken on are also very limited ”’”. 5. Mus sytvaticus typicus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1758, p. 62, Mus flavicollis, H. B. Melchior, Den danske Stats og Norges * Trapped in a hole in a loose stone wall at a height of about 6 feet from the ground. * Mr. R. M. Barrington writes me that when he was at St. Kilda in 1881 he found a dead and dried specimen on the headland opposite the Doon, but, unfortunately, did not preserve it. 1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 405 Pattedyr, p. 99, pl. i. (1834); nec A. Dehne, W. E. de Winton et aliorum (vide sub J. s. wintonz). Type locality. Upsala, Sweden. Nomenclature and Synonymy. Melchior’s M. flavicollis must stand as a synonym of WV. s. typicus, since I find that the Mice of Hilleréd, in Zealand (an almost topotypical locality for the former name), belong to the latter form, as shown by a collection made there by Mr. Oldfield Thomas. This is unfortunate, since the name flavicollis had, on the initiative of Mr. de Winton, been applied to its British representative, for which, therefore, a new name must now be instituted. Distinguishing Characteristics. A greyish Mouse, with rather dark central dorsal region, resembling the subspecies wintoni in size, but slightly smaller, and with the white of the underside far less pure, the chest-band less prominent, and a slight tendency to display a washing of yellowish colour on the underside. Distribution. Parts of Denmark, Norway, Sweden (I have seen specimens from Laaland, Denmark; Bergen, Norway, and Upsala, Sweden), and, possibly, the southern shores of the Baltic. Specimens from Brunswick, Germany, are intermediate between this and other subspecies. General Remarks. Linneus may possibly not have had an adult before him when he wrote his original description of Mus sylvaticus, which runs as follows :—‘ M. cauda mediocri, palmis tetradactylis, plantis pentadactylis, corpore griseo pilis nigris, abdomine albido.” This would apply very well to a not quite mature animal. At all events the Long-tailed Field-mice of the localities given above are distinguishable from those of other parts of Europe. In size they are intermediate, being not so large as IM. s. wintonz, but larger than M. s. intermedius from Ireland, England, and the neighbouring continental areas. The Mice of Brunswick seem to connect this subspecies and the larger WZ. s. wintoni and M. s. princeps. A series obtained there by Mr. J. A. Loring are smaller and less bright than other specimens which I have seen, notably a set procured by myself in 1894. It is through the courtesy of Mr. G. 8. Miller, Junior, who sent me over two specimens collected by Mr. J. A. Loring at Upsala, that I am enabled to know definitely what the Mouse which Linneus described is really like. It seems to be a reduced and dulled edition of MW. s. wintoni. I strongly suspect, however, the existence of two subspecies in the Scandinavian Peninsula, but the material at my disposal is not yet sufficient for their proper differentiation. The skins which I have examined suggest the inference that those from Bergen are redder on the flanks, darker on the central dorsal line,and yellower beneath than those from Upsala, which latter agree with skins from Meiningen, Germany, and are not so red on the flanks, nor so dark on the central dorsal line; all the Scandinavian and Meinin- gen specimens possess a breast-band or spot, and in two or three individuals there is a wash of yellow continued right along the Proc, Zoou. Soc,—1900, No. XX VII. 27 406 MR. G. BH. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, median ventral line. But these differences, if real, are minute, and I should like to see them substantiated by the accumulation ot far ampler material before recognizing them subspecifically. 6. MUS SYLVATICUS CELLARIUS. Mus cellarius, J. F. Fischer, Zool. Gart. vii. p. 153 (1866), and Xili. pp. 223, 224 (1872). Type locality, Cellars at or near St. Petersburg, Russia. Nomenclature. The inappropriate name cellarius must unfortu- nately apply to the subspecies of the St. Petersburg district, since there can be no question that Fischer's Mus cellarius was simply a cellar-haunting individual of Mus sylvaticus, at first described by him as a variety, but later accorded full specific rank. Distinguishing Characteristics. I am uncertain as to the appear- ance of this form, having never seen a skin of it. Mr. G. 8. Miller, Junior, has, however, been good enough to send me over a single skull (No. 3616 of his own collection), which must be regarded as topotypical of the subspecies. The skull is a large one, differs radically from that of M. s. typicus, and has apparently its nearest relative in M. s. princeps of Roumania, a supposition which gains support from the fact that Mr. Miller writes of the skin, which he had unfortunately mislaid and there- fore was unable to send to me, that it is simply a huge sylvaticus. The skull has a greatest length of 27 and a greatest breadth at the zygoma of 14 mm., so that while far larger than that of MW. s. typicus, it is not so large as that of J. s. princeps, the largest skull of which has a total length of nearly 30 mm. It is a shorter- nosed and more compactly framed skull than is that of WM. s. princeps, to which, however, it must be very closely allied. Distribution uncertain, at present only known from the type locality. Probably the neighbourhood of St. Petersburg and the adjacent parts of Russia. 7. Mus sYLVATICUS WINTONI, subsp. nov. Mus sylvaticus var. flavicollis, A. Dehne, Allgem. deut. naturh. Zeit. p. 182 (1855). Mus flavicollis, W. BE. de Winton, Zoologist, Dec. 1894, pp. 441- 445 ; nee Melchior, Danske Stats og Norges Pattedyr, p. 99, pl. i. (1834). Type. A male, No. 0.3.12.1 (British Museum Collection), Graftonbury, Herefordshire, 8th June, 1894(W. E. de Winton). Synonymy and Nomenclature. For the original description of this fine Mouse we are indebted to Mr. W. E. de Winton, who discovered it at Graftonbury, Herefordshire. In his anxiety to avoid the rash institution of a new name, he was led to identify it with Melchior’s Mus flavicollis, Since, however, a series of Long- tailed Field-mice procured by Mr. Oldfield Thomas at Hillerid, Zealand, Denmark—a locality almost topotypical of Melchior’s 1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 407 Mouse—prove to be different from the present form and identical with Mice trom Scandinavia, it is unfortunately necessary that Mus flavicollis Melchior should stand as a synonym of Mus sylvaticus typicus Linn. Mr. de Winton’s discovery, therefore, needs a new name, and I now take the opportunity of connecting it with its discoverer, to whose excellent field-work amongst British Mammals we owe our knowledge not only of this, but of the Hebridean subspecies. The use of the name flavicollis by other writers, such as Dehne, was probably in connection partly with M. s. typicus and partly with M. s. princeps, so that a certain amount of nomenclatural confusion cannot well be avoided. Distinguishing Characteristics. Generally speaking, a remarkably finely developed Aus sylvaticus, in which the size is above the average, and the colours both of the upper and under sides are very pure and intense. Specimens of all ages usually, but by no means always, possess a well-defined breast-band, “about 8 mm. broad, passing along the chest, immediately in front of the fore legs, with a cross or longitudinal stripe in the centre extending forward about 5 mm., and back along the sternum about 10 mm., where it is entirely lost, unlike the shght dash of colour sofrequently found on the chest of Mus sylvaticus, and which varies from the smallest spot on the breast to a decided yellow-brown tinge extending over the whole belly” (de Winton, op. cit.). The tail is longer than in WV. s. intermedius; and Mr. de Winton gives the number of vertebre as 30, as against 27 only in the latter sub- species. From J. s. princeps it may, perhaps, best be distinguished by its slightly duller colour and the more frequent occurrence and greater extent of the breast-band. Western specimens show the greatest development of the breast-band, which seems to become less conspicuous towards the east. Skull larger and stronger than in JZ. s. intermedius, reaching a total length of 27 mm. and upwards. Distribution. Sporadically distributed in colonies amongst VW. s. intermedius in England, but replacing it eastwards. From England I have seen specimens ae Graftonbury (de Winton) and Bishopstone, Herefordshire ; Oundle, Northants (the late Lord Lilford); Sussex, Suffolk, and Northumberland. On the Continent it seems to become more dominant towards the east, until it must somewhere intergrade with its eastern representative, MM. s. princeps, which appears to be the only form in Roumania, and perhaps also in 8. Russia. Towards Denmark and in the neighbourhood of the South Baltic it is replaced by I. s. typicus, M. s. cellarius, or by intermediate forms, a set of which I have myself trapped at Brunswick. There are in the British Museum specimens from Tharand, Saxony; Magdeburg; Haida, Bohemia ; Niesky, Silesia, andfrom Western Hungary. So long ago as 1855 A. Dehne (op. cit.) recognized a big Field-mouse with golden collar and long tail as not rare in the district of Pirna in Saxon Switzer- land, while Prof. Nehring * states that there are specimens in the ' Katalog der Saugethiere, p. 13 (1886). al fis 408 MR, G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, Berlin Museum from Riigen. Lastly, a set of eight males and three females collected by Mons. A. Robert at Lucinges, Haute- Savoie, in December 1899, at an altitude of 1100 metres, although, perhaps, slightly smaller and darker than the largest M. s. wintont, and with the chest-spot less strongly developed, agree so closely with this form in the length of tail, coloration of the underparts, and general appearance, that I prefer to unite them with it, at least provisionally. This form doubtless occurs also in numerous other localities. General Remarks. lt cannot be denied that the treatment of M. s. wintoni at first presented a good many difficulties, at least as long as we knew it only from isolated localities. It seemed impossible that a large and small form of Mus sylvaticus could occur intermingled throughout the same area without interbreeding. Despite the assertion of Mr. de Winton, who has had such ex- ceptional opportunities of studying these mice in Herefordshire, that the two forms keep guite separate, breed true, and show no intermediates, I was for a long time inclined to treat them as two parallel forms of one dimorphic animal. Even after colonies had been found on the Continent the difficulty remained, and was not dispelled until I had had the opportunity of working out a collection of small mammals taken by the late Mr. W. Dodson in Roumania, and which contained a fine series of the local form of Mus sylvaticus of all ages. These all proved to be very different from M. s. typicus, and are a bright Eastern representative of M. wintoni, which I have now no hesitation in regarding as the Western sporadic representative of the large East European Field-mouse (M. s. princeps). 8. MUS SYLVATICUS PRINCEPS, subsp. nov. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.) Mus sylvaticus var. flavicollis, auctorum. Type. Original no. 25, a female, Bustenari, Roumania, 13th April, 1899, collector the late W. Dodson: caught at foot of dead stump in oak-torest. Distinguishing Characteristics. An extremely large Mouse ap- parently identical in size and proportions with IM. s. wintoni, but adults are even brighter red in colour above and purer white on the underside. Many examples possess a breast-spot or band, but this character is not universal, and the band is not so extensive as in M. s. wintonit. Immature specimens are very blue, and re- semble the young of MV. s. draco; they frequently retain the dark colour of the upperside until they are fully as large as adults of M. s. typicus. Skull. A large massive edition of that of VW. s. typicus, reaching a total length of from 27 to nearly 30 mm. Distribution. This was the only Long-tailed Field-mouse obtained by W. Dodson in Roumania, whether in the beech and oak forests of Bustenari, in the Carpathians N.W. of Bucarest, at a height of 480 metres ; at Comana, south of Bucarest ; under brushwood on a high plateau near Breba,alarge and highly cultivated valley amongst 1900.} MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 409 the Carpathians ; or in the comparatively flat cultivated country at Gageni, at the foot of the Carpathians, north-west of Bucarest. Radde’s description of the form found in the Caucasas, the Crimea, and in Western Siberia shows that a band of large syluvaticus-like Mice extends eastwards right into Siberia until in the East they meet the subspecies M.s. chevrieri; but, in the absence of specimens, it is impossible to lay down the exact relationships of these forms, or to state where one ends or the other begins. A single young specimen from Montenegro seems to belong to M. s. princeps, and, as has been stated above, a set from Haute-Savoie are in certain respects intermediate between this form and MM. s. wintoni, with which form it must intergrade in various localities. General Remarks. M. s. princeps is undoubtedly a bright Hast European representative of VW. s. wintoni. For our knowledge of it we are indebted to the late Mr. W. Dodson, whom, through the liberality of the late Lord Lilford, I was enabled to send on a collecting trip to Roumania in the spring of 1899. Mr. Dodson brought back a fine series of 44 examples of all ages and sexes, showing that this form occurs in the regions which he visited to the apparent entire exclusion of the smaller forms of Long-tailed Hield-mice. This Mouse seems to breed in early spring, for amongst Mr. Dodson’s specimens is a young one caught on April 15th, 1899, which, although attaining to a head and body length of 87 mm., was still in the slaty-coloured pelage of immaturity. 9, Mus SYLVATICUS ISLANDICUS. Mus islandicus, F. A. L. Thienemann, Nat. Bemerk. ges. auf einer Reise im Norden von Europa, p. 153 (1824). Type from Iceland? non existent; a co-type in Brit. Mus. of Nat. Hist., no. 45.11.15.17, received from Dr. Thienemann. Description. ** M. cauda corpore eequanti supra e fusco cinereus - subtus albus.” Seems to be smaller than ordinary J. sylvaticus. Distribution. Iceland. General Remarks. It has long been known that small rodents of some sort are found in Iceland, and there have been many discussions as to the exact nature of them. Some naturalists have supposed that they are Lemmings’; but it is now certain that some forms both of Mus sylvaticus and of Mus musculus occur in the island. The Rev. H. H. Slater has been good enough to inform me that, while both species occur on the coast, the former is the House-mouse and the only species of the interior. Thienemann’s description, although it gives no characters whereby M. s. islandicus may be distinguished from the Mice of other localities, and although he was himself of the opinion that his Mouse presented some of the characters both of Mus sylvaticus and of Mus musculus, clearly 1 See the remarks of J. Steenstrup in ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjébenhavn,’ pp. 51-66 (1867), translated in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, iii. pp. 445 &e. (1869), 410 MR. G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr.3 applies to some form of Mus sylvaticus'. His description is certainly borne out by one of his specimens now in the British Museum of Natural History (no. 45.11.15.17), which, although an old and faded skin, and of little use for a careful and accurate examination of its characters, undoubtedly belonged to a Mus sylvaticus-like Mouse. I cannot distinguish the skull by any cranial or dental characters. ‘The ears and feet of this specimen would appear to be rather shorter than in ordinary examples, as is also the case with the dimensions of two specimens in alcohol from the Gerbe collection as given by Mons. I’. Lataste. Lastly, Herr Herluf Winge, to whom I wrote for information regarding the specimens in the Danish Museum at Copenhagen, has been good enough to inform* me that the Museum possesses four Icelandic specimens of Mus sylvaticus, “two skins and two spirit-specimens, all of them looking very ordinary, quite resembling Danish speci- mens.” The measurements sent me by Herr Winge are not smaller than those of average sylvaticus. There can be little doubt that the Field-mouse of Iceland is very close to that of Europe, and can only be regarded as subspecifically distinct. 10. Mus SYLVATICUS HAYI. Mus hayi, G. R. Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 76. Type from Tangier, Morocco, no, 52.9.13.9 (British Museum Collection), in alcohol, from the collection of the Zoological Society of London. Nomenclature. Mus hayi Waterhouse is simply Mus sylvaticus of Morocco. Distinguishing Characteristics, This subspecies can only be described at present from its negative characters. It is not a large bright Mouse like J. princeps, but its size exceeds that of M.s. imtermedius of England, and it has in addition the tail usually longer than the head and body. The skull commonly reaches a length of 26 mm. Distribution. For the present I am obliged to include under this name the Long-tailed Field-mice of Morocco, Spain, Portugal, and the neighbouring countries, including those_of the Mediter- ranean islands. Of these I have seen specimens from Corsica and Sicily, the latter of which, however, have a name ready for them in Mus dichrurus Rafinesque. Later investigations will probably show the existence of more than one subspecies in these regions. Thus some specimens from Villabra, Galicia, Spain, are small and very red; they come from a height of 1300 metres, and probably indicate the existence of more than one subspecies in Spain. * Although Riippell, who seems to have examined the original specimen of Thienemann, has declared it to be a Mus musculus, a piece of information for which I am indebted to Herr H. Winge. ? In litt. of 14th April, 1899. 1900.1 MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLInS. All [ Musculus dichrurus, C. 8. Rafinesque, Précis des Découvertes et Travaux somiologiques, p. 13 (1814). Myouus siculw, Lesson, Man. de Mamm. p. 27 (1827). Mus sylvaticus, J. H. Blasius, Siiugethiere Deutschlands, p- 322 (1857); Barrett-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. 11. p. 426 (Nov. 1898). Type locality. Sicily. Synonymy and Nomenclature. The substitution of the generic name Muscylus for that of Mus is explained by Rafinesque under heading of his Musculus frugivorus (= alcwandrinus, Is. Geoftr.) in the same work. He simply writes “J’ai changé le nom trop court et équivoque de Mus en Musculus.” Description and General Remarks. In the absence of a series of the Long-tailed Field-mouse of Sicily I am as yet unable to decide whether it be distinct or not. Mr. J. I. S. Whitaker has sent over one or two specimens for identification, which, however, do not form material sufficient to enable me to make a thorough comparison, They seem to vary a good deal amongst themselves, one being very red in the colour of the upperside and another very much duller. The size seems to be larger than that of AM, s. intermedius. | 11. Mus sYLVATICUS ALGIRUS. Mus algirus, Pomel, Compt. Rend. Ac. Se. Paris, xli. p. 654 (1856); nec Loche, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 49, pl. 1. (1858), and Expl. de l’Algérie, sp. 78 (1867). Type locality. Algeria. Synonymy and Nomenclature. There can be no doubt that Pomel’s name refers to the Long-tailed Field-mouse of Algeria, and, as this name exists, I propose to treat the form as subspecific, although, as in other cases, I have no series of specimens. Distinguishing Characteristics. There is only one specimen of Mus s. algirus in the British Museum of Natural History, but that one, no. 52.5.27.62, although a very old French skin, is so peculiar in appearance that I think it very probably represents a distinguishable subspecies. The skin is a small one, but the coloration suggests that it is that of an adult, the underside being very white and the upperside almost chocolate in tint. The original description ran as follows :—‘“ Pelage d’un gris- brunatre, teint de jaune ou de roussatre, mélé de quelques longs cils noirs; parties inférieurs du corps, face interne des membres et pieds blanchatres ; parfois une tache rousse 4 la poitrine; talon brun; oreilles presque rondes, courtes, avec une petit touffe devant le méat ; une tache blanchatre derricre Voreille; queue grise dessous, brunissant de plus en plus vers le bout. Le corps mesure 0m.,075 ; la queue 0m.,060. “ Habitat des terriers dans les cultures et les broussailles ; quel- quefois entre dans les maisons des campagnes.” Distribution. According to Lataste, the Long-tailed Field-mouse has been recorded for Barbary by Poire et, who states that he found 412 MR. G, EB, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3 it in great quantities in the cultivated fields‘. Rozet has indicated its occurrence in the neighbourhood of Oran*. Loche found it about Algiers; and, finally, Lataste*® himself took it in the plain of Mitidja, at Arba, near Algiers, and in the fields of Azesga, to the north-east of Fort National, “en Kabylie.” Lataste did not find it so commonly as Rozet would have led him to expect, and he supposes that that author had confounded several other species with the present one, This species is not included in Lataste’s work on the Mammals of Tunis *, so that I presume that it does not occur in that country. General Remarks. Lataste’ states that sometimes the back shows *d’un brun plus terne, et le gris domine sur les faces inférieures,” which variation appears to be produced especially in the “ pays méridionaux,” and he has noted this variety also from Cardillac, Gironde, France, from Ciudad Real, Spain, and from Algeria. Side by side with this he states that he has met some individuals, generally young, which in coloration only were indistinguishable from common Mice. He adds (footnote) that these colours get clearer in alcohol, and after a time such specimens in alcohol are indistinguishable from the normal specimens. 12. Mus sYLVATICUS TAURICUS, subsp. nov. Mus sylvaticus, C. G. Danford and E. R. Alston, P. Z. 8. 1880, p- 62. Type. No. 77.8.13.9 (in alcohol) (British Museum Collection), from the Zebil Bulgar Dagh, Asia Minor, collected by Mr. C. G. Danford, on the 5th January, 1876. Distinguishing Characteristics. ‘This single specimen from Asia Minor cannot be identified with any known form of Long-tailed Field-mouse. It cannot be placed either with the large Mice of Eastern Europe, or with the not very much smaller V. s. arianus of Asia. The skull, although the teeth are worn, has a total length of only 23 mm., and is thus smaller even than the smallest Western European subspecies. Distribution. Uncertain: only known from the type specimen. General Remarks. Perhaps the nearest ally of this little Mouse is M. s. algirus, another little known subspecies. It may be a parallel form to the small Weasel of the Caucasus and Asia Minor, to which I have recently given the subspecific name of M. nivalis caucasicus, 13. MUS SYLVATICUS MAJOR, Mus sylvaticus var. major, G. Radde, Reis. Sib. i. p. 180, pl. v. figs. 3 & 4a (1862). Voyage en Barbarie (1789). * Voyage dans la Régence d’Alger (1833). 3 “ Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie,” Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. xxxix. p. 135 (1885). : 4 eee critique des Mammiferes apélagiques sauvages de la Tunisie (Paris, 887). * “Note sur les Souris d’Algérie,” Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. vol. xxxvii. pp. 17-18 (1883). ———— 1900.) MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 415 Antedates Mus wagneri var. major, N. Severtzoff, 1876 (see under WM. s. arianus), and Mus decumanus var. major, B. Hoffmann, Abh. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1887, p. 18. Mus chevrieri, E. Biichner, Wiss. Res. der von N. M. Przewalski nach Central-Asien unternommenen Reisen &c., Siugethiere, p. 92 (1889). Type: unknown (? in the Caucasian Museum at Tiflis). Distinguishing Characteristics. I have no specimens of this Mouse at my disposal. Radde describes it as a large sylvaticus, resembling, but distinguishable from, the larger Eastern European Mice. Distribution. Of the distribution of this, the Western Siberian representative of I. s. princeps, we have no exact knowledge, but we know that Herr Radde found Mus sylvaticus, of one form or another, wherever he journeyed in Western Siberia. With this form I must place, at least provisionally, Przewalski’s specimens as described by Herr Biichner. Przewalski found dus sylvaticus in the mountains of Ganssu, Ala-schan, to a height of 8000 metres, and it is recorded for the Muni-ula, where it lives in holes in meadow-lands. 14. MUs SYLVATICUS ARIANUS. Mus sylvaticus, F. de Filippi, Viagg. Persia, p. 344 (1865); K. Satunin, Mammals of Caucasus, p. 305, &e. Mus erythronotus, W.T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 311 (1875); Eastern Persia, Zool. & Geol. vol. ii. pp. 54-55, pl. v. fig. 3 (1876); Mammals of Yarkand Expedition, p. 54(1879) (nec Mus erythronotus, C. J. Temminck, Fauna Japonica, Mamm. p. 50, 1850). Mus arianus, W.T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 162 (1881). “ Mus wagneri, var. major (M. tokmak un. sp. ?),” Severtzoff, Proc. Mose. Soc. Nat. vol. viii. p. 2 (1873), translated by J. Carl Craemers in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xviii. 1876 (see p. 53); Blanford, Mammals of Yarkand Mission, loc. cit.; E. Bichner, op. cit. p. 90; W. L. Sclater, P.Z.8. 1890, p. 528. Typical serves. Four specimens from Kohrid, between Isfahan and Teheran, in Northern Persia, altitude 7000 feet (Indian Museum at Calcutta), and one, no. 74.11.21.22, anno 1872 (British Museum Collection). Nomenclature and Synonymy. The name erythronotus Blanford, being preoccupied by evythronotus Temminck, the former naturalist renamed his species arianus, under which name I have to designate, for the present at least, the Mice from very widely separated localities and which probably include several distinct subspecies. Severtzoff’s subspecific name is preoccupied by Radde’s Mus sylva- ticus var. major. Mus wagner? itself is a Mus musculus-like Mouse, Severtzoff’s original description is, as Blanford has pointed out (Mamm. Yark. Mission, p. 54), insufficient to enable his species to be recognized, and it is far from clear whether “ M/. tokmak” is pro- posed as a name, Tokmak being “the name of a town between Vernoe and Aulitta, lying north-west of Lake Issik and nearly due 4} 4 MR. G. H, H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, north of Kashgar.” Further, the types seem to have been lost, being neither in the Museums ‘of. St Petersburg or of Moscow. The usual course would, therefore, have been to have consigned Severtzoff’s name to the list of those of unrecognizable species ; and this I should have done, had not Herr Biichner, who had under his examination a large number of typical Mus wagneri from Turkestan, and who noticed that Severtzoff mentions no sylvaticus- like Mouse in his account of the Mammals of that region, bracketed Maus wagneri major with Mus arianus. I am, therefore, glad to follow Herr Biichner on that point. When, however, we do receive a series of the representative of Mus sylvaticus from Turkestan, | should not be surprised if it prove to be neither the subspecies arianus nor any other known subspecies. Distinguishing Characteristics. Although there is no doubt that it is extremely close to Mus s. inter mnedinte, like some other geograpbi- cal forms of Aus sylvaticus, M. s. arianus was originally described as if it were something so distinct i in itself as to need no compari- son with any other species ; hence no particular characters are laid down in the original description whereby the two may be separated. It agrees with Mus s. intermedius of England in general appearance and in the number of the mamme, and Mr. Blanford’s plate in ‘ Hastern Persia’ would do very well for a specimen from Western Europe; but it appears to differ in the lesser size and length of the hind feet, and is said to be never of so intense a red-brown colour on the upper surface. Probably, had we a series from the distant regions where it is found, we should find other points of difference. The colour of the underside of the specimens examined by Herr Biichner was not, as in Mr. Blanford’s examples, white, but golden grey (gelblichgrau), with a sprinkling of grey hairs, and there was no breast-spot ; but, as has been said above, it is more than likely that several distinct subspecies have been confounded under the name of arianus. I have no series of this Mouse before me, the only specimens at iny disposal being no. 74.11.21.22 (1730 a), the skull of a female and one of Mr. Blanford’s co- types; no. 96.11.2.1, a female in alcoho] from Gulmerg, Cashmere, 5000 ft. (Dr. E. T. Aitchison) ; and a third specimen in alcohol, no. 91.93.20.15, with the mamme as in Mus sylvaticus; so that I am quite unable to give a decided opinion as to the exact appearance of this form, but must follow Mr. Blanford and other naturalists in considering it distinct. Neither can I lay down any characters which will help to distin- guish the skull from that of MJ. s. typicus. The skull certainly appears to be more massive and stronger than the skuils of Western European examples ; but it is probable that the cranial characters given by Mr. Blanford’ would not stand the test of » It may perhaps be well to summarize these, as given by Mr. Blanford in the J.A.8. B. xlviii. pt. ii. (1879):—The occipital portion of the skull and the foramen magnum of Huropean specimens is higher in proportion to its breadth than in Ms. arianus ; the opening of the posterior nares is narrower, the breadth being less than that of the anterior upper molar, whereas in a skull 1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND I'l'S ALLIES. 415 comparison with a series of specimens from Western Europe. It is very unfortunate that, whereas Mr. Blanford’s original description was taken from the Kohriid specimens, he afterwards obtained his cranial characters from a specimen from Wakhan, which may have belonged to quite a different subspecies. At all events the cranial characters as laid down by him, and in par- ticular that of the size of the last upper molar, will not apply to his original specimens (skull no. 74.11.21.22, ¢ , Persia). Distribution. So far as our present information goes, and the name being used in the wider sense indicated above, it would appear that Mus s. avianus has a wide distribution. Mr. Blanford remarks ' that ‘‘a species apparently identical with the Persian Mouse was - collected by the late Dr. Stoliczka* in Wakhan, a province on the Upper Oxus belonging to Afghanistan, and at Kashgar, in Eastern Turkestan; and the same form has since been found by Major Biddulph and Dr. Seully at Gilgit, in the Upper Indus Valley.” Blyth® recorded it from Cherra Punji, India; while Herr Biichner ' identified with this Mouse the specimens brought by Przewalski from the rivers Zauma, Ssairam-mor, and Chapzagaigol, in Central Tian-schan, and from the southern slopes of the mountains of the latter name, to a height of 7500 feet. . It is found as a “ steppe-inhabitant in the Ural, as well as on the Kirgies Steppes; but in Turkestan, where WZ. musculus is absent, JZ. wagnert is the house-mouse. Jt is numerous in the Chimkent and Tashkent houses, where it does not differ at all from the Kirgies-Steppe specimens.” ’ De Filippi’ identified the Persian House-mouse as Mus sylvaticus, and states that the same species was brought from Shiraz by Marquis Doria. Mr. Blanford, however, declares that a specimen which he obtained from Shiraz is certainly M. bactrianus. Mr. Blanford had seen no specimens from Northern Persia, and thought that ‘although the house-mouse there may be MM. sylvaticus, it is quite as probable that it is MW. bactrianus.” ‘“‘ Even if, however, J. bactrianus prove to be found in houses throughout Persia, J. sylvaticus must also be included in the fauna, as it was found by Ménétries common on the parts of the Tilish Mountains not covered by trees, and it is said by Hichwald to be abundant in Georgia.” ‘ Hichwald includes JZ. musculus L., from Wakhan the breadth exceeds that of the molar; the third upper molar of M. sylvaticus is about one-fourth the size of the second, whereas in the Wakhin and Gilgit skulls the proportion is one half. It should be noted that Mr. Blanford had only one skull of Buropean M. sy/vaticus at his disposal, and only the figures of the types from which he had described M. erythronotus, the specimens themselves having been mislaid. See also pages 54 & 55 of Mr. Blanford’s ‘Mammals of the Yarkand Expedition’ (1879). 1 J. A.S. B. vol. xlviii. pt. ii. (1879). 2 « At Panja in Wakhin”—Blanford, J. A.S. B. xliv. p. 108 (1875). 8 J.A.8. B. xxiv. p. 721, & xxxii. p. 348. 4 Op. cit. pp. 90-91. 5 Blanford, Mamm., Yarkand, p. 54. 8 Op. cit. p. 344. 416 MR. G. B, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, and Ménétries M. minutus Pall. (M. messorius, Kerr), in the fauna of the Transcaucasian provinces. The latter probably may extend into Persia, but de Filippi particularly noticed the absence of M. musculus in the north-western part of the country, where he says it is replaced by M. sylvaticus.” * Of the Caucasus, Rosikoff states? that J. sylvaticus is very common in the whole of the region ; but ina second publication’ he alludes only to M. arianus, so that, as Satunin remarks, it is difficult to ascertain which species really occurs in Malkathales. Satunin himself supports Rosikofi’s second opinion. As regards the Transcaucasian Field-mouse, Satunin himself states that it is difficult to properly name the specimens, since they present characters of both species, but he thinks that on ~ the whole they agree better with M. sylvaticus. He finds typical sylvaticus at Tiflis. General Remarks. There can be little doubt that there has been a considerable confusion, perhaps of two or three separate forms, amongst the naturalists who have written of MW. s. arianus; but for the present, and in the absence of an adequate series of specimens, I must follow Mr. Oldfield Thomas, and regard all the small-footed Central Asian individuals of MZ. sylvaticus as belonging to this form. Even Mr. Blanford’s belief in his own species seems to have become a little shaky, since he wrote‘ in 1879 that “it is by no means certain that this form may not pass into the Eastern races of M. sylvaticus ; and it requires comparison with MW. sylvaticus, var. major of Radde; but. . .it appears to be a well-marked type, with a wide distribution in Central Asia.” The best remarks on this form are, I think, by Mr. Oldfield Thomas *, who notes the close, almost identical, proportions of J. arianus and M. sylvaticus, the shorter foot of M. arianus (as com- pared with English examples), the failure of Mr. Blanford’s skull- characters for M. arianus, and finally adds that, “‘ on the whole, I think that I. arianus will be found to represent a short-footed Eastern variety of M. sylvaticus worthy of a varietal name, but not enough to merit specific separation.” “De Filippi’s ‘ Mus sylvaticus L.’ is no doubt this short-footed form, and not the true European M. sylvaticus.” 15. MUS SYLVATICUS GRISEUS. Mus arianus griseus, F. W. True, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xvii. p. 8 (1894). Typical series (in U.S. Nat. Museum) :— 20151 Male. Mountains of Central Kashmir, Sept. 13 1891. 35514 10,000 feet. 9120 ae Female. Central Kashmir, Oct. 8, 1891. 8500 feet. ' East. Pers. pp. 57 & 58. 2 «Die Saugethiere des Malkathales,’ p. 58. * «Tn den Bergen des N.W. Kaucasus,’ pp. 20, 31 & 51. * J. A.S8.B. vol. xlviii. pt. ii. p. 97. > P.Z.8. 1881, pp. 548-550. 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 417 sees: Male. Pir Panjal Pass, Aug. 31,1891. 8500 feet. Described from three specimens collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott “in pine forests at high elevations, two of them in Central Kashmir and the third in the Pir Panjal Pass.” Description. ‘Similar to typical Mus arianus Blanford in size and proportions, but having the upper surfaces ochraceous grey instead of rufous.” An immature specimen “ was especially grey above, and coincides in colour almost exactly with ordinary spe- cimens of JW. musculus.” The two other specimens, a male and female, were “ greyish, ochraceous brown above, which colour is produced by the mingling of hairs having ocher-coloured tips with others which are black.” The dimensions of the feet, given in inches only, were in two of the dried specimens, after soaking in water, ‘ slightly less than an average of measurements of MW. syl- vaticus given by Mr. Thomas.” Distribution. Known only from the type specimens. General Remarks. Mr. True rightly draws attention to the extreme difficulty of ascertaining the real colour and appearance of M. s. avianus from descriptions only. That being so, it is doubly hard to determine in a similar manner the exact value of MW. griseus ; but, until specimens are available, we cannot do wrong, I think, in considering it a mountain form of WV. sylvaticus. I cannot help suspecting, however, that Mr. True’s description of his specimens reads uncommonly like that of an immature set of individuals.’ 16. MUS SYLVATICUS PALLIPES, subsp. nov. Type. No. 75.8.17.6 (British Museum Collection), from Surhad Wahkan, Turkestan, April 28, 1874: collector, Capt. (now Colonel) Biddulph. Distinguishing Characteristics. The size of the body is apparently similar to, or rather smaller than, that of MW. s. intermedius, the length of the head and body, feet, and ears in the dried skin being about 85, 19 to 20,and 12 mm. respectively. The tail of the type specimen has been damaged, but is seemingly thicker than that of M. s. intermedius. The fur is very thick ; the colour of the upper- side extremely light and that of the underside white, but with an ill-defined line of demarcation between the colours of the two surfaces. Skull. Damaged, but closely resembles that of W. s. intermedius except in the size of the last upper molar, which is larger than usual. Distribution. Known only from the type specimen. General Remarks. The single skin on which I base this description, although not a good one and having attached to it no dimensions taken in the flesh, is so unlike that of any other speci- mens of M. sylvaticus which I have seen, that I have no doubt that it represents a distinct subspecies. The thick, almost rabbit-like ' Since this paper was read I have, through the courtesy of Mr. G, §, Miller, Junior, been able to examine Mr. True’s specimens. ‘They are certainly not highly remarkable and would almost pass muster as British, were it not for the slight peculiarity of tint which they show, 418 MR. G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, fur and the extremely light tints seem to mark this Mouse as a light northern or mountain form of Mus sylvaticus. 17. MUS SYLVATICUS CHEVRIERI. Mus chevriert, A. Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mamm. pp. 288-9, pl. xl. fig. 2 (1868) ; ‘E. Biichner, op. cit. supra, sub Jus sylvaticus muyor (p. 413). Type from Moupin, Tibet (Paris Museum); collector Pére David. Distinguishing Characteristics, Jc. This little-known Mouse was originally described as a species on the ground of its slightly greater size than that of VW. sylvaticus, and agreement in colour with M confucianus A. M.-Edw., as the young of which latter species Milne-Edwards was disposed to regard it until an examina- tion of the skull convinced him of its distinctness. The general colour is ‘“ d’un brun-fauve tiqueté de brun-foncé ; les parties inférieurs sont d’un gris trés-clair, presque blanches.” Mr. Oldfield Thomas has examined the types, which he thought come very near to M. arianus Blanford; their colour above is bright rufous, with the belly white or slate-colour; the fur on the back in some instances is almost spinous. Herr Biichner, who states that he also has seen the types, considers this sub- species identical with Herr Radde’s M. s. major of Western Siberia, which is itself very close to and a constant Eastern repre- sentative of M. sylvaticus, while M. avianus Blanford represents the same species in the South. According to Herr Biichner’s description of the typical series, the ground-colour of the upper- side is a rusty golden brown, tolerably strongly mixed with dusky brown or black. The whole underside is white. There is a somewhat strong line of demarcation between the colours of the two surfaces of the body. Distribution. Not exactly known. I identify with this sub- species only the typical series from Moupin, Tibet, and (pro- visionally) a specimen (no. 82.6.16.7 of the British Museum Collection) collected by Pére David at South Shensi, an inland province of China, in 1873. This locality, which lies considerably to the south-west of Pekin, is so far to the north of Moupin that Pére David’s specimen may represent a new form; but it comes sufficiently near the original description of M. chevriert to be at least provisionally assigned to it. The specimen, which is adult, is apparently of about the same size as my WM. s. draco, but is brighter in its coloration. As in the Kuatun Fie!d-mouse, the underside is white, but the skull is more massively formed. 18. Mus SYLVATICUS DRACO, subsp. nov. Mus chevrieri, Oldfield Thomas, P. Z. 8. Nov. 15, 1898, p. 773. Type from Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, N.W. China (no. 98.11.1.20 of British Museum Collection) ; collector, Mr. J. D. La Touche. Distinguishing Characteristics. In external appearance this Mouse resembles M. s. typicus Linnzeus, but is slightly smaller and more brightly coloured on the upperside. 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 419 The skull is narrower and slightly smaller than that of adult of the subspecies intermedius, reaching a length of only about 25 mm., and having the anterior portions of the frontals more attenuated, and the nasal region proportionately more slender than in the latter subspecies. Distribution. At present known only from the typical series. General Remarks. The Mice identified by Mr. Oldfield Thomas as M. chevriert form quite a nice series of eleven specimens, with which may be considered eight specimens collected by Mr. C. B. Rickett in the same locality. Although obviously representing a subspecies of M, sylvaticus, 1 am unable to identify them with any known phase of that species. They cannot be MW. chevrieri, for they are not larger, but rather smaller than the average ; and the colour of the upperside, although brighter than that of M., sylvaticus from Western Europe, is not like that of I. confu- cianus. They cannot well be I. s. arianus, Blanford, the description of which certainly does not apply to them, while they differ in more than one obvious respect trom VW. s. intermedius. The series represents individuals of very varied age, from quite young specimens to adults. The young seem to undergo very different changes of colour in their progress to maturity trom those undergone by M. s. intermedius. When very young, they are of a darker slate-colour ; and they appear to retain the dull slaty hues of immaturity until they reach a considerable, perhaps their full, size. Thus no. 97.6.6.11, a nursing female, with mamme ++4, is in colour of the upperside very like an ordinary M. musculus, but, unlike this species, has a sharply defined white belly. Another nursing female, no. 98.11.1.22, is in process of losing her immature coat, and presents a three-coloured appearance, having the belly white, the central dorsal region clothed in the dusky immature tints, while the flanks show the red colours of an adult. Another specimen has progressed farther, and shows traces of the dark colour only on the rump. This patchy method of assumption of the adult coat seems to be quite unknown in WV, s. imtermedius, 11 which the process seems to be much more gradual : it would appear to be highly characteristic of this new subspecies. The white belly is present in specimens of all ages, and two or three show a breast-spot or band of more or less complete development. The skulls of this subspecies are interesting, and are remarkable as compared with skulls of M. s. intermedius and even with the skull of the South Shensi specimen, as being very much narrower and more attenuated in the anterior frontal and nasal region. They are far less massive than in examples from Roumania, but almost equal in size those of medium-sized individuals from Western Europe. None of those which I have at my disposal are quite perfect, but the respective dimensions of total length and breadth would appear to be about 25 and 11 mm. ‘The tubercles of the molar | are rather regularly arranged, and [ think that the central tubercle of the last row (C” of Hensel) is more prominent than in ©. s, intermedius. 420 MR, G. B. H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON (Apr. 3, 19. MUS SYLVATICUS LEWISI. Mus abbotti, E. T. Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. pt. 2, no. 198 (May 1, 1894). Nec Mus abbottii, G. R. Waterhouse, P. Z.S. July 25, 1837, p. 77, which is a form of MW. musculus Linneus. Mus lewisi, E. T. Newton, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 381. Type. A skull, being one of those collected by Mr. Lewis Abbott in the ossiferous fissure at [ghtham, Kent, and now in the Geological Museum, Jermyn Street, London, 8.W. Description (skull only). Similar to J. sylvaticus, but differs from it in the absence of the anterior pointed tubercle of the first lower molar. Distribution. Known only from the typical series. General Remarks. The absence of a small dental tubercle seems to be a very small point on which to base a species, especially as the skulls of JZ. lewist were accompanied by others which were indistinguishable from those of MW. sylvaticus. But the validity of the specific character must depend on its constancy or incon- staney in skulls of modern sylvaticus. I have examined 49 of these with a view to deciding this point, with the result that in 47 the tubercle in question is conspicuously present, while in two only (viz., no. 98.2.2.22, from Cintra, Portugal, and no. 95.10.25.1, from Lewis, Scotland, the type of Mus. s. hebridensis) had the wearing down of the teeth made it. indistinct. The specimens were of all ages, with the teeth both worn and unworn, and from widely different localities, yet in all the tubercle shows clearly, and must therefore, I think, be considered characteristic of present day sylvaticus. We cannot tell what external features were present in J, s, lewist in correlation with this slight peculiarity of dentition. These may have been conspicuous, or they may have been non- existent. The material in our hands permits us merely to examine the skulls, and from them alone, according to my treatment of Mus sylvaticus, 1 can only admit J. lewist to subspecific rank as representing a side development of the Mus sylvaticus stock. MUS ARGENTEUS. Mus argenteus, C. J. Temminck, Faun. Jap. p. 51, pl. xv. fig. 1 (1845) (on the date of this work see Sherborn & Jentink, P. Z. 8. Feb. 19, 1895, p. 149). Type locality. Japan. Distinguishing Characteristics. Resembles Mus sylvaticus in arrangement of colours, but has the upperside of a peculiar, deeper, more uniform J. minutus-like red, of a shade that I have never seen in M. sylvaticus. In the specimens at my disposal there is no breast-band and none of the black-tipped hairs of M. sylvaticus. The size is that of I. musculus. Temminck states that the general size and the ears of M. argenteus are as in M. musculus, and the tail is longer than the head and body. Of the colour he writes that “tout le dessus du corps, jusqu’d la 1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 421 ligne médiane des flancs et des cétés du cou, d’un brun-roussatre doré ; la téte est d’une teinte brune et les longues moustaches sont d’un brun cendré. La couleur blanche de toutes les parties inférieurs s’étend jusqu’a la ligne médiane des flancs et des cétés du cou ; les quatres extrémités sont aussi d’un blanc pur.” The skull is about equal in size to that of MW. sylvaticus and with an identical tooth-pattern; the total length of skull of no. 88.9.25.6 (damaged) is slightly over 24 mm. Distribution. Known only from Japan. General Remarks. The only specimens of this Mouse at my disposal are nos. 88.9.25.6 and 88.9.25.7, collected by Mr. H. Pryer, and which bear on the labels the simple locality “* Japan.” The latter is a female with the mamme arranged as in WM. sylvati- cus, and, since the general pattern of coloration and teeth, and skull, where not damaged, also agree with that species, I can have no hesitation in regarding this Mouse as very closely allied to M. sylvaticus. The dimensions of the dried skins, however, seem to show that the animals are considerably smaller than average M. sylvaticus. Although Temminck gives no particulars as to the skull of his M. argenteus, and although his figure of that species is a miserable caricature of a dark brown M. musculus-like Mouse, with dark feet, long tail, and light underside, his description, which, it will be noted, contradicts his figure in several important respects, fits this Mouse so closely that I feel bound to identify it as Mus argenteus. I can have little doubt that this Mouse is a local development from a sylvaticus-like stock, in which the skull has not altered from that of the type, but its peculiar red colour, its size and proportions mark it, as might perhaps have been expected, as the most distinct ally of Mus sylvaticus which I have seen. Mus ortrHopon. Mus orthodon, R. Hensel, Zeitschr. deuts. geo]. Gesellsch. 1856, p-. 279, pl. xii. figs. 6-10 (aff. Muri sylvatico, fide C. I. Forsyth Major, P.-verb. Soc. Tosc. 1888, p. 129). Type (skull) from the Ossiferous Breccia of Mt. San Giovanni, Sardinia. In dealing with Mus sylvaticus, I must allude also to Mus orthodon, which is believed to be very closely allied to it, and the skulls and teeth of which in the British Museum Collection I have examined. The teeth of this species are far more hypsodont in character, and in immaturity show very deep jateral grooving of the crowns, so that they are also more Vole-like than those of modern Muride. The first upper molars of the youngest specimen show three internal and three less distinctly marked external conyexities. The tubercles have been a good deal worn away, so that their exact disposition can only be guessed; but the teeth certainly give the impression of having had all the nine tubercles of Hensel’s diagrams present and regularly arranged when quite Prov. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No. XX VIII. 28 422 MR. G, E. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr..3, young and unworn. ‘The first upper molar is more hypsodont than either of the next two. In the next oldest set of teeth the lateral grooving is still evident, but is not nearly so deep as in the youngest; while in quite old and worn teeth the grooves are no longer visible. As they are worn down, the teeth get smaller and at length become separated from each other. The internal convexities of the first molar become less distinct, and the teeth-pattern of the crowns is gradually obliterated. Altogether, the upper teeth remind me very strongly of those of M. agrarius Pallas. The under molars come very close to those of M. sylvaticus, but, like the upper, are more hypsodont in character. The tubercles of the first tooth were probably arranged as in ©. sylvaticus, and the anterior unpaired tubercle is present. There is nothing to call for comment in the last two under molars, the tubercles of which, as in modern species, seem to have been 4 for molar 2, and 3 for molar 3. The animal was larger than M. sylvaticus, and in its dentition shows resemblances both to that species and M. agrarius, so that it may, perhaps, have been a direct offshoot from a common stock from which both species have later sprung. In other respects, however, it seems to throw no light on the ancestry of Palearctic Muride, being even more specialized than the modern species. TABLE OF DIMENSIONS. The dimensions of the specimens examined during the prepara- tion of this paper are included in a single table, so as to be more convenient for purposes of comparison. By the careful averaging of a large series of British examples, I have tried to give figures which shall be useful as a standard with which may be compared those of other subspecies. JI am conscious that this standard would have been more satisfactory had it been taken from specimens from a single locality, instead of from those procured all over Great Britain. It may, for instance, be some day found that the average dimensions of specimens from North and South Britain are different; but I have had to make the best use of my material, and I think the figures given are a fair average for the ordinary Mus sylvaticus of the British Islands generally. It is not easy to explain the large difference between the minimum and maximum dimensions given in the case of MM. s. intermedius; but it should be borne in mind that as long as we have to deal with a series of specimens measured by a numerous band of collectors, so long will the individual factor tend to increase the gap between minima and maxima. I venture to think that the number of specimens which have been dealt with is sufficient to make the averages trustworthy and useful for purposes of comparison. It is to them that we must look for an idea as to the true appearance of an ordinary individual of a particular species dealt with, and they are not at all affected by the occasional occurrence of giants or pygmies, the measurements of which counterbalance one another. 1900.) MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 423 Mus sylvaticus intermedius. Great Britain: Head Hind Skull, and Tail. f - Ear. extreme body, Poe length. No. of items ............ Meee cecitatase see dass 62 61 60 26. )\ mm. mm. mm, mm. Wikoiatieahie7 ee AAneP rei meehares Tell 103 24:5 17°5 OB. |e SRDS) HOTU CEC ORE Ee ca eee 92°6 88:2 22:7 15-4 INOWUOTTID oocemsaoooencncoeennd 83 67 20 14 25 to 26 Nieeftem any: melee eee c.. 31 31 30 12 es mm. mm. mm. mm. WE RSTaNINEG pS boenecoceousodeeos 110 98 24 17°5 | Sh ah siMicioa hie Pee REMY. 92 845 925 16 | NDOT ecm icnbmEe oa eeesde 78 70 20 14 ) Percentage of specimens in which length of head and body ds. Qs. SXCHCGR NEM AL ORAL sewn ev etees accoess oes oduoees tantse sce semen 70 74 Percentage of specimens in which length of tail equals or is less'than head gad) body fx. ...-.. dj gbecos-09e- Sy ondecnsaeschad 30 26 Percentage of specimens in which length of head and body PXCCOARY OU WHY cncrseccetr ats seeckincste avelccy doaecincncinas aah 63 67 Percentage of specimens in which length of head and body exceedsyl OO s.neaeeesrcesceeceeees pa satisls gala taiees Oatnscewene 13 23 Percentage of specimens in which length of feet reaches 24 mm. 7 3 Percentage of specimens in which length of feet does not reach a LaMAREe eee wana e cares ance one ameteren do eaien + depisteawaek SSfaeoees« 93) Si Head Hind Skull, *Immature Specimens. and Tail. { * Har. extreme body. Sot length. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm, G. Lowestoft, Suffolk, Aug. 25, 1894, 85 79 23 a 23 Oldfield Thomas. 6. Rugby, Warwickshire, Jan. 2, 1894, 78 85 21 25 A. 8. Austen. 6. Lyndhurst Road, New Forest, Hants, 81 83 22 25 July 12, 1894, Col. J. W. Yerbury. ©. Chiswick, near London, Aug. 31, 1897, 83 90 20 Ni 24 Miss D. Sharpe. © (nursing). Hurlingham,nearLondon, 90 71:5 20 23 Aug. 31, 1897, R. I. Pocock. ©. Cheadle, Staffs, Nov. 13, 1897, 64 74 20 22°3 E. W. H. Blagg. 2. Dunphail, Elginshire, Scotland, Sept. 57 57 19 20 19, 1893, W. R. Ogilvie Grant. IRELAND : 5 gs,2 9s. Ballaghmoon, Car- ) low, Jan. 20 to Mar. 6, 1896, | Max. 103 105 24: J.G. Symes (e coll. Barrett-' Mean 93 85 22°6 85 62 20 Hamilton). Measured by | Min. F. Metcalfe. * The length of foot, apart from the coloration, distinguishes these from Mus musculus, of which I take at random the following dimensions for comparison, viz. :— Head and Tail Hind body. ag foot Ol isevcetnataan 83 78 17 Pe Ae 79 72 16 424 MR. G. E, H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3, Head Hind Skull, and Tail. eat Ear. extreme body. cay length. IRELAND: mm. mm, mm. mm. mm. 4 gs, 19. Co. Wexford, Ire- 2 land, Jan., Mar., & Apr. Max. 95 oT 22 16 : : Mean 91 862 20:2 : (e coll. Barrett-Hamilton). Mi 84 75 218 15 Measured by F. Metcalfe. i 2 ds and one unsexed. Ca-| Max. 103 70 22°5 16 shel, Tipperary, Ireland, Jan. } Mean 92 74 22 155 25 1895. Min. 87 87 23°5 15 SHETLAND : Adult nursing @Q (e coll. Barrett- Hamilton, no. 588). Recd. from 102 100 22 15°5 26 R. Henderson, Oct. 27,1898 ...... eI OMGIbO\e snc. cs hanecenecocdes ones cele 7 87 23 145 GM IUV) MUIELO MIGLO sesso sce semen secees 88 84 22 14 CHANNEL ISLANDS : 2s. Alderney, autumn 1898, W. 93 95 23 16 Eagle Clarke (e coll. Barrett- Hamilton, nos, 543 & 544) .......-. 95 91 2s = Br.erum: Liége, altitude 100 metres, Nov. 1894, H. Grénvold; of 10 specimens, all immature, although one was nursing, none exceed 88 mm. for head and body. 11 gs and 6 Qs. Warenne, \ Oct. 27-28, J. A. Loring, | Max. 100 100 25 ne from the collection of the}Mean 89:5 89:1 22:9 ae 24 to 25 Smithsonian Institution, | Min. (i 81 22 Washington, D.C., U.S.A. Houuanp : Oldest ¢ of 2 dsand 2 Qs, collected 25 (teeth by Oldfield Thomas, Aug. & Sept. 94 83 21°5 16°1 much 1895, worn). SwiTzpRLAND: 12 gs and 4 Qs. Meiningen, J. A. Loring, from the col- opm oes e oa |) Sake lection of the Smithsonian Min, 72 9 a Institution. ae : 78 21 Britany : 6 gs. Dinan, Dee. 25-28, 1897, | ce Meee ena aoe G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton. . : = { Min. 83 755 20°5 Max. 88 83 24 3 Qs. Dec. 21, 1897, ditto ...{ Mean 8341 765 23°41 Min. 75:35 67:5 22°25 Combined average, after adding Max. a a aap one unsexed specimen ay Nahe S 79°2 23:13 ‘ Min. 15:25 67:5 20°5 France: d. cnet arenes =! Mr. Young. 100 60 22 12 Semele, Nov EO: Honk eal oe 80 kaa * Dimensions probably exaggerated. 1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 425 Head : Skull, and Tail. vue — extreme body. on% length. ITALY: mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. 2 ae Qs. Apr. 9 & 10, 1895, A Savage Landor. Apparently young, of which the largest (a ¢) 102 84 oI 16 MCASUECE Weve svercsseeerees.cadesseuees Mus sylvaticus celticus. 2gs8,49s. Caragh Lake, ae Max. 90 84 25 15 Ireland, Nov. to Dec., Col. Mean 85'3 &0'8 22°3 146 Ww. ue Min. 80 75 20 14 3 & Q. Femoyle, Castle Gregory, : Co.Kerry, Ireland, various dates nes a a 3 5 ig 25 in winter, G. A. Passingham. g. i. kg. 3 Qs. Woodpark, Galway,| Max. 88 94 23 16 Treland, Feb. 13 to Mar. 19, Mean 85°8 858 21:°25 8155 1896 RB. F. Hibbert. Min. 83 82 20 14 Skye, N.B., June 24, 1895, J. Steele Elliott. 8 83 84 21 13 Mus sylvaticus hebridensis. 3 ¢3,1 9. Lewis, Outer Hebrides, ) Max. 112 100 25 16 W. HE. de Winton (from}Mean 108 97°5 2425 15°75 ‘Zoologist,’ op. cit.). Min. 106 95 23°5 15 27 Mus sylvaticus hirtensis. St. Kilda: 1 g. H. Evans, 1898 (e coll. Barrett- be Hamilton, no. 556). } 107 ee se Ul a OPrinraniongl: SDittar.ccs:..c-t--nees 2 110 94 24 15 Mus sylvaticus typicus. Upsala, Sweden (e coll. Smith- 95 89 21 sonian Institution, Washington, 93 66 20 D.C., U.S.A.). (nursing). Hilleréd, Zealand, Denmark, alti- 3. 104 111 25 17 26 tude 10 m., May-June ‘1898, Q. 108 114 24 175 Oldfield Thomas. Almost topo- [One skull from this typical of M. flavicollis Melchior. locality reached 27. | Mus sylvaticus, subsp. incert. Bergen, Norway : 88 125 «26 a8 $27 4 $s. (Z Coll. Smithsonian Institu- 93 110 *26 tion, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.) 89°5 62°55 *24:5 95 99 *23 93 89 #225. {25 FD Bey CDIttOs) iy jos con aapnee oe dezsatel 83 98 #24 at (nursing) 92 103 #245 * These measurements include the claws. t Teeth partly worn. t Teeth much worn, Mus sylvaticus wintoni, 3gs8,19. Graftonbury, Hereford- (Max. 108 108 23 18 29 shire, England. (£Coll.W.E.; Mean 110°75 111°75 2375 18 28 de Winton.) Min. 115 112 24 18 27 426. 3 gs. Haute-Savoie, France, Dec. 1899, A. Robert. (An interme- diate form.) March 1895, Lord Lilford —" f=) Ou 3 & 9. Haida, Bohemia ......... Brunswick, Germany : A gpa ag dread Cece _ S | 4s. Strass b. Burgheim, _ ( | 5 ds. August. (More or less intermediate.) ‘ dow, 3. 110 13 gs. Aug. & Sept. J. A.) Loring, from’ the collection | Max. 94 of the Smithsonian Insti-}Mean 84:8 tution, Washington, D.O., | Min. 73 U.S.A. ) Niesky, Silesia : é. 97 2 g8,1 9. Feb. & Nov. 1898, 4 ¢. 115 W. Baer. O (juv.). 93 Mus sylvaticus princeps. é ; Max. 119 9 ao Neale Roumania, W. Monn: 110 : Min. 102 3 3 ‘M 110 q oe Roumania, W. ried 10528 oe Min. 101 An obviously young specimen in slaty coat, from Roumania, taken April 15, 87 1899, measures as much as............ Mus sylvaticus islandicus. 4 specimens in Copenhagen Museum, { Jide Herr H. Winge (2 in alcohol), { 2 skins, ditto.. (Ear measured from lower border of ear opening.) Mus sylvaticus hayi. Portugal : Cintra (altitude 230-330 m.), Jan. Feb., Mar, } Larges J. 100 1896, Oldfield Thomas, J reest 2. 1 Estoril, ditto, ditto .........0 cece 3. 10% (Five others are large, but immature.) Morocco: 8 ds. Tangier, Mar. & Apr. Max. 110 (partime coll. Barrett-Hamil- Mean 95°62 ton, partim coll. by W. Dodson for J. I. 8. Whitaker), a 1Q. April 1, 1895 (G. B.-H.). 107 100 MR. G. EJ H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON 2 Skull, ie Ear, extreme wee length. mm mm mm. 25 17 27 25 17 27°25 26 20 28 22 25 22 28 23 is 28 27 18 28 25 16 28 24 “hc 27 25 27 20 26 23 27 25 24 Ax. : 22'5 wee 24 to 25 21 ay 22°5 19 24° 7:5 22°5 175 24 25°D 19°5 + | 27°5 “to 24°5 17:94 30 24 15 (nearly). 25 19 23°21 17°85 $27 to 28 22 16°5 22'5 14:5 235 17 21 (juv.) 13°5 22+ ¥ 14 23'5 15 a5. Wy 24 17 27 233 16:2 26° 23 m2 22:12 a: 26 20 ne 22 [Apr: 3. 1900.] Mus sylvaticus, subsp. incert. Spain : 2 gs, 1 9, in alcohol. Nos. ] Max. 91 194.1.1.10 to 18, Villabra,$ Mean 82° Gallicia, Prof. V. L. Seoane... } Min. let 3. Farrer del Allo, near Coruna, 80 Prof. V. L. Seoane. GE NLLOE. aetcc su aus cesev aan scape (Juv. ?) 81 ¢. Oiudad Real, Spain, F. La- ris) taste, 1883 (alcohol). Pee Dibios (sit) Scacesetsescuceeuet << 84 Corsica : 2 ds. Nos. 93.9.15.6 to 8, La Fue di Villarora (Beech Forest), altitude 3000 ft., Col. J. W. Weer bury 275 cps acorn sureeencecweee See ~J (os) {Mus sylvaticus dichrurus. Palermo, Sicily, e coll. J. f ? sex 95 I. S. Whitaker, Aug. 6, (stuffed). 1898, & Nov. 13, 1898. | © (nursing). 100 Ditto, Nov. 10, 1898 ............ 3 (juv.). 74 Dutio, Nov: 18, 1898 .....:.....- © (juy.). 71 Mus sylvaticus algurus. Three specimens in alcohol (fide) . is Mons. F. Lataste, op. cit. 1883, é 72 p- 12). : 55 Mus sylvaticus taurieus. Sere esse aseesoesessancee Type specimen Mus sylvaticus major. Herr Radde’s* specimen from the Bureja Mountains (? Trans- 118 Baikalia). Tail. 102 66 69 69 64 84 97 _MUS SYLVATICUS AND IES ALLIES, Hind foot. mm, 22 20 22 18:5 19 23 AQT Skull, Ear. extreme length. mm. mm. 15 14°25 13 14 11 145 115 15 26 16 15 15 15] { Skull. 28 x 12 13°5 * Radde gives total length, including tail, as 215 mm., and head and body as 118 mm., whence by subtraction I get tail 97 mm. Mus sylvaticus arianus. Type series (inches roughly re- oe» 102 duced to mm.), fide Blanford, OF 96 East. Persia, p. 55. (Heightof{ <6. 97 ear measured from orifice to tip.) O. 104 Mus sylvaticus chevriert. Type specimen (a quite adult aa 120 Jide Milne-Edwards). - One of Milne-Edwards’s typical series as measured by Mr, Oldfield | 100 Thomas. Skull. 18 (Gulmerg, 12°8 Persia, no. 96.11.2.1.) 28x 14 428 ON MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. [Apr. 3, Head . Skull, and Tail. ae Ear. extreme body. or length. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm, Three of typical series as measured | e: a = | by Herr E. Biichner. | sex (?) 100 «655 29-5 No. 82.6.16.7 of British Mus. coll., South Shensi, China, Pére ; = = David. (Dimensions taken from 90 15 205 15 25 MIG SAMATI.) Uvaapssessestasaeebaentae * Tail perhaps damaged. Mus sylvaticus draco. do. No. 98.11.1.20, Kuatun, Bohea Mts., N.W. Fokien, S.E. China, April 18, 1898, J. D. La 91 BF ml Ate vs 25 Touche. ©. No. 98.11.1.21, ditto, ditto, 83 91 - os 25 April 27, 1898. * This item from dried skin only; those of head and body and tail are collector's measurements converted from inches. Mus argenteus. No. 88.9.25.6. Japan (H. Pryer). 88 70 *17°5 *10 24 No. 88.9.25.7, 2. Ditto. 78 65 T17°5 +10 24 * Dimensions from the dried skin ; these increase to 19°5 and 13 when the skin is wet. +t Collector’s dimensions reduced from inches, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. Geographical variation in Mus sylvaticus, as illustrated by (fig. 1) M. s. princeps (p. 408), the large light form of Roumania; (fig. 2) MW. s. celticus (p. 401), the small dark form of Co. Kerry, Ireland. J.Smit del. et lth P.Z.S.1900. Pl XXVI. Mantern Bros. imp. CERVICAPRA THOMASINA:. 1900.] MR. SCLATBR ON A NEW SPECIES OF REEDBUOCK. 429 May 8, 1900. W. T. Buayrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1900 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of April was 120, of which 41 were by presentation, 52 by purchase, 15 were received on deposit, and 12 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 103. Amongst the additions attention may be called to :— 1. A young Lyre-bird (Menura superba), presented by Messrs. Carrick and Fry on April 12th. Of this well-known Australian type no specimen has been received by the Society since 1876. The present example is immature, and may be either a female or a young male, the tail-feathers being not yet developed. 2. A Ural Owl (Syrnium uralense) obtained by purchase April 24th. This fine Owl of North-eastern Europe has not been previously represented in the Society’s collection. Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of a male Reedbuck (Cervi- capra), which had been mounted by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co., for Mr. Ewart S. Grogan, F.Z.8. It had been already exhibited as a skin to the Society by Mr. R. Lydekker, on May 2nd, 1899". The specimen was of about the same size and dimensions as the Common Reedbuck (C. arundinum)*, but differed entirely in its pale grizzled grey colour above and white under surface, the anterior surface of all four limbs being of a dark rich brown. It had been supposed by Mr. Lydekker, and other good authorities who had examined this specimen, that the animal might be an albino or pale-coloured variety of the Common Reedbuck; but, after studying the specimen carefully, Mr. Sclater had come to a different conclusion, and considered it to be referable to a new species, which, at the request of Mr. Grogan, he proposed to call Cervicapra thomasine, with the following characters :— CERVICAPRA THOMASIN®, sp. nov. (Plate XXVI.). C. quoad formam C. arundinum fere similis, sed colore albo, in dorso cineracco et pedibus anticé fulvo-brunneis, ut videtur, satis diversa: alt. ad humeros 35 poll. Hab. in ripis Laci Nyase, Afr. or. The specimen exhibited had been obtained by Mr. Grogan on the Songwé River, about six miles from its entrance into Lake 1 See P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 555. 2 Book of Ant. vol. ii. p. 157, pl. xliii. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No. XXIX. 29 430 MR. J. 8. BUDGETT ON THE [May 8, Nyasa in December 1898, during the journey from the Cape to Cairo, of which Mr. Grogan had lately given an account to the Royal Geographical Society (see ‘Geographical Journal,’ xvi. p. 164). Mr. Grogan had been informed of the existence of a herd of four of these animals on the Songwé, and on proceeding to the spot indicated by his informant, had succeeded in shooting the present specimen, which he met with while grazing in a patch of grass near the river. Mr. Grogan had been told that a similar animal had been seen at Fort Johnston at the south end of the Lake, and that a specimen had likewise been met with on the shores of Lake Nyasa about 40 miles from its north end. Altogether Mr. Grogan had heard of eight specimens of this animal. Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.8., called attention to the progress of his ‘Index Animalium,’ commenced in 1889, which would contain an alphabetical list of all names used in Zoology from 1758 to 1900. The first portion, now approaching completion, was that for the years 1758 to 1800 inclusive. This part would contain about 60,000 entries ; the whole of the slips were already in alphabetical order, and had had the duplicate entries eliminated. About six months’ more work would be required to check the generic names. Mr. Sherborn, who is the Recorder under the British Association Committee, stated that he had been able to purchase no less than 250 volumes dealing with systematic zoology and dated before 1800, copies of which were not previously to be found in England. All of these volumes had now been incorporated in the Libraries of public institutions in this country. Some of these volumes were unique, and most of them of considerable rarity. Mr. R. Lydekker called attention to the following misprint in the notice of his exhibition of the head of a Swamp-Deer (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 829), where the word ‘Thameny’ in the bottom line should read ‘ Thameng’; also to an error in the Jettering of the plate in his paper on “ The Dental Formula of the Marsupial and Placental Carnivora,” where in fig. 4, “pp. 2” should be read “mp. 2.” A paper was read by Mr. J. 8. Budgett, F.Z.S., “On some Points in the Anatomy of Polypterus,” of which the following is an abstract :— Having obtained a large amount of material of both the species of Polypterus found in the Gambia, in the spring of 1599, I thought it advisable to attempt to fill up some gaps in our knowledge of the anatomy of this most interesting of fishes. Though much work bas been done by many zoologists in this direction, there are many points in which the descriptions already 1900.} ANATOMY OF POLYPTERUS. 431 published of the anatomy of Polypterus are either deficient or in- accurate. In the present paper, I have described in detail the urinogenital system of the male and female Polypterus, together with the later stages of the development of these organs. I have also added observations upon the vascular system, the external gills, the abdominal pores, the anal fin, and the skull. In obtaining my material, I was aided by a grant of £50 from the Balfour Fund of the University of Cambridge. The work has been done in Mr. Adam Sedgwick’s laboratory. To Mr. Sedgwick, Mr. Graham Kerr, aud Prof. Howes my thanks are due for much help and advice. The Male Organs.—In the adult male Polypterus a ridge of testicular tubules extends on either side the entire length of the body, but is only functional towards the anterior end of the ridge, where it swells out to form a conspicuous lobulated testis. CI Ai) PRs aa O Vena iag fh J mitt cal 4 a Py . iy any 7 / AAA) ay, Oh iste \ yy Wie P. Beer 1) Laney. i at) - ‘ : : i as) A) y oes bis? Y ¥ i * ' J et. a th he ele ve ‘ re oe { ‘ RS aaa bs Ce ais | pera ae ie id ‘i Tas ye fea re why i 0p 2 ly Hy re rf { , ] y ) ' iv ~ ; cay, ; ¢ " i Pe | ; >.1900. Pl. XXVIL. Mantern Bros imp LATIFERONS FO I e Pe} al 5 Fin at Laat ¥ > - - . . ¥ * ! ; Pi Z..5 1200. Fi AAV P.J.Smait del. et hth Mintern Bros. ump 1.SCOTOBLEPS GABONICUS. 2.PHRYNOBATRACHUS AURITUS. 3.PHRYNOBATRACHUS LATIROSTRIS. s id 7 4 vA bo i. rit baa Ah bas Muay A Nils ease iy oi 7 : , y BOs she - | fe 5 | hie Ot, ‘ ar PJ.Smit del.et lth P.Z.5 JOO0 FI AA. Mintern Bros.imp. GAMPSOSTEONYX BATESI1. mea re A ers f We " f io PZ. S.1900-Fi Se { PJ. Smit del. et hth Mintern Bros .imp TRICHOBATRACHUS BOBUSTUS. ve Stiost Dae ; 4 i ray aed & le) ; 4 . 7 ye il aS ' vi FAYE 0 ‘a4 2 eee ors 7 s h t i % ri " sh se BY &} i iki at Hd. .) & i < 2 hy = 2% Ny le. PJ.Smit del.et kth. 1. POROMERA FORDII. P25: 1800. Pi. 2. SRY FED > RK Mintern Bros imp 2.MABUIA BATESII. P.Z.S. 1900. Pl. XXxT. Mintern Bros.imp. .Smut del.et hth. 7 P BOULENGERINA ANNULATA. OF ae 1900.] | ON THE BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 433 P. lapradei, a difference which Bridge observed in two specimens of Polypterus and which he attributed to great range of variation. This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans- actions.’ The following papers were read :— 1. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon (French Congo), with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By G. A. Boutenenr, F.R.S. [Received March 20, 1900.] (Plates XX VIT.-XXXIT.) Mr. G. L. Bates, who has been stationed for some time on the Benito River, north of the Gaboon River, between 20 and 30 miles inland from the coast, has been so kind as to collect Batrachians and Reptiles for the British Museum, and so lucky as to discover, especially among the former, a number of new or interesting forms, on some of which I have already reported}. Whilst describing the new forms of which an account is given in this paper, it appeared to me useful to compile a complete list of all the species on record from the Gaboon district—viz., the part of West Africa situated between Camaroons and Loango, in the French Congo *. Such a stock-taking seemed to me particularly useful with reference to the work on the distribution of species in the Congo basin, with which I am now engaged. I must observe, however, that I am convinced that the list will have to be increased by the addition of a number of widely distributed species which are known both north and south of the Gaboon district, and which will, no doubt, be found when more extensive collections are made ; but I have introduced the names of such species only of which I have seen examples from the district, or which have been recorded on reliable authority. Only five contributions dealing specially with the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon district have been published so far :— Dumérit, A.—‘ Note sur les Reptiles du Gabon.” Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1856, pp. 369-377, 417-424, 460-470, 553-562, pls. xx. & xxii—The new species described in this paper have been redescribed and mostly figured in the same author’s “ Reptiles de l’Afrique occidentale,” Arch. du Mus. x. 1859, pp. 137-240, pls. xili.—xviil. 1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) iii. 1899, pp. 274, 276, and iv. 1899, p. 122, 2 The term Gaboon is here taken in the old sense. I do not know on what authority the Gold Ooast is included ia the Gaboon Country by Giinther, P.Z.S. 1899, pp. 716 & 721. 434 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, Hatiowertt, E.—‘ Notice of a Collection of Reptiles from the Gaboon County, West Africa, recently presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by Dr. Henry A. Ford.” Proc. Acad. Philad. 1857, pp. 48-72. Peters, W., and Bucnnoiz, R.—“ Zweite Mittheilung iiber die in West Africa gesammelten Amphibien.” Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867, pp. 117-123. [Mostly from the Gaboon and Ogowe. | GintHer, A.—‘ Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made by Miss M. H. Kingsley during her Travels on the Ogowe River and in Old Calabar.” Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1896, pp. 261-285. Mocauarp, F.—‘“ Sur une Collection de Reptiles recuillie par M. Haug & Lambaréné.” Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, pp. 5-20. For the nomenclature and synonyms I must refer the reader to the British Museum Catalogues. JI have added references to publications issued since the appearance of these general works. Mr. Bates’s discoveries have enriched herpetology with 5 new genera and 13 new species, some of which are of special mor- phological interest. The discovery of Hymenochirus and Cardio- glossa has extended our knowledge of geographical distribution by adding African representatives to the families Pipide and Dendrobatide, the former having been based on the single South- American genus Pipa, the latter being hitherto regarded as charac- teristic of Tropical America and Madagascar. I wish to record my thanks to the Beard of Curators of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences for the loan of type specimens described in 1857 by the late Dr. Hallowell. BATRACHIA. APODA. 1. URZXOTYPHLUS SERAPHINI A. Dum. Hab. Gaboon. 2. HERPELE sQUALOSTOMA Stutchbury. Hab. Gaboon. ECAUDATA. DACTYLETHRID Z#. 3. XENOPUS CALCARATUS Ptrs. Hab. West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo. One of the specimens collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito River has been prepared as a skeleton. There are only seven precaudal vertebree, the first being formed by the fusion of two (as is clearly proved by the large nerve-foramen in front of the diapophysis). 1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 435 Prrip2z. 4. HYMENOCHIRUS BOETTGERI Tornier. Xenopus boettgeri, Tornier, Kriechth. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 163, fig. (1896). Hymenochirus boettgert, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 1896, p. 420, and (7) iv. 1899, p. 122; Ridewood, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvii. 1900, p. 454, pl. xxxi. Hab. German East Africa ; Gaboon. In recently recording the oceurrence of this extraordinary Batrachian on the Benito River, I have pointed out that the absence of teeth necessitates its removal from the Dactylethride to the Pipide. My notes on the skeleton have been corrected and supplemented by Dr. Ridewood in the paper quoted above, dealing with the hyoid and larynx and the carpus. BUFONID&, 5. Buro tuserosus Gthr. Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon. Several specimens were obtained on the Benito River by Mr. Bates. The upper parts are not always uniformly coloured; they are sometimes handsomely spotted or marbled with darker brown, and a yellow or crimson vertebral line is often present. 6. BuFO REGULARIS Reuss. Hab. The whole of Africa with the exception of Barbary. I have, however, not myself examined specimens from the Gaboon and there were none in the collection made by Mr. Bates. 7. BUFO LaTIFRONS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 1.) Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; interorbital space slightly concave, broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, three-fifths the diameter of the eye. First finger much longer than second; toes half-webbed, with single subarticular tubercles; two rather small metatarsal tubercles; a tarsal fold. The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the eye. Upper parts with irregular warts, some of which may be conical; parotoids elliptic, feebly prominent, rather indistinct. Olive-brown above, with or without a yellowish vertebral line, with more or less symmetrical black markings ; limbs with dark cross-bars; bright pink spots on the back of the thighs ; lower parts dirty white, throat greyish, breast with small greyish spots. From snout to vent 73 millim. Three specimens, females and young, from the Benito River (G. L, Bates). This species stands very near to B. regularis. It is distinguished by the broader interorbital region, the smaller tympanum, and the feebly prominent parotoid glands, 436 MR. G. % BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, 8. Buro suPERCILIARIS Blgr. Bufo superciliaris, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 565. Bufo levissimus, Werner, Sitzb. Bayer. Ak. xxvii. 1897, p. 212, and Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 202, pl. ii. fig. 1. This curious Toad was described from young specimens collected by Sir H. H. Johnston in the Rio del Rey district, Camaroons. Adult specimens have been redescribed by Werner under the name of B. levissimus, from Camaroons. A young specimen is in Mr. Bates’s collection from the Benito River. I have also examined a fine specimen, measuring about 120 millim. from snout to vent, from the Congo Free State. 9. Buro Gracies Bler. Bufo gracilipes, Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) iii. 1899, p. 276, pl. xu. fig. 2. I have recently described this Toad from a single specimen from the Benito River, collected by Mr. Bates. I have now examined several specimens, and have to add that the tarso-metatarsal arti- culation may fail to reach beyond the anterior border of the eye, that the toes are one-third webbed in breeding specimens, that the parotoid glands may be more distinct than in the type specimen, narrow and shorter than the head, and that the male is provided with an internal subgular vocal sac and brown nuptial asperities on the inner side of the two inner fingers. Limbs with dark cross-bars. The largest male measures 30 millim. from snout to vent, the largest female 40. 10. NECTOPHRYNE AFRA Ptrs. Originally described from Camaroons. Two specimens (¢ 9 ) are in Mr. Bates’s collection from the Benito River. Fig. 1. Hand and foot of Nectophryne afra, showing the subarticular tubercles of the fingers and toes. The subarticular tubercles of the fingers and of the toes are much developed, and flattened into overlapping pads which bear a 1900.) BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 437. close resemblance and are no doubt functionally analogous with the subdigital lamellee of the scansorial Geckos. Such a structure had not been observed before in any Batrachian. Buchholz and Peters have not alluded to it otherwise than by mentioning “ dunkle Querlinien unter den Zehen,” which I believe to be the result of an optical delusion caused by the lamelle to which attention is now drawn. The male, which is devoid of vocal sacs, measures only 17 millim. from snout to vent; the female measures 21. RANIDZ, 11. Rawa crassirss Ptrs. This species is known from Camaroonsand the Gaboon. I have examined 10 specimens collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito River, the largest measuring 63 millim. from snout to vent. As pointed out by Giinther (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] xvii. 1896, p- 266), the vomerine teeth are sometimes absent; this is the case in three of Mr. Bates’s specimens. When present, they form two very small groups just behind the level of the choane. The tympanum is more or less distinct, measuring three-fourths or fourth-fifths the diameter of the eye. The colour of the upper parts varies from greyish olive or purplish brown to blackish, with or without very indistinct darker and lighter spots or marblings ; dark cross-bars on limbs usually irregular, sometimes absent ; lower parts white, throat often spotted or marbled with dark brown. 12. Rana suspsigrttata A. Dum. This species, which has been well figured by A. Duméril, is known from Old Calabar, Camaroons, and the Gaboon. Several specimens were collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito River, the largest measuring 88 millim. from snout to vent. The species is remarkable for its long head without canthi rostrales, and its short limbs, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the tympanum ; the diameter of the latter is two-thirds to three- fourths that of the eye. The upper parts are of a dark brown, but the sides of the head and body and the fore limbs are often tinged with bright carmine. The lower parts, in the young, are olive, with close-set round pale yellow spots on the throat and belly ; with age, the dark colour between the spots becomes reduced to a network, which may even almost entirely disappear. Some specimens have a rather indistinct flat round gland under each thigh, as in most species of the genus Mantidactylus. 13. Rana HQUIPLICATA Werner. Rana mascareniensis, var. equiplicata, Werner, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 192. Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series commencing from the inner front edges of the choane. Head moderate, as long as broad or a little longer than broad; snout pointed, longer than the 438 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region deeply concave; nostril midway between the eye and the end of the snout ; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, two-thirds or three-fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, obtusely pointed, first not extending beyond second; toes broadly webbed, the web reaching the extremity of the third and fifth toes, but leaving two phalanges of the fourth toe free; subarticular tubercles moderate; a very small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle, no outer tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches far beyond the tip of the snout ; tibia more than two-thirds the length of head and body. Skin more or less distinctly granular above, with numerous, interrupted, glandular, longitudinal folds on the back; a glandular fold from beneath the eye to the shoulder. Olive-brown above, with small dark spots, with or without a broad whitish or pink vertebral band ; usually a dark cross-bar between the eye; a black canthal streak and a black temporal spot ; tympanum reddish brown ; limbs with dark cross-bars ; hinder side of thighs black, spotted or marbled with white or pink; a series of black spots on the lower jaw; throat and belly yellow, immaculate. Male with two black external vocal vesicles projecting through two slits below the lower jaw. From snout to vent 50 millim. Five specimens from the Benito River are in Mr. Bates’s col- lection. Dr. Werner’s specimens were from Camaroons. Closely allied to 2. mascareniensis; differs in the more exten- sively webbed toes and the more numerous, interrupted folds along the back. 14, RANA MASCARENIENSIS D. & B. Hab. Egypt, Tropical Africa, Seychelles, Madagascar, Mascarenes, The Gaboon specimens belong to the var. bibronii Hallow. (superciliaris Gthy.), with longer snout and longer hind limbs. The head is longer than broad, and the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond the end of the snout. 15. RANA ALBOLABRIS Hallow. Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon, Lower Congo. Females grow to a length of 93 millim. from snout to vent. In such large specimens the dorso-lateral glandular told becomes more indistinct, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or between the eye and the end of the snout, the first finger does not extend beyond the second, and the white border to the upper lip, whence the species derives its name, disappears more or less completely. SCOTOBLEPS, g. n. Pupil vertical. Tongue free and deeply notched behind. Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free; toes webbed. Outer metatarsals narrowly separated by web. Omo- 1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 439 sternum and sternum with a bony style. Terminal phalanges simple, obtuse. This genus may be defined as Rana with a vertical pupil. 16. SCOTOBLEPS GABONICUS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIIL. fig. 1.) Vomerine teeth in two small groups on a line with the posterior borders of the choane. Head rather large, as long as_ broad; snout obtusely pointed, with feeble canthus rostralis; loreal region slightly concave ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout ; eye large; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum not quite half the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderately elongate, with slightly swollen tips and very strong subarticular tubercles ; first finger extending as far as second; toes half-webbed; an oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostri]. Skin smooth, or with small flat warts on the back. Olive-brown above, with small blackish spots; a dark cross-band between the eyes; upper lip with blackish vertical bars, the one below the anterior third of the eye extending on the lower lip; limbs with dark cross- bars ; lower parts white. Male with internal vocal sacs. From snout to vent 57 millim. Three specimens from the Benito River (@. LZ. Bates). 17. PETROPEDETES NEWTONI Bocage. Tympanoceros newtonir, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. (2) 11. 1895, p. 270, and iv. 1895, p. 18, pl. —. Males differ from females in the larger tympanum, which is larger than the eye, and from the centre of which a horn-like dermal tubercle projects, in the presence of a long spine on the inner side of the first finger, and in the greater size of a large flat oval gland on the lower side of the thigh. Several specimens were obtained on the Benito River by Mr. Bates. The specimens described by Barboza du Bocage are from Fernando Po. The venus Petropedetes Reichenow (Arch. f. Nat. 1874, p. 290) is nearly related to Cornufer, but differs in the division of the der- mal pad on the upper surface of the digital expansions by a short distal groove, giving it a cordiform appearance. The males are remarkable for the large glands under the thighs, which are absent or feebly developed in the females. In addition to the type species and the one now referred to, the genus embraces Cornufer johnstoni Boulenger, from the Rio del Rey, Camaroons. The three species. may be distinguished as follows : — P. cameronensis Reich. Toes half-webbed ; tympanum half diameter of eye. P. johnstoni, Blgr. Toes with a mere rudiment of web; tym- panum half diameter of eye. P. newtont Bocage. Toes with a mere rudiment of web; tym- panum more than half diameter of eye; male with a spine on the inner finger and a dermal tubercle on the tympanum. 440 ; MR.G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, 18, PHRYNOBATRACHUS AURITUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIIL. fig. 2.) Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Habit slender. Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout pointed, projecting beyond the mouth, with angular canthus and nearly vertical loreal region ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, measuring nearly half the diameter of the eye. First finger as long as second ; toes two-thirds webbed; tips of fingers and toes dilated into small disks ; subarticular tubercles small; two small metatarsal tubercles; a very small tubercle not far from the latter, on the inner side of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth, or with very small warts above; a narrow glandular fold on each side of the back from the eyes to the sacral region, the two folds converging on the scapular region; a similar fold from the eye to the shoulder. Greyish or reddish brown above, darker on the middle of the back, with or without a filiform light vertebral line, which is continued along the middle of the upper surface of the thigh and the inner side of the leg; glandular folds edged with blackish; a few round black spots may be present on the pelvic region ; limbs with rather indistinct darker cross-bars ; hinder side of thighs blackish brown, edged with whitish above near the vent; inner side of legs also blackish brown ; lower parts white, with small brownish spots on the throat and breast in the female ; the throat blackish in the male. Male with an internal subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 37 millim. Three specimens from the Benito River (@. LZ. Bates). The distinct tympanum distinguishes this species from P. plicatus Gthr., to which it bears some resemblance. 19. PHRYNOBATRACHUS LATIROSTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.) Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Habit moderately slender. Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout short, rounded ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct; measuring three-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderate, the tips dilated into small disks ; first finger not extending as far as second ; toes half-webbed ; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth; a slight curved fold behind the eye, converging towards its fellow on the scapular region. Dark grey- brown above ; a dark triangular spot between the eyes ; glandular folds dark-edged ; upper lip lighter, with dark vertical bars ; lower lip dark brown in the male, with a series of small white spots ; limbs with dark cross-bars; anal region blackish, edged with whitish above ; throat grey in the male, white, spotted with brown, in the female; belly and lower surface of Jimbs white, breast spotted with brown, Male with an internal subgular vocal sac, 1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 44) From snout to vent 30 millim. A single male specimen from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates). A smaller female specimen from Lambarene, collected by Miss Kingsley, has been referred by Giinther to Cornufer johnston. 20. ARTHROLEPTIS AFRICANUS Hallow. Heteroglossa africana, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 64; Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 343. Arthroleptis? africanus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Ecaud. p. 119 (1882). Arthroleptis gabonensis, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix 1897, p. 17. Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Chapman, Chairman of the Board of Curators of the Museum of the Academy of Sciences of Phila- delphia, I have been able to examine the type specimen from the Gaboon, preserved in that Institution, and compare it with two specimens, male and female, collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito River. Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Head rather large, as long as broad ; snout obtusely pointed, with feeble canthus and concave loreal region ; interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderate, the tips swollen into small disks ; first finger not extending beyond second; toes with a short but very distinct web; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round, subconical ; a small tubercle on the tarsus, near the inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostril. Upper parts with small flat warts; a feeble curved fold on each side of the scapular region. Dark brown above; limbs with darker cross-bars ; blackish vertical bars on the sides of the head ; white beneath, limbs spotted with brown; throat spotted with brown in the female, entirely black in the male, which is provided with an internal vocal sac. From snout to vent 30 millim. 21. ARTHROLEPTIS VARIABILIS Matschie. Arthroleptis dispar (non Peters, 1870), Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1875, p. 210, pl. i. figs. 1-3. Arthroleptis variabilis, Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1893, p- 173; Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. (2) iv. 1895, p. 18; Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 193. Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon. 22, ARTHROLEPTIS MACRODACTYLUS Bler. Arthroleptis macrodactylus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Ecaud. p. 117, pl. xi. fig. 5 (1882), and Zool. Rec. 1885, Rept. p. 23; Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 620. Arthroleptis bivittatus, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1885, p- 671, pl. ix. figs, k-l. Hab, Gaboon, Tumbo Id. (Gulf of Guinea), Nyassaland. 442 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, 23. ARTHROLEPTIS INGUINALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 2.) Tongue without conical papilla. Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout rounded; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region concave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym- panum distinct, three-fifths to two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes rather elongate, slender, the tips merely swollen ; subarticular tubercles very prominent; first finger not extending beyond second; toes practically free, the rudiment of web being very indistinct ; a rather large, very prominent, oval, compressed inner metatarsal tubercle ; no outer metatarsal tubercle ; no tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or between the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth. Coloration very variable: greyish or brownish above, uniform or spotted or freckled with darker, or with dark symmetrical markings ; a black canthal and temporal streak; a more or less distinct dark spot or short oblique band on the groin; limbs with dark spots or bars ; lower parts white, throat usually freckled with brown. Male with an internal vocal sac. From snout to vent 30 millim. Numerous specimens from the Benito River (G. Z. Bates). GAMPSOSTEONYX, g. n. Pupil vertical, Tongue free and feebly notched behind. Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, the tips slightly swollen ; terminal phalange of all but the inner toe a sharp curved claw, projecting through a slit on the lower surface of the extremity of the toe. Outer metatarsals bound together. Omosternum and sternum with a bony style. The projecting, non-retractile bony claw, uncovered with a horny sheath, which arms the toes with the exception of the hallux, is a feature unique, so far, not only among Batrachians but among Vertebrates. The only other instance I know of bone being ex- posed through the skin in Vertebrates higher than Fishes is to be found in the ends of the ribs of Molge (Pleurodeles) waltlii Mich. and Tylototriton anderson Blgr. 24. GAMPSOSTEONYX BATESI, sp. n. (Plate XXIX.) Vomerine teeth in two small round groups between the choane. Head large, much broader than long ; snout broadly rounded, with short canthi and very oblique, slightly concave lores; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout ; eye large ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, oval, little smaller than theeye. First finger longer than second, nearly as long as third; subarticular tubercles of fingers and toes feeble ; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio- tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth and shiny; a glandular fold above the tympanum. Dark purplish brown above, white beneath; a black canthal and temporal streak; a black transverse line between the eyes; two dark bars on the upper lip, 1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 443 the first under the nostril, the second below the anterior third of the eye; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bars; lower surface of crus and tarsus dark brown. From snout to vent 70 millim. A single specimen from the Benito River (G. Z. Bates). TRICHOBATRACHUS, g. n. Pupil vertical. Tongue subcordiform, free and notched behind. Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free ; toes webbed. Outer metatarsals bound together. Omosternum with a bony style; sternum a cartilaginous plate, without style. Terminal phalanges simple, obtuse. To these characters might be added the villose dermal papille which cover some parts of the body, whence the name proposed for this new genus, were it not that I suspect it to be a mere seasonal peculiarity ; far from being a nuptial attribute of the males, as one might have been inclined to suppose from analogy with various Fishes, the character is more strongly developed in the female than in the male. 25. TRICHOBATRACHUS ROBUSTUS, sp.n. (Plate XXX.) General appearance suggestive of Rana hebigi Gthr. Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series between the rather large choane. Head larger, broader than long, much depressed ; snout very short, rounded, with distinct canthi and very oblique, slightly concave lores ; nostril slightly nearer the eye than the end of the snout ; interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum moderately distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Linbs robust; tips of digits slightly swollen; first finger much longer than second, as long as third; toes half-webbed; sub- articular tubercles large; a feebly prominent, elongate, imner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth; sides of body, back of thighs, and a stripe along the upper surface of the latter with hair-like papille, more developed in the female than in the male. Olive-brown above; a darker, black-edged broad band along the back, fading away behind and sharply defined in front by a black cross-bar between the eyes ; a black canthal and temporal streak; sides of body and limbs blackish ; lower parts white, female with brown dots on the throat. Male with a pair of internal vocal sacs, and with three short ridges (two longitudinal and one transverse) of small horny black spines on the inner side of the first finger. From snout to vent 110 miilim. Two specimens (¢ 2) from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates). DILOBATES, g. n. Pupil vertical. Tongue subcordiform, free and notched behind. Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free; toes nearly free, with a slight rudiment of web. Outer metatarsals bound 444 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE May 8, together. Omosternum and sternum small, cartilaginous. Ter- minal phalanges simple, obtuse. 26. DILOBATES PLATYCEPHALUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 3.) Vomerine teeth in two small groups on a line with the posterior borders of the choane. Head very broad, much broader than the body, depressed, with very oblique lores and temples; snout rounded; canthus rostralis distinct; a loreal concavity ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum almost as large as the eye. Fingers and toes rather short, obtuse; first finger ex- tending beyond second ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb slender; the tibio- tarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the eye. Skin smooth. Olive above, with small black spots ; a dark cross-band between the eyes, preceded by a yellowish one; sides of head yellowish, with two dark bars, the first below the nostril, the second below the anterior half of the eye ; fore limb yellowish ; limbs with blackish transverse spots ; lower parts white. From snout to vent 26 millim. A single specimen from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates). 27. RAPPIA FIMBRIOLATA Buchh. & Ptrs. Hyperolius fimbriolatus, Buchholz & Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 121. Rappia finbriolata, Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1887-88, p. 96. Hab. Ogowe and Loango. 28. Rappra MARMORATA Rapp. Hab. Tropical and South Africa. 29. RapPIa OCELLATA Gthr. Hab, Fernando Po to Angola. 30. RAppra FuSCIGULA Bocage. Hab. Gaboon to Angola. 31, RAPPIA TUBERCULATA Mocq. Rappia tuberculata, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, 18. Hab. Ogowe. 32. RApPIA PHANTASTICA Bler. Rappia phantastica, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ii. 1899, p. 274, pl. xi. fig. 2. Hab. Benito River (G, L. Bates). 33. RApPIaA PLatTYcnPs, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 4.) Head rather large, as long as broad, much depressed ; snout rounded ; loreal region oblique ; interorbital space broader than 1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON, 445 the upper eyelid; tympanum hidden. Outer fingers one-fourth webbed; toes two-thirds webbed; disks rather large. The tibio- tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth, faintly areolate on the belly. Pale brownish above, with a large blackish-brown marking with indentations extending from between the eyes to the sacral region ; sides of head and body and upper surface of legs blackish brown ; a whitish spot on the leg above the tibio-tarsal articulation ; upper surface of thigh whitish, with a narrow dark brown streak; lower parts white. From snout to vent 29 millim. Two specimens from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates). 34, RAPPIA PUSILLA Cope. Hab. Niger Delta to Gaboon. 35. MEGALIXALUS FORNASINIL Biance. Megalivalus fornasinti, Werner, Verb. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 195. Hyperolius dorsalis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1875, p. 206, pl. 1. fig, 2. Hyperolius leptosomus, Peters, op. cit. 1877, pl. 619, pl. —. fig. 5. Megalixalus leptosomus, Mocq. Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, pel: Hab. Gold Coast to Congo, Nyassaland, East Africa from the Zanzibar Coast to Delagoa Bay. 36. CHIROMANTIS RUFESCENS Ptrs. Hab. Camaroons, Gaboon. 37. HYLAMBATES RUFUS Reichen. Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon. 38. HyLAMBATES BREVIROSTRIS Werner. Hylambates brevirostris, Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlvi. 1898, p. 199, pl. il. figs. 5 & 6. In addition to the characters given by Werner from Cama- roons specimens, this well-marked species is easily distinguished from H. rufus by the more dorsal position of the tympanum. The only specimen obtained by Mr. Bates on the Benito River is uniform purplish above. DENDROBATID &. CaRDIOGLOSSA, 2. n. Pupil horizontal. Tongue large, cordiform, deeply notched behind. Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, the tips dilated into regular disks. Outer metatarsals united. Omoster- num with a slender bony style; sternum a small cartilaginous plate, without bony style. Terminal phalanges T-shaped. Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XXX. 30 446 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THY [May 8, The family Dendrobatide, which may be defined as Ranide without teeth, was previously represented by two genera only : Dendrobates, from Tropical America, with the tongue elongate and entire and without bony style to the sternum; and Mantella, from Madagascar, with the tongue elongate and nicked behind and with a bony style to the sternum. 39. CARDIOGLOSSA GRACILIS, sp. n. Fig. 2. y Cardioglossa gracilis. Head much depressed, a little longer than broad; snout longer than the orbit, truncate at the end, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril near the end of the snout; eye rather small; interorbital space much broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, two-thirds or three-fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes long and slender, the tips dilated into small disks; subarticular tubercles small but very prominent; first finger not extending quite as far as second; a rather prominent, moderately large, oval inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Dark brown above and beneath ; a black band, edged beneath with white, extends on each 1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 447 side from the nostril to halfway down the side of the body, passing through the eye and tympanum, and widening behind; this band followed by a large black inguinal spot ; dark symmetrical markings on the limbs, those on the front and back of the thighs black, edged with white; lower surfaces spotted or marbled with white. Male with internal vocal sacs. From snout to vent 37 millim. Several specimens from the Benito River (G@. LZ, Bates). REPTILIA. CHELONIA. PELOMEDUSID®. 1. SreRNOTHERUS GABONENSIS A. Dum. Hab. Gaboon; Angola. 2. STERNOTHERUS DERBIANUS Gray. Hab. Cape Verde to Angola. TESTUDINID A. 3. CINIXYS EROSA Schweigg. Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon. 4, Cryixys HOMEANA Bell. Hab. Cape Verde to Gaboon. TRIONYCHIDS. 5. Trionyx triunGutIs Forsk. Hab. Tropical Africa, Nile, Syria. 6. CycLODERMA AUBRYI A. Dum. Hab. Gaboon. EMYDOSAURIA. CROCODILID &. 7. CROCODILUS CATAPHRACTUS Cuv. Hab. Senegal to Congo. 8. Crocopinus nitoricus Laur. Hab. Nile and Senegal to Cape of Good Hope; Madagascar ; Syria. 9. OsTEOLEMUS TETRASPIS Cope. Hab. Sierra Leone to Gaboon. 304 448 MR.G.A.BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, LACERTILIA. GECKONID &. 10. HemrpacryLus MaBura Moreau. ? H. angulatus Hallow. Hab. Tropical Africa, Madagascar, South America. 11. Hemipacryius EcHINus O’Shaugh. Hab. Camaroons, Gaboon. 12. HemipacryLus FASCIATUS Gray. Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon. Through an oversight, this species appears in Giinther’s list of the Reptiles collected by Miss Kingsley as Gymnodactylus fasciatus, which is the name of an American Gecko. 13. Hemrpactyius Bocaeri Blgr. Hab. Gaboon, Angola. 14. H&MIDACTYLUS RICHARDSONI Gray. Hemidactylus richardsonii, J. G. Fischer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Aust. v. 1888, p. 49, pl. iv. fig. 10. Hab. Gaboon. 15. LYGoDACTYLUS CAPENSIS Smith. Hab. Gaboon (Benito River) and Lake Tanganyika to Natal. AGAMID#. 16. AGAMA coLonoRUM Daud. Hab, Senegambia to Angola, Somaliland, and Uganda. VARANIDE. 17. VARANUS NiILOTICUS LL. Hab. Tropical and South Africa, Egypt. AMPHISBENID, 18. MoNoPELTIS DUMERILII Strauch. Hah, Gaboon. 19. MoNOPELTIS MAGNIPARTITA Ptrs. Hab. Gaboon. 20. MONOPELTIS KOPPENFELSII Strauch. Hab. Gaboon. 1900.) BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 449 LACERTID 2, 21, PoroMERA FoRDI Hallow. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.) Tachydromus fordii, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 48. Poromera ford, Bouleng. Cat. Liz. i. p. 6 (1887); Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 264. Poromera haugi, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1896, poe. Hallowell’s description is faulty in several points, as I have been able to satisfy myself through inspection of the type speci- men (¢ ) kindly sent to me from Philadelphia. The vertral shields are in 10 longitudinal rows, not in 6. The large anal shield is bordered by a semicircle of keeled scales, a larger one on each side, connected by a series of 6. 12 femoral pores on one side, 13 on the other. In addition to this specimen, I have examined one from Lambarene, on the Ogowe, collected by Miss Kingsley and described by Dr. Giinther, and seven pro- cured by Mr. Bates on the Benito River. ‘The dorsal shields are in 6 or 8 longitudinal, the ventrals in 8 or 10 longitudinal and 23 to 26 transverse series. The collar contains 12 to 14 shields. Males have a large, smooth przanal shield, bordered by a series of 6 or 8 keeled scales ; females have the whole przanal region covered with keeled scales. 11 to 13 femoral pores on each side. Two superposed postnasals: 4+ to 6 upper labials anterior tothe subocular. Dark olive above, turning to bronze or copper-colour posteriorly ; two light dorsal streaks, bright bluish white anteriorly; beneath greenish white in front, salmon-pink behind. The largest specimen measures 65 millim. from snout to yeut. Only known from the Gaboon district. 22. LAcERTA ECHINATA Cope. Hab. Liberia to Loango. 23. HonasPis GUENTHERI Gray. Hab. Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and the coast of Zanzibar to Angola and the Zambesi. GERRHOSAURID #. 24, GERRHOSAURUS NIGROLINEATUS Hallow. Hab. Gaboon to Angola. SCINCID, 25, Mapvuia RADDONII Gray. Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo. . 26. MABUIA BATESI, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.) Snout short, obtuse, much depressed. Lower eyelid with a 450 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, large transparent disk. Nostril behind the suture between the rostral and the first labial; a post-nasal; anterior loreal not touching the first labial; supranasals widely separated from each other, the rostral forming a broad suture with the frontonasal ; latter nearly twice as broad as long; prefrontals forming a short median suture; frontal as long as the fronto-parietals and inter- parietal together, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supraoculars, second largest; seven superciliaries, first largest; frontoparietals distinct, twice as long as the interparietal; parietals short, twice as broad as long, forming a suture behind the inter- parietal; no nuchals; fifth and sixth upper labials largest and below the eye. ar-opening smaller than the transparent pal- pebral disk; two small obtuse lobules on its anterior border. Scales smooth, smallest on the sides, 32 round the middle of the body. The hind limb reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb. Digits short; subdigital lamelle obtusely keeled. ‘Tail slightly compressed, nearly once and a half the length of the head and body, Dark olive above, with widely separated bluish spots preceded by blackish ones, forming two longitudinal series on the back; a black canthal streak ; sides of the neck and axilla lineolate black and white, with some black spots; lower parts white. millim. millim. Total length ........ 140 Fore limbs oc. se ayers 18 ECHO Wa wie tists ce ate 12 Pine Gases oe occas 24 Width of head ...... 9 MN oie Pa ete sae 84 Body’ “Gass aces oh te ers 44 A single specimen from the Benito River (G@. LZ. Bates). 27. LyGosoMA REICHENOVI Peters. Lygosoma reichenovii, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, 8. Hab, Camaroons ; Lower Ogowe. 28. LyGosoMA FERNANDI Burton. Hab. Fernando Po to Congo. ANELYTROPID#. 29, FEYLINIA CURRORI Gray. Hab. Sierra Leone to Angola. RHIPTOGLOSSA. CHAM ZLEONTID®, 30. CHAMELEON QUILENSIS Bocage. Chameleon parvilobus, Bouleng. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 449. Hab. Camaroons to South Africa. — 1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 451 31. CHAMELEON GRaACcILIS Hallow. Hab. Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and Somaliland to Angola and Lake Tanganyika. 32. CHAMELEON DILEPIS Leach. Hab. Gaboon and Somaliland to Angola, Mashonaland, and Mozambique. 33. CHAMELEON OWENI Gray. Hab. Camaroons to Gaboon. 34. CHAMZLEON CRISTATUS Stutchb. Hab. Calabar to Gaboon. 35. RHAMPHOLEON SPECTRUM Buchh. Rhampholeon spectrum, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, p. 5. Hab. Camaroons ; Lower Ogowe. OPHIDIA. TYPHLOPID#. 36. TyPHLoPs PuNCTATUS Leach. Hab. West Africa, from the Gambia to Angola; Central Africa. 37. TypHiops cxcus A. Dum. Hab, Sierra Leone, Gaboon. Boz. 38. PyTHON sEBz L. Hab. Tropical and South Africa. 39. CALABARIA REINHARDTI Schleg. Hab. Liberia to Congo. COLUBRID. . 40. TROPIDONOTUS FULIGINOIDES Gthr. Hab. Gold Coast to Congo; Central Africa ; Mozambique. 41. Troprponozus OLIVAcEvs Ptrs. Hab. Sudan to Congo and Mozambique. 42. HypR2#PHIOPS MELANOGASTER Gthr. Hab, Camaroons to Congo. 452 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, 43, GONIONOTOPHIS BRUSSAUXI Mocq. Gonionotophis brussauxi, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, p. 13. Gonionotus vossii, Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1892, p. 418. Hab. Camaroons to Congo. 44, BornROPHTHALMUS LINEATUS Ptrs. Hub, Liberia to Congo; Central Africa. 45. Boopon vireatus Hallow. Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon. 46. Boopon trnuatus D. & B. Hab. Tropical and South Africa. 47. Boopon onivacreus A. Dum. Hab. Niger to Congo. 48, LycopHIDIUM LATERALE Hallow. Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon. 49, Lycopuipium FasciaTum Gthr. Hab. Sierra Leone to Gaboon. 50. Hormonotus Mopestus D. & B. Hab. Gold Coast to Loango. 51, SIMOCEPHALUS CAPENSIS Smith. Hab, Gaboon, Nyassaland, South-east Africa. 52. SIMOCEPHALUS GUIRALI Mocq. Hab, Camaroons to Loango. 53, CHLOROPHIS IRREGULARIS Leach. Hab. Tropical Africa from the Gambia and British East Africa to Angola and Mozambique. 54. CHLOROPHIS HETERODERMUS Hallow. Hab, Sierra Leone to Congo. 55, PHILOTHAMNUS SEMIVARIEGATUS Smith. Hab. Tropical and South Africa. 56, PHILOTHAMNUS DORSALIS Bocage. Hab. Gaboon to Angola. 57. GASTROPYXIS SMARAGDINUS Schleg. Hab. Liberia to Angola. 1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 453 58. HAPsIDOPHRYS LINEATA Fisch. Hab. Liberia to Congo, 59. RHAMNOPHIS £THIoPs Gthr. Hab. Liberia to Gaboon. 60. THRASOPS FLAVIGULARIS Hallow. Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo. 61. Grayta smytut Leach. Hab. Liberia to Angola. 1 have re-examined all the specimens in the British Museum in the light of the remarks recently made by Prof. Barboza du Bocage (Herp. d’Angola et du Congo, pp. 102 & 104) and by Dr. Mocquard (Bull. Soc. Philom. [8] ix. 1897, p. 9), and although I admit the possibility of several species being confounded under the name of G. smythi, 1 am unable to separate them into two by means of the characters pointed out by these authorities. This is obvious from the following tabulation of the shields and scales in the specimens examined by me :— % . | | 2 Bale. Scales. desis Caudals. Cem IeLLaNmeONekee: cactsacanesceeeecacnere: 8 17 148 97 ¢. Oil River, Camaroons ..........:..-- a Wel 154 99 oe . shih AE, ee 7 17 161 89 ©. Camaroons, opposite Fernando Po} 8 17 161 ? Gre ADO OME craeneinesansee trace eneieee 8 19 147 ? ES ets Weg nels Na aE aarerniina ere Se er: 8 Lh 147 82 Yg. Lambarene, Gaboon .................. 8 19 153 80 Yg. Cette Cama, Gaboon...............2-. 8 19 145 ? Yg. Mouth of the Loango ......... ..... 7 17 154 99 Pie ROM: COUP Ones.acuecrshas crores sxadeses 7 17 147 93 OP Monsembes Congo)... ...ene6sesseees ee ri 17 159 96 Gr COULON:.. See steaccasaatcte-dvesecscest ses 7 17 147 98 Yg. jae Ue midteods Wadacapee dna ai new dubeeet 7 17 155 95 Nii gee ets adausih cs ips. donaae Oapuecies aa senee 7 17 152 91 PR ee erates ade nate semen ie oz Bon 7 17 148 74 Gare) CPSrANCANII CA Ceca enti saeceaccwdansar 8 19 150 83 Brig se Gee ia teatreerarchanvedtesonvcatsats a 17 149 101 Mocquard gives 19 as the number of scales in G. ornata=fureata, but the types of both these supposed species are described as having only 17. A much larger material than was accessible to Bocage, Mocquard, and myself is required before the variations of the forms of this genus can be properly understood. 62. DIPSADOMORPHUS PULVERULENTUS Fisch. ITab. Liberia to Angola. 454 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8, 63. DIPSADOMORPHUS BLANDINGII Hallow. Hab. West Africa, from the Senegal to the Congo ; Zanzibar. 64, DipsaDOBOA UNICOLOR Gthr. Hab. Sierra Leone to Gaboon. A single specimen (2, V. 192; C. 58) was sent by Mr. Bates from the Benito River. It is blackish above and white beneath, Eight upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. A smaller specimen, collected by Miss Kingsley at Lambarene, noticed by Giinther under the name of D. assimilis Matschie, is brown above with ill-defined darker cross-bars ; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye on the left side, third, fourth, and fifth on the left. The typical D. unicolor Gthr., green above, with nine upper Jabials, fifth and sixth entering the eye, is not confined to the island of Fernando Po, as Giinther was inclined to believe; the British Museum has recently acquired a similar, but larger, speci- men (total length 710 millim.; tail 145) from Sierra Leone. Anoplodipsas viridis Ptrs., of which Heterurus bicolor Jan is a strict synonym, is green above and has eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye. There is thus no correspondence between the colour and the number of the labials. I therefore do not think D. assimilis can be separated, as a species, from D. unicolor, however much extreme forms may differ. F. Werner (Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlvii. 1897, p. 399), after examination of 8 specimens from Togoland, has arrived at the same conclusion, 65. PSAMMOPHIs SIBILANS L. Hab. Tropical Africa and Egypt. 66. THELOTORNIS KIRTLANDI Hallow. Hab. Tropical and South Africa. 67. Miopon CoLuLARIs Ptrs. Hab. Old Calabar to Angola. 68. Miopon GABoNENSIS A. Dum. Hab. Old Calabar to Congo. 69. Potemon Bocourri Mocq. Polemon bocourti, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, p- 13. This species differs from P. barthi Jan in having two post- oculars and a lower number of ventral shields (178-202), A single specimen from Lambarene (V. 171; C. 24) in Miss Kingsley’s collection has been referred by Giinther to P. bartht. 70. Evapops mMopgestus Gthr. Hab. Liberia to Congo. 1900. } BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON, 455 71. BouLENGERINA aANNULATA Buchh. & Ptrs. (Plate XXXII.) Naja annulata, Buchh. & Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 419; Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) xi. 1887, p. 84; Bocage, Herp. Angola, p. 137 (1895). Aspidclaps bocagii, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884, p- 205, pl. vi. fig. 2. Boulengerina annulata, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1397, p. 14. Two perfectly typical young specimens (V. 227-230 ; C. 72, 70) were obtained on the Benito River by Mr. Bates. The only difference, apart from the markings, between this species and B, stormst Dollo resides in the number of scales (23 instead of 21), and it is quite possible the two may have to be united when we become acquainted with a larger number of specimens. Hab. Gaboon to Congo. 72, ELAPECHIS GUENTHERI Bocage. Hab. Gaboon to Angola; Nyassaland, 73. NAIA MELANOLEUCA Hallow. Hab. Tropical Africa, from the Gambia and British East Africa to Angola and the Zambesi. 74, Nata Goxpir Bler. Pseudohaje nigra, Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 222 (1858), nec Naia nigra, Smith. Naia goldu, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 34, and Cat. Sn. iii. p. 387, pl. xx. fig. 2 (1896). Naia guentheri, Bouleng. Cat. t. c. p. 388, pl. xxi., and Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897, p. 154. Naia yakome, Mocquard, C. R. Congr. Intern. Zool. Leyden, 1895, p. 233 (1896). Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo. A large specimen was obtained by Mr. Bates on the Benito River. It bas two preoculars on one side and one on the other ; third and fourth upper labials entering the eye. Scales in 15 rows on the neck as well as on the body; ventrals 199; subcaudals 92. Uniform black above. J am now convinced that NV. guentheri and NV. goldvi cannot be maintained as distinct species. 75. DENDRASPIS JAMESONI Traill. Hab. Niger to Angola; Central Africa. 76. Biris eaponica D. & B. Hab. Liberia to Damaraland; Zanzibar ; Mozambique. 77. Biris NASIcoRNIS Shaw. Hab. Liberia to Gaboon,. 456 BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. [May 8, 78. ATHERIS CHLORECHIS Schleg. Hab, Liberia to Gaboon. 79. ATHERIS SQUAMIGER Hallow. Hab, Camaroons to Angola. 80. ATRACTASPIS CORPULENTA Hallow. Hab. Liberia to Gaboon. 81. ATRACTASPIS BOULENGERI Mocq. Atractaspis boulenyeri, Mocq. Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, p.i 16, Hab. Lambarene, Ogowe. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puare XXVIII. Fig. 1. Bufo latifrons, p. 435. 2. Arthroleptis inguinalis, p. 442, two specimens. 3. Dilobates platycephalus, p. 444. 4, Rappia platyceps, p. 444. Puate XXVIII. Fig. 4 pig ci gabonicus, p. 489. Side view of head. ” ” i ; Open mouth. 2. Phrynobatrachus auritus, p. 440. 3. i latirostris, p. 440. Puate XXIX. Gampsosteonyx batest, p. 442. a. Upper view. d. Side view of 4th toe, enlarged. b. Side view of head. e. Lower view of 4th toe, enlarged. ce. Open mouth, J. Distal phalanges. Pirate XXX. Trichobatrachus robustus, p. 443. a. Female, upper view. c. Open mouth. b. Side view of head. d. Inner side of first finger of breeding male, enlarged. Puate XXXII. Fig. Af Poromera fordi, female, p. 449. Side view of head, x 2. Lower view of head, x iz. c 5 ‘, AA Anal region, X 2. d. » Male. Anal region, x 2. 2, Mabuia batesi, p. 449. la. ” ” ” l 2”? ” ” Puate XXXII, Loulengerina annulata, p. 455, with upper and lower views of head, H.Gronvold delet hth NMantern Bros.imp NYCTICORAX MAGNIFICA. wis WN 7, 2 ig Maigthe: ‘ H.Gr i de he Mintern Bros. iy A _ o TrTITTOITm ATT fF 5 J J = H BIE A A in UW fii io EA Ore 1900. } ON THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 457 2. On the Birds of Hainan. By W. R. Ociivie Grant. [Received March 4, 1900.] (Plates XXXII. & XXXIV.) The present paper, which gives a complete list of all the species of Birds known to occur in the island of Hainan, is based on the collection made by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the so-called ‘ Five-Finger Mountains’ (Ngau-tchi-lea) in the interior. During this expedition he unfortunately fell a victim to the terrible forest- fever, for which, it appears, the island is, at certain seasons, notorious. T had arranged with Mr. Whitehead that he should again proceed to the Philippines and complete his work there by investigating the fauna of the highlands of Mindanao and other islands forming the southern part of the archipelago, which he had not been able to visit during his previous expedition. It was further agreed that he should, if possible, explore the highlands of Formosa and Hainan. On the 10th February 1899 he arrived at Manila, but after remaining there two weeks, during which time fighting between the Americans and Philipinos (Tagalos) continued daily, he was reluctanfly obliged to give up all idea of collecting in the Philip- pines, and, returning to Hong-Kong, made his way to Hainan. While in Manila he engaged the services of four Philipinos, including two of his most valued collectors who had accompanied him during his former expedition in the Philippines. Through the kindness of the late Mr. Whitehead’s relations, I have been permitted to make use of his diary giving an account of his journey in Hainan ; and I feel sure that the following extracts, melancholy though they be, will prove to be of interest as the iast record of how this brave man and unrivalled field-naturalist lost his life in the cause of science '. DIARY. Marcu 5th. Leave Hong-Kong for Hainan. Voyage to Hoihow. Stranded in the ‘ Hatin’ for four days on a sandbank; afraid of losing our baggage ; an anxious time. Get taken off the steamer by the ‘ Hoihow.’ Experience difficulties in reaching the shore at low water. Mud-flats covered with flocks of Waders: Dunlins, Greenshanks, Stilts, Golden Plover, Redskanks, Curlews, and Sand- plovers ; also white-necked Crows. On arriving in the town visit the Consul, and meet with great kindness from Mr. Jiidell, who puts me up. Baggage comes off in boats and arrives at daylight the next day. 1 An account of the late Mr. John Whitehead’s scientific career will be found in ‘Country Life,’ vol. vii. no, 159, pp. 72, 73, 20th January, 1900, 458 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 10th. Consulted the American missionaries, who are inclined to throw cold water on my visit to Nodia, their place inland, and can give no information! Determine not to ask their assistance any more. The Portuguese Padre Baptista promises to help me, and L hope to start in a few days. Mr. Jiidell rides with me to Kiung- chu, a walled city, with narrow streets, stinks, darkness and crowds of people, a terrible-looking place—my first. visit to a Chinese town. Pass many lepers on the road begging, minus fingers and toes and at times feet and hands—an awful sight ! 13th. Left Hoihow for Pak-siang, which is the riverside port of Kiung-chu. I left Hoihow at 1.80, and arrived at the Padre Baptista’s house in about an hour,and subsequently we went to meet the boat which, with men and baggage, left Hoihow this morning at 10 a.m. The Chinamen had filled up the boat with rice and flour for their own food, so consequently we had to move some of it. The Chinese always do their best to score off the European, and as a rule succeed. One hour’s walk over a narrow road paved with big stones brought us to Pak-siang. The river runs through a sandy barren country, almost treeless, and no good to the collector, so one must goon. The sides of the river, where they are high, are of red burnt clay of volcanic origin, underneath this clay is sand and here and there a stratum of sea-shells. The river is broad and very shallow, the boats requiring to be pulled along by the men for long distances. We have passed a number of bamboo water-wheels for irrigating purposes, and where these occur the river is dammed with a bamboo fence. When this has been passed, navigation once more becomes easy. We have seen numerous birds, Ospreys, Kites, Crows, Magpies, a Cormorant, a Grebe, numbers of Waders, more especially Greenshanks, Herons, and black Storks, as well as Kingfishers of two kinds. Our boat is a dirty barge and smells very strong, but one might be worse off. The Chinese work naked and are without shame, the greatest savages I have met with. 15th. Still going up stream with a nice wind, and make good progress, though our mat sail is much destroyed. 16th. Still going up stream, but slowly. Arrive at Ting-au, a small walled Chinese town. We have got porters for Sieum-tin- san, where the Padre Baptista has a priest, and we remain for the night. Vth. Left this morning with twenty-eight porters; could not get off early as the Chinese talked so much, but at 9.30 a.m. they were on their way. The country is almost a sandy desert ; there has been no rain for so long that the rice and potato crop will in all probability be a failure: all the trees have been cut down and burnt, and a more arid place it would be difficult to find. We stopped to-night at Teen-heng-si, in a most horrible squalid house with a foul open drain at the door; unfortunately we were too late to camp outside. 1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 459 18th. After passing a horrible night, we started off at daylight for a 30-mile walk over the sandy arid country, a truly miserable spot. Camped at night by the side of a river at Nam-lu-as (I am fully determined, if possible, never to enter a Chinese house again), and passed a fairly good night. 19th. Walked twenty miles to-day and at:3 o'clock reached Lea- mui, another wretched place ; in fact the whole country is horrible and almost entirely cleared of trees—the Chinese burning down the forest to keep back the Lois or aborigines. I am afraid there are no birds, but fleas and other insects are everywhere. 20th. Went a long walk over the mountains to see if we could find collecting ground, but the place is very bare. I saw a Peregrine and several other birds. 21st. Getting baggage into small packs. I find my Chinese carriers a very great nuisance. Visited the Mandarin, and hope to start to-morrow. 22nd. Again visited Mandarin. His rifles are clean outside, but the rifling is eaten away with rust! Saw two Loi with their hair done up in front in a knob, like the horn of a unicorn. 23rd. Went for a walk over the bare mountain-sides, but caught a few nice butterflies on some flowering-plants. Saw a small red- coloured deer, two Peregrines, and, in the evening, sume Night- ' jars, which settled on the tops of rocks on the summit of the hill. Their note is a curious shrill chirp, which, like that of a ventriloquist, seems to come from the ground near one’s feet. Francolins are very common here. The porters say they will start to-morrow. 24th. The porters did not turn up till nearly 10 a.m.; then, as usual, went after their sticks; subsequently we had to visit the Mandarin, so did not leave until 12.30. After walking over some twelve or fifteen miles of the usual barren country, we reached a Chinese village, where we put up in the Joss-house, which was clean and well away from the stinks of the crowd. 25th. Started for the mountains again to-day, arriving at 5 P.M. at a small village, where we camped for the night. Saw a few birds, a Henicurus in the river, and a number of Pericrocoti, also a few Paleornis javanicus. I see neither the white Crow nor the Magpie so far inland. Francolins are still abundant. We meet every day Chinese carrying bundles of skins of deer, monkeys, and pangolins, so I am sure we are not far from some large forests. 26th. Our Chinese porters refuse to go any further to-day ; they say they have no rice, but, the truth is, they are done up and want to rest. The Mandarin sent two soldiers with us, so that we should be looked after; they have proved most useful. Some Chinese wanted to prevent our going through their village yester- day: one of them was, I think, drunk and nearly had a row with us. The country is slightly Jess barren, but still a miserable place for collectingin. Rainallnight. The hills have been so enveloped in clouds, that I have not yet been able to see the mountain-tops. I hope to reach our destination some time to-morrow. 27th. Instead of reaching our destination to-day, the Chinese 460 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, have taken us a day’s journey further away from the mountains, as they say there is no road this (the north) side, so we have had to tramp over bare hills in a broiling sun. My old trouble dysentery is a great worry to me. The Lois or Lu, as the Chinese call them, are, so far as the men go, nearly like the Chinese. The hair is at times a pigtail tied in'a knob, but more often a knob of hair tied in front, which looks like a unicorn’s horn. ‘Their villages are small, the houses of grass and sloped like an arch, and they live on the ground. The women are quite distinct from the Chinese, wearing very short skirts of blue, or blue with a red-and-white pattern. 28th. Still on the march. Arrived at Lu village in the evening, but the men seemed so disagreeable, that we went about half a mile away and camped. They then followed to see all they could, and were amazed at our guns. Bought half a big pig for $1°50. 29th. Left early, as I wanted to camp near the mountain. Sent Andres and Juan off at 4 a.m. to look for a spot. Nearly had a row with our Chinese porters, but formed up in their rear so that they had to go on after using a good deal of bad language at us. Have struck a nice place for a camp, close to a fine rocky stream not far from the mountains. Wear lots of birds. Am very seedy with dysentery, Juan with fever. Busy building a house all day. _ 30th. Busy house-building. Caught some beautiful butterflies in the river. Saw a fine Kingfisher, I think Alcedo euryzona, also some monkeys. 3lst. This being Good Friday, we have resolved not to begin collecting to-day—unlucky—but to finish off the house. It rained this morning and was very cold before daylight. A cloudy day, saw no butterflies. Begin collecting to-morrow. Apri Ist. At last we were able to go shooting. Andres brought in four birds. Hills very steep, sand and rocks; this is the reason why they are left alone by the natives. Sand-flies awful. Butter- flies numerous in the river-bed. Saw a large Kingfisher and some squirrels. Natives visit us daily: fowls 10 cts., ducks 25 cts., eggs 3 ct. 2nd. Very seedy with dysentery. Juan shot a Silver Pheasant which may be new (see Genneus whiteheadi, p. 503), and a fine Paradise Flycatcher. Heat and sand-flies awful. 3rd-19th. All ill with fever and dysentery. 19th-30th. The bird collection is going along slownly—my men being all ill one day or another, one or two have been ill every day with fever. Iam perhaps in better health than I have been for some time. Li women catching caterpillars for food. It rains heavily and thunders every afternoon, and our life here, owing to fever, is most miserable. May 1st-6th. All my men ill with bad fever. The two Chinese and myself do not suffer much. 7th. I saw a Li with some rat-traps identical with those made 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 461 by the Kina Balu Dusans. Changed into my new house. Very fine for the last few days, no rain. Men (Philipinos) hopelessly ill, and have done nothing for a fortnight. Sent the Chinese soldier out to shoot for me; want to see if he is worth anything. 9th. Three of my Manila men left me to-day of their own accord. I trust they will reach Hoihow safely. It makes me very sad all this illness. I gave them the option of going, as I should be very sorry to be the cause of the death of any one of them. 10th. To-day is very wet ; the Manila men will have a sad time of it, I expect. My boy Juan is still with me, not because he cares about staying with me, but because he was too ill to start with the others. The Chinese soldier is doing my shooting and gets on very well. 1lth-16th. Am trying to work on with one boy, whois not much use at bird-skinning. The Lu are beginning to bring things, which is a good job, so perhaps I shall get on after all. 20th. Attacked again by fever—very seedy—useless. John Afar also. 21st-23rd. Nearly dead with fever—no food—no depression of temperature. 24th May. (Diary ends.) The faithful Chinese servants carried Mr. Whitehead’s body and all his belongings to Hoihow, and his remains were interred in the cemetery by the sea. The journey from the interior was accomplished in 19 days. Through the kindness of the Consul, Mr. Butler O’Brien, White- head’s zoological collections were carefully packed and shipped to England, arriving safely in due course. The collection of birds, numbering about 250 skins, all in the most perfect condition, includes many striking novelties, the most remarkable being a very peculiar Jay (Urocissa whiteheadi), a splendid Silver Pheasant (Genneus whiteheadi), and an equally fine Night-Heron (Nycticorax magnifica). The two last-named species have been well figured by Mr. H. Grénvold in the accompanying drawings. That Mr. Whitehead should have succeeded, under the most adverse circumstances, in obtaining such splendid results in a comparatively short time, indicates that much still remains to be done in the highlands of the interior of Hainan, but, as his diary too clearly shows, the deadly climate of the forests will probably deter even the most hardy explorer from following in his footsteps. [The species of which specimens were obtained in the Five- Finger Mountains are marked with an asterisk. ] 1, CoRVUS LEVAILLANTI. Corvus sinensis, Moore ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 348, fig. 1. Corone levaillanti (Lesson); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p- 39 (1877). Proc. Zoou, Soo,—1900, No. XX XI. 31 462 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, Corvus levaillanti, Lesson ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 299, 312 (1892). Hainan birds of this species appear to belong to a slightly larger race. Common about the towns of Hainan (Swinhoe). 2. CoRVUS TORQUATUS. Corvus torquatus, Less.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 350; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 21 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892). Common in the plains of North and North-west Hainan (Swinhoe). 3. PICA PICA. Pica media, Blyth ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 350. Pica pica (Linn.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 62 (1877) ; Styan, Lbis, 1893, p. 431. Pica caudata, Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892), xiv. p. 866 (1898). Abundant everywhere (Swinhoe). 4, UROCISSA ERYTHRORHYNCHA. Urocissa erythrorhyncha (Gmel.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p- 71 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892). An example of this species was procured in North Hainan by Tetsu, the late Mr. Schmacker’s Japanese collector, and identified by Dr. Hartlaub. 5. *URocrssA WHITEHEADI. Urocissa whiteheadi, Grant, Bull, B. O. C. vol. x. p. xviii (1899). This remarkable species may be characterized as follows :— Sexes similar one to another in plumage. Head, back, fore-neck, and chest dark earthy brown, darkest on the ear-coverts, and shading into grey on the sides and flanks, and into yellowish buff on the middle of the breast, belly, and under tail-coverts ; feathers of the crown‘rounded at the extremity and edged with whitish brown; rump greyish brown; upper tail-coverts black, tipped with white; wings black, except the lesser and median wing- coverts, which are white save at the base; tips of the primary- quills, margins of the terminal half of the outer webs of the secondaries, and the tips of the greater wing-coverts pure white ; middle tail-feathers grey, widely tipped with white and with a subterminal black band; the outer feathers similarly marked, but with the white tips increasing in size and shaded with yellow; axillaries and under wing-coverts clear yellowish white. “Iris straw-colour ; bill red, shading into brownish yellow at the base ; 1500.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 463 feet dark brown.”—J. W. Total length about 18 inches; culmen 1:9; wing 8:2; tail 9-4; tarsus 1°95. Mr. Whitehead was fortunate in obtaining a nest and eggs of this remarkable new species. The nest, a very slightly concave platform, is semitransparent, and formed of dry stems of creepers and roots, firmly interwoven. The eggs, six in number, have the ground-colour pale greenish blue, sparingly spotted and dotted with light brown. The average measurements are 1:4 x 1 inch. 6. *DENDROCITTA SINENSIS. Dendrocitta sinensis (Lath.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 351; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 81 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898). “Tris dull lake ; bill black; feet dull brownish black.”—J. W. Not uncommon among the fine woods of Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 7. *STURNIA SINENSIS. Temenuchus sinensis (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352. *Sturnia sinensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 68 (1890) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 219, 314 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431 ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 365 (1898). Q. “Iris greyish white; bill whitish blue, cobalt at base; feet whitish brown.”—J. W. Common on the coast of Hainan in March (Swinhoe). Mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 8. *ACRIDOTHERES CRISTATELLUS. Acridotheres philippensis, Bonap. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352. Acridotheres cristatellus (Gmel.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p- 92 (1890). 3g. “ Iris orange-yellow; bill whitish green, base of lower maudible pinkish ; feet yellowish brown.”—J. W. Abundant about all towns and villages (Swznhoe). 9. SPODIOPSAR CINERACEUS. Sturnus cineraceus, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352. Spodiopsar cineraceus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. pp. 41, 665 (1890). Poliopsar cineraceus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 314 (1892). Met with during February (Swinhoe). 10. SPODIOPSAR SERICHUS. Spodiopsar sericeus (Gmel.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xiii. pp. 44, 665 (1890). A 31 464 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON THE [May 8, Poliopsar sericeus (Gmel.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 314 (1892). Adult and young were obtained by Mr. Schmacker’s collector, Tetsu, in North Hainan (Hartlaub). 11. TEMNURUS NIGER. Crypsirhina nigra, Styan, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. vi (1892); id. Ibis, 1893, p. 55. Temnurus niger, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. xix (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431. Temnurus schmackeri, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 426 (descript. null.). It is doubtful whether this species is really distinct from the type of Temnurus truncatus, which is said to have come from Cochin China and is preserved in the Paris Museum. Obtained by Tetsu at Liuwowan, on the north slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan. 12. *MAINATUS INTERMEDIUS. Eulabes hainanus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352. Mainatus intermedius (A. Hay); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 104 (1890). “Tris brown ; bill orange-red, tip and lappet orange-yellow ; feet yellow.” —J. W. Though Swinhoe saw these Grackles in the cages in the towns of Hainan, he never met with them in a wild state. Several birds were obtained by the late Mr. Whitehead in the Na Mountains. . *CHAPTIA ENEA. Chania enea (Vieill.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 243, (1877). 3. “Iris dark hazel; bill and feet black.”—J. W. This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan. 14. *BUCHANGA LEUCOGENYS. Buchanga leucogenys, Wald.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 245; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 251 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429. o. *Inis lake ; bill and feet black.”—J. W. Not rare in the woods of Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan), 15. BUCHANGA ATRA. Dicrurus macrocercus, Vieill. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244. Buchanga atra (Hermann); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. 246 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 313 (is9: 2); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, Xiv. p. 357 (1898). Found in all cultivated parts of Hainan (Swinhoe). 1900. | BIRDS OF HAINAN. 465 16. BUCHANGA CINERACEA. Buchanga mouhoti, Wald.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 245. Buchanga innexa, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 246. Buchanqa cineracea (Horsf.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iu. p. 250 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 313 (1892). No reference is made in the ‘ Catalogue of Birds’ to Buchanga innexa Swinhoe. The British Museum Collection now contains the female ty pe of this species, which appears to be an immature example of B. cineracea; the male type has apparently disappeared. North-west and Central Hainan (Swinhoe). 17. *DISSEMURUS PARADISEUS. Dissemurus paradiseus (Linn.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 258 (1877). In none of the specimens are the feathers on tes back of the neck much elongated. Tail to tip Crest. Culmen. Wing. Tail. of racket. Tarsus. in. in. in. in. in. in. S42 As 15 6:3 6°9 16°5 Halt ue. a 15 6°5 6°3 14-1 1:2 ans | ee 1-4 6:3 6-1 14-4 et mm. 1°85 1-4 6-1 6°8 14:4 Beit This Drongo is recorded for the first time from Hainan. 18. *ORIOLUS DIFFUSUS. Oriolus chinensis, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p. 342. Oriolus diffusus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 197 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 356 (1898). Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan), North-central Hainan (Hartlaub). 19. ORIOLUS NIGELLICAUDUS. Psaropholus ardéns, var. nigellicauda, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 342. Psaropholus nigellicauda, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 313 (1892). Oriolus ni igellicaudus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 221 (1877). Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, and Yulinkan, South Hainan (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 20. MUNIA TOPELA. Munia topela, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 351 (1890); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 315 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 362 (1898). Common in Hainan (Swinhoe). Hoihow (Hartlaub). Northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 466 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 21. *UROLONCHA SQUAMICOLLIS. Munia acuticauda, Swinhoe (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1870, p. 354. Uroloncha squamicollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 359 (1890). 3. “Iris light hazel ; upper mandible black, lower whitish blue ; feet dull black.”—J. W. Common (Swinhoe). 22. PASSER MONTANUS. Passer montanus (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 301 (1888). This is the domestic Sparrow of Hainan (Swinhoe). 23. EMBERIZA FUCATA. Emberiza fucata, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 493 (1888); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431. Lingmun, Central Hainan, 23rd February (Swinhoe). Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 24, EMBERIZA SPODOCEPHALA. Emberiza spodocephala, Pall. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 522 (1888). Common about gardens in February (Swinhoe). 25. *EMBERIZA AUREOLA. Emberiza aureola, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 509 (1888); Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 315 (1892). “Tris dark brown ; bill whitish brown on the culmen; feet light pinkish brown.”—J. W. Haosuy, West Hainan, 29th March ciakaieas North Hainan, 19th March (Hartlaub), . The late Mr. Whitehead obtained an adult male on the Five- Finger Mountains, 8th May. 26. ALAUDA GULGULA. Alauda celivox, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354. Alauda sala, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354. Alauda gulgula, var. sala, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 575 1890). Alauda wattersi, Swinhoe ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431. The varieties Alauda celivow and A. sala are both found in Hainan. The former is common in all cultivated parts of Hainan and even wet with at Lingmun, Central Hainan (Swinhoe). The latter was obtained at Hoitow, West Hainan (Swinhoe). Northern slopes of the mouutains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 467 27. MoTAcILLA OCULARIS. Motacilla ocularis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 346; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 471, pl. iv. figs. 5, 6 (1885). Tolerably common (Swinhoe). The three specimens obtained by Swinhoe in Hainan are no longer to be found, they are not in the Seebohm Collection nor are they mentioned in the Catalogue of the Tristram Collection. 28. MorTactLLa LEUCOPSIS. Motacilla francisi, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Motacilla leucopsis, Gould ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 482 (1885) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354 (1898). Two specimens were obtained by Swinhoe. It was recorded from Hoihow, North Hainan, by Hartlaub, and from South-western Hainan by Styan. 29. MoraciLLa MELANOPE. Calobates boarula, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 346. Motacilla melanope, Pall. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 497 (:885) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, x1. p. 354 (1898). Not common (Swinhoe). South-west Hainan (Styan). HFbihow, North Hainan (Harélaub). 30. MoracILLa TAIVANA. Buajtes taivanus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 346. Moteilla taivana, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 514 (1885). The bird collected by Swinhoe is now in the Liverpool Museum. 31. Mvracrnta BOREALIS. Budyte cinereocapillus, Swinhoe (nec Savi), Ibis, 1870, p. 346. Motacill: borealis, Sundey. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 522, pl. vii. figs.1-3 (1885). The exanple collected by Swinhoe on West Island, South Hainan, is mw in the British Museum Collection. 32, ANTHG MACULATUS. Pipastes agtis (Sykes) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347. Anthus maclatus, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 547 (1885) ; Hartl Abh. nat, Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 311 (1892). The British Juseum Collection possesses a young bird obtained by Swinhoe, wh says that the species was to be found at most of the places he visted. North Hainan’ Hartlaub). 33. ANTHUS RIHARDI. Corydalla richati (Vieill.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347, 468 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, Anthus richardi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 564 (1885) ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 311 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354 (1898). Two specimens collected by Swinhoe are now in the British Museum Collection. Common (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). 34. ANTHUS CERVINUS. Anthus cervinus (Pall.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 585 (1885); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354 (1898). Often met with in small parties (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). 35. ANTHUS ROSACEUS. Anthus rosaceus, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 58) (1885) ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354 (1898). Dr. Hartlaub records two males from Hoihow, North Hainar. 36. *AETHOPYGA CHRISTINA. Aithopyga christine, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iv. p/ 436 (1869) ; id. Ibis, 1870, p. 226; Walden, Ibis, 1870, p. 36, pl. i. fig. 1; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix. p. 30 (1884); Styan Ibis, 1893, p. 430; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 361 (1598). Urodrepanis christine (Swinh.); Shelley, Monogr. Nect.i. p. 79, pl. 26. “3. Eye and bill black ; feet dark brown.”—J. W. Shuy-wei-sze and Lingmun, Central Hainan (Swinhoe} Liuwowan, northern slope of the mountains of fouth-west Hainan (Styan). 37. CINNYRIS RHIZOPHORZ. Cinnyris rhizophore (Swinhoe) ; Shelley, Monogr. Mct.i. p. 163, pl. 52; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix. p. 89 (1884) /Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430. Arachnechthra rhizophore, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iv. p. 436 (1869); id. Ibis, 1870, p. 237; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892), xiv. p. 361 (189). Plentiful throughout Hainan, except in the neigbourhood of the capital (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub & Styan). 38. DIc®UM CRUENTATUM. Diceewm cruentatum (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 189, p. 239 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 15 (1885); Hartl. Abhpat. Ver. Bremen, 1900.} THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 469 xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 361 (1898). Everywhere a common species (Swinhoe). 39. *DIcHUM MINULLUM. Diceum minullum, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 240 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 47 (1885). This species, hitherto known only from the unique type specimen which was dropped in the streets of London and lost (see Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 47, footnote), is represented by a male in the present collection. 40. *ZostTEROPS PALPEBROSA. Zosterops palpebrosa (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix. p. 165 (1884). Zosterops simplex, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1861, p. 331 (S. China); id. Ibis, 1870, p. 348 (Hainan). Zosterops neglecta, Seebohm, Bull. B. O.C. vol. i. p. xxvi (1898) ; id. Ibis, 1893, pp. 219, 258 (HE. Java). The Silver-eye from China and Hainan differs somewhat from typical Z. palpebrosa from India in haying the sides of the breast and the flanks much less conspicuously washed with grey. There is an example of Z. palpebrosa in the British Museum Collection, labelled “ Laccadives, Hume Coll.” This bird is per- fectly similar in plumage to 7. neglecta, Seebohm, from East Java. The latter appears to me to be indistinguishable from examples of Z. palpebrosa from China and Hainan—that is to say, from Z. simple«w of Swinhoe. “Tris light brown, bill black, base of lower mandible pale blue, feet greyish green.”—J. W. Met with in all parts of the island (Swinhoe). 41, *PARUS CINEREUS. Parus cinereus, Vieill.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 348; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 16 (1883). Three Tits from the Five-Finger Mts., Hainan, differ slightiy from typical P. cinereus in having the sides and flanks pure white, but this difference appears to me to be too slight to warrant their separation. * Tris and bill black, feet greyish lead-colour.”—J. W. 42, *LANIUS SCHACH. Lanius schach, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 240; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 261 (1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892). ** ¢, Iris brown, bill and feet black.”—J. W. Appears to be fairly common. 43, LANIUS SUPERCILIOSUS. Lanius superciliosus, Lath.; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, viii. 470 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, p. 273 (1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429. North Hainan (Hartlaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). 44, LANIUS FUSCATUS. Lanius fuscatus, Less.; Swinhoe, [bis, 1870, p. 241; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 263 (1883) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429 ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 858 (1898). Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Nodouha, North Central Hainan (Styan). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 45, LANIUS LUCIONENSIS. Lanius lucionensis, Linn.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 241; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 274 (1883). Lanius luzionensis, Linn. ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 299, 312 (1892). Seen, but not procured, in North and West Hainan (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 46, *'EPHRODORNIS PELVICA. Tephrodornis pelvicus (Hodgs.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 241; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 376 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p- 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 358 (1898). “ %. Iris brown; bill black; feet brown.”—J. W. Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Nodouha, North Central, and Liuwowan, northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 47, ARTAMUS FUSCUS. Artamus fuscus, Vieill.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 11 (1890). Yu-lin-kan Bay, South Hainan (Swinhoe). 48, PHYLLOSCOPUS PLUMBEITARSUS. Phyllopneuste plumbeitursus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Phylloscopus plumbeitarsus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 45 (1881). West coast of Hainan towards the end of March (Swinhoe). 49. PHYLLOSCOPUS SUPERCILIOSUS. Reguloides superciliosus (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Phylloscopus superciliosus, Seebohin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 68 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892). Common in February (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 471 50. LUSCINIOLA FUSCATA. Phyllopneuste fuscata, Blyth ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. LIusciniola fuscata, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 127 (1881) ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 310 (1892). Often met with in Hainan (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Haritlaub). 51. CErriaA MINUTA. Calamoherpe minuta, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Cettia minuta, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 141 (1881) ; Grant, Ibis, 1894, p. 508; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 352 (1898). Frequently seen and heard in February about the gardens and villages near the capital, Kiung-chu (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 52. CETrTIA CANTURIENS. Calamoherpe canturians, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Cettia canturiens, Seebalim Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 141 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 352 (1898). Common in February near Kiung-chu (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Harilaub). 58. PRINIA EXTENSICAUDA. Drymeca extensicauda, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Prinia inornata, Sykes ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 195 (1883) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 350 (1898). Prinia extensicauda, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 454 (1889). Common (Swznhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). - 54, *BURNESIA SONTTANS. Prinia sonitans, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Burnesia sonitans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 205 (1883); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p- 351 (1898). “Tris brown ; bill black; feet pinkish brown.”—J. W. Seen about the gardens at Kiung-chu, North Hainan, and Nychu, South Hainan (Swznhoe). Interior of Hainan (Hartlaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). 55. SUTORIA SUTORIA. Sutoria sutoria (Forst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 215 (1883). Orthotomus longicauda (Gmel.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 310 (1892). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 472 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 56. *GRAMINICOLA STRIATA. Graminicola striata, Styan, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. vi (1892) ; id Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 350 (1898). A female specimen, collected by Whitehead, is in somewhat worn plumage; it appears to be very closely allied to G. bengalensis, if, indeed, it is really distinct ; but the latter has the black on the head and back more pronounced and the rufous edges to the feathers less conspicuous. Many specimens of G. bengalensis have the feathers of the rump more or less narrowly streaked with black. I do not consider this character of much importance. “Tris brown; bill dull pink, blackish along the culmen ; feet pinkish white.”—J. W. This species is new to the British Museum Collection. Leimumon and Leimoi, northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub). 57. CISTICOLA CISTICOLA. Cisticola scheenicola, Bonap.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 310 (1892). Cisticola cisticola (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 259 (1883). Grassy hills of North Hainan (Swinhoe & Hartlaub). 58. TURDUS MUSICUS. Turdus musicus, Linn.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. . 346 (1898). Hartlaub records a male from Hainan. =| 59. TURDUS CARDIS. Turdus cardis, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248 ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Eremen, xil. pp. 299, 303 (1892). Merula cardis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 261 (1881) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427. Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe § Hartlaub), and Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, 20th February eens South-west Hainan (St, yan). 60. TuRDUS CHRYSOLAUS. Turdus chrysolaus, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248. Merula chrysolaus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 275 (1881). Chinlan River, North-east Hainan, 6th March (Swinhoe). 61. TURDUS MANDARINUS. Turdus mandarinus, Bonap.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248. Merula mandarina, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 238 (1881). Merula sinensis, Hartl. Abh, nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 303 (1892). North Hainan (Swinhoe & Hartlaub). Occasionally seen in North-west and Central Hainan (Swinhoe), 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 473 62. *GROCICHLA CITRINA. Geocichla citrina (Lath.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248 ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 172 (1881). An immature male obtained on 25th April, 1899, has the ear- coverts partially dusky brown. “ Tris dark brown; bill black; feet yellowish white.”—J. W. Observed by Swinhoe at Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, but not obtained. Mr. Whitehead’s specimen is the first that has actually been secured in Hainan. 63. MoNnTICOLA SOLITARIUS. Petrocincla manilla (Bodd.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248. Monticola solitaria (P. L. 8S. Miller); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 319 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 304 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427. Kiung-chu-fu and Hoihow, 27th December, North Hainan (Swinhoe & Hartlaub); February, Lingshuy, 8.E. Hainan, 11th March, Haosuy, West Hainan, 29th March (Swinhoe) ; South-west Hainan (Styan). 64. MonvricoLa CYANUS. Monticola cyanus (Linn.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 316 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 304 (1892), xiv. p. 348 (1898). Hoihow, N. Hainan (Hartlaub). 65. RUTICILLA AUROREA. Ruticilla aurorea (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p.344; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 345 (1881). Gardens of Kiung-chu, February (Swinhoe). 66. RUTICILLA RUFIVENTRIS. Ruticilla rufiventris, Jerdon; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p- 342 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 306 (1892). Dr. Hartlaub has identified a female from Hainan as belonging to this species. &. rufiventris is a bird of North China and Mongolia, wintering in North and Central India, and it is some- what surprising that it should turn up in Hainan ; it is, however, very unlikely that any mistake could bave been made in the identification. 67. ERITHACUS CALLIOPE. Evrithacus calliope (Pall.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 305 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 305 (1892) ; Styan, [bis, 1893, p. 428. North Hainan (Harilaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). 474 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 68. ERITHACUS SIBILANS. Erithacus sibilans (Swinh.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 297, pl. xvii. (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 304 (1892). North Hainan, 15th December (Hartlaub), 69. PRATINCOLA MAURA. Pratincola indica, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 344. Pratincola maura, Pall.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 188 (1879); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 305 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 351 (1898). Near Kiung-chu and Hoihow, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe & Hartlaub). South-west Hainan (Styan). 70. *CopsyCHUS SAULARIS. Copsychus saularis (Linn.); Swinhoe, [bis, 1870, p. 343; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 61 (1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 308 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427. “ 4. Iris dark brown; bill black; feet brown.”—J. W. Common in North and West Hainan (Swinhoe). South-west Hainan (Styan). 71. *CIvrocrINcLA MINOR. Cittacincla macrura, var. minor, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345. Cittacincla tricolor, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427. Kittacincla macroura?, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 348 (1898). Cittocincla brevicauda, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 584. The characters which distinguish this species from C. tricolor are its somewhat smaller size (wing 3°4 inches), the brownish edges to the outer webs of the primaries, the shorter middle pair of tail- feathers, not greatly exceeding the second pair in length, and the smaller white tips to the four outer pairs. In addition to the male obtained by Whitehead, the British Museum possesses three birds collected by Swinhoe. These differ from the type in having the middle pair of tail-feathers longer than the following pair, but agree in having the outer webs of the primaries brownish and the white tips to the tail-feathers shorter. Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Nodouho, interior of North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub). 72. *HENICURUS SINENSIS. Henicurus sinensis, Gould; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 313 (1883). 2. “Iris and bill black; feet pinkish white.”—J. W. This species is recorded for the first time from Hainan. 1900.] HE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 475 Besides adults the collection contains a quite young bird, apparently just fledged, in an interesting stage of plumage. 73. *TROCHALOPTERON CANORUM. Leucodiopterum sinense (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 250. Trochalopteron canorum (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p- 376 (1883); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 348 (1898). “Tris greenish yellow; bill yellow-red-brown; feet pinkish brown.”—J. W. Interior of Hainan (Swinhoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan 5 Hartlaub). 74. *GARRULAX SEMITORQUATA, sp. 0. Adult male. Most nearly allied to G. pectoralis (Gould), having the ear-coverts similarly striped. It is, however, much smaller and at once distinguished by the following characters :—the black band surrounding the throat is widely interrupted in the middle, the outer webs of the outer primary-quills are brownish buff instead of white, and the tips of the tail-feathers are fulvous buff. Adult female. Differs from the male only in having the white streaks on the ear-coverts more strongly marked. “Tris straw-colour to reddish brown ; upper mandible lead-black, lower and feet lead-grey.”—J. W. Total length about 11:0 inches; culmen 1:25; wing 5:1; tail 4°8; tarsus 1°75. Hab. Vive-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan. 75. *GARRULAX SCHMACKERI. Garrulax moniliger, Styan (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1893, p. 427. Garrulax schmackeri, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 349 (1898). This species evidently belongs to the more slender-billed group and is closely allied to G. monihiger (Hodgs.), having the ear-coverts similarly coloured. It is, however, an altogether smaller bird and may be at once distinguished by the wide bright fulvous tips to the tail-feathers. The adult has the base of the fore-neck tinged with buff, while in a quite young bird this part is pure white ; in other respects the plumage of the young bird does not differ from that of the adult. This species is new to the British Museum Collection. G. schmackert: culm. 1°05in.; wing 4:2-4°3 ; tail 4:5; tarsus 1°5. G. moniliger : ae erin 2 ABO... ADs og, ies Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan g Hartlaub). 76. *DRYONASTES CASTANOTIS. Dryonastes castanotis, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 584. This very distinct species is perhaps most nearly allied to D. rufi- collis from India. The general colour above is slate-grey, tinged with greenish on 476 MR. W. R, OGILVIP GRANT ON [May 8, the lower back aud upper tail-coverts; the lores and feathers surrounding the eye and on the fore part of the cheek black; the hinder part of the cheek and ear-coverts with a large rounded patch of bright chestnut; the chin, throat, and upper part of the chest brownish black; and the rest of the underparts grey, tinged with greenish on the flanks, thighs, and under tail-coverts. “ Bill and eye black; legs and feet dark blackish brown.”—J. W. Total length 10-7 inches; wing 5-0; tail 5:0; tarsus 1°75. Hab. Five-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan. 77. *DRYONASTES MONACHUS, Garrulax monachus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892). Dryonastes monachus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 457 (1883) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427. “Tris brown ; bill black ; legs and feet dusky black.”—J. W. Interior of Hainan (Swinhoe). South-west Hainan (Styan). 78. *POMATORHINUS NIGROSTELLATUS, Pomatorhinus nigrostellatus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 250; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 425(1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 308 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427. Pomatorhinus musicus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 348 (1898) (part., Hainan). This species, though nearly allied to the Chinese form P. stridulus, Swinh., may be at once distinguished by the dark olive colour of the upper parts and the deep reddish-brown middles to the feathers of the fore-neck and chest. “Tip of upper and lower mandible straw-yellow; iris pale brown; feet dark brown.”—J. W. Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). 79. *STACHYRIDOPSIS RUFICEPS. Stachyrhis precognitus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1866, p. 310 (Formosa). Stachyridopsis ruficeps (Blyth); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p- 598 (1883). This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan. There appear to be three fairly well-marked races of S. ruficeps :— a. Typical examples from India with the cap extending over the nape, and of the pale chestnut-colour characteristic of Chinese birds. b. Chinese examples with the cap confined to the crown and generally of a pale chestnut-colour. c. Birds from Formosa and Hainan with the cap of a deeper chestnut-colour and extending on to the nape. This is the form which has been described as S. pracognitus by Swinhoe. “Tris deep lake; upper mandible black, lower white; legs greyish yellow.”.—J. W. 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 477 80. *ALCIPPE MORRISONIANA. Alcippe morrisoniana, Swinh.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 621 (1883). Aleippe morrisonia, Swinh.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, Xiv. p. ” 350 (1898). “ Tris lake-brown ; bill black; feet brownish yellow.”—J. W. Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub), 81. *HBRPORNIS TYRANNULUS. Herpornis tyrannulus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347, pl. x.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 637 (1883); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 353 (1898). Cryptolopha bicolor, Styan, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. vi (1892) ; id. Ibis, 1893, p. 55. “Tris black; bill pink; ridge of culmen brown ; feet pink.” — ee: Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). Hummocks, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 82. *PYCNONOTUS HAINANUS. Ieus hainanus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 253; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 308 (1892). Pycnonotus hainanus, Swinhoe ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p- 150 (1881); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 355 (1898). Tris, bill, and feet black.”—J. W. Throughout Hainan and the adjacent island of Naochu (Swinhoe). 83. *HEMIXUS CASTANONOTUS. Hemiaxus castanonotus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 251, pl. ix. fig. 1; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 51 (1881); Seebohm, P.Z.S. 1890, pl. xxvii. fig. 2 (breast wrongly coloured); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 355 (1898). Swinhoe’s type specimen, as figured by Seebohm, has had the breast stained with some brownish matter; hence the plate, as pointed out by Mr. Styan, is misleading. 3. “Iris hazel; bill black; feet brownish black.”—J. W. Tai-ping-sze and Lingmun, Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Siyan). 84, SPIZIXUS CINDREICAPILLUS. Spiziaus cinercicapillus, Swinhoe ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 173 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 308 (1892). Hartlaub records the occurrence of this species in Hainan. Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. XXXII. 32 478 MR. W. R, OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 85. *HYPSIPETHS PERNIGER. Hypsipetes perniger, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 251, pl. ix. fig. 2; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 41 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 209, 307 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p.429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 355 (1898). 3. “Iris brown; bill, legs, and feet vermilion.”—J. W. North Hainan (Swinhoe, Styan, § Hartlaub). Central and South Hainan (Swinhoe). 86. *CRINIGER PALLIDUS. Criniger pallidus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 252; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 81 (1881); Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. xix (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 356 (1898). Pinarocichla schmackeri, Styan, Bull. B.O.C. vol. i. p. vi (1892); id. Ibis, 1893, p. 54. “Tris brown; upper mandible brown, lower blue-grey; feet pinkish brown.”—J. W. Central and South Hainan (Swinhoe). Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 87. *CHLOROPSIS LAZULINA. Phyllornis lazulina, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 255; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 356 (1898). Chloropsis lazulina (Swinh.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p- 19 (1881) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429. 3d. “Iris dark brown; bill black ; feet lead-grey.”—J. W. Central and South Hainan (Swinhoe). Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). S8. *CAMPOPHAGA SATURATA. Volvocivora saturata, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 242. Cumpophaga saturata (Swinh.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p- 66 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 357 (1898). 3. “Iris brown; bill black; feet dusky black.”—J. W. Throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 89. *GRAUCALUS MACII. Graucalus macvi, Lesson; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 34 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Swinhoe (nec Swinh. 1863), Ibis, 1870, p. 242. Graucalus rev pineti, Hartl. (nec Swinh.), Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 357 (1898). 2 moulting. “Iris dark brown; bill and feet black.”—J. W. Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 1900.] THH BIRDS OF HAINAN,. 479 90. PERICROCOTUS CANTONENSIS. Pervcrocotus cantonensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244 (Nao-chu); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 84 (1879). This species, though found on the adjacent island of Nao-chu, has not yet been met with in Hainan. 91. *PERICROCOTUS FRATERCULUS. Pericrocotus fraterculus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244; Oates, Faun. Brit. India, Birds, i. p. 481 (1889). Pericrocotus elegans, Sharpe (nec M‘Clell.), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 73 (1879); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 307 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, Xiv. p. 358 (1898). 6. “Iris, bill, and feet black.”—J. W. Common on all parts of the island (Swinhoe). 92. *PERICROCOTUS GRISEIGULARIS. Pericrocotus griseigularis, Gould ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, iv. p- 83 (1879). 36. “Tris, bill, and feet black.”—J. W. A male from Hainan appears to belong to the typical form from Formosa. Continental birds from China seem to differ from typical examples from Formosa in having the top of the head and back greyer, and they are, moreover, somewhat larger. : This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan. 93. PERICROCOTUS CINEREUS. Pericrocotus cinereus, Lafr.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244 (Nao- chu); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 83 (1879). This species was procured by Swinhoe on the adjacent island of Nao-chu, but has not yet been found in Hainan itself. 94. HEMICHELIDON SIBIRICA, Hemichelidon sibirica (Gmel.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 120 (1879); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 359 (1898). Hartlaub records a male from Hoihow, North Hainan. 95. H®mMICHELIDON FERRUGINEUS. Butalis ferruginea (Hodgs.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247. Hemichelidon ferrugineus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 122 (1879). West coast of Hainan, 29th and 30th March (Swinhoe). 96. ALSEONAX LATIROSTRIS. Butalis cinereoalba (T. & 8.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247. Alsconax latirostris (Raffl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 127 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430. Gardens about Kiung-chu-fu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe). South-west Hainan (Styan). A 32 480 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 97. MuscrcaPA ALBICILLA. Erythrosterna leucura (Swains.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247. Muscicapa albicilla, Pall.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 162 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430 ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 359 (1898). Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, 19th February (Swinhoe). South-west Hainan (Styan). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 98. POLIOMYIAS LUTEOLA. Evythrosterna mugimaki (Temm.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247. Poliomyias luteola (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 201 (1879). On the adjacent island of Nao-chu, 5th April (Swinhoe). 99. *XANTHOPYGIA NARCISSINA. Xanthopygia narcissina (Temm.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 249 (1879). Swinhoe records this species from the adjacent island of Nao-chu on the 5th April. This is the first time this species has been procured on Hainan. 100. *XANTHOPYGIA CYANOMELENA. Cyanoptila cyanomelena (T. & S.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247. Xanthopygia cyanomelena, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 261 (1879). Niltava cyanomelena, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 306 (1892). Haosuy, West Hainan, 29th March, and adjacent island of Nao-chu, 5th April (Swinhoe). 101. *XANTHOPYGIA FULIGINOSA. Xanthopygia fuliginosa (Vig.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 253 (1879). 2. “Iris and feet dark brown; bill black.” —J. W. This is the first time this widely distributed Indo-Chinese species has been met with in Hainan, where it is evidently a resident and breeds. Young birds just able to fly were among those sent home. 102. *SIpHIA HAINANA. Siphia pallidipes (Jerd.)?; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 359 (1898). Siphia hainana, Grant, Bull. B. O. C. vol. x. p. xxxvi (1900). Adult male. Allied to male of S. pallidipes (Jerd.), but much smaller. ‘‘he blue on the upper parts darker and brighter; the forehead and superciliary stripes bright cobalt-blue ; flanks and sides of belly grey, sightly washed with fulvous. “ Tris and bill black; feet dusky black.”—J. W. 1900. | THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 481 Adult female. Differs conspicuously from the female of S. pallidipes (Jerd.), the general colour of the head and upper parts being darker and more uniform, the upper tail-coverts and outer webs of the tail-feathers being olive-brown tinged with rufous instead of chestnut; but the most conspicuous difference is to be found in the colour of the throat, fore-neck, and chest, which are pale rust-colour instead of deep orange-rust. Total length. Culmen. Wing. ‘Tail. Tarsus. in. in. in. in. in. S, pallidipes, S ad. .. 6-2 0-7 2-9 2-4. 0-7 S. hainana, gad. .. 5 0:6 2%5 2:3 0°65 S. pallidipes, Q ad... 5:9 0-65 2-9 225, 0-72 S. hainana, Qad. .. 5 0-6 2-6 215 . 0-65 Mr. Styan records examples from Leimumon on the northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan and from Nodouha in the interior of Northern Hainan. 103. * HyPpoTHYMIS AZUREA. Myiagra azurea (Bodd.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247. Hypothymis azurea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 274 (1879) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 307 (1892). Hypothymis occipitalis (Vig.) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p.430; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 360 (1898). Common (Swinhoe). 104. RuIPIDURA ALBICOLLIS. Rhipidura albicollis (Vieill.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p- 317 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 480; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 360 (1898). Styan records this species from Hainan. 105. *TERPSIPHONE PRINCEPS. Terpsiphone princeps (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p- 3861 (1879) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430. g. “Iris black; orbital skin and bill rich cobalt-blue, inclining to purple; feet cobalt.”—J. W. Hoihow, North Hainan, 10th October (Styan). 106. *CRYPTOLOPHA FULVIFACIES. Cryptolopha fulvifacies, Swinh.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 406 (1879). gd. “Iris dark brown; upper mandible brown, lower dull yellow ; feet brownish yellow.”—J. W. This is the first time this little Flycatcher has been recorded from Hainan. 107. Hirunbo GUTTURALIS. Hirundo gutturalis, Scop. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 240 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 134 (1885). Recorded by Swinhoe from all parts of the coast of Hainan, 482 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 108. *GECINUS HAINANUS. Gecinus hainanus, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 584. This species is most nearly allied to G. guerini (Malh.) from China, but distinguished by the darker green colour of the upper and under parts; in @. guerini the general colour of the upper parts is dull greyish green and the underparts are similarly coloured, but paler, inclining to whitish grey tinged with green. This species is also related to G. occipitalis, which it resembles in the dark green colour of the underparts; but the upper parts and wings are darker, the latter with very much less bronze-yellow wash on the outer webs, which are indistinctly barred with paler, while the tail-feathers are spotted, not barred ; the present species is, moreover, considerably smaller than G. occipitalis, the bill especially being shorter and less stout. Culmen, Wing. Tail. in. in. in. G. hainanus, adult (type)... 1°5 53 3°8 G. occipitalis, § adult ...... ley, 5°6-5'9 4:2-4:5 Hab. Five-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan. “ Tris white; bill grey-black, base greenish white; feet lead- grey.” —J. W. 109. *CHRYSOPHLEGMA STYANI. Chrysophlegma styani, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 585. This species is most nearly allied, to C. wrayi Sharpe and C. ricketti Styan. From the latter it differs in being much smaller and in having the terminal part of the outer primaries mostly uniform black, as in C. wrayi. From C. wrayi it may be at once distinguished by its larger size and by the dark brownish-chestnut crown, the pale (Californian) gold nuchal crest, and the dark smoke- grey underparts ; in these respects it resembles C. vicketti. The female of C. styani further differs from the female (type) of C. wrayt in having the feathers of the middle of the throat paler brown and margined with rufous instead of white. Wing. Tail in. in Type.of ‘OC; aicketle 3). ce ease 6°8 5:2 Type of C. Gta, saeielghe'e = 5 icinnt 5 6:0 4:5 Typé Of. Cl wrayices eke aes ais iaie os 56 4-0 “ Tris dark claret ; bill dusky black, lower mandible green at base ; feet olive-green.”—J. W. Hab. Five-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan. 110. *DENDROCOPUS CABANISI. Picus cabanist, Gould, B. Asia, vi. pl. xvii. (1857). Dendrocopus cabanisi (Malh.); Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 218 (1890) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431. 1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 483 Picus mandarinus, Malh.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 94; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898). “Tris brown; bill lead-black ; feet brownish black.”—J. W. Yulinkan Bay, South Hainan (Swinhoe). South-west Hainan (Styan). Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub). 111. *LEPOCESTES HAINANUS. Lepocestes pyrrhotis, Styan (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1893, p. 431. Lepocestes hainanus, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 585. This species is most nearly allied to Z. sinensis Rickett, which it resembles in the darker colour of the mantle; but the feathers of the lower back and rump are dark brown, indistinctly tipped with rufous, never barred with buff; the chin and throat are more rufous ; the general colour of the underparts less dark; and the flanks and under tail-coverts uniform without any traces of bars. The black bars on the wings and tail-feathers are wider apart and less numerous. “ Tris brown; bill straw-yellow ; legs dull blackish brown.”— dar Wis 112. *IYNGIPICUS KALEENSIS. Picus kaleensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 95. Lyngipicus kaleensis, Swinh.; Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 315 (1890) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898). “Tris dark brown; bill slate-grey, whitish at base of lower mandible ; feet olive-green.”-—J. W. Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub). 113. MicroprerRNvUs HOLROYDI. Micropternus holroydi, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 95 ; Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 403 (1890); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898). Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Nodouha, interior of North Hainan, May (Styan § Harilaub). 114. *CYANOPS FABER. Megalema faber, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 96, pl. iv. fig. 1; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 317 (1892), xiv. p. 367 1898). Ciatins faber, Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 75 (1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432. 3. “ Iris brown ; upper mandible black, lower greyish at base> terminal half black; feet green-olive.”—J. W. Central Hainan (Swinhoe). Nodouha, interior of North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub). 484 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 115. *PALORNIS FASCIATA, Paleornis javanica, Swinh. (nec Osb.), Ibis, 1870, p. 93. Paleornis fasciata (Mill.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xx. p. 464 (1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Paleornis lathami, Finsch; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xil. pp. 299, 322 (1892), xiv. p. 368 (1898). @. “Iris pale straw-yellow ; bill black; feet olive-green.”— J. -W. Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, and near Hao-suy Harbour, North- west Hainan (Swinhoe). Nam-fung, interior of North Hainan, 26th May; Ting-on, 13th January, and Leimumon, northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 116. *CUCULUS MICROPTERTS. Cuculus micropterus, Gould; Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p- 241 (1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 368 (1898). 3g. “Iris dark brown; orbital skin, feet, and gape bright yellow; lower mandible greenish, upper blackish grey.”—J. W. Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub). 117. CACOMANTIS MERULINTS. Polyphasia tenuirostris, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 230. Cacomantis merulinus (Scop.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 268 (1891); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 319 (1892). Near Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February and March (Swinhoe). North Hainan, December and March (Hartlaub). 118. *CHALCOCOCCYX MACULATUS. Chaleococcyx maculatus (Gmel.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 291 (1891). 3g. “Iris red-brown; bill orange, tip black; feet brownish green.”"—J. W. This species is new to Hainan. 119. EupYNAMIS HONORATA. Eudynamis malayana, Cab. & Heine ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p- 231. Eudynamis honorata (Linn.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 316 (1891); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 318 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 453. Eudynamis maculatus (Gmel.) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 368 (1898). Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 485 120. *CENTROPUS SINENSIS. Centropus viridis, Swinhoe (nec Scop.), Ibis, 1870, p. 235. Centropus rufipennis, Swinhoe (nec Mliger), Ibis, 1870, p. 234. Centropus sinensis (Steph.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p- 343 (1891); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 318 (1892), xiv. p. 368 (1898). * Tris lake-red; bill and feet black.”—J. W. Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 121. CENTROPUS BENGALENSIS. Centropus bengalensis (Gmel.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 352 (1891) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). 122. *RHOPODYTES TRISTIS. Rhopodytes tristis (Less.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p- 386 (1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Zanclostomus tristis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 2384; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 318 (1892), xiv. p. 367 (1898). 3. “Iris dark brown; bill dull emerald-green ; orbital skin dull scarlet ; feet dull bluish olive-green.”—J. W. Central, South-east, and South Hainan (Swinhoe). Leimumon, northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 123. *HARPACTES HAINANUS. Harpactes erythrocephalus, Styan (nee Gould), Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Harpactes hainanus, Grant, Bull. B. O. C. vol. x. p. xxxvii (1900). Adult male. Differs from the male of H. erythrocephalus in having the head dull purplish crimson, not shading into crimson-scarlet on the nape; the upper parts much browner, especially the mantle and upper back, and with very little trace of chestnut on the lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts, the latter being dark chestnut ; the lower part of the chest, next the white band, dull crimson instead of scarlet-crimson. In addition to the above differences, the white tips to the outer tail-feathers are shorter, the longest scarcely exceeding 1:1 inch. From H. yamakanensis Rickett, from Fohkien, the Hainan bird may be at once distin- guished by the colour of the upper parts. Tris hazel; bill black, base and orbital skin dark purplish French blue ; feet pinkish brown. 3. Total length 12 inches ; wing 5:5; tail 6. Adult female. Differs from the female of H. erythrocephalus in having the general colour of the upper parts and chest much browner. 2. Total length 12 inches; wing 5:3 ; tail 5:7. This species has already been obtained by Mr. Schmaker’s col- lector Tetsu at Leimumon, on the northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan, but was identified by Mr. Styan with H. erythrocephalus, Gould. 486 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 124, CYPSELUS PACIFICUS. Cypselus pacificus, Lath.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 89. Micropus pacificus, Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 448 (1892). Apus pacificus, Hartert, Das Tierreich, Macropt. p. 86 (1897). Observed in large numbers in Nychow Harbour, South Hainan (Swinhoe). 125. CYPsELUS SUBFURCATUS. Cypselus subfurcatus, Blyth; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 89; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 361 (1898). Micropus subfurcatus, Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 456 (1892). Apus subfurcatus, Hartert, Das Tierreich, Macropt. p. 88 (1897). North and South Hainan (Swinhoe § Hartlaub). 126. TACHORNIS INFUMATA, Cypselus tinus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 90. Tachornis infumatus (Sclat.); Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 467 (1892). Central, South-east, and South Hainan (Swinhoe). 127. *CAPRIMULGUS JOTAKA. Caprimulgus jotaka, Temm. & Schleg.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p- 89 (Nao Chau); Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 552 (1892). Caprimulgus indicus jotaka, Hartert, Das Tierreich, Caprimulg. p- 61 (1897). The two specimens collected by Whitehead, though considerably different one from another, agree in general characters with typical C. jotaka, but are somewhat smaller :— a. Wing 7:1 inches; tail 4-4. b. ” 78 ” ; 9 51. The smaller bird has the general colour of the head, wing-coverts, and scapulars grey, and in this respect, as well as in the larger white markings on the four outer quills, differs considerably from 6, the latter having many more of the feathers of the crown largely mixed with black, while the scapulars and wing-coverts are more conspicuously marked with black and rufous. Both Whitehead’s birds belong to the smaller form obtained by Swinhoe on the adjacent island of Nao Chau. 128. MEROPS SUMATRANUS, Merops sumatranus, Raffl.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p- 61 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432. Two immature birds from the Hummocks, North Hainan, 18th September (Styan), 129. *NYCTIORNIS ATHERTONI. Nyctiornis athertoni (Jard. & Selby); Sharpe, Cat. B, Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 88 (1892), 1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 487 “Tris dark brown; bill black, base of lower mandible grey ; feet dull yellow.”—J. W. This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan. 130. *UPUPA INDICA. Upupa indica, Reichenb.; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 10 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432. Upupa ceylonensis, Reichb.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 91; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 318 (1892), xiv. p. 367 (1898). “Tris black; bill dusky black, pinkish at base; feet dusky brown.” —J. W. Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 131. CERYLE VARIA. Ceryle rudis, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p.92; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433; Hartl. Abb. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898). Ceryle varia (Strickl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 112 (1892); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 299, 319 (1892). Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 132. *CERYLE LUGUBRIS. Ceryle luqubris (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 115 (1892). Ceryle guttata, Vigors ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. *¢ Bill lead-black ; feet dark brown.”—J. W. Jnterior of South-west Hainan (Styan). 133. *ALCEDO ISPIDA. Alcedo bengalensis, Gmel.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 92. Alcedo ispida, Linn.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 141 (1892). gimm. “Trisbrown; bill black; feet brown, soles yellow.’— A aS Common in all open country (Swinhoe). 134. *ALCEDO GRANDIS. Alcedo grandis, Blyth; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 156 (1892). Adult 9. “Iris dark brown; upper bill black, lower dull red ; feet coral-red.”—J. W. This is the first time that this very rare species. has been met with outside Northern India. 135. *Cryx TRIDACTYLA. Ceyx tridactyla (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 174 (1892). This species has not previously been met with in Hainan, 488 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 136. *HALCYON SMYRNENSIS. Halcyon smyrnensis (Linn.); Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 93; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 222 (1892); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 319 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898). Once met with at Haosuy, North-west Hainan (Swinhoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 137. HALCYON PILEATUS. Halcyon pileatus (Bodd.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 93; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 229 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898). Entomobia pileata, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 299, 319 (1892). ' Haosuy, North-west Hainan, and the adjacent island of Nao-chu. Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 138. *EuRYSTOMUS CALONYX. Eurystomus calonyx, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 38, pl. il. fig. 2 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432. Eurystomus orientalis, Hartl. (nec Linn.), Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan, 29th Sept. (Styan). 139. Scops LEMPIJI. Ephialtes lettia, Swinhoe (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1870, p. 88. Ephialtes umbratilis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 342, footnote. Scops lempiji, Blyth ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 91 (1875). Scops umbratilis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 93 (1875). A male shot near Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe). The type of 4, wmbratilis Swinh. is now in the British Museum Collection. It resembles dark Indian examples of S. lempzji and is perfectly similar to specimens of S. lempii from Sadia, Assam, collected by Colonel Godwin-Austen. 140. NINnox JAPONICA. Ninox japonicus (T. & 8.) ; Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 88; Grant, Ibis, 1896, p. 111. Ninox scutulata, Sharpe (nec Raffl.), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 156 (1875). Kiung-chu, North Hainan, 2nd April, and Haosuy, North-west Hainan, 29th March (Swinhoe). The birds collected by Swinhoe are typical WV. japonica. 141. *GLAUCIDIUM WHITELYI. Glaucidium whitelyi (Blyth); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 222 (1875). 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 489 3. “Iris straw-yellow ; bill and feet greenish yellow.”—J. W. This is the first time this Chinese species has been procured in Hainan. 142, ASIO ACCIPITRINUS. Asio accipitrinus (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 234 (1875). Otus brachyotus, Steph.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 320 (1892). Hartlaub records a specimen from North Hainan. 143. CIRCUS SPILONOTUS. Circus spilonotus, Kaup ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 87; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 58 (1874); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Swinhoe observed this species near the city of Ting-gan on the 15th of February and also in the neighbourhood of Kiung-chu in North Hainan. Styan records it from the interior of South-west Hainan. 144. CriRcUS MELANOLEUCUS. Circus melanoleucus (Forst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.i. p. 61 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 321 (1892). Hartlaub records an adult male from North Hainan. 145, CrRcuUs MACRURUS. Circus macrurus (Gmel.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 67 (1874): Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322 (1892), xiv. p. 369 (1898). - Hoihow, North Hainan, 19th December (Hartlaub). 146. *LOPHOSPIZA TRIVIRGATA. Astur trivirgatus (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 105 (1874). “‘Tris straw; cere greenish yellow; bill black, base of lower mandible bluish ; feet dull yellow.”—J. W. I consider that Kaup is fully justified in distinguishing this bird from Astur, the long occipital crest and half-feathered tarsi being characters of importance. This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan. 147. CIRCUS HRUGINOSUS. Circus wruginosus (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 87; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 69 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xill. pp. 299, 321 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 483; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 369 (1898), North Hainan, 15th February (Swinhoe & Hartlaub). Leimumon, northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Hartlaub & Styan). 490 MR, W. R. OGILVID GRANT ON [May 8, 148. *AsTUR BADIUS. Micronisus badius (Gmel.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 84. Astur badius (Gmel.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 109 (1874). Astur poliopsis, Hartl. (nee Hume), Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322 (1892). “ Tris straw-yellow ; bill black, base bluish ; feet light yellow.” — J. W. Examples from Hainan have the crown of the head darker and the cheeks greyer than is the case in the majority of Indian examples ; there is, however, a female from Tipperah, in the British Museum Collection, which is absolutely indistinguishable from the two Hainan birds before me. The measurements are as follows:— Wing 8°8 to 8:9; tail 6°8 to 7:1 inches. An adult male, Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, 19th February (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 149, ACCIPITER NISUS. Accipiter nisus (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 84; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 132 (1874). Swinhoe records the Common Sparrow-Hawk from Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, 20th February. 150. *ACCIPITER AFFINIS. Accipiter virgatus (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 150 (1874) [ part. }. Accipiter affinis, Hodgs.; Grant, Ibis, 1896, p. 107. “*Cere yellowish.”—J. W. Like Formosan examples, the Hainan Sparrow-Hawk belongs to the larger Himalayan form. Whitehead procured two adult females from the Five-Finger Mountains; this species had not previously been met with in Hainan. 151. Burro PLUMIPES. Buteo japonicus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 87. Buteo plumipes (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 180 pl. vii. fig. 1 (1874); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Buteo hemilasius (Temm. & Schl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p- 182 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322 (1892). Island of Naochow, 2nd February ; Ling-suy, South-east Hainan, 11th March; Heongpoo, West Hainan, 25th March (Swinkoe). Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). North Hainan, 11th February (Hartlaub). 152. *SprzAETUS NIPALENSIS. Spizaétus nipalensis (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p- 267 (1874). 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 491 9imm. “ Iris yellow ; bill black, base blue; cere and feet dull yellow.”—J. W. Recorded from Hainan for the first time. 153. SPILORNIS MELANOTIS. Spilornis rutherfordi, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 85. Spilornis melanotis (Jerdon); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 289 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433. Spilornis cheela, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 369 (1898). Forests of Central Hainan near Tai-ping-sze (Swinhoe). North Hainan (Hartlaub). Liu-wo-wan, northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan). 154. MiInvus MELANOTIS. Milvus govinda, Swinhoe (nec Sykes), Ibis, 1870, p. 88. Milvus melanotis, T. & S.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 324 (1874). Abundant throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 155. FaLco COMMUNIS. | Falco communis, Gmel.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 376 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 320 (1892). Hartlaub records an adult male from North Hainan, 12th December. 156. CERCHNEIS TINNUNCULUS. Tinnunculus alaudarius, Gray ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 84. Cerchneis tinnunculus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 425 (1874). Frequent throughout Hainan and in the small adjacent island of Nao-chu (Swinhoe). 157. PANDION HALIAETUS, Pandion halhaétus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 449 (1874); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 86. Harbours of Hainan (Swinhoe). 158. PoLioaA&TUs HUMILIS, Poloaétus ichthyaétus, Horsf.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 452 (1874) [ part. }. Polhioaétus plumbeus (Hodgs.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 484. Polioaétus humilis (Mill. & Schl.) ; Blanf. Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, ii, p. 371 (1895). Liuwowan, northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan, 15th December (Styan). 492 MR. W. R, OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 159. PELECANUS PHILIPPENSIS. Pelecanus manillensis, Oates (nec Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434. Pelecanus philippensis, Gmel.; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 471 (1898); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 380 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 160. PHALACROCORAX CARBO, Phalacrocorax carbo (Linn.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 340 (1898); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 380 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 161. Suna sua. Sula fusca, Vieill. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 367. Sula sula (Linn.) ; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 436 (1898). Seen by Swinhoe near Ting-gan, North Hainan. 162, Nurropus COROMANDELIANUS. Nettopus coromandelianus (Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvii. p. 68 (1895). Nettapus coromandelicus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p- 378 (1898). Nodouho, interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub). 163. MARECA PENELOPE, Anas penelope (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 3 Mareca penelope, Salvad. Cat. B, Brit. Mus. xxvii. 4 (227 (1895). North Hainan (Swinhoe). 164. NETTION CRECCA. Anas crecea, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366. Nettion erecea, Saly ad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. pS p- 243 (1895). North Hainan (Swinhoe). 165. QUERQUEDULA CIRCIA. Querquedula circia (Linn.) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvii. p. 293 (1895); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 379 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan § Hartlaub). 166. Isis MELANOCEPHALA. Ibis melanocephala (Lath.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 326 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 7 (1898) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 374 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub). 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 493 167. LEPTOPTILUS JAVANICUS. Leptoptilus javanicus (Horsf.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 317 (1898). Swinhoe observed this bird on several occasions in Central Hainan. 168. PsEUDOTANTALUS LEUCOCEPHALUS. Pseudotantalus leucocephalus (Forst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 323 (1898). Tantalus leucocephalus, Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 373 (1898). Hoikow, North Hainan (Hartlaud). 169. ARDEA CINEREA, Linn.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365; Harti. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. op. 299, 324 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 74 (1898). Seen in all parts of the island (Swinhoe). 170. HERODIAS TIMORIENSIS. Herodias alba, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p. 365. Herodias timoriensis (Cuy.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p- 98 (1898). Common (Swinhoe). 171. GARZETTA GARZETTA, Herodias garzetta, (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365. Ardea garzetta, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 325 (1892). Garzetta garzetta, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 118 (1898). Common (Swinhoe). 172. NycricoRax NYOTICORAX. Nycticorax griseus, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 373 (1898). Nycticorax nycticorax, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 146 (1898). Often seen in large flocks (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub). 173, *Nyoriconax MAGNIFICA. (Plate XX XIII.) Nycticorax magnifica, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 586. This species is most nearly allied to NV. leuconotus (Wagl.), but differs chiefly in the following particulars :—The back is uniform brown like the wings; some of the concealed feathers of the lower back have a subterminal oval white spot at the extremity; a white band runs from behind the eye to the base of the long black crest (3 inches in length); the chin, throat, and fore part of the sides Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. XX XIII. 33 494 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, of the neck are white; the hinder parts of the sides of the neck chestnut ; the middle of the fore-neck reddish brown, widely edged on either side with black ; some of the intermediate feathers with pale buff middies ; the rest of the underparts white, with wide irregular margins of reddish brown; and the thighs are dark reddish brown on the outer and white on the inner aspect. ‘Tris dark brown; skin round the eye and base of bill sulphur greenish yellow ; rest of bill black ; feet pea-green.”—J. W. Total length about 20 inches; culmen 3:1; wing 11°9; tail 4-9; tarsus 2°95. This magnificent Night-Heron is not very closely allied to any known form; the style of the coloration of the lower parts is most like that of Gorsachius melanolophus. Hab. Five-Finger Mountains, interior of Hainan. 174. *ARDEOLA BACCHUS. Ardeola prasinosceles, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434. Ardeola bacchus (Bonap.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 211 (1898). “ A male in changing plumage has the iris straw-yellow ; bill at base and skin round eye yellowish green, remainder of bill black ; feet dull yellow.”,—J. W. Abundant about paddy-fields and moist places (Swinhoe). 175, ARDETTA SINENSIS. Ardetta sinensis (Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 227 (1898). Recorded from Hainan by Styan. 176. DuPprErToR FLAVICOLLIS. Ardettu flavicollis (Lath.) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434. Dupetor flavicollis (Lath.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 247 (1898). Recorded by Styan from Hainan. 177. GRUsS GRUS. Grus cinerea, Meyer & Wolf; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362. Grus lilfordi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 252 (1894). Common in plains and open country (Swinhoe). 178. ARENARIA INTERPRES. Strepsilas interpres (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361; Hart. Abb. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 332 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 486; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898). Arenaria wmterpres (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p- 92 (1896). Common at Poochin River, North-west Hainan, 5th March (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 495 179. HopLopreRUS VENTRALIS. Hoplopterus ventralis (Wagl.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 159 (1896). Procured at Lingshuy, 8.E. Hainan, 18th March (Swinhoe). 180. CHARADRIUS DOMINICUS. Charadrius longipes, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p.360. Charadrius fulvus, Gmel.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 300, 331 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 374 (1898). Charadrius dominicus, P. L. S. Mill.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 195 (1896). West Hainan, 21st-23rd March, and Hoihow, North Hainan, 2nd April (Swinhoe). Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub). 181. OcHTHODROMUS GEOFFROYI. Aigialitis geoffroyi, Wagl.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 360. Charadrius geoffroyi, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436. Ochthodromus geoffroyi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 217 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 374 (1898). A specimen from Paklai, West Hainan (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan, 11th December (Hartlaub). 182. OCHTHODROMUS MONGOLICUS. Aigialitis mongolicus (Pall.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 360. Charadrius mongolicus, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436. Ochthodromus mongolus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 223 (1896). Ochthodromus mongolicus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p- 374 (1898). Chillan River, N.E. Hainan, 7th March, and Hungpe, N.W. Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan, 10th December (Hartlaub). 183. AXGIALITIS DUBIA. Aigialitis intermedius (Ménétr.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361. Ayialitis dubia (Scop.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 263 (1896). Recorded from Hainan by Swinhoe. 184, AXGIALITIS ALEXANDRINA. Atgialitis dealbatus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361. Charadrius cantianus (Lath.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436. Aiyialitis alewandrina (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p- 275 (1896). Recorded from Hainan by Swinhoe. 33* 496 MR. W. R. OGILVID GRANT ON [May 8, 185. NUMBNIUS PHZOPUS. Numenius pheopus (Linn.) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 299, 327 (1892), xiv. p. 375 (1898); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 355 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan, 25th Nov. (Hartlaub). 186. NUMENIUS ARQUATUS. Numenius major, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363. Numenius arquatus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. pp. 341, 753 (1896). Lingshuy, South-east Hainan, 11th March (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan, Feb.—April (Swinhoe). 187. NUMENIUS VARIEGATUS. Numenius variegatus (Scop.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 361 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub & Styan). 188. Limosa NOV ZEALANDIA, LIimosa uropygialis, Gould ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362. Iimosa nove zealandie, Gray; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. . 377 (1896). Limosa baueri, Naum.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 376 (1898). Hungpe, North-west Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan, Feb. and April (Swinhoe & Hartlaub). [= 189. LiMosa LIMosa. Limosa melanuroides, Gould ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437. Limosa limosa (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p.381 (1896). Limosa melanura (Leisl.); Hartl. Abb. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p-.375 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan § Hartlaub). 190. ToraNnus FUSCUS. Totanus fuscus (Linn.); Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 328 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437; Sharpe, Cat. B. Srit. Mus. xxiv. p. 409 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan, 31st January (Hartlaub § Styan). 191. Toranus CALIDRIS. Totanus calidris (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 328 (1892) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 414 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan, 5th February and 9th December ‘Swinhoe § Hartlaub). 1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 497 192. Toranus STAGNATILIS. Totanus stagnatilis, Bechst. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xil. pp. 299, 328 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xxiv. p- 422 (1896) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 376 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan, December, February, April (Swinhoe ¢ Hartlaub). 193. ToTANUS GLAREOLA. Totanus glareola (Gmel.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 328 (1892). Rhyacophilus glareola (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 491 (1896). Kiung-chu-fu, North Hainan, 2nd April (Swinhoe). 194. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA. Squatarola helvetica (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 360; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 331 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 436 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 374 (1898). Charadrius helveticus, Linn.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436. Hungpe Lagoon, West Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan, 12th December (Hartlaub). 195. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS. Tringoides hypoleucus (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 456 (1896). Actitis hypoleucus (Linn.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299 (1892). Totanus hypoleucus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. p. 328 (1892). Common everywhere (Swinhoe). 196, TEREKIA CINEREA, Totanus terekius (Lath.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. p. 328 (1892). Terekia cinerea (Gild.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. p- 299 (1892) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xxiv. p. 474 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan, 17th December (Swinhoe). 197. GLOTTIS NEBULARIUS. Totanus glottis (Lath.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 376 1898). : Glottis nebularius (Gunner); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 481 (1896). Very common about Hoihow, February (Swinhoe ¢ Hartlaub). 498 MR, W. BR. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 198. CALIDRIS ARENARIA. Calidris arenaria (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 526 (1896) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898). Hungpe, North-west Hainan (Swinhoe). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 199. EURHYNORHYNCHUS PYGMZUS. Eurhynorhynchus pygmaeus (Linn.) ; Hart]. Abh.nat.Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 800, 830 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 535 (1896) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 377 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 200. TRINGA RUFICOLLIS. Tringa albescens, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363. Tringa ruficollis, Pall.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 4387. Limonites ruficollis (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p- 545 (1896). Hungpe, North-west Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe). 201. TRINGA TEMMINCKEI, Tringa temmincki, Leisl.; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 329 (1892), xiv. p. 377 (1898). Limonites temmincki (Leisl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p- 555 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan, 25th November (Hartlaub). 202. TRINGA SUBARQUATA. Tringa subarcuatus (Gild.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437. Ancylochilus subarquatus (Giild.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 586 (1896). Tringa subarquata, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 329 (1892), xiv. p. 376 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan, 17th December (Hartlaub). 203. TRINGA CANUTUS. Tringa canutus, Linn.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 329 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 593 (1896). North Hainan, 17th December. 204. TRINGA CRASSIROSTRIS. Tringa crassirostris, Temm. & Schleg.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 890, 329 (1892); Styan. Ibis, 1893, p. 436 ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 600 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 376 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan, 24th November, 16th December, and 26th January (Hartlaud). 1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 499 205. TRINGA ALPINA. Tringa cinclus (Linn.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 300, 329 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437. Tringa alpina (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363 ; Harti. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 377 (1898). Pelidna alpina, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxxiv. p. 602 (1896), Hoihow, North Hainan, 11th December and 15th January (Swinhoe § Hartlaub). 206. LiMIcoLA PLATYRHYNCHA. Tringa platyrhyncha, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437. Iimicola platyrhyncha (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 612 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan, 5th February (Swinhoe). 207. GALLINAGO STENURA. Gallinago stenura (Bonap.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 800, 330 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 619 (1896). Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). 208. GALLINAGO GALLINAGO. Gallinago scolopacina, Bonap. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362. Gallinago gallinago, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 633 (1896). Common near Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe). 209. SCOLOPAX RUSTICULA. Scolopax rusticula (Linn.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 671; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 671 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 210. RostRATULA CAPENSIS. Rhynchea bengalensis (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362. Rhynchea capensis (Linn.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 331 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436; Hartl. Abk. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898). Rostratula capensis (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p- 683 (1896). Hoihow, North Hainan (Swinhoe g Hartlaub). 211. PHALAROPUS HYPERBOREUS. Lobipes hyperboreus (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363. Phalaropus hyperboreus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv, p- 698 (1896). Hungpe, North-west Hainan, 4th April (Swinhoe), 500 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 212. HyDROPROGNE CASPIA. Sterna caspia, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 334 (1892). Hydroprogne caspia, Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 32 (1896). Plentiful at Hoihow, North Hainan, Feb. to April (Swinhoe & Hartlaub). 213. STERNA SINENSIS. Sterna sinensis (Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 113 (1896). Sternula sinensis, Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiy. p. 380 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 214, STERNA MELANAUCHEN. Sterna melanauchen, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 367; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 126 (1896). Hoihow Harbour, North Hainan (Swinhoe). 215. LARUS SAUNDERSI. Larus saundersi, Swinhoe; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xil. pp. 3800, 334 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 183 (1896). North Hainan (Hartlaub). 216. LARUS RIDIBUNDUS. Larus ridibundus, Linn.; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p- 207 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 379 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 217. LaRvs CANUS. Larus niveus, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366. Larus canus, Linn. ; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 277 (1896). Hoihow Harbour, North Hainan, and Hungpe, North-west Hainan, February to April (Swinhoce). 218. PoDICIPES PHILIPPENSIS. Podiceps philippensis (Bonnat.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 334 (1892), Tachybaptes fluviatilis, Styan (nec Tunst.), Ibis, 1893, p. 437. Podicipes philippensis, Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 511 (1898). Often seen (Swinhoe), 219. GALLINULA CHLOROPUS. Gallinula chloropus (Linn.); Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, 1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 501 Xli. pp. 300, 332 (1892) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 169 (1894). Recorded from North Hainan by Hartlanb. 220. GALLICREX CINEREUS. Gallicrex cinereus (Gm.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 486; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 183 (1894); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 378 (1898). Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub). 921, FULICA ATRA. Fulivea atra, Linn. ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 300, 332 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 210 (1894). North Hainan ( Hartlaub). 222. *TRERON NIPALENSIS. Treron nipalensis (Hodgs.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p- 34 (1893) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435. _ “Tris orange; bill pale yellow ; base of bill and feet orange red.’"—J. W. Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan). 223. OSMOTRERON BICINCTA. Osmotreron domvilit, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435. Osmotreron bicincta (Jerd.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi, p. 57 (1893); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898). Interior of Hainan (Swinhoe). 224, CARPOPHAGA NEA. Carpophaga sylvatica (Tick.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 355. Carpophaga cnea, Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 190 (1893). Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, 18th February, and Hungpe, West Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe). 225. *CARPOPHAGA GRISEICAPILLA. Carpophaga griseicapilla, Wald.; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 217 (1893). “Tris pale bluish white ; bill and feet dull red; tip of bill dull grey.’—J. W. Recorded from Hainan for the first time. 226. CoLUMBA PUNICEA. Columba punicea (Tick.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 306 (18938). Alsocomus puniceus, Tick.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 485; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver, Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898). Nam-fung, interior of North Hainan (Styan ¢ Hartlaub), 502 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8, 927. *MACROPYGIA MINOR. Macropygia tusalia, var. minor, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 355. Macropygia swinhoit, W. Ramsay, Ibis, 1890, p. 218; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 840 (1898); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435 ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898). Two specimens in the Whitehead collection have the somewhat smaller measurements of J. minor, but are identical in plumage with typical M. tusalia, the colour of the back, wings, and tail being absolutely similar. The female type of J/. minor has the back unusually dark and almost devoid of all trace of rufous cross-bars. The pair of birds sent home by Whitehead are the first really fine specimens that have been brought to Europe, and they seem to show that though some examples of M. minor are darker than typical MW. tusalia, others are indistinguishable in plumage, and only differ in their somewhat smaller size. 3. Wing 7'1; tail 7:2 inches. Oy BBR AB ae “ Tris narrow, pale yellow ; J. W. Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, Nychow, South Hainan (Swinhoe), Nam-fung, interior of North Hainan, May (Styan & Hartlaub). bill dusky black; feet coral-red.”— 228. TURTUR ORIENTALIS. Turtur rupicola (Pall.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 356; Hart. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 323 (1892); Styan, lbis, 1893, p-. 485; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898). Turtur orientalis (Lath.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 403 (1893). A few near Kiung-chu, February (Swinhoe). 229. TURTUR HUMILIS. Turtur humilis (Temm.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 856; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 434 (1893); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435. Obtained at Kiung-chu, 10th February, and occasionally seen in other parts of the island (Swinhoe). 230. *TURTUR CHINENSIS. Turtur chinensis (Scop.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 356; Harti. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 324 (1892); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 439 (1893). “Tris pale brownish yellow ; bill black; feet dull coral-red.”— Found everywhere (Swinhoe). 231. CHALCOPHAPS INDICA. Chalcophaps indica (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 856; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 323 (1892); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 514 (1893); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 485; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898), 1900.] THH BIRDS OF HAINAN. 503 Once obtained at Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, 27th February (Swinhoe). Lui-wo-wan, northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan ; Nodouha, interior of North Hainan, and the Hummocks, near the coast of North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub). 232. TURN1X DUSSUMIERI. Turmx dussumiert (Temm.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp- 299, 324 (1892); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 540 (1893). Hartlaub records a specimen from North Hainan on the 24th March. 233. CACCABIS CHUKAR. Caccabis chukar (Gray); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 113 (1893); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 371 (1898). Hartlaub records a pair from Hainan. 234, *FRANCOLINUS CHINENSIS. Francolinus sinensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 359; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 372 (1898). Francolinus chinensis (Osbeck); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 299, 324 (1892); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 186 (1893) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435. “Tris hazel; bill dusky black, base whitish; feet orange-yel- low.”—J. W. Common everywhere (Swinhoe). 235, ARBORICOLA ARDENS. Arboricola ardens, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 486, pl. xii.; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 210 (1898). The only specimen known of this remarkable Tree-Partridge was obtained at Luiwowan, on the northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan, in the month of December. 236. CoTURNIX COTURNIX. Coturnix communis, Bonn. ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 324 (1892). Coturnie coturnix (Linn.); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 231 (1893). North Hainan, 29th January (Hartlaub). 237, EXCALFACTORIA CHINENSIS. Excalfactoria chinensis, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p. 360; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 250 (1893), Seen by Swinhoe, but not obtained. It is quite possible that the Hainan bird should be referred to the subspecies Z. lineata. 238. *GENNEUS WHITEHBADI. (Plate XXXIV.) Genneus whiteheadi, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 586. The male of this remarkably fine species of Silver Pheasant ——— 504 ON THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, [May 8, is most nearly allied to G. nycthemerus, but, as may be seen from the accompanying drawing (Plate XXXIV.), differs conspicuously in many important particulars. Crown black with a slight blue gloss; nuchal crest rather long (2°5 inches) and similarly coloured, the longer feathers being decomposed. Adult male. Nape and upper mantle pure white; each feather of the lower mantle, back, ramp, and shorter upper tail-coverts with one black submarginal band on each web, forming an arrow- head black marking, which gradually increases in width towards the tail, most of the feathers being also narrowly fringed with black. Wing-coverts similar, but with the black markings much coarser. Longer upper tail-coverts and secondaries very boldly marked with successive black arrow-heads. Primary-quills black, with wide oblique white markings. Middle tail-feathers pure white; second and third pairs white, with wide (about 0°5 inch) oblique black bands on the outer web; the latter pair with some irregular black marking on the inner web also; remaining pairs white, with wide oblique black bands on both webs forming an irregular arrow-head pattern. Underparts black, some of the feathers of the sides with narrow white middles. Iris brownish yellow; naked wattle and skin on sides of face scarlet; bill greenish white ; legs coral-red. Total length 35 inches ; wing 9°4; tail 20; tarsus 3:15. Adult female. Most nearly resembles the female of G. andersoni, but is much darker. The feathers of the neck and mantle mostly black with wide white shaft-streaks; the underparts, including the under tail-coverts, similar, but with wider white middles. Outer tail-feathers uniform dark chestnut, with indistinct vermiculations of black. Iris light brown; upper mandible greenish brown, lower dull green; naked skin on face red; legs and feet bright scarlet. Total length 21°5 inches ; wing 8:1; tail 8-8; tarsus 2°9. Mr. Whitehead secured three adult males and one female of this splendid Silver Pheasant. Hab, Five-Finger Mountains, interior of Hainan. 239. GALLUS GALLUS. Gallus ferrugineus (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 357; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 371 (1898). Gallus gallus (Linn.); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 344 (1893). Gallus bankiva, Temm.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. p. 324. Throughout Hainan (Swinhoe). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Pruate XXXII. Nycticoraxr magnifica, p. 493. Puate XXXIV, Genneus whiteheadi, 3 2, p. 503. Horace Kmght admnat lith We st, Newman chromo 1900.} ON BUTTERFLIES FROM HAINAN. 505 3. On the Butterflies collected by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of the Island of Hainan. By Puiuip Crowtey, F.L.S., F.Z.8. [Received March 29, 1900.] (Plate XXXV.) In this collection, which was the last made by the late Mr. John Whitehead, there are representatives of 108 species, of which 8 are new, and many others have not been previously recorded from this island. I therefore append a list of those received. I can find only two previous lists of Butterflies from Hainan—that of Mr. F. Moore, in P. Z. 8S. 1878, and that of the Rev. W. F. Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1887. I have marked with M. or H. all the species mentioned in these lists. NYMPHALIDA4. EUPLG@IN#. TIRUMALA LIMNIACE Cram. 2. M.& H. SALATURA GHNUTIA Cram. 6,2. H. CADUGA SWINHOEI Moore. <¢. TREPSICHROIS LINNZI Moore. 4G, Q. SATYRINA. EvrL@aMIMa HENRICI Holl. ¢. H. ORsOTRIENA MEDUS Fabr. 2. CALYSISME MAMDpRTA Cram. ¢. LETHE ROHRIA Fabr. ¢ TANSIMA VERMA Koll. ¢. Maianitis ASwA Moore. ¢. H. AMATHUSIIN ®, NANDOGES HAINANA, Sp. 0. Male. Resembles N. diores Doubl. Differs from the Indian form in being smaller, and in having the blue much restricted. Expanse 3,4; inches, DiscoPHORA TULLIA Cram. ¢. 506 MR, PHILIP CROWLEY ON [May 8, NyYMPHALINA. EULEPIS EUDAMIPPUS WHITEHEAD, sp.n. (Plate XXXV-. fig. 1.) Male. Upperside—Fore wing: discal white area clearer and much broader than in E. eud. rothschildi, being in this respect not essentially different from E. eud. nigrobasalis, the marginal and submarginal spots having the same arrangement and direction as in its allies. Hind wing as in Z. eud. mgrobasalis, but the black marginal band separated into rather smaller portions just touching each other, outer marginal interspaces much shaded with blue. Underside—Fore wing: middle of costal margin black, disco- cellular portion of middle band black ; two conjoined costal black spots midway between cell and postdiscal band; discal band similar to E. eud. rothschildi. Marginal band olive-brown. Hind wing: median band as in £&. ewd. rothschildi, but with the upper black bars more strongly developed. Series of double lunules with heavy bluish-white centres parallel to outer margin, as in £. euda- mippus. Black submarginal spots, which are heavy and slightly transverse, especially 5—6, midway between lunules and margin of wing. Expanse 3,5, inches. HestinA NAMA Doubl. ¢. ADOLIAS ELEANOR Fruhs. ¢, 2. KIRONTISA WHITEHEADI, sp. un. (Plate XXXV. fig. 4.) Male. Upperside deep olivescent brown. Fore wing with two paler olivescent marks within, one at the end, and another beyond the cell. Cilia white. A slight bluish-grey marginal band. Hind wing with a bluish-grey marginal band, narrow at the apex, widening to the anal angle ; extreme edge black. Underside dark ochraceous umber-brown, cell and basal marks black. Both wings crossed by discal and submarginal sinuous blurred darker bands, most prominent on fore wing. Female. Upperside paler than male. Fore wing: cell-markings as in male. Beyond the cell a series of five semidiaphanous whitish spots, the middle one indistinct, a subapical spot situate just below the base of the fifth subcostal; a bluish-grey marginal band beginning narrowly just below the apex, and widening to the posterior angle. Hind wing: basal marks obscure, a very wide bluish-grey outer marginal band enclosing six dentate black spots ; blackish extreme outer edge. Underside brownish ochreous. Fore wing : cell-markings slender as in male ; a series of prominent bluish-white black-edged semidiaphanous discal spots as on upper- side; a submarginal series of six black spots separated by the veins. Hind wing: basal marks obscure; a faint discal band; a series of diffused sinuous submarginal spots. Expanse, ¢ 2,8,, 2, 3,3, inches. 1900.] BUTTERFLIES FROM HAINAN. 507 Nora KESAVA Moore. ¢. DopHLaA DERMA Koll. ¢. Nepris HAINANA Moore. ¢, 9. M. NEpTis LEUCONOTA Butl. 9. Ranwinpa HORDONIA Stoll. 9. H. Yoma vasuKI Doh. o. JUNONIA ASTERIE Linn. ¢. H. JUNONIA LEMoNIAS Linn. ¢. M. & H. CYRESTIS THYODAMAS Boisd. g. M. PENTHEMA MICHALLATI Janet. 5, @. Cyntaia pROTA Fabr. ¢. H. ATELLA SINHA Koll. ¢. Exgouis attERNUS Moore. ¢. M. LEMONIID4S. LIBytH AINA. LIBYTHEA MYRRHA Godt. <. NEMEOBIIN 2. ZEMEROS CONFUCIUS Moore. 6. M.& H. LYC#ZNIDA, PITHECOPS HYLAX Fabr. ¢. NEOPITHECOPS ZALMORA Butl. o, 9. TARAKA HAMADA Druce. 9. MrcisBa HAMPSONI Moore. ¢ A OF Cyanirnis puspa Horsf. d, ?. CYANIRIS DILECTUS Moore. ¢. CYANIRIS ORBAS Leech. ¢. LYCENESTHES LYCAMBES Hew. ¢. Evbres pipoka Moore. ¢. NACADUBA C@LESTIS de Nicév. ¢. NAcADUBA ARDATES Moore. ¢. NACADUBA KURAVA Moore. ¢. 508 MR, PHILIP CROWLEY ON [May 8, CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO Fabr. ¢. LAMPIDES ELPIS Godt. ¢. LAMPIDES CELENO Godt. 6, 2. H. Tarvous PLinius Fabr. ¢. CASTALIUS ELNA Hew. C. PotyomMatus Bericus Linn. ¢d. M. & H. AMBLYPODIA HAINANA, Sp. 0. Male. Wings above dark purplish violet, with a dingy black marginal band; anal lobe and tail brown. Underside dark purple-brown, base of fore wing and entire hind wing sparsely speckled with grey scales; transverse line edged with grey near anal angle. Expanse 2,2, inches. CureEris BuLIS Doubl. & Hew. ¢. CURETIS SPERTHIS Feld. ¢. IneRDA BPIcLES Godt. ¢, Q. APHNZUS ZEBRINUS Moore. 9°. LoxvuRA ATYMNUS Cram. o. Yasopa prra Horsf. ¢. RAPALA MANBA Hew. @. PAPILIONIDE. PIERIN 2, PRIONERIS THESTYLIS Doubl. ¢. PRIONERIS WATSONI Hew. oC. PRIONERIS CLEMANTHE Doubl. ¢. TERIAS HARINA Horsf. ¢. Trias suaAvA Boisd. ¢. H. TERIAS #SI0PE Ménétr. ¢d, 2. M. Hpomola GLAUCIPPE Linn. ¢. DERCAS VERHUELLI Hoev. o. Ixtas EVIPPE Dru. ¢. M. APPIAS GALBA Wall. ¢. APPIAS HIPPO Cram. 6, 2. 1900.] BUTTERFLIES FROM HAINAN, 509 CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE Linn. ¢. HiIposcRITIA LALAGE Doubl. g. H. HIPOSCRITIA PSEUDOLALAGE Moore. ¢. HiposcrRiTIA INDRA Moore. 6. HIPOSCRITIA LAGELOIDES, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.) Male. Upperside white. Fore wing: base of costa greenish grey ; a black streak shaded with bluish grey from base of cell to black discocellular spot, which is connected with the spur of the outer margin, thus cutting off a large white transverse elongated spot. Apical area and broad outer margin black, enclosing two subapical white spots, the lower indistinct ; also a large white spot between first and second median nervules. Hind wing with a broad marginal black band, inner edge much suffused. Underside— Fore wing white, a distinct quadrate discocellular black spot, a black oblique band from costa beyond cell to just above posterior angle ; a black spot between the median nervules connected with the band. Apex brownish yellow. Hind wing pale brownish yellow, crossed by two zigzag dark grey bands, a dot on the lower discocellular nervule. Female. Upperside similar to male, with broader, more pro- nounced bands, and the white tinged with yellow. Underside as in male, but with apex and hind wing paler and tinted with faint lilac. Expanse, d 2,4, to 25,, 9 2,8, inches. CATOPHAGA ALBINA Boisd. ¢. Hupnina NERISSA Fabr. o. HUPINA NADINA Lucas. ¢. PAPILIONIN A. TrorpEs ABACUS Feld. 9. PapPitio HELENUS Linn. ¢. M.& H. PAPILIO cHAON Linn. 6. Papitio prMoLnus Linn. ¢, 2. H. Papitio acgmunor Linn. ¢g, 9. M.& H. PAPiILio PROTENOR Cram. ¢. PAPILIO HAMELA, sp.un. (Plate XXXV. fig. 3.) Male. Upperside uniform intense brown, with vein- and cell- lines black. Minute internervular marginal white points. Hind wing with a discal band of seven pale primrose-coloured spots, second, third, and fourth being much the larger, sixth and seventh Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1900, No. XXXIV. 34 510 ON BUTTERFLIBS FROM HAINAN. [May 8 tinged with yellow. Underside: general colour as above, but paler. Fore wing: faint white discocellular spot, traces of a series of submarginal internervular spots. Hind wing: an outer discal band of six, and traces of the seventh, white spots. A series of slight submarginal white spots. Expanse 3,1, inches. PAPILIO SLATERI Hew. oC. Papitio PARIS Linn. ¢. H. PAPILIO ARISTOLOCHIZ Fabr. 9. PapiLio popDsI Janet. ¢. PAPILIO CONTINENTALIS Himer. ¢, 2. H. Paprnio acEres Westw. o. Papitio BATHYCLES Zink. ¢. Papinio Axion Feld. ¢. Paprnio AcHERON, Moore. ¢. PAPILIO SARPEDON Linn. ¢. PAPiLiIo XENOCLES Doubl. ¢. Papizio striatus Lathy. ¢. CAPILA HAINANA, sp. n. Female. Upperside brown. Fore wing with a broad glistening hyaline white discal band, decreasing obliquely from middle of costa to above submedian nervure. Hind wing with two slightly defined parallel grevish streaks between the nervules. Underside dark brown. Hind wing without the greyish streaks. Body and legs brown. Palpi bright orange. Expanse 2;, inches. TAGIADES MULYIPUNCTATUS, sp. n. Male. Allied to 7’. pralaya. Upperside with the hyaline spots smaller and all entirely separated. Much less yellow on the hind wing. Underside—Fore-wing spots as above. Hind wing yellow, more restricted anally. Expanse 1,8, inches. TaGIADHs aTTicus Fabr. ¢. ScoBURA, sp.n. O. A single specimen of a new species in too bad condition to describe. PapDRAONA OIDES Butl. ¢. PapDRAONA PSEUDOMa@sSA Moore. ¢. 1900.] ON FISHES FROM THE GAMBIA. 511 TELICOTA BAMBUSH Moore. ¢. H. CaLtToRIs TOONA Moore. 9. CALTORIS BADA Moore. <6. JAMBRIX SALSALA Moore. o. Upasprs Fotus Cram. ¢. H. ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS Moore. ¢. IsMENE ATAPHUS Watson. PON WHat Net odo ac da Soren et 167 4, List of Mammals obtained by Mr. H. J. Mackinder during his recent Expedition to Mount Kenya, British East Africa. By Oxpriecp THOMAB ies co aceite fa dec ee hata ae lie 178 LIST OF PLATES. 1900. PART “I; Plate Page I. Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c. from Somaliland .... ¥.+-.....) II. Orthoptera from Somaliland .....)--++0+% 5 fs es eyes eehee f . 4 LEE,.WDickstrom Somaliland x05 eis. Gis Ae oso bt ae wee “| i TV... Scorpions from Somaliland | .6c¢. 0.) Gil yas hatha eee ee a ) V.) ) Wifi? Wek pie | ae VIL \ Grypotherium listai mete Sh Pay ripe hay seen ener eee ye des f VIII. } ; IX. 1) Grypotherium listai, 2. Felis onga. 3. Arctotherium sp. ine, J Ker DENA ONG B LOVING oes ke Td stn oh) a pT a an tn ap. 8 ile deokowaateet 79 KL ¢ Species of Migara Fs reitin'\ sews elaalas payee tec alee Caieibpantaoe 104 ma from Christmas Island 15 XL ponges from Christmas Island ................40 Bip 3 NOTICE. The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:— Part 1. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. Ty. ts a » March and April, on August Ist. Ill. ge if », May and June, on October Ist. ’ IV. 3 a », November and December, on April Ist, he Dit. 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS: OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOLELY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR i : ee 1900. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN MARCH ann APRIL. fo. ey) %.¢£ % }} AUGUST 1st, 1900.) 9! bey }OONY PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE, LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREBN, AND CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW. we "Price Twelve Shillings.) LIST OF CONTENTS. PART II.—1900. March 6, 1900. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1900. .-. 181 Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1899 .....- 6.22. c eee ee ee eee 181 1. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians fons Borneo. By G.A. Bovu.exarr, is RS: (Plates XLV. ARVs) tiie ti. So on sees Sag wisrolpyg tevin bcp te heed wins nis MaBLs Mielatee Beaeele 182 2. On the Brain of a Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus). By Franx BE. Bepparn, M.A, ~ - F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary to the Society...........+.... SAT Od a St ae oi 187 3. On a Collection of Mammals from Siam made by Mr. T. H. Lyle. By J. Lewis Bonnore. (Plate XVIII.) .,... PARR sts ND OU Ve Pee hyd odo! Se agg ad YS Sli 0 2 ~19L cS . On asmall Collection of Mammals obtained “by Captain Deasy in South Chinese Tur- kestan and Western Tibet. By G, E. H. Barrerr-Hamitron, F.Z.S. ox . Ona Collection of Butterflies from the Bahamas. By Eu1iy Mary Smarpe. (Plate XIX.) 197 6. On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from South and Oeptral * Africa. . By Martin Jacopy, FBS. (Plate RX iis ote Save oe th. whik tan deed pak Oe March 20, 1900. Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S. Remarks on a i aomacies of Land- Plasidvionk made by Dr. Goeldi; C.M.Z.S., in Brazil Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. ConTENtS (continued), March 20, 1900 (continued). : Page — Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Polypterus | ; maprams, with Yarge-external. gills. i nels Sache F devhivne belo whic a PU Me oe das bse bie 5 > 267 Mr. 8. L. Hinde. Remarks on the Mammals observed during five years’ residence in British Ha Sh ATIC eeatertloy yates aud Ped eel Tas NN CPAP ie Leese ways Pepe et auld Aaa aed OE OB 1. On a Case of Homeeosis in a Crustacean of the Genus Ase//us—Antennule replaced by a Mardibles..BysW: Bateson, M.A. BBS: INAS. o8r eek ies Sata asta otele wo shy pe pid OS 2. On Eehinoderms from Singapore and Malacca. By F. P. sip Ag tee E.Z8. (Plates MME AIC TN ofa eine dia bape as ofc pas shart d's! 5 wa oO HarWen kU Gun Urekal Coe ANa ann Ketel, Shel a tear 271 3. Notes on the Zoological Garden of Berlin. By F. E. Buaavw, OM.ZS. jee Lig NEES 299 April 3, 1900. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Monagerie in March 1900...... 306 v 1. On the Mammalia of Siam and the Malay Peninsula. By Stantey Suyvru Frower, F.Z.S., FSR TELIA STEYR Led co Oo Satan rag Mee hip o Ba bok a Wig \alin Weg TENE RCD lle Ohare cele Bi Patina 8) eoeate) a oxi 3806 2. Ona remarkable Piece of Skin from Cueva Eberhardt, Last 4 Sete Inlet, ania: By Dr. Pixar LOnnperc, University of Upsala... jo. js es ese dence ce eneddeerantevetcns OLD 8. On a remarkable Attid Spider from Borneo, Mantisatta trucidaps, n. g. ety sp. By Crecrn Warsurton, M.A., Christ’s College, Cambridge ...- 2... eer hea ee eee eee eee 384 4, On Geographical and Individual Variation in Mus sylvaticus and its Allies. By G. BE. H. BAtERTTert AMILTON, BSS. (Plate SEV. hovdie s accep o/bie calbis alalece ¢ s.e-vistt el weld dle ple Waele 387 LIST OF PLATES, 1900. PART II. Plate XIV. 1. Lygosoma shelfordi. 2. Distira saravacensis....%+++200+.+ \ XY. Lepturophis borneensis 2... 0. i veces eee deues 2434 XVI. Xenelaphis ellipsifer ........0.. ech XVII. 1. Amblycephalus nuchalis. 2. Bint Kose shelfordi. 3 Tie alus petersit, 4. Calophryne heterochirus: ....... Ach RV LLL,. iPerarista WylGt o 25.o Oy rk ok bee Sh phi owas > Aastaaeie RIX, 9 Papilto bomhboters \ sic peice 6 oegeleistil se arg skein og,c tread ta XX. African Phytophagous Coleoptera.......2........ 00.04: XXT. : iy Vk chinoderms from Singapore and Malacca ........+---..¢8 XXIII. | xxiv. } XXV. 1. Mus sylvaticus princeps. 2. Mus sylvaticus celticus.....+. NOTICE. The ‘ Proceedings ‘are issued in four parts, as follows:— Page 182 Part 1I.-containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist, IL. 3 “ ,». March and April, on August Ist. iI. a Bi », May and June, on October Ist. lV. ‘ es » . November and December, on April 1st, | ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY | | 3 1900. | aS PART III. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE |. OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN MAY ann JUNE: pet OOP tet : Ar anhial FA Nn OCTOBER 1st, 1900. \\ 0° . ee - SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE, LONDON: | | {| i . PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, i} | | | MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREBN, AND CO., ae | PATERNOSTER-ROW. LIST OF CONTENTS. PART III.—1900. May 8, 1900. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1900 Mr..Sclater. Exhibition of a specimen and description of a new species of Reedbuck proposed to be called Cervicapra thomasing. (Plate XXVI.)......6. 0.0.4. -0.0 20s: 429 Mr. C. Dayies Sherborn, F.Z.S. Remarks on the progress of the ‘Index Animalium”.... 430 2 Mr. R. Lydekker. Remarks on some errors in his papers published in the ‘ Proceedings’ in (O70 Bec haem inte 1 Me LUG eign Sank coe Aaa ANd Pn Baan EN CUS Bn ee RM Sco eR AN NA oP 480 Mr. J. 58. Budgett, F.Z.8. Notice of a Memoir entitled “ On some Points in the Anatomy OEP alypeers® aio si hyaig.e sieige pw ois alae Ne oa, Bini mb tates Gea whe gabe Me SS iAlvetyy she 6 430... 1. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon (French Congo), with Descriptions } of new Genera and Species. By G. A. Bounrnesr, F.R.S. (Plates XXVII.-—XXXTI. ) 433 _ 2. On the Birds of Hainan. By W. B. Oatuviz Grant. (Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.) .. 457 3. On the Butterflies collected by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of the * Island of Hainan. By Puiie Crowrey, F.L.S., F.Z.S.. (Plate XXXYV.) .. PSS 505 4. List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J.-S. aa in the River Gambia. By G, A. Boununcer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. With Notes by J. 8. Buncert, F.Z.S........2.2..000.. ears) | May 22, 1900. The Secretary. Announcement of Mr, J. 8. Budgett’s departure on his second expedition to dhe Gamibiay cis oii sk Pah ak Pec Saar Cel Ons Se ude Saat Bi ie Nal oe 516 Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S., and Mr. H. H. Swinnertcn,-B.Se. Notice of a Memoir onthe Development of the Skeleton of the Tuatera (Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus) ...... 516 1. On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R, Srzpzine, M.A., F.RS., FILS. F.Z.S8. (Plates XXXVI XXXIX.) Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper, ConTENTS (continued). May 22, 1900 (continued). Page _ 2. On some Crustaceans from the Suuth Pacific.—Part IV. The Crabs. By L. A. Borrapatte, M.A., F.Z:S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge. (Plates XL.- oo XLII. ) TARE RNG NOY! BRIE Oe ty Se tea ts att! Cee a Reais givaidia Ob fda ts oral aie ls epoca 568. . On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition to Mount Heivas By R. Bownpter Suarez. With Notes by H. J. Mackinpur, Ernest Saunpers, and C. Campurn. at P12) R28 by Se EE Gs SS CME kes Seam hey ery Ce rs dh ee nse 596 _ 4. A Revision of the Earthworms of the Genus Amyntas (Pericheta). By Frank E&, BEDARD MAA HRS.» Goo. cots 8h wees epoca PREFER oe i MUL IN Be Pace Nee 609 5. On the Structure of a new Species of Earthworm of the genus Benhamia. By Franx E. is PEBBDAR BM SAL NRE: | Qu8.2) be ears Us Sag Da date a alot wdeiyme g beh hus s7meinas © Sopeenenie 653 June 19, 1900. The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in ae 1900.... Gag The Secretary. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. J. Lane re of a cast of a EL tisha sae of 5 Jaw of an Ichthyosaurus from Queensland .-. .. - - 660 Phe Secretary. Notice of an article in ‘ The Asian,’ by Mr. E. OC. Stuart Baker, concerning CISA UNE RE ai A aot oat ale a Lialdld's Sale s a'cejod vaidn GNU Milam Matte ve Raley 661 Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a large Bornean Tortoise. .... Sr Mpa sing tr seve e's GW edtn sig woes LES his ott ug Byatby pegs A oiahibyy.c) rt sai c ta SMES SOTE 661 1. On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni, By Frank B. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary of the Society . 2... -e2ce-der cr tesseneseesepteungnecnerverner 661 2. On a new Serow from the Scie te Peninsula, aby A. L. Burusr, F.Z.8., Curator, Selangor State Museum ....... Patek b aids Shih Nat wlothichaialy arava leh aati set Ce 3. The Significance of the Hair-slope in certain Mammals, By WaAttre Kinp, M.D., F.Z.8. 676 4..On the Structure and Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Ovibos moschatus). By Dr. Kinar DOOM VBE ME ON n sara NG ag 8 bh alia AR 'clsh ooVate's Vaid ee sore gi AM an a me wtale er Chve. well ae als 686 5. On a Collection of Crustaceans made at Singapore and Malacca.—Part L Crustacea Brachyura. By W. F. Lancnesrme, M.A,, King’s College, Cambridge, (Plates XLIV.~ XLV.) SUR M EIA en RNS AGS ale Wit adie ROM ohh» obs Wel Sadie Recon a Relat oe 719 ; ay AS eae w“ E i s LIST.OF PLATES. ria i vie 1900. OAS: elk RS ma PART If. ex : wh) eee eee | ~ ¥ ‘ Plate Ph iKY a8 aces a ame Sidi 4) XXXVI. Cervicapra thomasine .... 61 eee eee ees feo iW din GADD a: XXVIL.. 1. Bufo latifrons, 2. Arthroleptis inguinalis: 3. Dilo\ -\ 6 ; bates platycephalus. 4. Rappia platyceps . +s... 0+.. eee. ‘ig XXVIII. 1. Seotobleps gabonicus. 2.° Phrynobatrachus auritus, . a pe Mie Ss 3, Phrynobatrachus latirostris '...6+4..+% tee i is : - XXTX. Gampsosteonyx batesti 2. -s++4+ i a ie Srabeee eon Fs is dh XXX. Trichobatrachus robustus. 002. isco ee le pace cere te pane’ | Saas, “XXXII. Poromera fordii. 2. Mabuia batesié .......2.. ae : i ate mens XXXII. Boulengerina annulata ah. Tere oid Carag Me ree de Ray ‘ ie: : XXXL Nycticorar magnifica .. 1.00206! pete eae bres? } 467 oe XXXIV. Genneus whitcheadi, F& Qiives secede cedeeccieces ke, et XXXV. Butterflies from Hainan ............2....- = al 20 Y. 2A Ob es ieee XXXVI. Halicarcinus ovatus. Halicarcinus planatus .. eee She “ry satin, eeah “ XXXVII. Huphausia vallentini ...- 2... 12+. tay eee ners eo et i ; RXXVIU: 8 Jais pubescens. 1s a to Biss wlcine a LE ee eR ee es Bie f sins Se XXXIX.. Erospheroma Gigas . 0. ob cue cd vee ne ventas POLE os by XL. o XL} Cre from the South -Pacwfie s ‘5, 55/0... pa beape case ate | OOS! > XLII. it man peers XLITI. Bubo mackinderi .. os. eee eee eet ee = » SOT ate ole CRG: 596) XLIV.) wa . re we rans | Crustaceans from Singapore and Malacea ...-..... +... 719 9 XLVI. ° Fos Tae - XLVIT.) NOTICE. The ‘Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,as followe:— . " ie Part I. containing papers read in J anuary and February, on June Ist. Il. rt 3 ,, March and April, on August Ist. Ii. 53 a », May and June, on October Ist. eoreye IV. a ‘, » November and December,on April Ist. »- PROCEEDINGS | nd OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1900. PART IV. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER. APRIL 1st, 1901. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE, . LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,, PATERNOSTER-ROW. "| fPrice Twelve Shillings.) = LIST OF CONTENTS. PART IV.—1900. November 20, 1900. The Secretary. Report, on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during June, July, August, September, and October, 1900. (Plate XLVIIT.)....... ee Mr. Sclater. Remarks on some of the objects noticed during a recent visit to the Zoo- logical Gardens of Hamburg, Berlin, and Rotterdam ........ 2... -e0e see sete etee Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the herd of Barbary Apes on the Rock of Gibraltar .......-.. _Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B. -Letter from, containing an account of a supposed new species of Zebra inhabiting the Congo Forest... 202... ee ce wesc eee ct eee cece emee Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Exhibition of one of the type specimens of Protopterus dollot from thie Compr bso cretiiies chiles « sure isipseta pipiens lala) a's ple al ataneraiy Gleje eyo here longo hy Weihong Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.RS. Exhibition of a skull and horns of the Central Asiatic Wit Adc UG ait ay Me ED steele: nse NRG Site eile alee) edo aie india pepe aie aie Mr. F. B. Beddard, F.R.S. Notice of a memoir on the Osteology of the Pigmy Right Whale ( Neohalants War gimata) agi. WOLF onary g Bolas a fet ewe ge Spe wie Aislyih el elelyes Peele Bee SAR 1. A Description of Wynyardia bassiana, a Fossil Marsupial from the Tertiary Beds of Table Cape, Tasmania. By Batpwin Sprncer, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S8., Professor of Biology in the University of Melbourne, Director of the National Museum, Melbourne. (Plates XLIX. & L.)....->. 2. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part V. Arthrostvacans and Barnacles. By L. A. Borrapaitr, M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge. (°{ Platte Bi.) \ 2's